(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "A catalogue of the Syriac manuscripts preserved in the library of the University of Cambridge, by the late William Wright"

THE LIBRARY 

OF 

THE UNIVERSITY 

OF CALIFORNIA 

LOS ANGELES 



^\l^\J^ -/J/— 



■fJJ- 



A CATALOGUE 



OF THE 



SYRIAC MANUSCRIPTS 



IN THE LIBRARY 



OF THE 



UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE 



aonHon: C J. CLAY and SONS, 

CAMBRIDGE UNIVERSITY PRESS WAREHOUSE, 

AVE MARIA LANE. 

©lasfloto: 50, WELLINGTON STREET. 




ILeipug: F. A. BROCKHAUS. 

i^£to gorft: THE MACMILLAN COMPANY. 

SSombag: E. SEYMOUR HALE. 



[A// Rights reserved^ 



A CATALOGUE 

OF THE 

SYRIAC MANUSCRIPTS 

PRESERVED IN THE LIBRARY 

OF THE 

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE 



BY THE LATE 

WILLIAM WRIGHT, LL.D., 

FORMERLY SIR THOMAS ADAMS PROFESSOR OF ARABIC. 

WITH AN INTRODUCTION AND APPENDIX 

BV 

STANLEY ARTHUR COOK, M.A., 

FELLOW t)F GONVILLE AND CARS COLLEGE. 



IN TWO VOLUMES 

VOL. I 



CAMBRIDGE: 

AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 

1 901 



CTambtiiigt : 



PRINTED BY J. AND C. F. CLAY, 
AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 



z . 



v> 



TABLE OF CONTENTS. 



Introduction .... 

1. Origin of the Collection 

2. S. Indian 8yriac MSS. 

Additions and Corrections 

Catalogue op Manuscripts 

Appendix .... 

Supplement 

Indexes .... 



4. 
5. 
6. 



Index of Manuscripts 

List of dated Manuscripts and op dates 

TIONED IN the MANUSCRIPTS 

General Index, Index of Subject-Matter 

thors, etc. . 
Index of Personal Names . 
Index of Geographical Names 
Syriac Index 



men- 



Au- 



PAGE 

vii 

viii 

xviii 

xxix 

1 

977 

1247 

1255 
1255 

1260 

1262 
1278 
1283 

1287 



1C45570 



INTEODUCTION. 

Although the collection of Syriac manuscripts in the 
Cambridge University Library cannot be said to be remarkable 
either for its size or in general for its antiquity, it may at least 
claim to be fairly representative and to possess several manu- 
scripts of the first importance. It is proposed here to give some 
account of the formation of this collection, and, in view of the 
number of Syriac manuscripts of S. Indian origin which it 
contains, to append a few introductory notes upon the Syriac 
literature of S. India generally. 

It is very doubtful whether the University or any of the 
Colleges possessed a single Syriac MS. previous to 1682*. 
In this year died William Bedwell, the father of Cambridge 
Orientalists, who shares with the Leyden scholar Thomas van 
Erpe (1584 — 1G25) the honour of opening Arabic literature. 
In this year, too, the first stimulus to Oriental learning in the 

* Thomas James, indeed, in his Ecloga Oxonio-Cantabrtgiensis (London, 
1600), mentions among the iiss. of Corpus Christi College : " vol. 384, Psalteriiim 
in lingua et charactere Aramaica," but Aramaica is an error for Armenica. The 
mistake is repeated in Bernard, Cat. Libr. MSS. Angl. Hibern. (Oxford, 1097), 
1652. 385: " Psalterium in lingiia et charactere Aramicis." Le Long's state- 
ment in Bibl. Sacra (ed. C. F. Boerner, Leipzig, 1709), p. 177 : " Pentateuchus 
Syriace Cantab. Bibl. Collegii S. Benedicti, cod. 385, num. 1652 eatalogi editi " 
is also incorrect, as the ms., which Bernard describes in ambiguous terms (1651. 
384 : " Liber valde peregrina lingua & ignotis plane charaeteribus scriptus "), is 
actually in Arabic. The librarian, Mr C. W. Moule, kindly informs me that 
both MSS. are correctly described in the College catalogue of 1722. 



Vlll INTRODUCTION. 

University was given by the foundation of the Sir Thomas 
Adams chair of Arabic, and the " matter and store of Bookes to 
encourage & cherish this new studdy " was provided by the 
acquisition of Van Erpe's collection of Oriental Mss., the gift of 
the widow of George Villiers, Duke of Buckingham. As a full 
account of the acquisition of the Erpenius mss. and a reprint 
of early contemporary lists of the collection have been given 
elsewhere*, I shall merely present some supplementary details 
which help to ensure the identification of the MSS., illustrate 
the older methods of enumeration, and in one or two cases refer 
to Syriac mss. now unfortunately missing. 



Erpenius MSS.f 

Le Long, Bibliotheca Saari (Leipzig, 1709), dealing with the 
Peshitta, mentions four of the University Library manuscripts. 
Of these (1) Psalmi Syriace, cod. 2489, and (2) Prophetae 
majores & libri Deutero-canonici, etc., cod. 2490, correspond to 
nos. 50 and 51 of Bernard and Yeates|, and to the mss. now 
marked Gg. G. 30 and LI. 2. 4 respectively. The remaining 
two, though mentioned by both Bernard and Hottinger, have 
since disappeared. 

* See Mr E. G. Browne in the Journal of the Royal Asiatic Society, July, 
1894, pp. 417 — 422, and (for the reprinted University manuscript catalogue in 
particular) his Catalogue of the Persian Manuscripts in the University of Cambridge 
(1896), pp. xii— xxii. It is worth noting that Gg. 2. 14, LI. 2. 4, and Gg. 3. 30 
which are marked inside [lib.] 38, 75, and 76 respectively, actually occur in that 
order in the manuscript catalogue. 

t The account of the Erpenius mss. which George Dyer {Privileges of the 
University of Cambridge, 1824, vol. i. p. 597) claims to have given, I have been 
unable to trace. Montfaucon, Bibliotheca MSS. (Paris, 1739), t. i. p. 672, under 
the title " Libri Orientales Thomae Erpenii," mentions only six iiss., none of 
which are Syriac. 

X Yeates, as cited below, p. xiii. Both mss. are mentioned by Hottinger, 
Pramtuarium sive Bibliotheca Orientalis (Heidelberg, 1658), Appendix, pp. 24 sqq. 



INTRODUCTION. IX 

Le Long. Hottinoer. Bernabd. 

(3) Cod. 2448: Evan- Quatuor Evangelia Ara- 2448. 9. Quatuor Evan- 
gelia Arabic^ charactere bic6 sed charactere Syro gelia charactere Syro. 
Syro, e mss. Erpen. in quarto. 

(4) Cod. 2449 : Psalmi Liber Psalmorum Ara- 2449. 10. Psalmi Davi- 
Arabic^ charactere Syro bice sed charactere Syro, dis charactere Syro. 
Kerschouni. In cujus est liberior et sese diffun- 

fronte haec inscripta le- dens plusculum in quarto, 
guntur: " Versio Psalmo- 
rum Arabica satis vetusta, 
nondum typis excusa. Ex 
collatione enim cum edi- 
tione Psalterii Arabica 
Augustini Nebiensis & 
cum Bibliis Polyglottis 
constat nee Antiochenam 
nee Alexandrinam esse 
translationem. Defecit 
exemplum ab initio usque 
ad Ps. xxii. Adjectae 
sunt ad finem libri Peri- 
copae variae ex Vet. Test. 
cum canticis juxta lxx. 
Interpretes." 

The class-mark of the lost Karshuni Gospels is probably 
Dd. 15. 1 a, which is known to have been missing at all events 
since 1775. The printed li.st appended to Vossius' funeral 
oration on Erpenius mentions a MS. : " Quatuor Evangelia 
Arabice, sed charactere Syro, in 4.' This is no doubt the 
manuscript in question, and may be the same, also, as the 
"Testamentum Nouum Arabicum " (A. 7. 1) of the contem- 
porary University manuscript catalogue (see E. G. Browne, 
Persian Catalogue, p. xviii). 

Of the Karshuni Psalter no trace can now be found, in 
spite of Le Long's comparatively full description. Hettinger 
appears to have derived his description of the missing Psalter 
from Vossius, and we may, in all probability, identify it with 
A. 7. 22* in the manuscript catalogue. It is therefoie impossible 

* Gg. 6. 30, with which A. 7. 22 is doubtfully identified [Peis. Cat., loc. cit.), 
is Syriac in language as well as in character. 



X INTRODUCTION. 

to identify it with another Karshuni Psalter (LI, 6. 12), which 
is described under the old class-mark A. 7. 33*, and on the 
fly-leaf of the MS. itself (see below, p. 1033) in almost identical 
terms. 

No doubt can be attached to the identification of Dd. 10. 9, 
and Mm. 4. 18 (the lexicons of Ebdochus and Bar Bahliil). The 
former is mentioned by Bernard (item 2491. 52) and Hottinger, 
who follow the contemporary lists in writing Elidoc[us] for 
Ebdochus, an error found on the fly-leaf of the MS. itself (see 
below, p. 996). As for Mm. 4. 18 it can scarcely be any other 
MS, of Bar Bahliil that Edmund Castell used in the preparation 
of his Lexicon ; Hottinger expressly states that it belonged to 
the collection of Erpenius (see below, p. 1036)f. Finally, there 
remain three MSS. in the contemporary manuscript catalogue. 
These can now be identified without much difficulty, although 
their description in the printed lists of Vossius and Hottinger 
(couched in identical terms) is somewhat ambiguous : 

Vossius and Hottinger. Ms. Catalogue J. 

(1) Liber theologicus Syriaca Miscell. etc. Gg. 3. 30, size of leaf 
in folio. about 10 in. by 7^. 

(2) Alius sed niutilus Liber medicinae Syri- Gg. 2. 14, 367 leaves, 
in quarto. ace mutilus. size of leaf 9^ in. by 6^. 

(3) Liber philosophi- Liber philosophicus et Mm. 6. 29, 151 leaves, 
cus ingens volumen & astrologicus characteribus size of leaf, 6| in. by .5. 
antiquum ac elegantis- Syriacis. 

sime scriptum in quatto 
(sic). [Bernard : 2493. 54, 
Liber philosophicus vol- 
umine ingenti.] 

* Persian Catalogue, p. xxi. 

t Reference is made to the ms. in Walton's letters to Lightfoot (Lightfoot's 
works, ed. Pitman, London, 1824, vol. xiii. p. 3.54 sq.). It is probably also 
the "MS. Syriac Lexicon which Mr Wheelock had with him when he died" 
(see his letter of the 27th April, 1655). Bernard's description " 2492. 53. Isa bar 
Bahlul, Dictionarium Syrum & Arabicum " may have misled Gesenius, see 
Duval, La Littiratitre Syriaqiie {Paris, 1899), p. 303, n. 2. 

* Persian Catalogue, pp. xxi. and xvii. 



INTRODUCTION. XI 

The identifications in the second and third columns are 
practically certain, but those of the first and second are con- 
jectural, and rest chiefly upon the agreement in the use of such 
terms as ' mutilus ' and ' liber philosophicus.' But Mm. 6. 29 
can scarcely be styled an ' ingens volumen ' ; such a description 
suits Gg. 2. 14, and rather than assume that \vc have here 
a reference to some MS. now lost, it is preferable to transpose 
the second and tidrd items in- the first column. 

There seem to be no reliable traces of any other missing 
Erpenius Syriae MS.*, and we may conclude that, of an original 
nucleus of ten presented to the Library, two have been lost 
between the years 1708 (date of Le Long, Bihl. Sac.) and 1775 
(Dd. 15. 1 a known to be missing). We may at all events trust 
that the lost MSS. can be spared more readily than, e.g. Gg. 2. 14, 
which restores some lost Syriae writings of Jacob bar Salibi 
and Nicolaus Damascenus, or the Psalter, Gg. 6. 80, which Van 
Erpe seems to have used for his edition of the Psalterf, or 
LI. 2. 4, a fine Biblical MS. of the xiith cent., one of the three 
MSS. collated for Walton's Polyglot j. Of the influence of the 

* The mention of "Erpenius's Pentateuch with the Prophets, in ms." among 
the books which Castell left to Bishop Compton (Nichols, Lit. Anecd., vol. iv. 
p. 28 sq., London, 1812) appears to rest upon a misunderstanding of his testa- 
ment (cp. Brit. Mus., no. 22905, f. 99: Erpenij Psalterium Sijriacina ; Erpenij 
N. Testamentum Arab. ; Erpenij pentateuchum ; prophetas majores et minores in 
Arabic. MSS. Scldeni, MSS. 4"). Castell left no Syriae mss. of his own. 

t Erpenius used two mss. ; one was brought from the East by Joannes 
Borelius, the other "ego quoque inde sum nactus. " No light is thrown on this 
or on any other of his Syriae mss. by his letters to Casaubon (see especially the 
originals in the British Museum, Burney 364, pp. 20 sqq.), or by his corre- 
spondence as published by Houtsma in the Vcrhandelimjen d. Koninklijke 
Akadcmic (Amsterdam, 1886), pp. 1 — 116. It may be added that Gg. 6. 30 is 
evidently the Cambridge Syriae Psalter which J. Viccars claims to have used in 
his Decapla in Psalmos (London, 1655). 

X Some of the results of this collation are published in vol. vi. of the 
Polyglot, where the date of the ms. is erroneously given as 1066 (the mistake is 
repeated in Cornill's Ezekiel, p. 138). The error is corrected in the Addenda, 
p. 49. Walton's description of the ms. (Prol. chap, xiii, sect. 8) : "prophetas 



XU INTRODUCTION. 

acquisition of the Erpenius MSS. upon Cambridge Oriental 
studies of the xviith century this is not the place to speak, 
but I cannot refrain from expressing the conviction that it 
is largely to this collection of Syriac MSS. — small though it 
was — that the University owed her Syriac scholars Herbert 
Thorndyke, Edmund Castell, Thomas Hyde, not to mention 
William Alabaster and William Beveridge. 



Moore MSS. 

With the somewhat doubtful exception of the Huntington 
MSS., to be noticed presently, no other Syriac MSS. were acquired 
until 1715 when King George I. presented to the University 
the library of John Moore, Bishop of Ely*. Of all Moore's MSS. 
(nearly 1800 in number) only two appear to have been Syriac. 
The most important of these is Ff. 2. 15"f", containing the Acts 
and Epistles, one of the MSS. which Lee consulted in the pre- 
paration of his N.T, Bernard also mentions among Moore's 
MSS. " 644, Lexicon Syriacum pro Novo Test. Graece expli- 
catum, additis locis ubi tales voces occurrnnt, authore (ut 
videtur) D. Buncle^, 8vo.," and "649, fasciculus chartarum ubi 

maiores et libros ointies qui vulgo Apocnjphi dicuntur nobis exhibuit " is hardly 
accurate. 

* See Persian Catalo<iue, p. xxvi. 

t Item 9805. 61!) in Bernard's catalogue ; cp. below, p. 100-<. Le Long's 
statement in Bill. Sacra (Paris, 1723), vol. i. p. 101 (b), appears to have arisen 
from a confusion with the Oxford ms. Or. 119. 

X This is probably the Buncle to whom Castell refers in his Lexicon (Pre/. 
to edition of 1669) : " ms. Arabicum librorum historicorum Jos. Jud. Sam. mihi 
a Doctiss. viro D. Buncle benigne communicatum " (see the list of abbreviations 
». Be, where "etc." is added after "Sam."). This ms., too, seems to have 
passed into Moore's possession (cp. Bernard, no. 9825. 639 : " Liber Josuae, 
.Tudicum, Ruth & Samuelis, arab. 4to."), and is now in the University Library 
(Kk. 6. 3). Buncle is conceivably the " Bunckley " from whom Moore acquu-ed 
the Greek ms. LI. 2. 13 (Gregory, Textkritik d. N.T. vol. i. p. 145). 



INTRODUCTION. Xlll 

calendarium Arabicum Uteris Syriacis. 4to." No. (344- (now 
among the Adversaria, Kk. G. 11) is, as a later hand has 
remarked on the tly-leaf, really the work of Arnold de Boot 
(died 1650), and was compiled in the year 1628. A frag- 
ment of no. 649 may survive in Add, 2057^ (p. 1199 below). 

Huntington MSS. 

It was probably at the end of the xviith or beginning of 
the xviiith cent, that the Library became possessed of three 
MSS. belonging to Robert Huntington (1637— 1701):— Dd. 3. 8, 
Dd. 10. 10 (= Hunt. 36) and Dd. 15. 2 (= Hunt. 58). Ud. 3. 8^ 
is the second half of the Ecclesiastical history of Barhebraeus, 
the first half of which is at the Bodleian (Hunt. 52) ; the 
remaining two consist of various homilies, etc., in Karshuni. 
With these exceptions all Huntington's MSS. found their way 
to Oxford*. 

Buchanan Collection. 

The next acquisition (probably in the year 1809) was the 
collection of Oriental MSS. presented by the Rev. Claude 
Buchanan, the results of his researches in South India in 
1806 — 7. A large number of these are Syriac and are distin- 
guished by the class-mark Oo. l^f*. Thomas Yeates spent 
two years arranging and collating the Hebrew and Syriac MSS., 
and published a brief account;]: with short descriptions of the 

* How the above three jiss, reached Cambridge is unknown. Mr A. E. 
Cowley informs me that Hunt. 36, 52, and 58 were in the collection purchased 
by the Bodleian from Huntington in 1693. Whether Dd. 3. 8^ (the secotid half 
of the history) was included in the original purchase is uncertain. The eighteen 
leaves which are described under Dd. 3. 8- should have been bound up with 
Dd. 3. 81 ; see below, pp. 980, 986. 

t The Syriac ms. Add. 272, however, belongs also to this collection. 

+ Collation of an Indian copy of the Hebrew Pentateuch with preliminary 
remarks containing an exact description of the 3IS. and a notice of some others 



XIV INTRODUCTION. 

style, e.g. "no. 7 (=Oo. 1. 7) ...Mesopotamian," "no. 25 (= Oo. 
1. 25) ...Antiochian 4to." A rather fuller list of the Mss. was 
printed by George Dyer in the Classical Journal, vol. xvii. 
p. 180 sq., xviii. pp. 95, 251 sq. (1818), reprinted with additions 
in his Privileges of tlie Univ. of Cambridge," vol. i., pp. 585 sqq. 
As regards the provenience of these mss. we can scarcely go 
beyond the printed note in each MS. which states that it was 
found in one of the Churches of the Syrian Christians of 
Travancore in S. India in 1806. Buchanan, however, in a 
letter to Dr Jowett (dated June Gth, 1809) says: "all the old 
Syrian mss. were found among the Syrian Christians in the 
interior of Travancore near the mountains. All the printed 
Syriac books, and a few MSS. of modern date, were found among 
the Romish-Syrian churches on the sea-shore of Travancore 
and Cochin." As a matter of fact Oo. 1. 1, 2 is the only 
Buchanan MS., of whose precise origin we are certain (see 
p. 1044). 

For the rest, the following supplementary details may be useful*. 
Writing from Sooksagur (24rth Oct., 1805) Buchanan speaks of the 
" valuable Syriac volumes " which he had met with on his journey 
thither. From Tranquebar (25th Aug., 1806) he passed to Tanjore, 
Tritchinopoly, Madeira, Tinnavelly and Ceylon ; Travancore and 
Trivanduram (19th Oct.). Theuce to Mavelycar, Chinganor (the 

(Heh. and Syr.) collected by the Rev. Claudius Buchanan (Cambridge, 1812). 
Some of the results of Yeates's studies have been worked into his Indian Church 
History (London, 1818, containing some "genuine and select translations of 
many original pieces"). His earliest notices appeared in the Christian Observer, 
vols. ix. X. (1810 — 11) ; for the Buchanan Bible see further, ib. vol. vi. 
pp. 751 sqq. (1807), vol. xi. pp. 105 sq(i. (1812), and the references on p. 1044 
below, second note. There is also a contemporary ms. catalogue of the Buchanan 
MSS. and printed books in the University Library (Nn. 6. 45, vol. ii.). It contains 
an account of the contents of the Syriac mss. (pp. 20 — 55), with translations 
of the subscriptions, etc. The description of the Buchanan Bible alone extends 
from p. 20 to p. 43. The only Syriac ms. which is omitted is Add. 272. 

* See Buchanan's Christian Researches in Asia (London, 1811) and Pearson's 
Memoirs (below, p. 1044, note). The dates are from the letters themselves. 
The original spelling is here retained. 



INTRODUCTION. XV 

reputed extreme limit of Roman-Catholic influence), Calicheny, 
Puttencow, Maraman, Colanclierry and Ranniel; writing from the 
last-mentioned place (12th Nov.) Buchanan says he has been able to 
obtain some mss. Next follow Nerenam, Mavelycar, Aleppe, and 
the Romish clnirches of Changanacherry, Pulingunne, Candenad and 
Udiamper (i.e. Diamper). At Cochin he examined several " Syriac 
and Syro-Chaldaic mss." Thence he visited Cranganore, Paroor, and 
Verapoli, where he found a library, many of the books in which 
were marked "Liber hereticus prohibitus*." Finally at Angamale 
he found "a good many valuable manusci'ipts." 

S.P.C.K. Collection. 

The next important acquisition was due to the liberality of 
the Society for Promoting Christian Knowledge, which, in 
1887, presented to the University the MSS. which had been 
collected for them in 1842 — 4 by the Rev. George Percy 
Badger in the course of his mission through Mesopotamia 
and Kurdistan f. In 1886 Professor Wright was asked to 
examine these MSS., and " on his report of the importance of 
the collection (embracing as it does a representative series of 
Nestorian and other Syriac works in good and often old copies 
such as no traveller of the present day could hope to bring 
together), and of the advantage which would accrue to scholar- 
ship by its being made more generally known and accessible, 
the Society very generously resolved 'that the mss. should be 
handed over to the University Library of Cambridge as a free 

The class-marks of the MSS. described in this catalogue 
are Adds. 1962 — 2023, and (Karshuni and Arabic MSS.) Adds. 

* Cp. Oo. 1. 29, pp. 1108 sq. below. 

t See his Neatoriaus and their Rituals, vol. ii. p. 13 (London, 1852). For 
references to manuscripts cp. further, vol. i. pp. xv, 53, 81, 102, 136 n, 150, 
201 sq., 238, 330, 359, 377 sq., vol. ii. pp. 8, 12. 

X See the Report of the Library Syndicate in the University Reporter for 
25th January, 1887. 

B. 0. b 



XVI INTRODUCTION. 

2024—2026*, 3275—3294. They include a fair number of 
the works of Barhebraeus (Adds. 2003—2012, 3275—3277), 
and several other MSS. of considerable importance, e.g. Adds. 
1968 (Nest. N.T. of xith cent.), 1971 (Moses bar Kepha on the 
Gospel of S. John), 1972 (Dionysius bar Salibi on the O.T.), 1999 
(works of John Sabha, Dalyaya), 2000 (the " Causa omnium 
Causarum "), 2023 (Ecclesiastical Canons, xiiith cent.), etc.-f- 

Miscellaneous MSS. 

As regards the remaining MSS., Adds. 272 and 285*^"^" are 
of S. Indian origin. For the former, see above, p. xiii, n. f. 

Add. 1155 a Neo-Syriac Lexicon, acquired from the Rev. 
S. S. Mitchell, Rome, 1875. 

Add. 1166 from La Ferte's sale (May, 1873). 

Add. 1167, once the property of Dr A. Clarke, a MS. of 
S. Indian origin. 

For Add. 1700, containing the Harklensian N.T. and the 
two Epistles of S. Clement to the Corinthians, see below, p. 16. 

For Add. 1852, see below, p. 1122. 

Adds. 1854 — 7 Jacobite Liturgical MSS. of S. Indian origin, 
presented by the late Bishop Speechly (Aug. 1878). 

Adds. 1865—6 from the Bragge sale (1876, lots 170 and 284). 

Adds. 1882 — 4, Tischendorf fragments (cp. Muhammadan 
Hand-list, p. 351). 

Adds. 1903 and 1904 (the latter is a transcript of a MS. of 
the Harklensian Gospels), purchased from the widow of Prof. 
H, Petermann. 

* For Adds. 2024— 202G see the Supplement (pp. 1247—1253). For other 
(Arabic) mss. belonging to this collection, see Mr E. G. Browne, Hand-list of 
Mvhammadan MSS., nos. 1535—1540 (Adds. 2027—2030). 

t These mss. together with Add. 2034 — 2052 resemble generally the more 
recent acquisitions in the British Museum. See Rev. G. Margoliouth, Descrip- 
tive List of Syriac and Karshuni MSS. in the British Museum acquired since 
1873 (London, 1899), p. iii sq. 



INTRODUCTION. XVll 

Adds. 2810—2822, purchased through Prof. Wright (1888), 

Add. 2879 bought from F. A. S. Stern, Esq. (1886). 

Adds. 2880—2, 2884—6 bought at Yabru.l by Dr. W. 
Wright of Damascus. 

Adds. 2887—9, 2903. 2919, 3086, 3087 formerly in the 
possession of Dr Badger. The last two form part of the 
W. Robertson Smith donation. 

Adds. 2917—18, presented by the Rev. G. Phillips, D.D., 
President of Queens' College. 

Add. 2973 presented by the Rev. G. M. Rae, D.D., formerly 
of Madras (February, 1887), a Syriac liturgy from S. India. 

Add. 2989 purchased from the Rev. Greville T. Chester. 

Adds. 3174 — 5 bequeathed by Prof. W. Robertson Smith. 
(Add. 3174 formerly belonged to Prof Wright; on an earlier 
possessor of Add. 3175 see p. 1234.) The former is an abridg- 
ment of Bar 'All, the latter is a fine MS. containing the Syriac 
translation of a number of S. Basil's homilies. 

Adds. 3218, 3224, and 3269 from the late Prof. Bensly ; the last 
two were formerly in the possession of John Lee of Hartwell*. 

Adds. 3.514, 3538, and Or. 11 bought from I. E. Gejou, Paris. 

Add. 3745 recently classed. No record of acquisition. 

The class-marks 2034 — 2077 inclusive require a word of 
explanation. The first nineteen (2034 — 2052) are MSS, of 
E. Syrian origin purchased by Prof Bensly in 1891. Adds. 
2053 — 2058, fragments, mostly of modern date, are all of un- 
known origin, and the remainder (2059 — 2077) are fly-leaves 
and other fragments from the bindings of MSS. in the S.P.C.K. 
col lection f. 

* See below, pp. 1235 sqq., and cp. Land, Anecdota Sijriaca, t. i. p. 87 sq. 

+ The pi'esent writer desires to emphasize this last fact, since it is improb- 
able that the heterogeneous mass of leaves and fragments through which he has 
waded have in all cases been sorted successfully. This is one of the many 
instances in which the loss of Dr Wright's unequalled experience will be 
seriously felt. 

62 



XVIU INTRODUCTION. 



S. Indian Syriac MSS. 

Since it will have been observed that a noteworthy feature 
of the Cambridge collection is the comparatively large number 
of Syriac MSS. from S. India, it may be useful to add a few 
general statements relating to these and other Syriac MSS. of 
similar origin. The whole subject, it is true, is closely bound 
up with the history of the Nestorian church in India, but it 
would be undesirable here to enter into any discussion, however 
brief, of its origin*. 

In the first place it is to be regretted that none of the 
S. Indian Syriac MSS. are of an age which our knowledge of 
early Nestorian missionary enterprise would have led us to 
expect. The oldest specimen of Syriac east of Persia is the 
famous Chinese and Syriac tablet of the year 781 A.D. discovered 
at Si-ngan-fu in 1625f. [From China, also, comes the copy of 
an Estrangela Biblical MS. mentioned by de Sacy {Journal des 

* The literature of the subject is extensive, and to some extent uncritical. 
The following works are among the best : Paulinus a S. Bartholomaeo, India 
Orientalis Chnstiana (Rome, 179-4), W. Germann, Die Kirche der Thomaschristen 
(Giitersloh, 1877), and especially G. M. Rae, The Syriaii Church in India (Edin- 
burgh, 1892). For the bibliography in general, see A. C. Burnell, A tentative list 
of Books and some MSS. relating to the history of the Portuguese in India Proper 
(privately printed, Mangalore, 1880). 

t It is the subject of a monograph by Henri Havret, S. J.: "La Stele 
Chretienne de Singan-fou," in the Varietes Sinologiques, xii., where full biblio- 
graphical details are given ; see also Lidzbarski, Nordsemit. Epigr. p. 499 
(Weimar, 1898). There is a copy of the inscription in Yule's Book of Ser Marco 
Polo (2nd ed., London, 1875), vol. ii. p. 21 sqq. For a criticism of Assemani's 
readings of the Syriac {B. O. t. iii. ii. pp. dxlii. sqq.), see I. H. Hall in the 
Journal of the American Oriental Society, vol. xiii. pp. Ixxiv. sqq., and in the 
Amer. Journ. of Sem. Lang. vol. xii., pp. 118 sqq. 



INTRODUCTION. XIX 

Savants, 1825, p. 670 w.), a description of which he has given in 
Notices et Extraits des MSS., t. xii. pp. 277—286 (1831).] On 
the other hand it would appear that the oldest dated Syriac 
MSS. from S. India are of the xvith cent., viz. the Vatican MSS. 
(Assemani, C.B.V.), no. xvii. dated a.d. 1510, and nos. ii. — iv. 
xlv., Ixxxv., Ixxxviii., cxxviii. ranging from 1556 to 1562 A.D.* 
The earliest dated MSS. in the Cambridge collection are Oo. 1. 7, 
and Oo. 1. 15 of 1682 and 1691 respectively. Of the six Paris 
MSS. (Zotenberg, nos. 24, 25, 92, 186, 187 and 280)t the oldest 
is no. 187, dated 1689. At the Bodleian, Oxford, it would seem 
that the oldest MSS. are the recently acquired MS. Syr. e. 5 
and 6 ; the latter (containing the Pauline Epistles, James, 
1 Peter and 1 John) is dated A.D. 1784, the former is of about 
the same date, perhaps a little laterj. In addition to these, 
Or. 628 and parts of Or. 623 (Payne Smith, Cat. nos. 200 
and 36) belong to the xviiith cent., the rest (Or. 624—626, 631, 
655, 666 and 667) are later. There are no S. Indian Syriac 
MSS. at the British Museum (Add. 21,454, does not belong to 
this category; see Wright, Gat, p. 1167). Finally, at Leyden 
there are a few MSS. to be noticed, viz. : de Goeje {Gatalogus 
Codiciim Orientalium, 1873), nos. mmcccxlix — mmccclii [Cod. 
1204, 1212— 1215]§. On the other hand, de Goeje, no. 
mmcccxlv. [Cod. Heb. Seal. 18], from which Ludwig de Dieu 
printed the Syriac Apocalypse in 1627, by the Indian scribe 

* The energetic bishop Joseph (see Ass. B. 0. t. iii. ii. p. clxv. sq.), the 
copyist of nos. xlv., Ixxxviii., cxxviii., is probably responsible also for nos. xlvi., 
Ixii. and Ixv., which are therefore of S. Indian origin also. 

t No. 92 ( = Suppl. 12) is cited on the authority of Renan, Hist, des Lang. 
Sim., 4th ed., p. 288, n. 6. 

X I am indebted to Mr A. E. Cowley of the Bodleian Library for the notices 
of these two mss. 

§ The Syriac portion of cod. 1213 — 14 [no. mmcccli.], a native history of 
the Syrians of Malabar, has been edited by Land, Anecdota, t. i., pp. 24 — 30 
(Syriac text), 123—127 (cp. also p. 7 sq., 179 sqq.). Oxford Or. 667, f. 21 sqq. 
is similar. 



XX INTRODUCTION. 

Caspar, is not necessarily of S. Indian origin. Caspar seems 
to have been simply one of the transcribers employed by the 
Propaganda*. 

As regards the class of literature represented in these MSS. 
it is needless to say that it is almost wholly Nestorian f. 
Biblical (including the Apocrypha and lectionaries), liturgical, 
and homiletical MSS. predominate. Gramniar is represented in 
Oxf. Or. 667, history in Oxf. Or. 667, and Leyden, 1213—14; 
canons (of 'Abhd-isho') in Vat. cxxviii. and Oo. 1. 11 (19); 
there are a few selections of various kinds in Camb. Oo. 1. 11 ; 
15, and 2.9. It may be added that Camb. Oo. 1. 9, and Vat. 
Ixii., Ixxxv. contain services according to the usage of Mosul. 

If, now, we may assume that Cosmas (first half of the sixth 
cent.), is the earliest reliable witness for the existence of the 
Syrian church in S. India;):, it would appear at first sight 
remarkable that the oldest MS. of known date (Vat. xvii., 
A.D. 1510) is almost exactly a thousand years later. A pos- 
sible explanation, however, lies at hand. 

The fortunes of S. Indian Syriac literature are bound up 
with the establishment of Roman Catholicism in that country, 
the foundation of which was probably laid in the missionary 
journey of Jordanus in the first half of the fourteenth century§. 
Papal authority was at the height of its power in the xvith 

* On this scribe see genei'ally Uhlius, Thesauri Epistolici Lacroziani, t. i. , 
p. 19 sq. (Leipzig, 1742) ; Michaelis, Iiitrod. to the N. T. (translated by Marsh), 
vol. ii., pt. 2, p. 560 sq. ; Tregelles, Introduction, p. 28 (corrected by Le Long, 
Bibl. Sac. t. i., p. 191) ; cp. also the ms. in the Huuterian Library, Glasgow, 
cited by T. H. Weir, [Journ. Roy. As. Soc, 1899, p. 755). A Caspar of Cyprus, a 
Maronite, was the copyist of Vat. no. cc, and is thus described by Assemani : 
"unus e primis collegii Maron. in Urbe a Gregorio XIII. Pont. Max. anno 1584 
fundati alumnis." 

t Among the Jacobite mss. are the Oxford, Or. G26, and a few in the Cam- 
bridge collection, cp. below, p. xxi. They are wholly biblical and liturgical. 

X G. M. Eae. oj). cit., pp. 114—118. 

§ Op. Cit., pp. 187—194. 



INTRODUCTION. XXI 

cent, and culminated in the Synod of Diamper in 1599, Thence- 
forth it gradually waned, and in 1653 the Syrians revolted, 
some returning to their original rites, whilst others remained 
Romish-Syrians. Ten years later the Dutch gained supremacy; 
and finally in 1665 the Syrian community acknowledged as 
their head Gregory, the Jacobite metropolitan of Jerusalem. 
This year constitutes the terminus a quo for the arrival in 
India of such Cambridge Jacobite MSS. as Oo. 1.1,2; Go. 1.13; 
and Add. 272. The Synod of 1599, to which we have just re- 
ferred, is of more importance for our present purpose inasmuch 
as it provides a criterion for undated Nestorian MSS., and at 
the same time probably accounts for the poverty of the Indian 
Syriac literature and the absence of really old MSS. 

The main object of the Synod of Diamper* was to stamp 
out Nestorianism and enforce Roman Catholicism. With this 
object a careful examination was made of all the extant writings, 
and those which taught the heresy of Nestorius, or spoke 
against the Virgin, or suggested an early rivalry between 
S. Peter and S. Thomas (the patron saint of the S. Indian 
Syrians), or were opposed in any way whatsoever to the teach- 
ing of Rome were condemned to be burnt. This was actually 
done at Angamale, Chinganor, and elsewhere. Exceptions were 
made in the case of the Bible (see below, p. xxiii), and such 
office-books as the Hudhra, Gazza, etc., which were ordered to 
be purged by the erasure of all Nestorian names and by being 
amended generally in accordance with the edicts of the Synodf. 

* On the edicts of the Synod of Diamper (Udiamper) see in addition to the 
works cited above, page xviii, note *, Geddes, History of the Church of Malabar 
(London, 1694); J. F. Raulin, Historia Ecclesia MaUibaricce (Rome, 1745); and 
G. B. Howard, The Christians of S. Thomas and their Liturgies (Oxford, 1804), 
pp. 36 sqq. Howard's ms. of the liturgies is now in the Bodleian Library, Oxford, 
MS. Syr. e. 5. 

t For illustrations of the alterations see Geddes, op. cit., pp. 151, 189, 
231 sqq., 362. Examples of these erasures are to be found in Oo. 1. 22. 



XXll INTRODUCTION. 

Fortunately the edicts of the Synod give us some idea 
of the writings which were burnt*. Among them are men- 
tioned : 

The infancy of our Saviour, or the History of our Ladyf ; 
the Book of John Barialdon (Bar Khaldon)J; the Book of the 
Fathers^; the Procession of the Holy Spirit; the Book of the 
Pearl ('Abhd-isho') ; Maclamatas (i.e. Makamat, 'Abhd-isho''s 
Book of Paradise); a Life of Abba Isaiah (which anathematized 
Cyril of Alexandria) ; the Book of Synods (with a forged letter 
of Pope Caius); the Book of Timothy the Patriarch||; the 
Letter which came down from Heaven, called also the Letter 
of the Lord's Dayll ; the Uguard or " Rose " (the Warda ?) ; the 
Camiz (the Khdmls ?) ; an exposition of the Go.spels wherein it 
is stated that 1 John and James are not the work of the 
Apostles whose names they bear and are therefore uncanonical**; 
the Book of Rabban Hormizd the Martyr; the Letter of Mar 
Narsai (against the doctrine that Mary is the Mother of God); 
a book after the manner of the Flos Sanctorum, containing the 
lives of over a hundred Nestorians — many of them current 
separately ; and astrological and kindred works, including the 
Book of Lots, and one called Parsimanf f. 

It may be ndded that other allusions to the literature of the 
Syrians are made by Ramusio (ISSi) and Paulinas a S. Bartholomaeo 

* It is doubtful whether the list referred to in Uhlius, op. cit., t. iii., p. 203 
was derived from any other source. 

t Cp. Uhlius, 01). cit., t. iii., p. 128 sq. 

X Perhaps the j3y»«OI3S ^3 ^iSA < see Ass. B. O. t. iii. i. p. 265 sq. 

§ Cp. Germaun, op. cit., p. 353 note. A fragment has survived in Go. 1. 29, 
see below, p. 1099 sq. 

II Cp. perhaps the Synodiis Timothei Patriarchae,A.ss. C.B.V., no. cxxviii. (vii). 

TI Cp. p. 717 below. 

** According to La Croze, the work of Theodore of Mopsuestia. 
ft Cp. Whitehouse, Lingerings of Light in a Dark Land (London, 1873), 
p. 114. There are fragments of an astrological character in Oo. 1. 29. 



INTRODUCTION. XXUl 

(1792). The former speaks of accounts of the martyrdom of S. Thomas 
which the Syrian Christians of S. Thomas in his day preserved with 
great veneration. The statements of Paulinas may be given in full* : 
Circumfertur pariter in ecclesiis Malabarensibus Chaldaicus liber 
inscriptus 23<7fOk3», sen explicatio in IV. Uvanf/elia auctore Jesii Ddda 
episco[)o Asoriensi Maronita, co(i. MS. Item brevis explicatio Genesis 
ad mentem S. Dionysii, qui videtur esse codex apocryphus f ; alius 
liber, qui inscribitur ; Joannis episcopi ex ord. S. Dominici gram- 

matica contra Bar-Ksha Abraham Jacobitara Tractatus de Sacra- 

mentis Syro-Chaldaicus Petri de Comis Episcopi Malacensisl sine 
loco et anno ; Sacra Scriptura manuscripta ; et dictionarium Syro- 
Chaldaicum. 

As regards Biblical MSS. the Synod noticed the omission of 
Esther, Tobit, Wisdom, 2 Peter, 2, 3 John, Jude, and the 
Apocalypse; also of John viii. 1 — 11. In Matt. vi. 13 6 it 
noticed the addition of the Doxology, in Luke x. the reading 
' seventy ' instead of ' seventy-two,' and the omission of the 
negative in Lk. vi. 35. It referred, moreover, to the reading 'God' 
for ' Christ ' in Acts xx. 28, and the reverse in 1 John iii. 16, 
to the Nestorian omissions in 1 John iv. 3 and v. 7, and to the 
reading p7-aeter Deum in Heb. ii. 9. Francis Roz, to whom was 
entrusted the task of perusing and correcting the MSS., was 
ordered to translate into Syriac the missing books (as well 
as the Athanasian creed)§. The corrections were doubtless 
attended to — at all events Buchanan found MSS. with correc- 
tions " in black ink and of modern appearance though made in 

* India Orientalis Christiana, p. 255 (Rome, 1794). 

t Possibly survives in Oo. 1. 29 (xix.), p. 1106 below. 

X For the uame, cp. perhaps Ass. C. B. V., t. iii., no. clix. (p. 314 [xxvii.]). 

§ This Francis is probably not the UKDOOkA^iQMd^ who translated from 
Latin into Syriac a jLlOjaS ? q7^V (Zotenberg, no. 186). The Athanasian 

Creed is found in Oo. 1. 29 (see p. 1104), Esther in Oo. 1. 11 (10), and the 
Apocalypse in Oo. 1. 11 (7, 17) ; 21 (2). 



XXIV INTRODUCTION. 

1599*," and similar traces of such alterations are to be seen 
in the undated Mss. Oo. 1. 17 (p. 1078) and Oo. 1. 25 
(p. 1084)t. 

The criteria which tiie edicts of the Synod of Diamper 
afford are naturally to be used only with caution. Some MSS. 
may have escaped scrutiny — such, for example, was an un- 
trustworthy tradition regarding the Buchanan Bible itself J — or 
being discovered later, may have been left untouched for reasons 
we can only conjecture^. Nor must we forget the likelihood 
of the immigration at various times of Nestorian MSS. of 
all a.ges||. 

Older than the oldest dated MS., the best specimen of 
S. Indian Syriac epigraphy is undoubtedly the old cross in 
a church at Cottayam (Kottayam) in north Travancore. The 
cross, which is supposed to belong to the xth century, bears an 
inscription in Pahlavi and Syriac : the Syriac consists simply 
of the first half of Gal. vi. 14, whilst the Pahlavi has been 
rendered (by Burnell) : " He who is the true Messiah and God 
above and Holy GhostlT." From an epigraphical point of view 
a particularly striking approximation to this style is seen in 
Oo. 1. 8, which, — whatever be the true date of the Cottayam 

* 1 John V. 7 is mentioned in particular (Christian Obsewer, vol. vi., 
p. 658 sq. [1807]). 

t On the other hand, see Lee's Prolegomena to Bagster's Polyglot, § 4, n. 1. 

J Buchanan loc. cit. See p. 1044 below. 

§ The gradual waning of the authority of the Synod would certainly be one 
reason. 

II According to the native history of the Syrians the Nestorian bishop Mar 
Abraham, who was sent by S. Alea to Cochin in 1545, brought with him a 
quantity of writings (Whitehouse, op. cit., p. 304 sq.). 

IT The inscription is reproduced by E. W. West in Epigraphica Indica, 
vol. iv. pt. 4, facing p. 174 (June, 1896). See A. C. Burnell, On some Pahlavi 
Inscriptions in S. India (Mangalore, 1873), reprinted with additions in the 
Indian Antiqnanj, vol. iii. pp. 308 — 316 (1874), see also ib. iv. 153 sqq., 181 sqq., 
311 sqq. (1875), vol. v. pp. 25 sq. (1876). Reference may be made further to 
Rae, op. cit., pp. 120 sqq. 



INTRODUCTION. XXV 

inscription — can scarcely be earlier than the xviith century. 
To a very similar type, also, belongs Oo. 1. 7, which is dated 
1682. 

Apart from the characteristic minute style in Oo. 1. 18, -iO, 
42, and 43, and the approximation to the Chaldean type in 
Oo. 1. 10, 17, etc., the only other feature which calls for remark 
is the marked Indian hand in such MSS. as Oo. 1. 9, 11, 21, 27, 
31, 39, and Add. 285-«-3^*. Add. 285^«, in fact, consists wholly 
of Malayalim written in Syriac (Nestorian) characters"!" and is 
one of the best examples of this script;]:. See further the 
references in the General Index, s.v., " Syriac-Malayalim," and, 
for other specimens, Zotenberg, nos. 186 sq., and Leyden, 
cod. 1215 (facsimile in Land Anecdota, t. i., tab. b. 11, re- 
produced by Lenormant, Essai sur la Propagation de VAlph. 
Phen., t. ii., pi. iv., no. 4). The extra letters required are taken, 
according to Burnell§, from the Malayalim 'Arya character; 
" a few tombstones and similar relics in Travancore shew that 
the Syriac Malayalim alphabet is of recent construction, and 
that the Syrians originally used only the Vatteluttu character." 
Some of the extra letters in use are given by Land in the 
Z. D. M. G., vol. xxii. (1868), tab. facing p. 548, cp. p. 551 1|, and 
by Call Faulmann, Das Buck der Schrift (Vienna, 1888), p. 87, 

* To these I would add the small fragment marked Add. 2055^. Specimens 
of S. Indian styles will be found in Adler, N. T. Vers. Stjr. (1789), Tab. in. (of 
Vat. xvii.), Payne Smith, Cat. (of Oxf. Or. 625), Land, Anecdota, t. i. tab. b 12 
(of Leyden cod. 1213), and Silvestre, Paleogi: Univ. (1841), t. i. xvi. no. 6 (of a 
Paris MS.). 

t It would seem that Malayalim is written only occasionally in Jacobite 
Syriac, cp. e.g. Add. 2973 (a ms. of the nineteenth century.). See below, p. 1212 
(1. 4 from foot), where the attempt has been made to reproduce some of the 
characters. 

X Similarly the Mappilas of S. W. India used a modified form of the Arabic 
alphabet (Burnell, Specimens of S. Indian Dialects, ii. ; Mangalore, 1873). 

§ Elements of S. Indian Palaeography (London, 1878), p. 58. 

II Cp. also Lenormant, op. cit., p. 40 sq., and pi. vi., and Land, Anecdota, 
t. i. pp. 89, 91. 



XXVI INTRODUCTION. 

s. " Malabarisch-Syrisch." A fuller list appears to be a de- 
sideratuni. 

The main portion of the present catalogue (pp. 1 — 975) 
is the work of the late Professor Wright, who, after the ac- 
quisition of the collection presented by the Society for 
Promoting Christian Knowledge, immediately proceeded in 
accordance with the report of the Library Syndicate*, and 
the Grace of the Senate (Jan. 27th, 1887), to prepare a full 
catalogue of them. It would appear to have been his inten- 
tion to describe all the remaining MSS. separately in an 
Appendix, but his lamented death in 1889 prevented the 
completion of liis task. Further delay was caused by the 
deaths of Professor Bensly and Professor W. Robertson Smith, 
both of whom were keenly interested in the catalogue. Mean- 
while, Professor Bevan undertook to superintend the printing 
of Professor Wright's manuscript. Whenever an error was 
suspected he compared Professor Wright's quotations with the 
MSS. in the Library, adding a sic where it seemed desirable. 
Some obvious slips of the pen were corrected ; in a very few 
cases where he could not venture to make any alteration, he 
added a footnote (signed with his initials A. A. B.). 

Before publishing Professor Wright's manuscript the Library 
Syndicate decided that an Appendix should be added dealing 
more briefly with the MSS. which he had not described. These 
included the older class-marks, a number of MSS. acquired 
after Professor Wright's death, and three Karshuni MSS. of the 
S. P. C. K. collection which had been overlooked f. When, on 
the invitation of the Syndicate, I began the preparation of the 
Appendix in February, 1900, I found that little had been done 

* See above, p. xv. 

t They are described in a Supplement to the Appendix. 



INTRODUCTION. XXVU 

for them. A small number, it is true, had been collated, and 
many of them showed evident signs of having been carefully 
perused : the pages or leaves had often been numbered, or 
slips inserted bearing the title of the MS., and, in most of the 
Buchanan MSS., lists of contents had been drawn up. But no 
trace was to be found of any formal catalogue. 

In describing the MSS. I have endeavoured to the best 
of my ability to conform to Professor Wright's recognized 
methods, but that scholar's unrivalled acquaintance with Syriac 
literature, and his unique knowledge of the palaeographical 
and other technical details of Syriac MSS. will be regretfully 
missed*. As a rule I have (perhaps unnecessarily) reproduced 
the individual idiosyncrasies of scribes as regards marks of 
interpunction, the plural points, and the Nestorian ligature 
2s- Here and there I have been able to present specimen 
collations (e.g., pp. 988 [17], 1084, 1126 sq., 1132, 1193 sq., 
1202, 1241). I regret that time has not permitted me to do 
this more regularly. 

From what has been said concerning the genesis of this 
catalogue it will be intelligible why such MSS. as Adds. 
1855 — 57, 2919, are dealt with in the Appendix, whilst 
Adds. 1854, 2918, which Professor Wright had already described, 
are in the body of the work. In order to remedy this defect 
a list of the MSS. has been drawn up (vol. ii. pp. 1255 sqq.), 
which, in view of the fact that the MSS in the Appendix, in 
order to agree with the main portion of the catalogue, had to 
be arranged in numerical sequence, aims also at presenting a 
general view of their contents. For details, reference should 
of course be made to the General Index. 

* The following is a list of the more important mss. or portions of mss., 
which have not yet been identified: Dd. 15. 2 (vii.), p. 1004; Go. 1. 29 (x. xiii. 
xxi.); Add. 2053; Add. 2054; Add. 20565; Add. 3175 (26), p. 1226; Add. 3745. 



XXviii INTRODUCTION. 

In conclusion it is my pleasant duty to acknowledge the 
courtesy of Professor R K. Douglas, Keeper of the Depart- 
ment of Oriental Printed Books and Manuscripts, in allowing 
me to study the Cambridge manuscripts at the British 
Museum, a privilege which alone made it possible for me to 
undertake this work. I desire, also, to express my sincerest 
thanks to those scholars who have allowed me to consult 
them, in particular, to Mr A. G. Ellis, Superintendent of the 
Oriental Students' Room, British Museum, and to others whose 
services are acknowledged in their proper place. To the 
University Librarian, Mr Jenkinson, to Mr Norman M^'Lean, 
and to Professor Bevan, I am indebted in many ways for 
help and advice ; they have also read this Introduction and 
favoured me with suggestions and informati(m. I should 
mention, however, that the general responsibility for the 
statements it contains rests with me alone. 

The printers and readers of the Pitt Press have, as usual, 
greatly lessened the labour of proof-reading, but some misprints 
which were overlooked will be found among the Additions and 
Corrections (pp. xxix, xxx). A few inconsistent transliterations, 
which, however, will not cause any difficulty, I have allowed to 
stand. 



STANLEY A. COOK. 



London, 

October, 1901. 



*^* The palimpsest fragments in the Taylor-Schechter collection, 
containing Palestinian Syriac Texts, have been recently described and 
edited under that title by Mrs A. S. Lewis and Mrs M. D. Gibson 
(4to, London, 1900). 



ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS. 



Page 4 line 17 for ^Al^ read M^A^ 

Page 6. Add. 1700. From this MS. Prof. Bensly edited the 
Harklean Version of the Epistle to the Hehreivs (Cambridge, 1889), 
and the Epistles of S. Clement to the Corinthians (Rev. R. H. 
Kennett, Camb. 1899), the latter with a facsimile. 



14 


)) 


10 




U^l 


U^i 


52 


?5 


8 


)? 


1A^^^! . 


. 1AX^! 


71 


J7 


21 


)> 


;nti%Y>3 


;AX33yM3 


111 


>> 


3 


) J 


^9V 


^OV 


117 


J) 


10 


}» 


«^6oiisa;bO£i6s 


*^o7iss^^ 


146 


») 


3 


>j 


^a^^ 


bdOUkS 


158 


JJ 


6 


>} 


;43io 


^So 


158 


>) 


16 


5) 


Tahmazgard ,, 


, Tahmazgard 


190 


)> 


5 


)> 


J^^ 


^«>=^ 


217 


>» 


4 


H 


S.P.C.K. 27 


Add. 1991 


221 


>> 


2 


JJ 


4=ii 


^lialS 


225 


)J 


13 


»J 


;2* 


;*: 


276 


)1 


2 


)) 


fisisoxti 


^Jio^tj 


308 


>) 


5 


)J 


f. 113 6 


f. IIU 







ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS 




ige 309 


line 


4 


after 


J-0^,? 


add 


(sic) 


„ 314 




6 


for 


vO^l 


read 


vcu] 


„ 318 




15 


" 




11 




„ 322 




16 


11 


o^aV^^ 


11 




„ 459 




16 


)i 


^±^^1 


11 


^:l^^ 


„ 459 




17 


)> 


'^^^t\ m 1> 


,, 


,ns'A« 1> 


„ 461 




2 


11 


^Ir^ 


11 


^■^lA 


„ 528 




1 


after 


»Qa>jZo 


add 


(sic) 


„ 528 




4 


11 


h^ 


11 


(sic) 


„ 596 




6 


11 


IB 


11 


(sic) 


„ 597 




5 


11 


U^? 


11 


(sic) 


„ 604 




3 


11 


jJaJio 


11 


(sic) 


„ 632 




5 


for 


f^ 


read 


J?^ 


„ 650 




18 


after 


Vaiii 


add 


(sic) 


„ 660. 


Add. 


2816 


was oue of 


the manuscripts usee 



M. I'Abbe Naii in his edition of the Sullakd Ilaunandyd. 
Page 691 line 6 for i^^^ read 2^3 

,1 697 „ 3 „ .aojia „ aoiu? 

„ 697 „ 7 „ 1882 „ 1881 

,, 799 ,, 15 ,, stc „ sic 

„ 800. A portion of Add. 2918 has been edited by the 
Rev. Arendzen in the Journal of Theological Studies, vol. ii., 
pp. 401—416 (1901). 

Page 987 note for Kara read Kara 

„ 1032 line 15 „ Prolegomena „ Polyglot (t. v.) 



CATALOGUE 



OF 



SYEIAC MANUSCRIPTS. 

Add. 272 

[See Appendix.] 

Add. 616 

Paper, about 6| in. by 4| ; 109 leaves, some of which are 
slightly soiled and torn, but have been carefully mended ; 
quires, signed with letters, originally 12 in number, of 10 leaves 
(the last has only 9) ; 21 lines in a page. This manuscript is 
beautifully written in a regular Nestorian cursive, and dated 
A.D. 1461. Foil. 11, 12, 19, 20, 31 and 40, are supplies of the 
xvith cent., in a Jacobite cursive; and ff. 1 — 10, which take 
the place of two quires of the original manuscript, are also in a 
Jacobite cursive, of the xix th cent. 

The Pardaisd da-'Edken of 'Abhd-isho', metropolitan of 
Sauba (Nisibis) and Armenia, originally containing the usual 
50 poems, with the commentary added by the author in A. Gr. 
1627 = A.D. 1316. The writer of the second supplement has, 
however, omitted the first poem, merely remarking on f. 4 h. 

Title, f. 1 h. |oAd >oAnV)X ^i-i; ■ V) ^jibj (n\i.»^ ^ 
B. C. 1 



2 Add. 616 

^alk)0i^ Sojio .(sic) \Ll<Dy]-> l^OO 0-r^.ilD ^0. • I r^ 

The colophon, f. 108 b, informs us that this copy was finished, 
in the convent of Mar Sabhr-isho' called Beth Kiika, on the 
great Zabh, on the 16th Heziran A. Gr. 1772 = A.i). 1461. The 
scribe does not give his name. 

;3^a ^3 ^^a^2 .jco ^fiSi.3o6^o ^ox Im^!^, JAoio aa 

^^oi^^a^a uSiMSMa .;I^at» Uo) ^^a .;Xboaxo ;3JQ» 
.;Jii\ ^^^3 ^»o^3 .^A^^aS ^3X3 6s^:s tjous .;lkf 

X^^o .^^\^ u^M ^3 o^s^a .^loA ^^a^o ^dJbaxo 

An owner has recorded his name on f. 109 h, Michael son of 

Jonah, .^ioJ, ia ^)Aj»P O^? ^^A ^? l^^ 

At the beginning of the book are inserted two leaves con- 
taining an attempt at describing the contents of the volume by 
one N. L. B. (according to a pencil note " Nathan Lazarus 
Benmohel", formerly a teacher of Hebrew in Trinity College, 
Dublin), dated "April 19, 1853". N. L. B. translates the words 
^^O .Q-xlDQ'r£i iOj-D, quoted above, by "Prooemium showing 
the cause and aim of his cup, written by Mar Edrena" ! 



Add. 1155, 1166 3 

Add. 1155 

[New-Syriac and English lexicon. See Appendix.] 

Add. 1166 

Paper, about 5f in. by 3f ; 148 leaves, of which the first and 
last are blank ; 15 quires, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, 
except the 8th, which has only 8 ; 17 lines. Neatly written in 
a Jacobite cursive, with mixed punctuation, and dated A.D. 1606. 

1. The Psalter, arranged for public service. The fifteen 

lA-i-Ln'^Lo are marked in the text, the ]j.Ki:iQ_» on the margins ; 
and each verse is divided by 01 for the two divisions of the 
choir. Title, f 3 h, 

»^^jdA!jd wjZa^j.^5 ]j3?o\\ \S\ l^i) {sic) ^^\'J^ ^_,p p 
(Tici^o |j.i:uo I^IiLd j«»055 liialDVlJoj I^Ad ^cjoAd]? ]j] 

The apocryphal Ps. cli. is appended, f. 136 h. 

2. The Canticles, viz. the first song of Moses, Exod. xv. 
1 — 21, f. 137 a ; the song of Isaiah, ch. xlii. 10 — 13 and xlv. 8, 
f. 138 h ; and the second song of Moses, Deut. xxxii. 1 — 43, 
f. 139 a. 

3. A discourse by Mar Ephraim on humility, love of learn- 
ing, etc., f. 142 h, 

^^<^\V) Ul^-rSa] ^j^Lo Xm.^r^'i \l'^\^ s^oLzxlO "|-L«_3 ^oZ 

]^3 "jZoji-Lbo "jZoj-.Z^lDO IZaa^iiLb ^i. oA^]? ; ]Za 

{sic) ]i t^Vn . AinjoJO ]j.j.ki\Zo 

1—2 



4 Add. 1166 

It is alphabetical, each letter having two verses ; e.g. 

•:• ]; 1 an "loou? 1 J^ ]J 

The colophon, f. 146 b, states that this little volume was 
finished on the 3rd Nisan A. Gr. 1917 =a.d. 1G06 in the convent 
of Mar Abhhai, called the convent of the Ladders, by the priest 
Micha, son of the carpenter Daulat-shah, from the place called 
in Armenian Duanekh, that is, the convent of Abu Ghalib, in 
the north of Cappadocia, in the province of Malatia, in the dis- 
trict of Gargaria. 

"jioiDlibj jjoi \^io (sic) ^^-^Lc^jZlo . I N^oA^lo ^jAcd"! 
^ a!l, ♦ r-f^'^ ^^ v'?Q^ U-iiJo joXlD ,..0)) 
] >. . ^vn ; "jAkij-D 5A^ li'dj^j U^'l ^Q-L^ t <n\» .^s-co? 
"|5cn4ciUa\t Aij_6 .ot^? lAXZ ^m ■ i? U^^lr^ y.^^") Z\i ^^ 
l^^yTi V*jjpASDj w_»_k»j::)] w^pk)? K»r^ Ir-.^ r-^-^ ^A2k 
ja-KK^ri yjonn iiiAlD? 4^ P W? -""-jI ^r^l^ .lA^nrr? 

.^\. . CL05 l^j? Aj^o] j^jIoj U-lk))] ]i aNn ]_.tjQAk)> 

• I ■ * • X VJ 

» 7 7 7 



Add. 1166, 1167 5 

Fol. 3 a is occupied by the figure of a cross in the usual 
style of interlaced ornament. 

On fol. 2 a there is written in Italian, " Psalterio Syriaco 
manuscritto", and below in French, " Les pseaumes de David en 
Siriaque, d'une tres belle escriture". Over these inscriptions 
has been pasted a bit of paper with the words "Pseaumes de 
David en Syriaque". 

Add. 1167 

Paper, about Sin. by 5|; 198 leaves. The quires, signed 
with letters as far as O, were originally 15 in number, of 12 
leaves, to which a quire of 10 leaves has been prefixed, and 
another of 8 leaves appended ; there are also 3 blank unnum- 
bered leaves at the beginning and 2 at the end ; the pages are 
numbered throughout the 15 original quires ; 21 lines in a page. 
Written in a neat regular Nestorian hand of the xviii th cent. 

I. The four Gospels in the Peshitta version, viz. 

1. S. Matthew, f. 11 6. 

2. S. Mark, f. 58 b. 

3. S. Luke, f. 90 a. 

4. S. John, f. 144 a. 

The capitula are numbered separately in each gospel and 
continuously throughout the four ; e.g. f. 182 6, v*ig .^ .m 

II. The Song of Songs, f. 185 b, 

The enumeration of the capitula is carried on through this 
book as before, e.g. f. 189 b, o^ .»*•. — . 

On ff. 191 b — 193 b another hand has written part of a ser- 
vice for the Passion of our Lord, beginning : 

isbo^i i^"^ ; , ^^ 3 4^Ai^ otISas ;-%:i>S>,\3 ^6i:oi 



6 Add. 1167, 1700 

On ff. 7 6 and 8 a are three rudely and incorrectly written 
pieces, which appear to be charms. The second runs thus : 

^ob ;bk^ o^^jbo^ ;Ib.bo w.Om ^libo ;'auiQ>2 ;a^ 

On f, 6 i is this entry : — 
Baker, Cat. 135. n° 882 
311. 1873 

This is evidently if 246 in the Catalogue of the MSS. of Dr. 
A. Clarke (1835) and if 14 in the Cat. of Baynes & Son (1836) 
luhere it is pi^iced 7£. 7. 

The manuscript came therefore from the Christians of S. 
Thomas in Southern India, and is labelled on the back "Evang. 
Chald. Malab. 246 ". 

Add. 1700 

Vellum, about 9^ in. by 6^; 216 leaves; the quires, signed 
with letters and having a running title on the last leaf of each 
and the first leaf of the next, are 21 in number, of 10 leaves, 
except the last, which has only 6, two blank leaves at the end 
having been cut away ; 2 columns of from 36 to 41 lines. Foil. 
1 — 3, 215, and 216 are slightly mutilated, and the outer margin 
of ff. 43 and 91 has been cut off Leaves are wanting after 
fif. 1 and 7, in the Index of Lessons. The writing is a neat 
regular Jacobite cursive, and the volume is dated A. Gr. 1481 
= A.D. 1170. 

The whole New Testament according to the Harklensian 
version, with one notable addition, which will be noticed in its 

proper place. To each book is prefixed a list of the ((Isld 
or capitula, which are also noted on the margins of each book 



Add. 1700 7 

separately. The lessons, p_»V-0, are marked in each Gospel 
separately ; in the Acts and Apostolic Epistles they run on con- 
tinuously, and similarly in the Pauline Epistles. 

I. The four Gospels, viz. 

1. S. Matthew f. 11 6. 

2. S. Mark, f. 35 a. 

3. S. Luke, f. 56 h. 

4. S. John, f. 77 a. 

On f. 96 h we find the following account of this version of 
the Gospels from the pen of Thomas of Harkel. 

IZ] I .. m "JZoAjZlkk^ |.»^5ani\ l^ja^ ]\ aX ^ . n • g^Z]? 
.]Aj_jjio ^.nnV?n .^ |k)_,n^ .... I^i ]) s^\n ■ '^o 
.]->-3o,Q.Vn >£0o3pi.mn^? IjfnSjiZo "JlkuLDZj ]L\ •*-) 

.^5A^ ^5 ^^^ijZ] .• IAxjjIdj C7i\^5 ^o n en I ^1 
1A\Z ^ .]j.:iCDlD ]lDolZ ^jA^j IZj-u^ro IZo-a.-.^^ ■ n 

: oj-uJo^jI? \LM^r^ \r-^r^ .]A^j 1Aj_._,1d V.?, imn.1^? 
IAjJjZoLc "|ZoAjA>^ ^j_Lrbo ^j-Lcujjj ^ajoi l}j..yj_rb50 



8 Add. 1700 

(JLD ^5 Ul*^L]o ^TiZ'^Z] . . . ;4V)\o v&,V)\ V«^-^ ioAi? 

CrOi^J Mi2L»0 ^--.;m\0 ]|Lq1^Z> IZ 1 ■ n .];_i^l) IADOj^ 

jlkiL ^5 ].Sr?n? .... viojl? ]jQ_i_guOyjl >coo?, 1 mn^? 
aij_.y^ .• w^oiOfiixi ^^j . > i \n\ v»;g^V>\ y-^ZuLj och .-vj^^ 

.^-lIdI CTLliD? ]^iCL^',l^ loAjtJ ,Ad C7L05 .."l^jZo \S]^ 

There is an Arabic translation of this note on the outer and 
lower margins of this page. 

II. A series of lessons for the Passion of our Lord, com- 
piled from the four Gospels, f. 96 h. 

1. The Eve of the Friday of the Crucifixion, f. 96 6, 

2. The first station of the Night, f. 97 a, 
.lZa.£i-i_£)l? lA^ojJ^5 ."U-j^j "U.1.1^5 ]j.LDyr5 |Sdq-D5 ]j_.;-D 

3. The second station, f. 98 a, 

4. The third station, f 98 b, 

.■jZo-a-i-Dij IZuCDO^:^? ] i \\? IZl^Zj ILdqjdj U-.i-D 

5. The morning of the Friday of the Crucifixion, f. 99 6, 

."jZosu-oi? IZ^j "JZlQOA? li^tj? U-»i-o 



Add. 1700 9 

6. The third hour of the Friday, f. 100 h, 

7. The Midday of Friday, f 101 a, 

8. The ninth hour of the Friday, f 102 6, 

9. The Adoration of the Cross, f. 102 h, 

10. The Eve of the Saturday of Annunciation, f. 103 a, 

."jZinro? lAin^j l*-^5? ]j-.;-0 
Subscription, f. 103 a, 

(AtDO;^? ILdCUj : 1 ' ^ yi ^ ^-jAoI Ij.-»i^ QIqA^ 

III. The Acts of the Apostles, f. 103 h. The index of 
||\g^ n being unusually long, the text begins on f 106 h, 

IV. To the Acts are appended the Apostolical Epistles, 
viz. 

1. The Epistle of S. James, f. 132 a. 

2. The first Epistle of S. Peter, f. 134 6. 

3. The second Epistle of S. Peter, f. 137 a. 

4. The first Epistle of S. John, f. 138 h. 

5. The second Epistle of S. John, f. 141 a. 

6. The third Epistle of S. John, f 141 h. 

7. The Epistle of S. Jude, f. 141 6. 



10 Add. 1700 

Subscription, f. 142 b, 

]_K>_K.t^ ^Ld ^? ^AdZ] . . . wijQji >co o o . \ 6Llo U'^o 
)Ldo1Z> 111 ,. m ]j_L42inj«^ ^5 b<i^^L] .^oink)? 

.• ;_»..kk£:)0 A^A.K» . .1 .1 ff)? ].uJQ_. |>^>J. \ili ■• I I \n -rJ^ 

V. Here are inserted in this manuscript the two Epistles 
of S. Clement to the Corinthians, which form no part of the 
Harklensian version. The translation, of which no other copy 
is known to exist, appears to belong to the seventh century, 
and may be assigned to the school of Athanasius of Balad and 
Jacob of Edessa, For an estimate of its value see Lightfoot, 
*S'. Clement of Rome, Appendix, p. 238 sqq. 

1. The first Epistle, f. 142 h, 

.V»Aj_.>aD5 Ua Lo^-i 
Subscription, f. 155 h, 

2, The second Epistle, f. 155 h, 

Here there are no capitula. The numeration of lessons 
runs continuously through the whole of the Acts and Apo- 
stolic Epistles, from 1, f. lOG h, to ^j-D, f. 159 a. For a list of 



Add. 1700 11 

those in the two Epistles of S. Clement see Lightfoot, 0/9. cit. 
p. 236. 

VI. The Pauline Epistles, viz. 

1. Romans, f. 159 h. 

2. 1st Corinthians, f. 169 a. 

3. 2nd Corinthians, f. 178 6. 

4. Galatians, f. 185 h. 

5. Ephesians, f. 189 a. 

6. Philippians, f. 192 h. 

7. Colossians, f. 195 a. 

8. 1st Thessalonians, f. 198 a. 

9. 2nd Thessalonians, f. 200 a. 

10. 1st Timothy, f. 201 h. 

11. 2nd Timothy, f. 204 6. 

12. Titus, f. 206 6. 

13. Philemon, f. 207 h. 

14. Hebrews, f. 208 h. Complete, with the exception of a 
few words on the damaged f. 216. 

The numeration of lessons runs through the whole book, 
from ], f. 160 a, to -v^^^' ^- ^16 «• 
Subscription, f, 216 h, 

001 ^5 odi .■\t\ t.V) ^.anVin "jooi *:2uAd5 o6i Ijvkjvj. 
lAi-jjiD |-.;.£D]c:m loon A-.]? Jj^wk., ^ ]oai ^so^KiiZ] 
*::ijA;05 : >coo\ 1 <^V)g^ i*.jj-05 liSAo 1 1 o : ]i > /\f>r.\oN^ 
^(Ti\i:^ A_."J5 .^j^CLLArij] IZ-;^] locnj •;• .oij-.] /^; > ^^ ]octi 
.]Lcl^A^ .\nr) "jZojoiro .ilnr) ]]iQ.iD .]] ."ix^-^ .]r-KKr)1 
lA^DJ "jZoA_.Aj-Ki:i ^.a5 .o a ^Z] .oX^ ]j^.£iZ^ U^j] 



12 Add. 1700 

].; _imnV )^ ^q^jI^ :>cl>1^2.1 *:do2. ^[5 ocn] •;• .oi^? 
.Ujq-. IZuA;: U^i TT*'^ ^ ^^^^ ^^? ^^ lAi-r^ 

Vi-iOOT^? ^^1 v^l cloAt)? .-.mi mn^ao ^a^^ol 

■ ey^V|^n\ ^ . N . g^ .. .n ^^ > np ^'cTljO ^TlX-.? VjJZQ-iO 

VII. Prefixed to the volume is an Index of Lessons for the 
whole year, if. 1 — 10, entitled, f. 1 b, 

r> . \ . Mri]-t 1j.jAj_» l55Q_K» aili:D> ].1->';ID) (sic) .nnn .in o 

It comprises 

1. The Gospels, f. 1 6. A leaf is wanting after f. 1, Sub- 
scription, f 6 h, 

2. The Acts and Apostolic Epistles, f. 7. Title, f. 7 a, 
Only the first leaf remains. 



Add. 1700 13 

8. The Pauline Epistles, f. 8 a, imperfect at the beginning. 
Subscription, f. 10 6, 

.*oAr:o _»;^o »cQn^) ]-»-4^ ^ P^J l;-o? ^ ] . iAi « 

There are ornaments, consisting of interlaced lines variously 
coloured, at the beginning of each book. 

The colophon, f. 216 h, states that this volume was written 
in A. Gr. 1481 = A.D. 1170, in the convent of Mar Selibha on 
the holy mountain of Edessa, by a monk of Edessa named 
Sahda, at the cost of the priest Rabban Basil bar Michael of 
Edessa. 

]_i_»j ]lk) ]jai tciAs ] I \V)Q-> LtJZi o] jriro ^j V\o - 

^ZjZ IZ-^^lo : ]-«-.'rO ]->^ I \»? >m» mn-;g)?o : ^n > \ m]^ 
yj] : "U^ I Nj «C0o\o'=^? ]Zm g^NV) i:<lL : .no > <^ . \ p ^ 

llV)\rD5lo .^X"!? ..Jai l^i ■ n .] i Nn^^j fcoolZ? (.5oZ 

"jAjLjjiD _cn?ol? \».^r^ I'CL^j .l_.yj_.l_. Zu.r;ir:) 
]J lAkij^io "I Aid? K<^ ' ^ ' "^ <r-*? *^AdZ] •:• ■]An .'-.Vr> 
:>cll 1^ I 1 mb^-oALo "jZq-iIqjCti ZoV) . V)»-to : lA^ii^rAAk) 
^,_.Ak)5 .]j(jii ] ■ I ■ no ]g^ni }_.^a? ^ » co|^ ^3? -lAiisu 
oili "locru? U^^i^l QAi .,V) V.CTIJ0] ^5 ^|iij.k) ^iD 
CTLoAiD .l;-.^j_2)?o l-«-2U5 jjjZaLDo ] i 1 mo5 L^ioio ]j.j.-.criX 

IciQ-KK^ |J] .;. wjCnJol? CTUiiDj U",L.pri lr-»^^ IjOlCD ^) 
. S y^g^? : !» I >V)\ i<l>!iJO ]iV)i01SD )r»S\ \d ^ \S\ • V'-^^' 
OOl ^ ,_iD ]J Lj5 ANsN ^J^? Iv-. ^ ,_jL.llOT 1^)0.010 



14 Add. 1700 

•> .*^LdL] oiZo *=^ . . I n? ocn ^o . ^ciAiDj ]_i_4>^ ^ ]^Q-»-»-^ 

On fol. 11a stands a note which has apparently been washed 
out and partly erased. So far as legible, it states that this 
copy of the New Testament reached the city of Sebaste (Sivas) 
after the ravaging of Cilicia by the Tatars, having been bought 
from thera for 30 pieces of silver by Rabban Daniel bar Hannun, 
and presented by him to the church of Mar Theodore in the 
said city, A. Gr. 1595 = A.D. 1284. 

,J^ "jocn X^'iLL , i,n? ") > o 1 \ I n? ] i n.» ,_1d5 ."jZoiV^a V) 
^?7 .aiZo-ilQjai Zon ^ , i n .|jOiX1 ioZ^^ ]jc7i .Ir^ii 

(sic) ^]0 ^2^ OOIO ."U>-liD jjfc.j.aUD ^CLlS^ ^^ .^]jlJ5 

. ^ctiOj-Lli.? ^ooiAJL^iJ? lA-KK-uJ ^^4^ ."jA i 1 Ki03 IZjo-.A^. 
(sic) ^1 . .-.oioTi.^? ]i nno >o .aioQ_K.j ij.rDQ_K>Ao 
.»CDo55o"|Z ^jiD5 jX) IZaX ^_nJ»o .]g^mn? ^A\A^ U-oo 
,_...^L^) ^5 "U.1 "^C'r^ ."JZa ^ lo<^ Aj]? oxocl*j ^^^ 
en V T s? lAJLsu ^ .... oX. ]1 1 \£) ^jJloi |^>acci^ ^o^j] 

^]_._35? (sic) 



Seven or eight lines at the top of the second column have 
been almost wholly effaced. 

Then follows, in the second column, another deed of pur- 
chase, likewise only partially legible, recording the sale of the 



Add. 1700 15 

book by the monk Thomas to the monk rabban Lazarus of the 
convent of , with the names of the witnesses. 

]jcn ]^Aii^ Axoij "U-r^-i A-L^ ]^oL Xi] ^ Ui-m.^ 

]<^ni ]^i^-> 5ijA ^r:^^ Ur-*^ ^j.i.ri5i]^ ]1^ jho ]L,^y 

. . ^JL.J . . . ]A^ (1) 4^'^^?? Ij^chd 1;1do\o? .]ai\"ir;D 

•••• ^j-Sd] OlLOL |1V)« 1 V'jkDO .*CDo5o>o"iZ ^550 ."iSDO.^TD 

A much later note at the foot of the second coUimn states 
that the book then belonged to Mar John Stephen of Beth 
Severina, son of Yeshua', son of Behnam. 

ooij ,_J_»oQ_. ^^Lo V»-CCi-»-» v^^-^V l-r»^? \^^ ]^to oZl.") 
cnl. Zv-iAo "loT^ vO'^T-^ IiQj-kJ |_»^±k) IsOJCTLO ] « » « r^ 

Another note, also of late date, on f. 10 b, has been almost 
wholly erased. 

On f. 1 a the first of the above notes is repeated by a dif- 
ferent hand in a somewhat altered form, and it is here that the 
date A. Gr. 1595 is given. 

].^m ^ IZcnkLa.iD ]ju4nir:irD cn-.Ajl5 I'airo? "jAi ..V)n 
u6i^ -L^:^ ^> "U'iLl. ^Q^G^y UIjooi j_. ^ ] i o i \ i o? 



16 Add. 1700, 1854 

\^!iD XLj^ ]ho \^L£i ]j(Tl\ ^10 ^2)^ OOTO .]»> 1V) 

<TU_oo ^1 OT-^? ] I rr)Q-K»Ao w*aiOj_LLii lA-^-^uj 1^>- - ^ 
XDO)?]^ ^jiD5 jId Ua^ cnin»o "Ulcqi:? ^^6l\LiD (sic) 
-AjjJ ]ai2:L ^ "U^biQ-* A^o ..fnn iio "jAj-iylao cri^ 
ia_£)a4>j o| 12.0 m .^ -^Nsn ];..V?]? ]l^ ^ en i n^i? 
'||[V) ■ ]kLK»o ^21^ Ai_» ^juliai ^dcn ."tca>oAj ]] U^? ooio 
^[o ^]j]j? ^ U'^ lri>? ljJQ-.ri:) . ■ViK.o ^^ I s •Zo 

This volume was purchased at the sale of M. J. Mohl's 
library at Paris in 1876 (lot 1796j. 

Add. 1854 

Paper, about 10 in. by 7f ; 87 leaves, a good many of which 
are more or less injured ; 9 quires, signed with letters, of 10 
leaves, except the first, which has 8, and the ninth, which has 
now only 7 ; single leaves are also wanting after ff. 14 and 76 ; 
19 lines in a page. Written in a rather inelegant Jacobite hand 
of the xviith century, with mixed punctuation. 

1. The Shehimd or prayers of the canonical hours for the 
ferial days, f. 2 b, 

Monday, f 3 a ; imperfect at the end. 
Tuesday, f 15 a; imperfect at the beginning. 



Add. 1854 17 

Wednesday, f. 25 h. The full sequence of prayers is 

]n«o U*^']? '^^^-^^-^h l^^'^h l'i^ci£D?, l-»-^?^ l^r,?' 

^ ' v'« t\L->, ^ t S • L»-i, and ^--*"i^-» ^-»Zj. 
Thursday, f. 85 h. 
Friday, f. 44 b. 
Saturday, f. 54 a. 
Subscription, f. G3 a, 

2. The Order of the Resurrection, "jA V) 1 n? ]mn 4 
lAo^n.a V), for Sunday, with the same sequence of praj^ers, f. 
63 6 ; imperfect at the end. 

F. 1 a and f. 84 contain hymns written by later hands. 

Ff. 85 — 87 are three leaves from a printed service book. 

There are rude attempts at ornamentation throughout the 
volume. 

This manuscript was brought from Southern India, and con- 
tains many marginal notes written in that country. They are 
readily distinguishable from the older marginal notes by the 
colour of the ink and the Nestorian character of the writing. 

Presented to the University Library by the late Rev. J. M. 
Speechly. 

Add. 1855, 1856, 1857. 

[See Appendix.] 
B. C. 2 



18 Add. 1865, 1866 

Add. 1865 

Paper, about 6;^ in. by 4§; 50 leaves, of which ff. 2 — 5 and 
48 — 50 are blank ; 4 quires, unsigned, of 12 leaves, with two 
leaves prefixed ; 18 lines in a page. Written in a good, regular, 
Jacobite Karshuni, apparently of the xix th cent. 

The Book of Genesis in Arabic, f. 7 a. 

The text ends abruptly on f. 48 b with ch. xxx. 33. 

On f. 1 a is written : " A Garsliunic Codex of Genesis Text of 
Antioch MS — never yet printed as far as I know OH" 

Add. 1866 

Paper, about 4| in. by 3 ; 166 leaves, of which ff. 1, 2 and 
159 — 165 are blank ; 14 quires, unsigned, of 12 leaves, except 
the first two, which have 10 each, and the last, which has 8 ; 
some leaves are wanting at the beginning ; 23 lines in a page. 
Written in a small, neat, Jacobite hand, apparently of the 
xvii th cent, (see below). 

1. The Shehlmtd or prayers for the canonical hours, accord- 
ing to the Maronite use, f, 3 6, 

Sunday, f. 3 6 ; sequence of prayers, <^T-yjr-^ ^^ I ■ V)5, ]3ZciCD, 

Monday, f. 27 a ; Tuesday, f. 46 i ; Wednesday, f. QQh; 
Thursday, f. 87 a; Friday, f. 108 a; Saturday, f. 127 6. 

Subscription, giving the date, f. 147 a, CTij.£0 ]j_.^.k»Z _mlJi^ 

^^-.V-K. \d ^ CL^^l, which is A. Gr. 1746 -a.d. 1435, but so 

old the volume cannot be*. 

* That A.D. 1746 should be meant is unlikely. 



Add. 18G6, 1883 19 

2. Sunday offices, in Karshmn, viz, 

a. The Unction of the Sick, ._ii;ki2^ ni >, ^nr>^ , 
f. 147 h. 

b. Prayer on entering the house of a Woman in Childbed, 
oi^^loA ^]^ ^^!^ oiaX^, f. 148 h. 

c. The Churching of a Woman, ai|;iQ2^ \>a2j criioZj 
cfim.> )o2^, f. 149 o. 

d. The order of Baptism, cri-i?oV)SV:^ oir^Z?, f. 149 h. 

e. The Consecration of clerical Robes, »CQ^li_^ »£Qj^dZ, 
lk)oV)S ^j-^^j-^lL, f. 153 a. 

/ Prayers for the sick, w^^;V^^ ^"^^^S' ^- ^^^ ^^ 

g. Prayer for one possessed of a devil, «. i \s »-»i^] OiU . 

ai^j].^^»-» C7i-.j1 oiX 5"|» ^, f. 156 6. 

h. Prayer to drive out devils, etc., ^j..^u*..«u_xs j^^-ik p.? 

CTLij] ^20, f. 157 b. 

F. 3 a contains the conclusion of a service in Karshiini. 

On f, 159 a is written JL di cailano Perij. 

On f. 166 (a piece of paper pasted on the inside of the cover) 
Ave read: Devocionano en lengua siriaca, del siglo 17°, corre- 
spondiente a la Relijion, de los Jacobitas Maronitas, Nestorianos 
&c. lo compre en Marzeille en 1828. ,/. A. Llobet y da 



Add. 1883. 

[Fragments 1 — 6. See Appendix.] 



9 2 



20 Add. 1962, 196-S 



Add. 1962 

Paper, about llf in. by 7f ; 206 leaves, of which ff. 1, 205 
and 206 are modern and blank ; some of them are stained with 
oil, others have been repaired at a recent date ; 21 quires, signed 

with letters, of 10 leaves, except 2, 8, and ?a, 5 ; 28 lines in a 

page. Written in a good, regular, Nestorian serta, of the xvith 
cent., except ff. 2 and 3, which are of the xviii th. 

The Pentateuch, according to the Peshitta version. 

Genesis, f. 2 b. 

Exodus, f. 52 6. 

Leviticus, £ 95 a. 

Numbers, f. 125 b. 

Deuteronomy, f. 168 a. 
The last leaf, containing the colophon, has been lost. 
The sections of the several books are numbered separately. 



Add. 1963 

Paper, about 12 in. by 8|; 274 leaves, many of which are 
stained by water; fif. 1, 273 and 274 are blank; 28 quires, 

signed with letters, of 10 leaves, except 2 (9), mm (8), and y^A 

(7). Written in a good, regular, Nestorian serta of the earlier 
part of the xviii th cent., except ff. 2 — 4 and 268 — 272, which 
were supplied in 1843, The volume contains 

The whole Beth Maut&bhe of the Old Testament, according 
to the Peshitta version. 

1. Joshua, f. 2 b. 

2. Judges, f. 28 b. 

3. 1 and 2 Samuel, f 54 a. 



Add. 1963 21 

4. 1 and 2 Kings, f. 114 6. On the margin of f. 114 6 is 
written ^eOOkbSS ^^4S3 ^60, and the commencement of 
the second book is marked on the margin of f. 147 6, 

5. The Proverbs of Solomon, f. 178 a. 

6. Koheleth, ^Sojob, f. 199 6. 

7. Ruth, f. 207 b. 

8. The Song of Songs, ft^^laatfts O^^l^ ^XJE is'y^ 
iCi^SxisJ. 211 a. 

9. Ecclesiasticus, OuOOIS *.O^ibAX 3^3 ^^01*9 ^JSbAdMi 

•• • \ " ' ■ ' ■ " 

ly*a 3^3, f. 214 6. The subscription adds Ik'hJoao'i ^3^33 

10. Job, f. 249 a. 

The Beth Maut^bhe is divided on the margin into 164 sec- 
tions, f. 270 6, and each book has its separate numeration. 

The older scribe was named Joseph, as appears from the 
subscription to Judges, f. 53 6. 

;^o^o .ilu^ ^^?^ «^to^o .^aa!a ^^ ;ktiis:ap3 

*:• ^>m2 ^ous ;^i ^oAl, 

The modern supplies were written by the priest Abraham 
for the priest George, " the teacher of the Englishmen," in the 
year 2154 = A.d. 1843, in which the patriarch Mar Simeon and 
the scribe took refuge in Mosul, because the Muhammadan 
rulers Niiri-beg and Badrkhan-beg had laid waste the district 
of Teyare, f. 272 a. 



22 Add. 1963, 1964 

.;ts*^^yXh9 ^o^ "^^9^'^ 'P'^ : ;is*ioI ?4^}2 isaJL:? 

obob ;isaJi 3cp *:• ;3>I^M ;\bO ^^oaueo p^ : ?V'S>S>iy 33 
: ^y*^^ <sS ^^^aabSo . ^ao^ .sa ^^^boi : }'x.bb2 

: iLi, ;\» a^A ^ar w*oio^y.2 •> ?a^b 3^2^ ^o^offao 

Compare Badger, Tke Nestorians, i. 261 sqq. The priest 
" George of Asheetha" is mentioned at p. 283. 

Add. 1964 

Paper, about 10| in. by 7 ; 198 leaves, some of which are a 
good deal soiled and mutilated, especially ff. 1, 2, 9, 88, and 198. 
The quires, signed with letters, are of 10 leaves, except the first, 
which has now only 7, and the last, which has now only 4. 
Three leaves are wanting after f, 186. There are 29 lines in 
each full page. This volume is written in a small, elegant Nes- 
torian serta of the xiiith cent., with numerous vowelpoints, etc. 
It contains 

The whole Beth Mautebhe of the Old Testament, according 
to the Peshitta version ; viz. 

1. Joshua, v^aa ^OXkS ^^A, f. 1^. 



Add. 1964 23 

2. Judges, ?v^"**' t^«>A»* wjiip ^3 a^^uQ), f. 21 b. 

3. Ruth, ;fis*3io» ^o^^^ ^ClAX^, f. 40 6. 

4. I Samuel, o^^OuTU t^M}* m333 '^OA^dO sAiO 
\d.2obaX3, f. 43 6. 

II Samuel, \»Mx. y43? ;a\an3 ^3^? l^^JBa , f. 68 a. 

5. I Kings, .^auQ9i wA33 ^OaS^S ^^3 ^3^^^, 

f. 88 b. Subscription, f. 114 b, "i^S^? ^y^JSao 1^1 pSji 

II Kings, ;aN^3 ^332? ly^O ^SsSl, f. 114 6. 

6. Proverbs, XiO? M ♦^baAtS u.ono^fis», f. 136 a. 

7. Ecclesiastes, ♦^'aaXt 0^00)9 ^^OlOtJp ^SfiSa, f. lol a. 

8. The Song of Songs, ^XJC ^^2ai, f. 156 6. 

9. Ecclesiasticus or Siracides, ^fxAlQ>XI3 iei3f30>M>, f. 159 a. 

10. Job, ;^9f aa*l^ i^^^Xis, f. 184 6. Missing portion, 
ell. vi. 4 — xiii. 21. 

Colophon, f. 198 6, ^*^^ Uo] ^sSssk o6o^ ?A[x] 
.^3 ;&2 adb2 .;&.>tj ^«033 ^fisl . .. ajQ>^ .;3^a» 
A«20ibEtf .icialoM ^o^a ;\4» .»^3a ^o[a;-] 
.;a«*iQ9-%3 .^XJC ^>s ^^a]ati .^Lisio .^si^io y^jio] 

[.s30u2] 

The larger sections are marked throughout the volume, 
with double numeration on the marg^ins. Smaller sections are 



24. Add. 1964, 1965 

noted with o .°- o in text and margin. The titles of the several 
books are gilded. 

The text of this MS. has been carefully corrected by readers. 
The margins contain some Syriac and Arabic glosses, mostly 
of later date. 



Add. 1965 

Paper, about 10^ in. by 7^ ; 257 leaves, the last of which 
is a little torn ; 26 quires, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, 
except the first and last, which have 9 and 8 ; 26 lines. 
Written in a neat, regular, Nestorian serta, and dated A. Gr. 
1804 = A.D. 1493. The volume contains 

The Prophetical Books of the Old Testament, according 
to the Peshitta version. 

1. Isaiah, f. 1 b. 

2. The twelve minor Prophets, f. 57 6. Hosea, f. 57 b; Joel, 
f. 66 a ; Amos, f. 69 a ; Obadiah, f. 76 a ; Jonah, f. 77 a ; Micha, 
f. 79 a; Nahum, f. 84 a ; Habakkuk, f. 86 a ; Zephaniah, f. 88 6 ; 
Haggai, f. 91a; Zechariah, f. 93 a ; Malachi, f. 103 a. 

3. Jeremiah, f. 106 a. 

4. Ezekiel, f. 178 a. 

5. Daniel, f.234 b ; with rubricated glosses in the latter part, 
ff 252 — 4. To it are annexed 

a. Bel, f. 255 a. * 

b. The Dragon, f. 256 b. 

There is a continuous marginal division into 131 sec- 
tions (f. 255 a), and the sections of each book are separately 
numbered. 

The colophon states that this MS. was written in the year 
1804 = A.D. 1493, when Simeon was catholic patriarch and Elias 
metropolitan of Nineveh, by one Gabriel for his cousin the 
priest John, son of Simeon. 



Add. 1965, 196G 25 

(a line and a half erased) <• ^0u3 ^slo IXiOAiOisO J^^l 

^op 0)39 acAs ^2 : ^i^N oSa< o^m uoioaoJsa 

.j(o ^^ ^ox <* ^2o 

On £ 1 ft a later hand has written a short siigitha for 
Easter in Arabic, of which the subscription is 

'l**^^ %^^i i^^^oso ;9oi ^^p^ 



Add. 1966 

Paper, about 8^ in. by 6 ; 238 leaves, of which the first 
three and the last four are blank ; 30 quires, signed with letters, 
of 8 leaves, except the last, which has only 6; 17 lines. Written 
in a good, regular, Nestorian serta, and dated A. Gr. 2137 = A.D. 
1826. 

A Psalter, of the Chaldeans or Roman Catholic Syrians, 
comprising the following items. 

1. The Psalms, according to the Peshitta version, with 
headings, occasional prefatory prayers, etc. For example : 

Ps. V. f. 7 h. 

*:* \aana ^»^a>o,i. ^bai'? ;^oilo>sis^ \^ ^^^ = ^ 



26 Add. 1966 



.j(0 .;&2 ^^^ oo] <^^oS^ \y^ 

Ps. xxviii. f. 28 b. 
OOm iS*23 ^^'^ ^2 O^ OuXmO u07a^'f> uOioS^ 



;ba!^a .^bo btib^x^ ^ ^o^i ^^Sbti ;j.b^ ^ .^,>»>« 
^I^ <^^o^ -^9^ "^k"*^ ^^ ^^i^o y.*l» bdbjsx^ 

Ps. xliv. f. 46 a. 



.^4^ ?^o ^ba^ 5^ .^b^^ <* ;'a^is^ ^.^0^33^3 



Add. 1966 27 



^^ ;o^i ^boa^ .:zAL ^'o6s*23 ii.is^l .odx^sa ^aS 



isa^^? "py^ . ^bo^jcp!^ yboa^ Q^aa ■^Sfoi o^o^ 

The >!L^oa7 and jR«io'iS!) are marked both in the text 
and on the margins. 

Subscription, f. 15.5 a : 

^2cuao'ibpo *^ ^^^>o ^xq>^ ^^o <• ^^uQ^r^ j\Soa7o 

^*d^i ^f^^ ^^o'^^? ^Mo <• ^aio ^fr^^^o ;;^a^^o 
^^S^o ;;>yavnt l^yso •:• ^oisi ^isaiso y^iba^o ;;2abo^o 

^xobo *> ^ *s^oaori *> ^aio ^akiQ»^< ^oCSbJ. <* ^.tto^o 

ayioaka isAp ^bo <• ;xh»d^ ^.a <« ?,t»^ aA. <* ;^aio 



28 Add. 1066 

2. The Canticles. 

a. The first Song of Moses, Exod. xv. 1 — 21, f. 156 a. 
«^oo;^o\^ \^ «> ;xobo ;j>$o^3 ^2cui0aii ^oslx^ 

6. The Song of Isaiah, ch. xlii. 10—13, xlv. 8, f. 157 b. 

c. The second Song of Moses, Deut. xxxii. 1 — 21 (first 
half), f. 158 ft. 

d The third Song of Moses, Deut. xxxii. 21 (second 
half)— 43, f. 160 a. 

3. Hymns entitled }33aM3 "Auisilfts. 

a. For the Sundays and Dominical Festivals, except the 
Nativity, by Mar Narsai, f. 162a: 



*:* ^aXl ^ ^^^ .^i'a^ ^?^^?^ )^^3LX3X^d : 6^»9ait 



2^ 



33^3 Z^ilA m3o^ .^ 3^ Jii^o 2\^\'t) wJOMi^ ;>i.nv.s 



Add. 1966 29 

b. For the morning of Sunday, by Mar Ephraim, acro- 
stich, f. 162 6 : 



ojJaM . ;AS>y> ^3^i w*a^ ^*^? .^Sstay^^ ^^K^ 

c. By Narsai, f. 164 a : 
}30!P& .«dJ9>ai>^ ?>i>nN<a <* ojaitiva d)[!^ ^^^tibpo o;^ 



\ ■ ' >« I" ^ / ' » » ■ » ' « ' ' ii» • 

•> ;jIo3 ;bo\L ;i£to 

rf. The Song of the three holy Children, 6^*53 *^SiM^6axis 
JoLi, f. 165 rt, from v. 35 to the end, which is altered thus: 



^\t oaSa .^SkbOL^ \«ILmo ^3f>tO ilik^ ^^ 



oaa^a .^i^^ ^a^? yiOoao^D o&ia «> ^^.^bsA ^laso 



so Add. 1966 

;.3^ ^SkSM <* i^iioS ^ib03 a!is4^ tt^'*^? "^ 

e. For the morning of Sundays and of the Dominical 
Festivals, by Theodore of Mopsuestia, f. 166 ft : 



/ The Nicene Creed, f. 160 b : 

.JCO .^ puMii 
(7. Another eucharistic hymn, f. 167 b: 
•^00^ b^i^ -U^la ;ba^ ^ov 9iA3 ;^Xi«2 

h. Another, by Mar Ephraim, f. 167 &: 



Add. 1966 31 

opua ^9P : ^3J^ ;3\h9 S^oau ^'ii -Ti^^l ^yi^ 

i. Another, for the Dominical festivals, by Yazdin, f. 168 a: 



\a^ .^S ^?V^ ^>f?^? '- ^3^ ^?^? ^^3^2 
j. Another, eucharistic, f 1G9 « : 



A.'. Another, for the eucharist on the ferial days, by the 
patriarch Timothy I, f. 169 a: 



*a^ ^^fSL^? -^^soImX %ioalp <• l^idp iay^l 



I. For the ferial days, ^ v>'A>«* ^SwaOuD, f. 169 &. 

a. For the night of Monday, by Mar Abraham of Beth 
Eabban, f. 1696: 



.^3 ;s«33 yaai'iai ^bda^ ^^«^? .}agaii*3^3 ^'^? 

;^o ^iso^ ^^^ -^^a^ ^V^? ^o^^ ^ ^^2 



■JEO ■♦vf 



/3. For the morning of the ferial days, by Mar 
Ephraim, f. 170 a : 



.:aU35i m35»^ ^^fSLSi? -^^ ^»eu3 l^^? I6s'yi*2 



32 Add. 1966 

7. For tlie night of Tuesday , by Thomas of Edessa, 
f. 170 6: 



^ .Uoihol iaoolis^ ^>f>=^? .;^ac3^^^^ ^A^s 



^eaoaa ". ♦^ 






S, For the night of Wednesday, by Mar Abimelech, 
f. 171a: 



.30 

e. For the night of Thursday, by Mar Ephraim, f. 171 b : 

5-. For the night of Friday, by Mar John of Beth Rab- 
ban, f. 172 6 : 



.^a 6s^sp ^o« ^adoi^ ^>f3L^? .'^inaoak^a ^A^a 
.so .hw'WN o;iSModx6s ^S\ : opo^ aJaa ?nS^\ ^aos 

^. For the night of Saturday, by Mar Ephraim, f. 173 b : 



;I^^2 5^aa .^a^i ^a^!^ ^P^f^^? -^^^^ ?A^a 



Add. 196G 33 

m. For Sundays, ;aaaak^? %J!*iix>s, f. 17'> h : 
a. For compline, by Babhai the elder, f, 178 6 : 



^i : ;ibf pjiJb l^ihi ^isoiiSiii ;^2^ .^x^ ^^oxaiua 

/3. For the Annunciation and the Nativity, by the 
same, f. 174 a : 

^ia .lap Jsap o^p 3a o^p .Ja^ao ^33ouq>3 



7. For the night of Sunday in the week of the 
Epiphany, by Babhai bar Nesibhnaye, f. 175 a : 



<* '^otiLbfa 

8. For the Consecration of the Church, by Mar George, 
metropolitan of Nisibis, f. 176 6: 



>in>\,.Sa^a\^ uoa^aoA, v^a6»^ ^^f^? •'^?^?^? 



«> ^^a ^ ay.^<a 



B. C. 



Si Add. 1966 

6. For the Fridays of Lent and the Prayer of the 
Ninevites, by Babhai bar Nesibhnaye, f. 177 h : 



ha jHa!^ ;\»nV<3 .iaosapo lieo^p ieao'y^^ iSsy^l 



r. Another, for the Prayer of the Ninevites, by the 
same, f 178 a : 



iCiio is*^o ^o^ ^3 .^oauds^ '='?^^^ ofes 

^. Another, for Lent, by Babhai the elder, £ 178 a: 



7}. Another, for the Saturdays in Lent on which there 
is no celebration of the eucharist, at compline, by Mar Simeon 
bar Sabba'e the patriarch, f 178 b : 

oi^ ^aM2o .U^i ^*ap isSp ^p ^o^3 l^k^^ 



^px K" U^ex ^ lOb^ )Lp : *^aaa ^a^ 5^ ^px 



Add. 1006 35 

0. Another, to be read at evening in Lent, and at the 
close of the daily hours, f. 179 6 : 



•:• ^i ^^ 7%\s!^ ^oXa 

n. For the week of Summer. 
a. Alphabetical, with a final o^ f- 180 « : 



: ^4^p MoS^y lysis ao^SiO .^a> ^„?^ 

yS. Alphabetical, with a final (3, f 181 h: 
^^booti >iSioia :s0b»33 ;x^ u^ o2 2 .;^x.«2 

0. ^JSbf 03ta , condones or prayers spoken by the deacon, 
f 188 a. 

a. For the evening of every day, f. 183 a. 

/3. Another, oTft^MU., f. 184 «. 

<y. At compline, jL^ftjQ^, f. 186 h. 

B. Another, ^oAa3 ;3tSO»3 ^X.*2, f. 187 a. 

€. For Lent, ;»05?, f. 187 b. 

5". For Lent, f 187 b. 

3—2 



36 Add. 1966 

X. Another, f. 188 6, 

<« ^MJS^s oar ^bAjca ^if<sol orb^sa ;^^isisbp3 lisy*^l 

7]. Another for Lent, ^Om3, f. 192 «. 
6. Another, h\is^, f. 193 ff. 

I. For the Friday of Lazarus, 3f^3 *i\303kS*3 > 
f. 194 h. 

K. For the Friday of the Crucifixion, ^2R30akS<3 
;*:?, f. 195 6. 

\. Eucharistic, f. 196 a, ^f'fila ^bfoa^^. 

IX. Another, f. 196 h. 
V. Another, f. 197 a. 
o. Another, f. 198 a. 
SuKscription, f. 198 a, 

p. Hymns of the martyrs, for the evening and morning 
of each ferial day, twelve in number, f. 198 h, 

Subscription, f. 230 h, 

7%\\\ li^'l l*^^ o^o .a^b^bis %JA ^09^^*29 

<« ^2o ^2 ^^ 

The colophon, f. 230 h, states that this volume was finished 
on the 27th of Tamuz, A.G. 2137 =A.D. 1826 = A.H. 1242, when 
Leo XII was Pope of Rome, Joseph V patriarch of the Chal- 
deans at Amid, Basil bishop of Nisibis, and Joseph bishop 



Add. 196G 37 

of Mosul. It was written at Mosul by Emmanuel, son of Hor- 
mizd, son of Oraha (Abraham), the dyer, for 'Abd al-'Ahad, son 
of 'Abd al-Masih, of Mosul. 

o^^2 .ic^ol «!Sbti 22 .tssJES -l^Mp .2 .;3kaL3>^^ 
0CT70 ^yy^o ;»fp ;&3d^«bo^o .^^^.^^ oMhl .ieu^Lsao 

M»ou3 ^9 "S^^^ii (f- 231 a) .jso ^ab6L2o : ox .aoL ^ 

^3 \a ^»3 ^*>^?? ^•^^^? ^^AoNtt uosuasbls^^^ 
.;tji^^^^ i^ya^llpo >^2 ^^*>^a3 w*oioJs«23 .;a^^o 

.;Aliao ^L.>bo tS^oaoa ;:s^o^'^^^ l^oJOLfia^l ^^joaol 
^^aao .jco ici^ia ^L.3dA3 au\ ^^^^2 (f 231 6) .j:o 

* ^<7)Oftsdi2 2 i*^ added on the margin by another hand. 



38 Add. 1966, 1967 

(f. 233 a) .so mo;o^^ oH^ oSaa <* l^^^ .l^'iol ^^Jio 
y*o6p ^o) ^6*^9 c7^0A^is^^ op ^^$^^o ^^^ t*? ^^ 

^^ a>^!S>a o^ '^'^? ^ba^ ^^rA -^^ '^ ^^^? 

.jco .oiSkboa U^t^o^ 

This volume has many oinameutal head and tail-pieces. 
The 'unwan, f. 4 6, is gilded, and also f. 234 a, which contains 
the Arabic sentence 

\sj\ ,^li]\ ^U. Mi 
The binding is also neat. 

Add. 1967 

Vellum, about ll§in. by 8 ; 2G5 leaves, a few of which, near 
the beginning, are somewhat stained and soiled : 27 quires 
signed with letters, of 10 leaves, except the first, which has 9, 
and the last, which has only 6 ; 2 columns of from 29 to 33 lines. 
The writing is a fine, regular Nestorian Estrangela of the xiiith 
cent, (see below), very carefully pointed. Foil. 100 — 109, 130, 
131, 138, 139, and 249—265, are paper supplies of A. Gr. 2013 
= A.D. 1702. It contains 



Add. 1!)G7 39 

The New Testament, according to the Peshitta, version. 

1. The four Gospels. 
S. Matthew, f. 2 b. 
S. Mark, f. 38 b. 

S. Luke, f. 60 b. 
S. John, f. 99 b. 

2. The Acts, f. 129 ft ; and the Catholic Epistles, viz. S. 
James, f. 170 6 ; S. Peter, f. 174 6 ; S. John, f. 179 a. 

3. The Pauline Epistles, viz. 

Romans, f. 183 a ; 1 Corinthians, f. 197 6 ; 2 Corinthians, f. 
212 b ; Galatians, f. 223 a ; Ephesians, f. 228 a ; Philippians, f. 
233 b ; Colossians, f. 237 a ; 1 Thessalonians, f. 240 6 ; 2 Thes- 
salonians,. f. 244 a ; 1 Timothy, f. 245 b ; 2 Timothy, f. 250 a ; 
Titus, f. 252 b ; Philemon, f. 254 b ; Hebrews, f. 255 a. 

The large sections are marked on the margins with a double 
numeration, one for the whole book, the other for the Gospels, 
the Acts and Catholic Epistles, and the Pauline Epistles. 
Smaller sections are indicated by coloured points 'O* in the 
text and on the margin. There are a very few marginal notes 
referring to matters of reading and punctuation. 

The subscription, f. 205 b, informs us that this MS. was 
repaired by the deacon George, son of the priest Daniel, in the 
year 2013 = a.d. 1702. 

On f. 1 a is a note, much effaced and in parts ([uite illegible, 
which states that, in the time of the Catholic patriarch Denha, 
this MS. was written for Fakhr ad-Din Ibrahim, son of Jamal ad- 
Din Ishak, son of Shams ad-Din, son of the Khwaja Ibrahim, of 
the city of Hamadhan. As Denha I. sat from November 1577 
(A.D. 1265) to February 1592 (a.d. 1281), the date, which is 
almost illegible, must fall between those years. The first two 



40 Add. 19G7, 1968 

letters seem to be clearly h\r^, and the last to be \.: if so, the 
remainder should be either -yp (1577 = a.d. 1265) or j^o 
(1587 = A.D. 1275). 

i.^^ rdJ-a^ ntL*cAc\ reL»cn\ [riLU5»x»]cTi»5?3 rf^l^A^T 

^cnisf^ Kl^K'cVA va ^^."UK' .fiatax. r^ixxxa •%= 

r^'xsno.Sk AxxJsn [r^i^a^-i.i] pelrsia r^'^oaart'.i K^^K'.i 

.cn^.Tik^ r<t»jLxZ-^l K'^CUfiSM cnl^.i rd^^ i\f)Cv 

A^reLi (s/c) ^^4.1^ ^^^cnSl^.lO (?) r<L»^t73."i 

^a,\-=> ih\o.y .... K'^a^Vsn ^ireli.i pt'colre' r^iss ctA 
Kll-sCUJ^ r<UkAx. ^c\\^o K'^oAua ;;n.*i.i« ^^vtw 
^ix.^v=3 nilxiii.i (?) r^'J.Tooo.Swl.i vyK* ^^v^^r^* .^2>3t<' 

(?) t . . . ^K* AvlX. .^CLk.lXl 



Add. 1968 



Vellum, about 7^ in. by 10^ ; 227 leaves, of which ff. 181— 
196 are a later supply on paper. F. 1 is only half a leaf, and 
some other leaves are slightly damaged, e.g. ff. 79 and 217. 
The quires are now 25 in number, of 10 leaves, with the excep- 
tion of ^, which has 12. The signatures are letters. There 
are lacunse after ff. 1, 11, 19, 82, 180, 196, 216, 222, 225, 226 
and 227. There are from 30 to 84 lines in a page. This MS. is 



Add. 1968 41 

written in a fine regular Nestorian Estraugela of about the xith 
cent., with vowelpoiuts and marks of interpunction. The 
paper supply is a good Nestorian hand of the xvith cent. 

The New Testament, Peshitta version. 

I. The four Gospels. 

S. Matthew, f. 1. Missing portions: ch. i. 1 — v. 7, v. 18 
—21, V. 29— viii. 34, xv. 32— xvi. 19 (k'_x_5>i_x_=3), xxii. 29 
(fisli^) — xxiii. 14. 

S. Mark, f. 30 a. Missing portion, ch. iii. 3 (acrA isars'o) 
— iv. 1. 

)S. Luke, f. 52 h. 

S. John, f 91 6. 

II. The Acts of the Apostles, f. 119 a, 

.r^_xj.nja r^LMkAz..! jaafia^HSk .odfi^'^i ^uizJta ao^ 

The CathoHc Epistles; viz. S. James, f. 157 «; S.Peter, 
f. 1606; S. John, f. 1646. 

III. The Epistles of S. Paul, 

JSooXa^ t<'cq1t<'.1 r^-xn.^^ r<lM.Ax..i r^La^x^ .:ac\h\ 

rellfiax^dri^sq ; viz. 
Romans, f. 16S 6. Missing portion, ch. xiv. 13 — xvi. 9. 

1 Corinthians, f. 181 h. Missing portion, ch. ix. 2 — 26. 

2 Corinthians, f. 196 b. Missing portion, ch. i. 2 — vi. 13 

Galatians, f 202 h. 

Ephesians, f. 207 h. 

Philippians, f. 212 a. 

Colossians, f. 215 h. Missing portion, ch. ii. 14 — iii. 22. 

1 Thessalonians, f. 217 6. 



42 Add. lf)6.s, !i)(i!) 

2 Thessalouians, f. 220 b. 

1 Timothy, f. 222 a. Missing portion, ch. ii. 1 to the end. 

2 Timothy, f. 223 a. Missing portion, ch. i. 1 — ii. 4. 
Titus, f. 224 b. Missing portion, ch, ii. 12 to the end. 
Philemon, wanting. 

Hebrews, f. 226 a. Missing portions, ch. i. 1 — 14, iii. 12 
— V. 6, and vii. 2 to the end. 

The large sections are marked throughout on the margin 
with a double numeration, one for the whole MS., and another 
for each Gospel, the Acts and Catholic Epistles, and the 
Pauline Epistles. 

There are a few marginal annotations, relating to matters of 
reading and pronunciation. 

Add. 1969 

Vellum, about Q^ in. by 5 ; 266 leaves, a fevv of which are 
soiled and mutilated, especially f 130 ; 27 quires, signed with 
letters, mostly of 10 leaves ("j, 11; -yi, 9; ^^j— », H; Q-» and 
(JlD, 12; \o only 1); Uvo columns, 25 to 30 lines. Written in 
a neat, regular, Jacobite serta, of the xiith or xiiith cent. Foil. 
1 — 11 are a paper supply of the present cent, in a Nestoriau 
hand. 

The New Testament according to the Peshitta version. 

1. The Gospels. 

a. S. Matthew, f. 1 b. 

b. S. Mark, £ 41 a. 

c. S. Luke, f. 65 a. 

d. S. John, f 107 a. 

± The Acts of the Apostles, f. 140 b. 

3. The Catholic Epistle.s. 
(L 8. James, f 179 a. 

b. S. Peter, f. 182 b. 

c. S. John, f. 186 «. 



Add. 1969, 1970 43 

4. The Pauline Epistles. 

a. Romans, f. 1 89 h. 

h. 1 Corinthians, f. 203 h 

c. 2 Corinthians, f. 218 a. 

d. Galatians, f. 227 b. 

e. Ephesians, f. 232 a. 

f. Philippians, f. 236 h. 

g. Colossians, f. 240 a. 

li. 1 Thessalonians, f. 243 b. 

i. 2 Thessalonians, f. 246 a. 

j. 1 Timothy, f. 247 b. 

k. 2 Timothy, f. 251 b. 

I. Titus, f. 254 b. 

m. Philemon, f. 256 a. 

n. Hebrews, f. 257 a. 

The text exhibits many Greek vowels and the points 
rukkakh and kushshai in red. 

The sections are marked throughout the volume (rCQ-O, f. 
263 6), as well as in each book separately. 

In the Gospels, and also in the Pauline Epistles, many 
lessons are noted on the margins, in red ink, with the letter •£) 
in the text. Others in black ink are of later date. 

The leaf containing the colophon has been lost. 

Add. 1970 

Paper, about 8^^ in. by 6; 115 leaves, many of which are 
much stained by water; 12 quires signed with letters, of 10 
leaves, except the first, which has now only 9, and the last, 
which has only 4. There are 2 blank leaves at the beginning 
of the volume. One leaf is wanting after f. 2. There are 19 or 
20 lines in each full page. It is written in a good, regular 
Nestoriau serta of the xviii th cent., fully pointed. The water- 
mark of the paper is 3 crescents ( (i ^ (i V 



U Add. 1!)70 

The Book of the Revelation of S. John, with a brief com- 
mentary. The text differs altogether from that of Lee's edition, 
and the commentary has nothing in common with that in Brit. 
Mus. Add. 17,127 (see Wright's Catal. No. dccclxxv). The 
preface is imperfect, but at f. 114 a it is stated that this book of 
the Revelation was written in Greek and translated into Latin, 
thence into Arabic, and from Arabic into Syriac. 

Fol. 8 a : ;d.^A2N ^^^^ ^^!^p >^ 2>^? 3^V O^^M ^ 
^bisboo ^isboo x\ lyio .lisoi^avso!^ ^L^ou ^^b ;isa^ 
.^ai*^6jAtai^'l ;^aa:^o ^1 o!^3 ^i^ai iei>^ ^-^^P l^'i^ 
^js^ l>^JBi ;a>V^3 ^?^ ?^3^ ^^^? a^iox y»a 

isMyh x\ pla : ^oiLsoLtb : Uso^ l^^ • 9^ 

^'albo ^2(3 ;JS^^b93 cn'^p ^oi .uXboa ; ft w»^ 'nt oisao^ 
^d oior ^^V^ (f- 3 6) .;Ia233 ^aar ':2c{a^ ^ixac ^o o&or 
oar . ?**>t» v^o3U ^ :3U«»3 ^o os'oT ; ^ , a o ^ox*3 ;bfM 
. jdi^bo^ ^32 ;o7^2 acr}*p oat : oi ;o7^2 o^ 0V?0]U? 



Abd. lf)70 45 



9ufisS< ^ 3A .JSflaoia^Axbo ^oo^a laisraop ;bo oo^a : or 
yd.o^ z^xso : 01 oiaadLo o^^a .^j.2:307M>^ ^S^sua ooi 

;^tba^ ^ScuL.?^ ^Q«^A^ o7^Iol^ ^09^0 U*^ x\ l^ai 

^3 ;a;^o .;aA'«>\ 07^0^ ^ ;^boo ^oui ^o^ 

Jlo^Ia ^3A^ ?c^^? oor .^'i>S ^ouo .^3m*oA a^oJ^ 

.^0^2 ^» u010^29 3C7VQ>io ^O^ ^oA ^isA^ OOl Z O] 

l^ai lopS adva ^ft^ou : 01 .?*«*tiao ^odua o^jsoaovcao 
: wJ^3 Xi\ \Vyy .^MjJCbss oiJsoaoVEd ^0706^23 oor 
^» ^3^3^23 ;bOA2 .^oA ^o ^;]^o .^a^^kbo^ O^Oi^ 
9a ^ou zo] l%Ji ^ai %oa^ (sic) ^o^Sao .^aad 
.<so . ^OfkM (f- 4 a) ^o^ ;o7^2 0^0^ 
Fol.lUa: ;a3o7 .X«.2loi^ ^^C^S ^i^? "hooLpOSaO 
^^oaCO \a3 ;«SoX 0UO013 .\^>^ ^0^23 071330^«3 ^» 

1 • • < Mm ' ,' • • ' \ 

;a9^^3 .^i^yh ^aA\^3 ^oi ;3^A3 JbftSox o^ ;oo7 .»Sa3 

^oi ^^3U ^^ ^Ou w*3^3 .JQ3UJQ>^\^Q^2 ^d.2lo* 

^^A ^07 001 :aii^3i\K2o \|Aoi v^3\isx2 .;ji3ati3 ^933 



40 Add. 1!)70 

op %y^ lisl^^ ^o^^ ^ 23opo .fis^looioA ^o^o 

opiAdbd \*ao7 007 wil^lba >fr>3o^ o^ o9o5o2^ iaiifalho 

^op (f. 114 6) .^a^A^ 007 *^oo^ ^oA^o2 5^1 o^^ 

Uiii S^O .N.2o^i .^^!303 ;di0^2 O01 ?y,in3SiN^l02B 
. ^^2lj!3Qi3Li03 ;a\^^ 0)303 ^JS^m3 ^32 ^07^^29 (jp^ 
.^^3JSbO \^0 %1'iJb ^p %paLpO^ ^O^ (f.lloa) .JKO 

;'Vl'\>\ .2'i«3dL ;baM'a^o 2'i^ ;L^A ;&S<So^ x\ 29or ^2o 
o)lV,etA9 .23uopo ?fi.\;(tftSft%mAo ^o^sl^o l'y*ajl 

l**oh e07 3y^ 93 -^f^ ^i^? )^ isisS ^O) ^b^AS 

:s9^o Uao^ ^J\x 3o ^>b ;iu3 «!S\bp9 ^?^ 

;3^a9 ojk«9 230ro& »^oV,93 . ^f^ ;Xi.& 3mi \^ ^,>?? 

\^o . ^o^o ^^!hi ^o^? o^oaA a^ ;X^ax9 ;^2 
;&2 ^'^^^o 'i>J^ ^oaub y^^oa^ ;&2 J^^^ap 29oi 

^2 ^*o?*isA? ^I'iflo iijsop ^o;^osl9\isxJaiA (f. 115 6) 

O)2o\»93 ^2 ^3J^ ;isJy.^»a3; ^9 ^9»29 ^293 v^'itt 
^90^9 ;{S^,li\t1l9 ^^9 ^liiO i^lO .^cS loO) mmS^ 



Add. 1070, lf)7l 47 

. ^^Aao^js^ ^is^IaoA ^^>t*\ ;fsflA^^ Ipai^o ^af^ ilia 

Add. 1971 

Paper, about lOjin. by 6|; 310 leaves, some of which are 
stained by water and torn, especially at the beginning and end ; 
32 quires, usually of 10 leaves (*>j has only 9, whilst j_i has 12), 
signed with letters ; number of lines various, but usually from 
23 to 29. Leaves are wanting after if. 7, 268, 270, 272, 274, 
285, and 304. This manuscript is written in a good, current 
Jacobite serta. and is dated A. Gr. 1507 = a.d. 1196 (see below). 
It contains 

The Commentary of Moses, or Severus, bar Kepha, bishop 
of Beth Remman (Ba-rimraa), Beth Kiyone and Mosul, on the 
Gospel of S. John (see B. 0. ii. 127 sq., especially p. 130, no. 3), 
dedicated to the abbot Cyriacus. It commences, f . 1 6 : 

• U^o cniV>) ooi : "jjiJ^j Uj.^0 ) 1 \noZo "l.-na) ^ 

^ ;n\o : Wn^ vjC710Aj"J0 : ^^AtCISD ]J 011 V> ^O : '^ 
iojOa ^2..».'~)th : ^ ^ ^OlXo : ^ ^ '^^O : ^ 

^j A^nij lao n m I g^l jjaja^ . i \ nZ]? ooi I^oSd . . ;V)\ 

]jLL V»-JCriSO l-a-.|lo I^Aik^J \\»"^CJI ^Sb ^^4^0 :^.QiDO 

Ijoioo .Aj] |1V)«V) ^ooi^ ]i iV)l iJQj^o L^iJoio .Aj"! 
lr-»-i^Z ^olAki^^j .Aj] ]Ll<d (fiic) ^a L.] Ur« ^» IZoSdj 



48 Add. 1971 

y,\ ,nM? yLoi-t^ ^ ^^^ -^J-*? « ■ '> >coori ooo 

.^■L^.ns "IZ-^ouo "|ZxD_L2LO j1v>^ ^ 1 -.^^^ |la2l ]Q»a^ 

.3AJ5 .loi^lL? ]nV)Qilo ]^ ^5 0(71 : ] ■ ..JD V»^o5 ^ 
1A\V> ^0 .OTJ-lDj IZoJyllLLlQ^ ^^ I \5Q-Cq1^ IjTUO 

"jjOUj .]V?\s\ ]L]-) tfcJjiU ^^.nl 5(TL1SD5 0(71 1(TlZL 

^o-wirTiiO : 'jAjcn.Zk oiZo 1 o(nV)n . i \Vi\ y^nrrno 

] . in\on VkJO-t ^ l]l^-0? : >*^? "|ZQJ0aik3 ZoZ^ ^1 i;V>l 
^ . \ ] . in") ^^ ^OV) I mZAj? 0001 ^_-i»*vK.»-K»5 ^QJOl 
]£L»Q_2^ ^Qj] ,_JLrD^;O]0 ^i^] ^1 V^pQ : A-]jQ — (^ 

] . rri ^ > Za\ ^01 1 i,ns? ocji ^Ak? ]mo ^? ^q_»A^_jo"|5 
.V»r»-»-»-»o ] I 1 N'»? (sic) "iXsLO :.nm i ^"j ^a^U-^^-j ^jiD 

)>^ ' ^« ; ^O-iAL^olj ]n m.nc^ isOyiD ^V> > m7Ai> ^ . SnZ\lD? 
"jlisLo ^L^XsO ^ .;mv ^0(715 •. ^ > \oi ^OTj^u.] ,_J_>jQ_i 



w-.aioZ^l OAib? ] > Vi . n (f. 2 «) ^oU-SLD .]-•-») Z^j^o") 



ojisLD .(7lZmV)0'| ZoOT (TUA^I lr-^1?0 "ULl^I ^|i2U3 



Add. 1971 49 



IIQjJXkjJ :JjAjAj yOJl <^ n :locn ^jOIoAj] ]yl] ]±^] ^50 



.-iCJioAjl 0010 1 1 s t n • .oU^n .]^a_.5cn 6] "|oai ^oioZLi] 



^\^) : ] . 1 . V)Z ^o]i2LD .CTirD ^<D? ^J^-k.] 6] .^^^> 
^j^J? ] I \ I •Z vp)1 g^ n ■]V?S5 ;^ |.KK^«V) .^C71_.;-D 1,1 So 



]j;.LCLCD ^ ]-i^i mS .ojisLD : ]J o] ^Zo"jo ^Sbj ^k) OCT! 



l,j]^5 v^^Q-^r-*^? v°^-^^^ -UcriZL ^ 6] .^^^ ] ■ 1 V)N1 



^^ ■ \ .]? :;m.si>Z? ^o]1 ^ n .IjZ] U-»1^o ^^^ "|Aj_.ySD 



^j]?? : -^IXLLZIlIZ? ^llaiD .1V>\o • C7l\ OOOl 1^0 t^v^ 



^ .\^nvn> ^.\.] .^)A_. ]A\Xi' ^ . N-ilo ] Vi n? 



oioiLcL* "JAXl 1_^1 ^^4^? oij? v?U-2ld .oiZoi ^\V)\ 
l^jyLD tulo oi^...^ loon Ui.lSD Ui-»1? -.Oj? ^IIsld .]kLL5 



B. c. 4 



50 Add. 1971 

]L\L _»AC7I p ULD ^^4S05 :^^^5 ^oIlsLD : ^L OiZuISD? 

• jj »£dcld^Ld :"iDj.^50 cn2.o, I \ .? I^d/id ^Sd] p •»-»r-» 

^j_; |]] .U^oi all ••^5 ,_L^a^ :l^rD ^r-^i-o li4^ 



jlibj IIji Ikr:? : .^j_DJ ^oji^LO ."jAXk) looi oL,] 
:^ ^ojisLD .]>ai "jZajLiDAnSn^ ^^\^t^ U> » "^ ^? 
: ai5) vplisLO . jjoi ^Q_i.\U^o]J ^_L>jQ_. (jioZo] Q_iib Za\> 

jlV^n |Lq:d5 ^jdi '^ :a5? ^lisiD ."ijoi ^aj.XV\*-Jo|£i 
(f. 2 6) A^l U-^?Z IkiDO ]i£L.^A^ ]V)no Uo?CTi£D Ikiuo 
• " |v^« n ^•^roi.j ^olisLO .^1 K.a-.? jjoi ^Q_i.\|^olci 
aiXQ_» ]J1 "U-'U^?o • A..-«.j^^5 lio Z;JD 1^1o]ASd "UJ'i ]v>nn ? 
^oioAj"! a . > ..o^ .pi^lo "jcjiZ^ l^NV) ^ cTilnrDo ,_j_k.cu 

:]A2iSD loOl 
The actual commentary begins on f. 8 6 : 

ZL.]iD0ASD A > « . .^j ^oi :OT 1A!iSD "JOCJI wjOIOAj] A i • i^ 



Add. 1971 51 

"jAiiJkj "jooi ^otoAjI Aj|iDoA!iD5 .^iblj ^^cn "jjoio .oijAjI 

The first part, comprising ch. i. 1 to x. 21, ends on f. 185 b 
with the following colophon, from which it appears that this 
manuscript was written at Shiggar (Sinjar) by Isho' of Bartella, 
a monk of the convent of Mar Matthew at Mosul, for Abu 'l-'Izz 
Heshulaya (?) of Shiggar, in the year 1507 = A.D. 1196. 

^^ 1 Kja^? :"|Aj.LDj-d IZq-.. \<^? ]n>o <^ ^ \ • 

^^ ]_i.mj^? •]i vf^Vc^ «^ -A-a-LiZ]? :].4t^ » M'>-3ol 
wjCJi? •.^]y Aj-td? laamiij.^] ■.]£i\D-^ vi^^Ak?? V^oio 
•]LiS£j<^lD "jAj-jjio .^.QiDjo -"ijalD Aj.^ oi^A-.] 

,nsj cTiZaX'^5 : "iAj-.,SD 4^ *^^l ^-? -U^^ 1'Q4^? 

,_.> en mi . «~^ .^jASd ^j^SD} "j^CLL ^_SD C7I,V>\oZ? 

li.\ oo] ]i ^No-i ^j^5 cn\j5 Ijo]]? 5^1 cnriDAr) -. ] ■ \ i^^ 
lA-i-LDpD ]Zq».^!i^ "Ijoi •AV>\Aj') : ■ . ' " ^j ] i \o • ^t 
:]£}V^^ U-JQ^? v^i^-*o l]V)«V:>oO ^£i.lL Ai ««-. • : ■ . ' « '-^ 

IhLkkJ ]oT.ZL :1jo^_. ^.u^lri OIj "joiZ^ Zf^J (jl I 10 » J>OQ_».£i 

• 4^^? I^oAd ^ (sic) ]^0 OLO l^lf)? ,_kA 

The second part, comprising ch. x. 22 to the end, begins 
thus, f. 186 a : 

^OAHJ? ^^-^.^ID ]La.^^ qI.A-».\Zj U^O^O ]i^l£D ^ 

4—2 



52 Add. 1971 

•:• Ici.^ cnZoXt, -lAj^r^ ^Xrii .^^ ^? U^it^ I'O^td? 
^5 ^di ilA^cn^L Uoni (}^ '^.jJ^ot ^ i . i i ^ALd p 

lAli^^? ]Jo U-;^^ w^cnoNV) ^o .^i . NnZALo IcnZL? 
»:Qmj ^]j? ^? .w_.5oA^l 1A^jl-i_k.]Ld aiZ.-nmn? ,^~«-^-.l 

It ends on f. 310 h with a subscription similar to that of 
part first, but partially effaced. 

This manuscript has been collated throughout by the scribe 
I^.A-..! U P • . V ^j^g^So, f. 67 6 ; elsewhere merely J>a>-»-2i.kJ, 
e.g. ff. 58 6, 106 6, 126 6. The margins occasionally exhibit 
Greek words, barbarously corrupted ; e.g. ff. 13 h, 40 6, 43 6. 

On f. 1 a is a note in Arabic, setting forth that this volume 
was purchased, A. Gr. 1548 = a.d. 1237, by the priest Saliba, 
son of Behnam, son of Yiisuf, son of Saliba, 

C)Ji^ JyoJ^ (■^•''■) ^y<^\ ^J^^ ^r^^ ^■"''^^ ^"^J^"^^ W^ 



Add. 1971, 1972 53 

idll ,^^ ^l3^n CJJ.^^ jS^LJi t__2]^j ijto.*uX«i-j L'J^J^J 

A later note on the margin of f. 78 a has been partially 
effaced : 

"jocTiZ jjcn (sic) fja^-Lli oiA -»i^? ooio ]Zan.3..o Iji^:) 

."IjOCTL. i>Q.L, (sic) OTjAaID 

Two readers, the deacon Haddaya, i-»J<n ^CO(V)>, and the 

monk Stephen, 'j.nS*'^ qZio "[j^jJ Uim o ^^L^ro |j.4>-», have 
recorded their names on tf. 45 6 and 46 a. 

Add. 1972 

Paper, about 10| in. by 7 ; 167 leaves, many of which are 
somewhat stained by water, and otherwise injured. The quires, 
of 10 leaves, signed with letters, were originally at least 18 in 
number, but the first has disappeared, and the second and last 
are imperfect, owing to the loss of leaves at the beginning and 
end. Two columns, of from 22 to 23 lines. The writing is a 
clear, though somewhat irregular, Jacobite serta, bearing date 
A. Gr. 1530 = A.D. 1219 (see fif. 68 b, 100 a). Foil. 2—7 are a 
paper supply of the xviiith cent., in 2 columns of 33 lines. The 
contents are 

Selected commentaries of Jacob, or Dionysius, bar Salibi of 
Melitene, bishop of Mar'ash and afterwards of Amid (B.O. ii. 
156 sqq.), on the Old Testament, 

1. The Pentateuch, spiritual commentary. Genesis and 
Exodus wanting ; Leviticus, imperfect at the beginning, f, 2a; 
Numbers, f. 8a; Deuteronomy f. 12 a. Subscription, f. 176, 



64 Add. 1972 

] " ^'^ > 

2. Joshua, spiritual and material commentary, f. 18 a. Sub- 
scription, f. 20 b, 

3. Judges, spiritual and material commentary, f. 20 b, 
A-»j:d] (sic) "i^tsijj IcdAd? Ij-J^i-arDO |.»jlkjo5 ]q •cia 

4. Isaiah, spiritual commentary, f. 24 6, 

5. Ezekiel, spiritual commentary, f. 68 b, 

6. Daniel, spiritual and material commentary, f. 86 b, 

7. Jeremiah, material commentary, 

^^^ U-^iiu? lA.^ I ■ ^ ilo Z^ yt^] "jZoiVin ,_j_».^Ab 

according to the LXX. f. 100 a ; according to the Peshitta, f. 
103 6. Subscription, f. 114 a, 



Add. 1972 55 

8, Samuel, spiritual commentary, f. 114 a, 

material commentary, f. 115 h. 

9. Kings, material commentary, f. 120 6, 

At tlie end is a note on the captivities, f. 129 a, 



Qsut X^^r^ ] I n ■, i2) .^]^in^"j ^j.Jl^5 I i n»? 



-^ 



,C50 



(f. 129 6) ,_..^2k ^AXZ .l>ocn^ ^ ] ..l£n 

_«.ki>jO ^. sr^?lo '|]V)Sn» .(sic) Als) "|Aj.^V^o . . ^..ZjZo 

10. Proverbs, spiritual commentary, according to the LXX,, 
f. 129 h, ^a>LriJ») lArL2ik? PALdj I^Adj ] i i k>ot ln^a£). 

Subscription, f. 141 h, 
fj^l? )4j-1^^o^4-»-^ >coo I mi 10,.? ^ IJLj ]iJD-i ^20 

|j3Zaj.\5 j^jI .s^Loo (*'/c) u-i.Z^5 och '^o .joiio ^>j»1? 

:>q\3 .,^^1 oirD v^ZoA^l? ^ ^o .lQ-ti?o cji\_.5 

11. The Minor Prophets, spiritual commentary; viz. Hosea, 
f. 142 a; Joel, f. 144 6; Amos, f. 145 6; Obadiah, f. 147 « ; 
Jonah, ibid.; Micah, f. 148 a ; Nahum, f. 150a; Habakkuk, f. 
151a ; Haggai, f. 152 a ; Zephaniah, f. 152 6 ; Zechariah, f. 153 6. 

12. Job, second commentary, spiritual and material, accord- 
ing to the Peshitta, f. 161 6, 



56 Add. 1072, 1973 

Imperfect at the end. 

This manuscript is considerably older than the Parisian 
codex, Supplem. 92 (see Zotenberg's Catal., no. 66), which is 
dated A. Gr. 1665 = a.d. 1354. 

Fol. 1 contains a deed of purchase of this volume, bar- 
barously scrawled, by Matthew ibn Behnam, J>o]jTLO ,_o| wjA!sD, 
from rJLSQ rm. ZjiD (sic), A.d. 1831. 

Add. 1973 

Paper, about 8^ in. by 6^ ; 323 leaves, some of which are 
stained by water and slightly mutilated, e.g. ff. 64, 145 and 169 ; 

33 quires, signed with letters, mostly of 10 leaves (A^ had 

originally 12); leaves are now wanting at the beginning and 
after ff. 4, 5, 25, 315 and 323 ; 18 or 19 lines in a page. The 
writing is a good, regular, Nestorian serta. This manuscript is 
dated A. Gr. 1998 = a.d. 1687 (watermark, the three crescents). 
It contains 

Works of Isho'-dadh Marozaya (of Maro or Merv), bishop of 

Hedhatta or al-Hadithah, Xwjcsvli , near Mosul (see B. (J. iii. 

1, p. 210). 

I. Extracts from his commentary on part of the Old Testa- 
ment, viz. Genesis and Exodus. Imperfect. Subscription, 
f. 12 b, 

II. The commentary on the Four Gospels ; viz. 
1. S. Matthew, f. 13 a, 



Add. 1973 57 

liSSjsoo ;vQi5Vaoa ^'6sa ^ JUk^o \>Y>\<a .^x.*3 ^a^ap 
(sic) l^^oiisop sa^oac. w.aM ^j^^o* pimS .^cuL.3J:i ^is3k^9 

^ijjiibo .^ie>oij^*^ ^«o^^3^9 ^is^boo of^aiixi o-jlcnlp 

;^0iXfl\3 23b\900 ^.iy^bASO .^SO^f LA3uiQ9O)3O0^jQ>o5^3 
.^6^a9 2?iS0S< -^^ )=°^^ ^^^ ^?^ *N^^ .^JSA9 

JAi^is^ lisia^a .i£[*iol ute^ao^ .^a^ ♦^X^^iol 

2. S.Mark, f. 145 6. 

3. S. Luke, f. 169 b. 

4. S. John, f. 237 a. 

The colophon, now imperfect, f. 323 b, gives the date as 
above, and states that this manuscript was begun in the village 
of 'Abhd-isho' in the district of Sapna (see Hoffmann, Aiiszilge 
aus syr. Akteti pers. Mdrtyrer, p. 192 sq.) 

.2300^ ^o) ?^a^ 23k33 007 *^33o^ aJa ^Ax 
^ox .^^ ;»oxtj ;o^^o <« ;j^ou ^jd^ 3o^2^ 



58 Add. 1978, 1974, 1975 

.;iou3i3 ^2 ^iaL3 .;&a) ^^a ^^3s2 *^ ^os^is 
5^isA2 «:• Z&3^o3 ^3 :sji/^o 23^o .lx*iio 3u3 ;2ba^Ji^o 

.;a2a «\^^? o^>^*^>Jita .Uy^oio U^^p 23^23 .;io] 

^ 

Add. 1974 

Paper, about 10 in. by 7j, with 25 or 26 lines in each page. 
Written in a neat Nestorian serta of the xviith cent. 

Three leaves from the twenty-second quire («£na) of a manu- 
script of the New Testament, according to the Peshitta version, 
containing 

2 Corinthians, ii. 3 — vi. 13. 



Add. 1975 

Paper, about 14^ in. by 11^; 126 leaves, of which the first 
two and the last are blank ; 13 quires, signed with letters, 

of 10, 12 (A^) and 4 { \t ,) leaves; 2 columns of 20 or 21 lines. 

Thick, coarse paper, without watermark. The writing is a fine, 
large, Nestorian serta, of the year 1897 = A.D. 1586. There are 
many attempts at ornament in the volume, e.g. fF. 3 6, 76, 9 6, 
13 6, 28 6, 32 6 (full page, cross), 53 6, 56 a (hanging lamp), 56 6 
(our Lord riding on the ass), 62 6, 71 a, 73 a, 80 a (cross) ; on f. 



Add. 1975 59 

70 a a large space has been left blank for an ornament, but 
never filled up. The volume contains 

A Lectionary from the Gospels for the Sundays, Festivals 
and Commemorations of the whole Year, according to the use 
of the Church of Mosul, f.Sb: 

4^2o 23l^30 lhaJ3pJ*p •iki:'' ^T^p ^y^ l'^^? 

The text is fully pointed with all the vowels, marks of inter- 
punction, intonation, etc. 

1. The first Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 3 b, 



S. Luke i. 1—25. 

2. The second Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 5 a, 



S. Luke i. 26—56. 

3. The third Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 6 a, 



S. Luke i. 57—80. 

4. The fourth Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 7 a, 



S. Matthew i. 18—25. 



5. The Nativity of our Lord, f. 7 b, 
S. Luke ii. 1—20. 



.«. ado3 o]y^p 2p2Xd 



60 Add. 1975 

6. The first Sunday after the Nativity, f. 8 b, 



3A k^ado 07^*10^3 '^?^ ^^?? ^?^ ^Jitia>^3 

S. Matthew ii. 1—18. 

7. The Commemoration of the Virgin Mary, £ 9 b, 

S. Matthew i. 1—25. 

8. Another lesson for the same, to be read in lyar, f. 10 b, 

S. John ii. 12, 13 ; 8. Matthew xiii. 53 — 57, xii. 46 — 50 ; S. Luke 
xi. 27—29 ; S. John xix. 26, 27 ; S. Luke i. 46—56. 

9. The Commemoration in Summer, same lesson as no. 2, 
f. 11 b, 



^S^b ;=t3L33k^ "^^^P oar ^Sbti ^^? ;iaao33 

.2S30JQ»3 

/ ■ 

10. The second Sunday after the Nativity, f. 116, 



.o^lyad: ^^oboaa ,^a^p laXi aXaa ^?^? ^^'^^? 
S. Luke ii. 21—52. 

11. The Epiphany, f. 13 6, 

"N?^? ^h^,?P ^?^? 

S. Matthew iii. 1—17. 

12. The Commemoration of S. John the Baptist, f. 14 6, 

S. Mark vi. 14 — 29, with the last three words of S. Matthew 
xiv. 12. 



Add. 1975 61 

13. The first Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 15 b, 

• ^ If . • • ^ • ' I • , • 

S. Luke iv. 14—30. 

14. Monday after the Epiphany, Prayer of the Virgins, 
f. 16 b, 

S. John xvi. 23—33. 

15. Tuesday after the Epiphany, f. 16 6, 

S. Matthew vii. 1—14. 

16. Wednesday after the Epiphany, f. 16 i. 



S. Luke xviii. 1 — 14. 

17. Thursday after the Epiphany, the Commemoration of 
Mar John Azrak, f. 16 6, 

.;^o^b4 ?^? oar ^y>i 

S. Matthew xxiv. 45 — xxv. 23. 



62 Add. 1975 

18. The Commemoration of S. Peter and S. Paul, f. 16 b, 

S. Matthew xvi. 13—19 ; S. John xxi. 15—25. 

19. The second Sunday after the Epiphan}^, f. 18 a, 



.^oiso Saa u4oS<9 .;^3 bisas M.3Nb ;id;ax^3 
S. John i. 1—28. 

20. The Commemoration of the Evangelists, f. 10 b, 

S. Matthew ix. 35 — x. 15. 

21. The third Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 20 b, 



S. John i. 29—42. 

22. The Commemoration of S. Stephen, f. 21 a, 

S. Matthew xi. 20—80, xxiii. 29—39. 

23. The fourth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 22 b, 

S. John i. 43— ii. 11. 

24. The Commemoration of the Greek Doctors, f. 23 b, 

S. Matthew iv. 23— v. 19. 

25. The fifth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 25 a, 



.23oSJ.9 ^ya .wAo^p ■^? ^^^? ^^^? ^^^>r^ 

S. John ii. 23— iii. 21. 



Add. 1975 63 

26. The Monday of the Prayer of the Ninevites, f 26 a, 



.^o^p ^V^^? ^^osbia 
S. Matthew xviii. 23—35. 

27. The Tuesday of do., f. 26 h, 

S. Luke xviii. 1 — 14. 

28. The Wednesday of do., f. 26 h, 

^yh ^'Tts^sahp ^^ob oar \*yJti ^^o^a .itV'iala 

S. Matthew vi. 1—18. 

29. The Thursday of do., f. 26 6, 



S. Luke XV. 3—32. 

30. The Commemoration of the Syrian Doctors, f. 26 b, 

.L.r30A ?\^S>'*v)B ^'aAoaa 

S. Matthew xvi. 24 — xvii. 9. 

31. The sixth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 27 6, 

S. John iii. 22— iv. 3. 

32. The Commemoration of any one Saint, f. 28 b, 

^^ , 5 ' • , • ^ ■ , • • 

S. Matthew xxiv. 45 — xxv. 23. 



64 Add. 1975 

33. The seventh Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 30 a, 

.;^^^ ;ieoiJci uAO^p .;^,3 aisap ^^? ^^=^>r? 

S. Matthew vii. 28— viii. 13. 

34. The Commemoration of the Dead, f. 30 b, 

S. Matthew xxv. 31—46. 

35. The eighth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 31 b, 

S. Mark i. 1—11. 

36. The Commemoration of the Forty Martyrs, f. 32 a, 



.^diou ?*^^'>^^ 6ai mSwO .2pc^ tf^^^? ^'^??? 
S. Matthew iv. 23— v. 19. 

37. The first Sunday in Lent, f. 33 a, 

S. Matthew iii. 16— i v. 11. 

38. Monday in the first week of Lent, f. 33 b, 

S. Matthew v. 17—37. 

39. Tuesday in do., f. 34 b, 

.^o^p ;isiiiA3ii ^4^p ;rda^S^b 

S. Matthew v. 38—48. 

40. Wednesday in do., f. 35 b, 
S. Matthew vi. 1—18. 



Add. 1975 

41. Thursday in do., f. 36 b, 

.^O^'? lis'^^ ^^^?? ;33L3dLba^3 
S. Matthew vi. 19—34. 

42. Friday in do., f. 37 b, 

.^o^'P iktisoyh icaohSi^ 
S. Matthew vii. 1—14. 

43. The second Sunday in Lent, f. 38 a, 



S. Matthew vii. 15—27. 

44. The second Friday in Lent, f. 39 a, 

.;»o^9 ^V^^? ;iS30a^9 

S. Matthew xviii. 23—35. 

45. The third Sunday in Lent, f. 39 b, 



S. Matthew xx. 17—28. 

46. The third Friday in Lent, f. 40 b, 

S. Mark xii. 13—34. 

47. The fourth Sunday in Lent, f. 42 a, 



S. Matthew xxi. 23—46. 

48. Monday of the mid week in Lent, f. 43 b, 

. ;^o^3 ^2s*^^ l^^? ^^'^p^^^? 

S. John V. 1—18. 

B. c. 5 



66 Add. 1975 

49. Tuesday of do., f. 44 h, 

S. John V. 19—47. 

50. Wednesday of do., f. 46 a, 

.;:0o^3 ^^>^^? tivnaia 
S. John vi. 51— 69. 

51. Thursday of do., f. 47 a, 

S. John vii. 1—13. 

52. The fourth Friday in Lent, f 48 a, 

S. John vii. 14—36. 

53. The fifth Sunday in Lent, f. 49 a, 



S. John vii. 37— viii. 20. 

54. The fifth Friday in Lent, f 50 h, 

.^ola <sbo^3 (sic) ^^poi^b 

S. John viii. 31—59. 

55. The sixth Sunday in Lent, f. 52 h, 

S. John ix. 39— X. 21. " 

56. The sixth Friday in Lent, or the Friday of Lazarus, 
f 54 a, 

S. John xi. 1 — 45. 



Add. 1975 67 

57. The seventh Sunday in Lent, and the Festival of the 
Palms, f. 56 b, 

.;i^o23 Ijil^po Isoo^p l^^P J^=>4^?^? 
S. Matthew xx. 29— xxi. 22. 

58. Monday of the last week in Lent, f. 58 a, 

.^iDoIa lisA**! li^Sip ;acbu.oJsb 

S. John xi. 47 — xii. 11. 

59. Tuesday of do., f. 59 b, 

.^o^p lis*y**l l^^P ^^^^^^? 

S. John xii. 12—43. 

GO. Wednesday of do., f. 61 a, 

.^o^p lisAJi liMp xiSa^lp 
S. John xiii. 1 — 17. 

61. Thursday of the Passover, f. 62 6, 

S. Matthew xxvi. 1—5, 14—24; S. John xiii. 22—27 ; S. Mat- 
thew xxvi. 25—30. 

62. The Night (Eve) of the Friday of the Passion, f. 63 b, 

S. Matthew xxvi. 31—44 ; S. Luke xxii. 43—45 ; S. Matthew 
xxvi. 45 — 75. 

63. The Day of the Friday of the Passion, f. 66 b, 

S. Luke xxii. 63 — xxiii. 12; S. Matthew xxvii. 19; S. Luke 
xxiii. 13 — 23 ; S. Matthew xxvii. 24, 25 ; S. Luke xxiii. 24 — 45; 
S, Matthew xxvii. 51 — 54 ; S. John xix. 23 — 42. 

5—2 



68 Add. 1975 

64. The Day of the Great Saturday, f. 70 h, 

.;^iif» ^4^? ^=^^2? ^^ 

S. Matthew xxvii. 62—66. 

65. The Mysteries (celebration of the Eucharist) on the 
Great Saturday, f. 71 a, 

.ika'i li>as.^ U'ilp lllyjti 
S. Matthew xxviii. 

66. The Morning of the Resurrection, f. 72 o, 



S. Luke xxiv. 1 — 12. 

67. The Sunday of the Resurrection, f 73 a, 

-V?^? Ol^^oltib ;3i33w^3 

S, John XX. 1 — 18. 

68. Monday of the Week of Weeks, f. 74 a, 

S. John xiv. 18—31. 

69. Tuesday of do., f 75 a, 

S. Luke xxiv. 13 — 35. 

70. Wednesday of do., f. 76 a, 

S. John XV. 1—25. 

71. Thursday of do., f. 77 &, 

S. Matthew ix. 35— x. 15. 



Add. 1975 69 

72. The Friday of the Confessors, f. 77 6, 

S. Matthew x. 16—33. 

73. The New Sunday, f. 79 a, 

S. John XX. 19—31. 

74. The Commemoration of S. George, f. 80 a, 

S. Matthew x. 37—42 ; xix. 27—30. 

75. The third Sunday of the Resurrection, f. 81 a, 



S. John xiv. 1 — 14. 

76. The Commemoration of Rabban Hormizd, f. 81 b, 



S. Matthew xx. 1—16. 

77. The fourth Sunday of the Resurrection, f. 81 b, 



S. John xvi. 16—33. 

78. The Commemoration of Shemoni and her sons, f. 82 b, 

.0iJ3bo uio^xb iL'ypopp 

S. Matthew xx. 20—28. 

79. Tlie fifth Sunday of the Resurrection, f. 83 a, 



S. John xxi. 1 — 14. 



70 Add. 1'J75 

<S(). The sixth Sunday oi' the Resurrection, f. 83 a, 



.}m J^3 l^a%3px .oi^^os^p .;^hoIdb ;^j:3 ;3cbx^9 

S. John xvii. 

81. The Ascension of our Lord, f. 85 b, 

S. Luke xxiv. 86 — 53. 

82. The Sunday after the Ascension, f. 86 a, 



S. Mark xvi. 2—20. 

83. Pentecost, f. 87 a, 

S. John xiv. 15—17, 25, 26; xv. 26— xvi. 15. 

84. The lesson of the Adoration, f. 88 a, 

S. John iv. 3—30. 

85. The Friday of Gold, f. 88 b, 

S. Luke vii. 2—23. 

86. The second Sunday of the Apostles, f. 89 b, 



S. Luke vii. 31—50. 







Add. 


1975 




71 


87. 


The thi 


rd Sunday of d 


[()., f. 91 a 


> 




^*?? 


^iSOAO)^ 


^axay^i 












.•^ao)i 



S. Luke X. 23—42. 

88. The fourth Sunday of do., f. 92 a, 



S. Luke vi. 12—46. 
^ 89. The fifth Sunday of do., f. 94 a, 



S. Luke xii. 16 — 34. 

90. The sixth Sunday of do., f. 95 a, 



T • I / \» ft ■ ,• ' !• ' If ^ t ' I ' 

S. Luke xii. 57 — xiii. 17. 

91. The seventh Sunday of do., f. 96 a, 



S. Luke xiii. 22 — 35. 

92. The hxst Friday of the Week of the Ai30stles, f. 97 a, 

S. Matthew x. 37— xi. 15. 

93. The first Sunday of Summer, which is Nusardel, f. 98 a, 

S. Luke xiv. 1 — 14. 



72 Add. 197o 

94. The Commemoration of S. Thomas, on the 3nl of 
Tammuz, f. 99 a, 

\sd <!> fO^iss ^^^^3 ^^^? ^Ol^ J^^ ^aAOSS 

S. John XX. 19—31. 

95. The second Sunday of Summer, f. 99 a, 



S. Luke XV. 3—32. 

96. The Commemoration of Mar Cyriacus, on the loth of 
Tammuz, f. 100 h, 

S. Matthew ii. 16—18, xi. 11—14, xviii. 1—14. 

97. The third Sunday of Summer, f. 101 6, 



S. John ix. 1 — 38. 

98. The fourth Sunday of Summer, f. 103 h, 



S. Mark vii. 1—23. 

99. The Feast of the Revelation, on the 6th of Ab, f. 105 a, 
oaf ^yJb .o2 ^"LIj lisXJ3 adk^^^a ?%t\\^a ihl^^ 

S. Matthew xvi. 24— xvii. 9. 



Add. 1975 73 

100. The fifth Sunday of Summer, f. 105 a, 



S. Luke xvi. 19 — xvii. 10. 

101. The sixth Sunday of Sunniier, f lOG h, 



S. Luke xvii. 5 — 19. 

102. The seventh Sunday of Summer, f. 107 a, 



S. Luke xviii. 1 — 14. 

103. The first Sunday of Elias, f. 108 a, 

.O7^0u&b ^ci>t*rtS Ol^^o^p •^^? i*^P^ ^-3?^? 

S. Luke xviii. 85 — xix. 10. 

104. The second Sunday of Elias, f. 109 a, 



■aLs uASooo .0^3 -^i? X"^^? ^ i J^J ^ y? 
S. Matthew xiii. 1—23. 

105. The third Sunday of Elias, f. 110 a, 

S. Matthew xiii. 24—42. 

lOG. The Feast (of the Invention) of the Cross, f. Ill 6 

.^ ^^? ?^3 ^^^? "^^^ ^?4^$? ^,M>'? 
S. Luke xxiv. 13 — 35. 

107. The Sunday after the Invention (of the Cross), f 111 b, 



S. Matthew iv. 12— v. 16. 



74 Add. 1975 

108. The fifth Sunday of Elias, f. 113 (/, 

S. Matthew xvii. 14—27. 

109. The sixth Sunday of Elias, f. 114 a, 



S. Matthew xv. 21—38. 

110. The seventh Sunday of Elias, f. 115 a, 

S. Matthew xviii. 1—19. 

111. The first Sunday of Moses, f. 116 «, 

S. Matthew xx. 1—16. 

112. The second Sunday of Moses, f. 117 a, 

.lyJb oaS U>'^ a]iss^6s*^ .^xoiso:^ ^S^b ;:3dL3X^5 
S. Mark V. 22—34. 

113. The third Sunday of Moses, f. 117 b, 

S. John V. 1—18. 

114. The fourth Sunday of Moses, f 117 h, 



.oia^ou ^ : ^o^s -^?^? l^'^^? ^=>^-3^r? 
S. John iv. 3—30. 



Add. 1D7o 75 

115. The first Simday of the Cousecration of the Church, 
f. 119 «, 



S. Matthew xvi. 13—19, xxi. 12, 13. 

116. The second Sunday of do., f. 119 b, 



'py.acS <^6s>^ w*iQ^3 .;is?k^?0Lti3 ^3^? ;aai3x^3 



S. Matthew xii. 1—21. 

117. The third Sunday of do., f. 120 b, 



yMOX ^ : wAOS<3 4^3^ <3:'?9^? ^^^? ^-^^r? 



S. John ii. 12—22. 

118. The fourth Sunday of do., f. 121 b, 



S. Matthew xxii. 41— xxiii. 12, 16—22. 
Subscription, p. 122 b, 

Then follow the lessons of the Gazza, 
.l%\p ^^'yo ^iJaxxy yaois, viz. 

1. The Consecration of Catholics, Metropolitans and 
Bishops, f. 122 6, 

: aCJUQ>d2o : o^3\,^boo iJO^oisJbp ly^iolap 6s*:ioyJci 

.sAo^o^o Job%Ny^i ou^a oar ^yJd 

See no. 18 above. 



76 Aim 1975 

2. The Reception of Catholics, Metropolitans and Bishops, 
f. 122 h, 

C3U^^3 OCT? ^Sbd .oJAa^lo : 'i^^o : oisB^ H^cJti^ 

See no. 53 above. 

3. For the Dead, 

a. For Catholics, f. 122 b, 



See no. 32 above. 

b. For Metropolitans, f. 122 b, 

.jax\ha\ w*ito3 aujs:^9 oar w^kti .o^'i^^bo Xs^^ 

See no. 74 above. 

c. For Bishops, f. 122 b, 

ya^ox^ li^o'y^ auds^s oar wika .aBUQ>^2 t^iwp 

.;^.>I^3!B ;^oqLX 
See no. 92 above. 

f/. For Doctors, f. 122 Z>, 



.}^o^ ;3.Sl^i cju^aa oar ^yJb .?AS>» XitS 

See no. 24 above. 

e. For Monks and Guides, 



;=i3:.3x^ cuft^a oar w.xti .;vS>Ht aoo ^xl^ \i«3 

.;3;o»3 ^yJd 



See no. Ill above. 



Add. 1975 77 

/ For Priests, f. 122 6, 



See no. 30 above. 

ff. For Deacons, f. 122 b, 

^^xi^ oaik^b ^^lo y^ •9V3B-S ^ l^o^p ik^^L^ 

See no. 49 above. 

h. For Nuns, f. 123 ft, 
;^^^p jax^a ^^a? oor ukti •^ ;balti ^jb \i«3 

See no. 87 above. 

i. For any man, f. 123 a, 
.2^1^9 ^3^03^3 ^^^^3 oor MSb^ JU..^ \i.3 

See no. 34 above. 

j. For youths, f. 123 a, 

.^0739 ;fS303k^3 oor m3^ ^SJuS.^ ^3 

See no. 85 above. 

/.'. For those that are slain, f. 123 a. 



.^pobop oor ^yJei AVVyti ^4^? 
See no. 72 above. 

I. For Women, f. 123 a, 



.^ob03 w.S^3 ^=diL33u»3 oor uXb ^ ^4"? 

See no. 112 above, 



78 Add. 1975 

m. For children, f. 123 a, 



.l^lp ^3L» liaa a^a ouJS^s oar ^a^ -^As^ \iw3 

See no. 110 above. 

The colophon, ff. 123asqq., states that this volume was 
finished on Wednesday the 10th of Ab, A. Gr. 1897 = a.d. 1586, 
in the village of Wasta, at the foot of the Jabal Jildi, near the 
fortress of Gurdekel, during the patriarchate of Mar Elias, the 
metropolitan being his brother Mar Hannan-isho'. The scribe 
was the priest Joseph, son of David, son of Ra'is Hanna, from 
the village of Man.sorlya on the Tigris, above Beth-Zabdai, on 

the road to Fenk (u^l^ ^■^), near the convents of Mar Aha 
and Mar Y5hannan. He wrote it at the cost of the priest 
Rabban Sergius, the monk rabban Isaiah, and rabban Sergius 
the younger, the prior, for the convent of Mar 'Abd-isho' the 
Anchoret on the hill above the fortress of 'Amidiya, to the east 
of it (see Badger, The Nestorians, i. 252). 

;<aa>^ :so^a^ ^i ^'a^oao 2a2s«o ?33?"i>m"i I'm^ op^a 

Ua^ -i*-** 1^ U^ ^^ ^k'^l^ ^^ ^^^^fi 
;2:A&bo^o ^2 JS13L3 .ai^3a2 :soua .ova .^ •ii2 ^aa 
.jco .ox }o7^>!^o '^ya ^ol^ "^4*^9 ^f^^^^ 
.^^^a^f&boo 2isa»Afv3 ^^t^^ ^^ ^f^ ^,? "^^^ii 



Add. 1075 79 

3kba^ .laua^ho ^jjqxm ^IS^iilaboVd l^tol Jsa\\^,Saia 2x.2 

^j^^lLjL'iM jcbo .-^c^-slp 23k^o ^2 uboals ^s^^^i- 

.l^pax uJ.a3^9 ^^^^ 3A.jcd ^ao .^MiSbbb ^.li'^ 

«^obouti^;k .^iuSo^tip uoiOMii ouooio .?*'^»S>y w.b2 ^adop 

.JKO ... oabisuo 
^Aar ;xt>^'iti :aM3io 3o^xo Aii^o js^a^o ^p aisa 
;*v>xr» uoio^t^a .jco '^.S^o jA^o ^oa \a ^boa ju2 
;io7^ ^3 .;I'ttVsy A ^2 ^9 2,aa^3 '23^^ ^^o* ;,t^t,a 

;^y,XtJ ^9 .^ jQ>*b 3^ .^3.bO 3y.o'S ^XiJCti ^Il^AbSO 

;is3fV^ ^ As^ .^fA^o 2^,a^ 2ac7i 6s^^J? 3^A ^V^ 
^oouxOao ^:so3,atii -^^^ ^ao2 A^ 67«^^2o 4^*aaf 
op a^iao .^mO* ua^^o 1^2 ua^bo }m*3X 2abooS< ^«a^9 

♦:♦ ^2 ♦^iso 



so Add. 1975 

I'aoia ^^^> ^? "^^^^i^o ^^j? ^>^ ^9 .23kbooS< ^or? 

uC7)OlSi.23 oor .230^^9 jcaA^ajo ^fio .2Sa7ai u^jq> yio;o>.*29 
.U^tax liiooSi Ay,y -^?^t^ ♦soAji^Ao2a ;^or ^Xa^ 

qiLiia^ ^b9 wi07oi^2o .^StbaLa 2au.akbo 24jq>m ohV >^3 

^ II" ' \ • ■ ' I m II • m I II • 11^ ■ 

2a\2 *^2 ^oa^ MO]o»M'i3 *^ib9 .^^sauo;^ I6s^^^ 

oi^oi)^ ^ 2^03^0 .jSa2Aj.3 Ixo) l^a^p w>o7mti.h ^ 
6i\boa j:i39 J^l \At loa^if ^o .^*2&^!aoo ^*2^.bx 
e2 ;^oaL&2^3 o2 ;<^o^3 .;^^.3^ ;^!A^3 ;o^2 
Jiiio^ ^ai l\*nf\\i ^ mOOuA.^ 'h^o^? o2 ^J^OmS 



Add. 1976 81 



Add. 1976 



Paper, about llf in. by 8; 194 leaves; 20 quires, signed 
with letters, of 10 leaves, except the first of 8, and the last of 
6 (a leaf is wanting after f. 193); 21 lines is a full page. The 
writing is a good, regular, Nestorian serta. This volume is 
dated A. Gr. 2013 = a.d. 1701 (watermark, three crescents, with 



X 






V 



(^ and the like), and contains 



A Lectiouary from the Old Testament (including the Apo- 
crypha) and the Acts of the Apostles for the Sundays, Feasts 
and Commemorations of the whole year, according to the use of 
the Convent of Mar Abraham and Mar Gabriel, called the Daira 
'Ellaita or Upper Convent, at Mosul, f. 1 b, 

«3iS9^ r^??-^ ^^yJC^ ^O^^a *\^? ^^^ ^ 
m3^3 ^^N*^ 2^?3 uQ>ak^:s23 ^JQ>^ ^2 .^iiao39o 

1. The 1st Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 1 b, 

.0^9 oa>\ .}^\» 

Gen. xvii. ; Isaiah xlii, 18 — xliii. 13. The second lesson is 
prefaced by the words OJJE .<n^>SlM>, and at the end we read, 



* See Badger's Nestorians, vol. ii. p. 20. 



B. C. 



82 Add. 1976 

2. The second Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 4 a, 



Numbers xxii. 20 — xxiii. 80; Isaiah xliii. 14 — xliv. 5. 

<* yi* <* ^pp ^l\yt }o^i .^30X 
8. The third Sunday of the Annunciation, f, 6 b, 
.^^^^^ jSp oar o^^o^p .liaoAS ;^^^9 ;33aaM*3 
Gen. xviii. 1 — 19 ; Judges xiii. 2 — 24. 

<* o <* ;cr^2 j;a5 aA .;«3QkX 

4. The fourth Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 9 a, 

Gen. xxiv. 50— xxv. 28; 1 Sam. i. 1—19. 

5. The Nativity of our Lord, f. 116, 

.«^3i»9 ^,?^? <^,?^? 
Isaiah vii. 10 — 16 

viii. 8 (y^oodia? ;b0O3 Joer^o)— 10, 16—18, ix. 1—3, 6, 7 ; 

Micah iv. 1 — 3, v. 1 — 8 (strange mistake of •^3«2i for v^OMla). 



?*Mjriaob orptSoio^ <• o^Js >^M la^si^ 2aa^ .^^booe 

6. The first Sunday after the Nativity, f. 13 a, 

.l6sptopa Sua ^a^ o!^y.&o^9 -2?^ ^^^? ^sxaa^is 

Gen. xxi. 1—21 ; 1 Sam. i. 19—28. 



Add. 1976 83 

7. The Commemoration of the blessed Virgin Mary, f. 15 a, 

Exod. XV. 11 — 21, Jerem. xxxi. 13 — 17, Micah vi. 1 — 5; Acts 
1—14. 

8. The second Sunday after the Nativity, f. 16 h, 
fi^oMa^ o7^*&a^9 -2?^ ^^^^ ^b^a ^at i>Ma 

Exod. ii. 1 — 10 ; Isaiah xlix. 1 — 6. 



9. The Epiphany, f. 17 &, 

.•.X09 0>m139 292^9 

Num. xxiv. 2 — 24 (mistake of o^ao^ for a^^O'jS) ; Isaiah 
xi. 1—5, 9 (;^32 ;^^^9 i\,»), 10, xii. 4—6. 

10. The Commemoration of S. John the Baptist, f. 19 «, 

.}A,>^^y ^^ m3M9 ^3A099 

Isaiah xxxv. 3—10, xl. 1—8 ; Acts xiii. 13—33 (♦^OVJiA). 

<* Ua ^^hA9M .^90X 
6—2 



84 Add. 1076 

11, The first Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 21 a, 

.;^3 ^^^^ 2^^ JaLX^iSMS 

Exod. iii. 1—15 ; Isaiah xliv. 21— xlv. 4 («.*a^ ^yJO^o), 

12. The Commemoration of S. Peter and S. Paul, f. 23 a, 
2 Kings iv. 8—27 ; Acts ix. 82—42, xiv. 7—14, xx. 7—12. 



13. The second Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 26 a, 



Num. x. 29 — xi. 10 ; Isaiah xlv. 11 — 17. 



14. The Commemoration of the Evangelists, f. 27 b, 
1 Kings xviii. 30—39 ; Acts v. 12—32. 



15. The third Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 29 b, 
Num. xi. 11 — 20; Isaiah xlv. 18 — xlvi, 4. 



Add. 1976 86 

16. The Commemoration of S. Stephen, f. 31 a, 

1 Kings xxi. 1—21 ; Acts vi. 8— vii. 1, 51—60, viii. 1, 2. 

17. The fourth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 33 h, 
Num. xi. 23 — 35 ; Isaiah xlvi. 5 — 13. 

18. The Commemoration of the Greek Doctors, f. 35 a, 

1 Sam. xxii. 6 (Joo) ^Sft^j i.^o2.XO)— 21 ; Acts xxi. 27—34, 
xxii. 30 — xxiii. 16. 



<* ^'pTbii? Koa^>^oak^ <* ^pfs V^o^ .U^ox 

19. The fifth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 38 a, 
.290^9 ^?9 Ol^dAOVip •^^,?? ^bOMiS ^aLX33hM9 

Deut. xviii. 9—22; Isaiah xlviii. 12—20. 

20. The Monday of the Prayer of the Ninevites, f. 39 h, 
Gen. xviii. 20—33 ; Isaiah Ixiii. 17— Ixiv. 12. 

<« NlAsa *> 2ia^S ^^^ ;l^ .u^ox 

mm ' II • » (I II 

21. The Tuesday of do., f. 41 a, 
Isaiah Iviii. ; Habakkuk iii. 

*:* u^mSim loi^i ;/aitb fisiio .u^ox 



86 Add. 1976 

22. The Wednesday of do., f. 42 a, 

Joel i. 1 — 31 ; Jonah iii. and iv. 



*> OdU^ U^ «\0^ .J^Sox 
23. The Thursday of do., f. 44 a, 

Isaiah Ixv. 16, 

.^^bia <^Sais»9* l*i:so isipi U^ai 
Jerem. 



24. The Commemoration of the Syrian Doctors, f. 44 b, 

.^90jQ> ^^^S^^ ^iaoaa 

2 Kings xiii. 14 — 21 ; Acts xii. 25 — xiii. 12. 

25. The sixth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 46 a, 
Deut. xxiv. 9 — 22 (ending with ta*3^^0O) ; Isaiah Ixiii. 7 — 16. 

26. The Commemoration of any one Saint, f. 47 b, 
Isaiah xli. 8—16; Acts xviii. 19 (uQ30^e^ \^o)— xix. 20. 



* No more of the text is given in the MS. 



Add. 1976 87 

27. The seventh Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 50 a, 



Deut. xiv. 2 (^SibO ^3\ ^p) — xv. 4 ; Isaiah xlii. 5 — 17. 



28. The Commemoration of the Dead, f 52 a, 

• I /a » ■ ■ 

Ezek. xxxvii. 1 — 14; Ecclesiasticus xliv. 1 — xlv. 5. 



29. The eighth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 54 a. 



^ ,< »(V ,1 » • > • II" • '^ i« ' ■ ■ 

Exod. XV. 22—26, xvi. 4—7 (^3LbO? OV«aoX), 9, 10; Isaiah 
xliv. 23. 24 (to \a ^Mli-?), Ixv. 17—24, Ixvi. 1. 

30. The first Sunday in Lent, f. 56 «, 

Exod. xxxiv. 1 — 7 (to las 'J^^), 27—35 ; Isaiah Iviii. 

<* \ <* >^^y U^ ^^\ ^\ -U^ox 

31. Monday in the first week of Lent, f. 58 a, 
Gen. i. 1 — 18 ; Joshua i. 1 — 11. 



.^pj? ^V*^ ^^*??V '^^^^ 



88 Add. 1976 

32. Tuesday in do., f. 59 b, 

Gen. i. 19 — ii. 7 ; Joshua i. 12 — ii. 11. 

<* ;I^ ;^b^ iiiAi3 .i^^ox 

33. Wednesday in do., f. 62 a, 
Gen. ii. 8—25 ; Joshua ii. 12—24. 

34. Thursday in do., f. 63 b, 
Gen. iii. 1 — 19 ; Joshua iii. 1 — 13. 



35. Friday in do., f. 65 b, 

.^iboo^a ;^«^3Ld ;^3okv<'3 
Gen. iii. 20 — iv. 16 ; Joshua iii. 14 — iv. 9. 

36. The second Sunday in Lent, f. 68 a, 
Gen. V. 19—31 ; Joshua iv. 15—24. 

37. The second Friday in Lent, f. 69 a, 
Gen. V. 32— vi. 22; Joshua v. 1—12. 



Add. 1976 89 

38. The third Sunday in Lent, f. 71 ci, 



Gen. vii. 1 — 24; Joshua v. 13 — vi. 4. 



<* 2X.2 yi^'is ^oao .^hox 
39. The third Friday in Lent, f. 73 a, 

Gen. ix. 8—29 ; Joshua vi. 5—26. 



<* MiOMO ^3^ 0333 \yV) .U^OX 
40. The fourth Sunday in Lent, f. 75 b, 



2^a]'ss^ o)^yAaS<^ *> ^^o^? ^.Si.3923 ^-aLX-sdw^a 

Gen. xi. ; Joshua vi. 26 — vii. 15. 



41. Monday of the fourth week in Lent, f 78 b, 
Gen. xii. 1 — 10 ; Joshua vii. 16 — 26. 



<* ;2^^ ^hi ;3^ .^box 

42. Tuesday of do., f. 79 6, 
Gen. xii. 11 — xiii. 7; Joshua viii. 1 — 17. 



*:* pl ^ Myi^ Ikilao .^3ok 



90 Add. 1976 

■lo. Wednesday of do., f. 81 b, 

Gen. xiii. 8—18 ; Joshua viii. 18—29. 

44. Thursday of do., f. 83 b, 

Gen. xiv. 1—17 ; Joshua viii. 30—85. 

f ' * ' ▼ " 

45. Friday of do., f. 85 a, 

Gen. xiv. 18 — xv. 15 ; Joshua ix. 1 — 14. 

46. The fifth Sunday in Lent, f. 87 a, 
Gen. xvi., xvii. ; Joshua ix. 15 — 27. 

47. The fifth Friday in Lent, f. 90 a, 
Gen. xviii. 1 — 19 ; Joshua xiv. 6 — 15. 

48. The sixth Sunday in Lent, f. 91 a, 

.;Lq>2 oLi 07^^0S<3 .^0^9 ;iSX,3 ;A2C3X.«3 

Joshua xxi. 43 — xxii. 9. 



Add. 1976 91 

49. The sixth Friday in Lent, or the Friday of Lazarus, 
f. 93 b, 

.bi^3 d^^*2o .^o^9 ^X3 ;6«^3oa^3 

Gen. xix. 27—38; Joshua xxii. 10 (^^S OiJO) — 20. 

50. The seventh Sunday in Lent or Palm Sunday, f. 95 a, 

Gen. xlix. 1—12, 22—26 ; Zechar. iii. 10, iv., vii. 9, 10, viii. 4, 5, 
12, 16—20, ix. 9—12. 



51. Monday of the last week in Lent, f. 98 a, 

.;boo^3 ;^/3m2 }^^u;^ ?aui:.A3rf.9is3 

Gen. xxxvii. 1 — 22 ; Joshua xxii. 21 — 29. 



52. Tuesday of do., f. 100 a, 

.^^90^3 ;;S*iM2 }iS3LX9 ;3LXJJS^^3 
Gen. xxxvii. 23 — 36 ; Joshua xxii. 30 — xxiii, 1. 



*:* ^o^i 2s4^ is&i ^-^l Z*3^ .U^OX 

53. Wednesday of do., f. 101 6, 

.^0^3 ;N.3yM2 ^6cuc3 ?at nvnaia 
Gen. xxxix. 7 — xl. 23 ; Joshua xxiii. 1 (jtO StOXM) — 13. 



<* um302 3^2? ^^l 'U^OX 



92 Add. 1976 

54. Thursday of the Passover, f. 104 a, 

Exod. xii. 1—18 (Ix^ •^O^al^); Zechar. ix. 9—12, xi. 4, 5, 
12, 13, xii. 9—14, xiii. 7—9. 



55. The Friday of the Crucifixion, f. 106 6, 
Isaiah Hi. 13— liii. 12 ; Daniel ix. 20—27. 



56. The Great Saturday of the Passion, f 108 a, 

.U^^ ;6dia 2^3d:9 

Gen. xxii. 1 — 19; Jonah ii. 2 — 11. 



57. The Great Sunday of the Resurrection, f. 110 a, 
Isaiah Ix. 1—7 ; 1 Sam. ii. 1 — 10. 



<* biili 

58. Monday of the Week of Weeks, fill a, 
Isaiah Ix. 9 (ya>ftLa ^)— 22 ; Acts ii. 14—36. 



Add. 1976 93 

59. Tuesday of do., f. 113 a, 

Isaiah Ixi. 1 — 9 ; Acts ii. 37—47. 

60. Wednesday of do., f. 114 6, 
Isaiah Ixi. 10— Ixii. 5 ; Acts iv. 23—31. 

01. Thursday of do., f 115 6, 
Isaiah liv. 1 — 15 ; Acts vi. 1 — 7. 

62. The Friday of the Confessors, f. 116 a. 

The prayer of Azariah, 2 — 22 [Daniel iii.] ; Acts vi. 8 — vii, 1, 
51—60, viii. 1, 2. 



«^o^iaAe3^ <* ^a\A ^^Oisl ^^Vyy . ;»3ax 

63. The Commemoration of S. George, 24th of Nisan, 
f. 117 6, 

^OuJJ ;^u332o 

Daniel vi. 6—24 (24s^JL3 0^30 .^O^ ^^2 Ou»32o 

i^Lip "pytio ^aS^^ v^o^oboahd .;^eu32 .^2 e\a2); 

Acts xxvi. 1 (jq^oAol^ ^x.0])— 18. 



94 Add. 1976 

64. The Sunday after the Resurrection, called the New 
Sunday, f. 120 b, 



Isaiah Iv. 4—12 ; Acts iv. 32— v. 11. 

*:* y^ Uoo so^ ;» .Ikhox 

65. The third Sunday after the Resurrection, f. 122 a, 
Sis3 ^ o}6y&o^9 .l^'so^Jd diss? ;^S^? ^xxisx^a 

Isaiah Ivi. 1—7 ; Acts v. 34—42. 



66. The fourth Sunday after the Resurrection, f. 123 6, 



Isaiah xlix. 13 — 23 ; Acts viii. 14 — 25. 

67. The fifth Sunday after the Resurrection, f. 124 b, 

Isaiah xlix. 7 — 13 ; Acts ix. 1 — 19 (St^jf^lo)- 



Add. 1976 95 

68. The sixth Sunday after the Resurrection, f. 126 b, 

Isaiah Ivi. 9—11, Hi. 7—12 ; Acts x. 1—10. 

69. The Ascension of our Lord, f. 128 a, 
2 Kings ii. 1—15 ; Acts i. 1—14. 

<* aJJLA 

70. The Sunday after the Ascension, f, 130 a, 
.0}JN0^233 oar 0):Sa&Q^3 .^ja^aiQ* 9^33 ^X33u*3 

Isaiah vi. ; Acts i. 15 — 26. 

*:* 07S )i3\3 Uiio eiXi^a .^aSox 

71. Pentecost, f. 131 6, 

Exod. xix. 1—9, XX. 18—21 (o9^0 ^JAmOh ^ bo^ O^O 

;,Vy^\) ; Acts ii. 1—21. 



;S30kti yM093 Olis<S«^i^ *> ^93 ^W^ IsS . U^OX 

72. The Friday of Gold, f. 133 b, 
Isaiah xxxv. 3 — 10 ; Acts iii. 






96 Add. 1976 

73. The second Sunday of the Fast of the Apostles, f. 135 a. 






.9 

Joel ii. 15—26 (^o;^ ^OI ♦.^^^ ^3^?) ; Acts iv. 5—22. 

74. The third Sunday of do., f. 137 a, 
Deut. i. 3—17 (OOI Jo?i^2?) ; Isaiah i. 1—9. 



75. The fourth Sunday of do., f. 138 h, 

Deut. i. 16 (^^^.t ^:s*oai)— 33 ; Isaiah i. 10—20. 

76. The fifth Sunday of do., f 140 b, 

Deut. i. 33 (;Ai3 230i3)— ii. 1 ; Isaiah i. 21—31. 



<* 00070 *. OO^'aiais^ 0^30 . ^30X 

77. The sixth Sunday of do., f. 142 a, 
. OOX A^OSU ^a^ 07dyAOS<9 . ;^Ax9 ;^af3 ;aL3L33M3 
Deut. iv. 1 — 10 ( Ai30m3) ; Isaiah ii. 



<* o!SJ.^^2o ?Ia«^ oia . ^Sox 



Add. 1976 101 

95. The fifth Sunday of the Invention and the first of 
Moses, f. 171 a, 



07^*10^3 -^9^? l^PJ^O ;^#0J:3 U^O^? ^OXS^mS 
Deut. xi. 1 — 12; Isaiah xl. 1 — 17. 

90. The sixth Sunday of the Invention and the second of 
Moses, f. 173 a, 



oi^yAO^^ .^9^? ^3^3o ;^m9j:3 lifA^ ^axjsy^^ 

.;ll ly'ii oaS iM 
Deut. xi. 13 — xii. 1 ; Isaiah xl. 18 — xli. 7. 

<* ;t^V< 030^ .^9AX 

97. The seventh Sunday of the Invention and the third of 
Moses, f. 175 6, 



a)^yAoS<^ .^obop ;^S^30 ;^#oJi3 l^axp ^axay**^ 



Deut. xiii. 12—18 ; Isaiah xli. 8—20. 



<* 22bax «^o&2 ^iLs .^30X 

98. The eighth Sunday of the Invention and the fourth of 
Moses, f. 176 a, 



Deut. xii. 29 — xiii. 5 ; Isaiah xli. 21 — xlii. 4. 



*> l^^l c^ ;o^;XMad: .^aox 



102 Add. 1976 

99. The first Sunday of the Dedication of the Church, 
f 177 6, 

Uisao o!fis<AQ^9 .^^Sk^kt j:3oiJ3 Usoya ?nt ia><^3 
Exod. xl. 17 — 38 ; Isaiah vi. 



100. The second Sunday of do., f. 179 b, 

^kp>^ o]^dao^3 .2is>S< Jcaotis ^i*3^3 ?3t ia>*oa 

Exod. xxxix. 32 (o>aii-o)— xl. 16; 1 Kings vi. 1, 2, 38 (to 

woioaoi^), viii. 1 — 11. 

101. The third Sunday of do., f. 181 b, 

. ^\\t so 

Num. vii. 1—10, 88 (orI^^Ou. Oioj), 89, ix. 15—18 (^a*); 
Isaiah liv. 1 — 1.5. 



<* ^00^30^ uiO^Sio mS^X^ .^aox 

102. The fourth Sunday of do., f. 183 b, 
m'So2 01^uAO.^^ .^tsaAJKpatJs ;^3323 23^X3x^3 

.iky^ 62 
1 Kings vi. 1—19; 2 Sam. vi. 1—5, 13—19 (sil e^f2o 



Add. 1976 103 

Subscription, f. 185 b, 

^ox «^3^o ,lisit^ iSpOM af^^p if^yti odo\a: 

103. Lessons for the Dead, f. 185 b, 

.23^ ^3 ^al^ib ^o^ 

a. For Priests, f. 185 6, 

Ecclesiasticus i. 20 (Lagarde, p. 3, 1. 5, uAOu^^oai to o^boX 

OMI^O), ii. 7—11 (;Ntli-? ♦\?^)' iii- 1' x^^iv. 13—18, xxxv. 
5—7, xxxix. 19, 24 (to w.aio52 7J?Jb), xl. 8, ll,xli. 11 (;baXO); 
Isaiah xxv. 1—4, 8, 9, xxvi. 1—4, 7—9, 12, 17—19 (to JiaX 

h. For Deacons, f. 187 6, 

Daniel viii. 1-3 (ft^f^^o), 15 {^:h 2o)o)— 17 (i^ ^S^O 
;^32 \^ 'J.^2), X. 20, 21, xii. 2—4, 8—10, 13; Numbers 
XX. 22—29, xxxiii. 39, Deut. xxxii. 49—52. 



104. Lessons omitted in their proper places, f. 189 a, 
. .K^Ol^^Oa ^'30 Ot.^3 ^^^ ^*t^^^ '??^ 



104 Add. 1976 

a. The Commemoration of Rabban Hormizd, f. 189 a, 

Isaiah xli. 8—16 ; Acts xxvii. 21—26, xxviii. 1—5, 6 (o^ ^t ) 
—9. 



o^iaoaA *> ^yJOy ^^i-^ h^ aa ^ a H .^30lX 






b. The Commemoration of S. Thomas, 3rd of Tammuz, 
f. 190 a, 

Isaiah Iv. 4—12 ; Jerem. i. 4—8 (^oj-i^aub ^»), 17, 18, 
XV. 19—21. 



c. The Commemoration of Cyriacus the martyr, 15th of 
Tammuz, f. 190 6, 

The prayer of Azariah, 2 — 22 [Daniel iii.] ; Acts xvii. 22 — 31. 






Add. 197G 97 

78. The seventh Sunday of do., f. 143 6, 



Deut. iv. 10 (wd03btj jaa) — 24 ; Isaiah v. 8 — 25. 



79. The last Friday of the week of the Apostles, f. 146 a, 

. ?.>.^'\t3 ;^a3LS piSoxs ;isaoa^9 

Isaiah xli. 8—20; Acts xiii. 18—23, xiv. 20 (;iX-2 ;»OuSo) 
—22. 



80. The first Sunday of Summer*, or Nusardel, f. 147 b, 
Deut. iv. 25 — 31 ; Isaiah ii. 22 — iii. 15. 

81. The second Sunday of Summer, which is called 'of 
Hallelain(i),' f. 149 a, 

a]is*io^^ .Mi»S>S>Ma 2^btj^Jaoo .}\r»^3 ^^^? ?^UL33m3 

Deut. iv. 32—40; Isaiah iii. 16— iv. 6. 

<* ^33 230^,^ y?^^^ ^^ .^30X 

* The MS. actually has ' The last Sunday of the week of the Apostles,' 
.U^? l^OaX ^OX^ ;31X33mm9 
B. C. "^ 



98 Add. 1976 

82. The third Sunday of Hallelain(i), f. 151 a, 



Deut. V. 1 — 16; Isaiah v. 1 — 7. 

*:* moiovaJm js^^oo ^ooj ^ Io 6^!^p^^ .^aox 

83. The fourth Sunday of Hallelain(i), f. 152 b, 



Deut. V. 16— vi. 3 ; Isaiah ix. 8 — 21. 



84. The fifth Sunday of Hallelain(i), f. 154 b, 



Levit. xxiii. 34 — 43 ; Isaiah xxviii. 14 — 22. 

85. The sixth Sunday of Hallelain(i), f. 156 a, 



Levit. xix. 1 — 14 ; Isaiah xxix. 13 — 24. 



<* 9A w\o ;o^2 ^^<^ .^aox 
86. The seventh Sunday of Summer or of Hallelain(i), 



Levit. xix. 15—19 (y^SudO^ ©3^), 35—37, xx. 9—14; Isaiah 
XXX. 1—15 (♦^aa^oacu\), 

<* A^ 23mA .^aox 



Add. 1976 99 

87. The first Sunday of the week of Elias, f. 159 a, 



Deut. vi. 20— vii. 6 (^0^2 ^i^ ?t.>>.h) ; Isaiah xxxi. 



88. The second Sunday of do., f. 160 h, 



Deut. vii. 7 — 11 ; Isaiah xxx. 15 (♦^^a^sa ^)— 26. 



89. The third Sunday of do., f. 161 6, 



.^boXLs oi^^^^a a7ts*&QS<3 .?A23 ^fts^^a ;aX33uM3 

Deut. vii. 12 — 26 (yiOJo^A^); Isaiah xxxii. 1 — xxxiii. 6. 



90. The Feast of the Invention of the Adorable Cross, 
f. 164 a, 

.23y.VQ> ^nAt^b ojisM^acb 292^3 

Isaiah lii. 13— liii. 12 ; Acts ii. 14—36. 



7-2 



100 Add. 1976 

91. The Sunday after the Invention and the fourth of 
Elias, f. 165 a, 



Deut. viii. 11 — 20; Isaiah xxxiii. 13 — 21. 



*> ^oL aaLa 2^3^ ys/^fy ^ .U^ox 

92. The second Sunday of the Invention and the fifth of 
Elias, f. 166 b, 



Deut. ix. 1 — 8 (J^iba^) ; Isaiah xxv. 1 — 8. 

93. The third Sunday of the Invention and the sixth of 
Elias, f. 167 b, 



Deut. ix. 13 — 22 ; Isaiah xxvi. 1 — 19. 



<* ^^^M «^qASi '^'yi ,U^ox 



94. The fourth Sunday of the Invention and the seventh 
of Elias, f. 169 b, 



o7^yAa^^ ^23 J^oxao .J^MtSJis ^323 }aa.33Mia 

Deut. X. 12 — 22 ; Isaiah xxviii. 23 — xxix. 12. 



*:* A^ O^f^O *s^l ^^ M^OX 



Add. 1977 109 

7. Commemoration of the Greek and Syrian Doctors, f. 7 b, 
beginning, 

*:* liao ^^i ^93^ jS y» 

8. The Commemoration of any one Saint, f. 8 6, beginning, 

9. The Friday of the Dead, f. 9 b, 



See f. 28 a. 

10. The first Sunday in Lent, f. 9 b, beginning, 

11. The second Sunday, f. 10 b, beginning, 

^Itool 2xm '. ?ut«iiSao ^hl^ 2xa3 ^^i^^opoa o2 

12. The third Sunday, f. 11 a, beginning, 

^ouAaa '. ;*a^ tH^^^ ^odo ^Sa ^o^,3 o2 

<* llia^ aatbftx ;&oojb ^ouojfo ^booiij 
In this turgama each letter has only one line. 



110 Add. 1977 

13. The fourth Sunday, f. 11 h, beginning, 
^XDOSL^o '. ;Ia^ t^?^ ;boabo Ibo^io ^o^'^ 6l 

Ends with the letter b^. 

14. Wednesday in the mid week of Lent, 

. S^a x*y3,L ^xioa .^ola ^^ii^^ JLiLxiL^Jbis 

marg. ^^ft\.\43 : &3XbAM3 , f. 12 a, beginning, 

<• loo]^ "pyio isom 2Xm ,2^2 ^vioybSjs Jaao 

■■ '■ i" " • mm *■ '■ " \ ■ 

15. The fifth Sunday in Lent, f. 13 a, 

.poJ^^ J;bOl^^o^^ ^£sa .^x'i^o i)>^^ 2>3b ;Ixa3 

See f. 28 a. 

16. The sixth Sunday, f. 13 «, beginning, 
oaIsjs^ '- j^Aa) 2>33 ;^iA, ;IfiSd.23 ^abouopob o2 

17. The Friday of Lazarus, f. 14 a, 

.Si^a aUi^^o .^*Sahlp ^isaoa^^a 

beginning, 

oiaoL^o '. iLa )L JJd2^ o7^I^ }Ifis<.2j] ^*3ib»AOp03 o2 

*:* ;^iti A^;i^ ^iso^ ^ uba5 ;^23 



Add. 1977 111 

18. Palm Sunday, ^s^olp, f. 15 a, beginning, 

19. The Passover of our Lord, ^3^? ^C^?» ^- ^^^' 
beginning, 

ijiuM, '. ^^^xs 2i.3b ^9*3i-\ ^I^^2J3 ^.^a.^3uop03 o2 

<• ^^^^ ^booaij ;aa3is^ ^3 ;Lq3o2 
With double i^. 

20. The Great Saturday, l^aioip l^"^?, m^rg. JiSii? 
J^aS, f. 16 6, beginning, 

oiaoLSo '. ^2l!^ ^3L^ cr^oouS^a 6oV3 ^f&^suc^b o2 
^^fiLia ^x^'ia <« ;2«9a7 loo] ^o^? 23^;^3 2,^4^ 

21. The Resurrection of our Lord, .}is.to^.iJ3 232.iw9 
jLh^a, f. 17 b, beginning, 

22. ;isba2ti? ;f32?, marg. ;fiSialaD ;baifiu2s, f. 18 6, be- 
ginning. 



112 Add. 1977 

23. The Friday of the Confessors, f. 19 b, 

beginning, 

^3ol^3 . 2303 ^.po^o il6s*l ^a'p ^*ibo*o^»b o2 

24. New Sunday and the Commemoration of S. Thomas, 
f. 20 a, beginning, 

25. The Commemoration of S. George, f. 21 a, beginning, 
OiaOLSO '. ^fiS*2 ^32 «\a 3yM»i OOJJ3 ^bo^o^b o2 

<* ^4M a^o^o 2a^ >3L3^3 ^^'^ 

26. The Ascension of our Lord, f. 22 a, beginning, 
;V323 iSMtS '. ^3o ^is^ llisfl ;Iiu3 ^^^o^a o2 

27. Pentecost, ?\'*^7*^\**^? ^^30^X^3, marg. ;^tSMM3, 
f. 23 a, beginning, 

28. The Friday of Gold and the Friday of the Conclusion 
of the Week of the Apostles, f. 23 b, 



*:* uQ90^a^o jQ903k^9 ^AS^oaa J3U£Na9 

See no. 5. 



Add. 197G 105 

d. The Feast of the Revehxtion of our Lord on Mount 
Tabor (the Transfiguration), 6th of Ab, f. 191 6, 

. 9Q3^ 90^ \^3 »\^? ^*-^4Sw? ^?^? 
Exod. xxiv. 1—4, 9—18 ; Ezek. xliii. 1—7 (^gVA), xliv. 1—5. 



e. The Commemoration of the sons of Shemoni (the 
Maccabees), f. 193 a, 

The prayer of Azariah, 2 — 22 [Daniel iii.] ; Acts xix, 13 — 20. 
Subscription, f. 193 a, 

<* 2isiatdb «. 233 ^ols wJcaoMO ^bpu*30 liL* .* ^^jcaS ^L^o 

The imperfect colophon, ff. 193 6 — 194 6, states that this 
volume was finished on the loth of the latter Teshri, A. Gr. 
2013 = A.D. 1701, in the village of Alkosh. The name of the 
scribe, the deacon Joseph of Alkosh, is to be read in the orna- 
mental 'Unwan, f. 1 h, 



106 Add. 1976 

o^ii^P 2^3^ po^ *> 9^3 •^ fn* <* ^>m2 udbX^ l^ia 

.j:e .^bi: c^Sm^ ^^a oo;S <* l^^'ia Uio^ i!6jo»^'^6so 
.lis^yaico iisy^ia i:s*yOa U^yJbp Ixo) Z?^ ^,p ^^^^^^ji 

jltJlSu* &3 2*3L& ^ouap a!^M.^Ub jcoA^i 4is«^o^A^ 

: lyt^V^oti. «^^ .3^2 J*Ab 2^^3 ^<'TO [a leaf wanting] 

On f. 1 a is recorded in an unsightly scrawl that this MS. 
was written at the expense of the priest Sabha bar Shahbii(?) 
for the church of — . 

23^9^09 U^isscJb ;soodoo ^boa;aa2 U-^-*opo ? i iiJbp 

.{sic) Uo^'p yVA>o .l*a\ ^crp .^oXia ? i^ ! S>.ttaoo yMitha'-i 

;a30pi 2^^ aa (sic) ^aajj^ ;.t>th .;A^» 2aao6934o 

^isauabO ^^a^ \\;*ift opisaio 



Add. 1976, 1977 107 

At the end, f. 194 6, is a note, likewise in a very inelegant 
hand, stating that this book belonged by purchase to the priest 
Hendi Dergenaya. 

Add. 1977 

Paper, about 12;^ in. by 8|; 58 leaves, slightly stained with 
water, of which the first and last are blank ; quires, signed with 
letters, of 10 leaves, the first and last having only 9. The 
writing is a fine, large, Nestorian serta. The volume, which is 
dated A. Gr. 2040 = a.d. 1728, contains— 

I. The Turgdme* of 'Abhd-isho', metropolitan of Nisibis 
and Armenia, for the Gospels of the Sundays, Feasts and Com- 
memorations throughout the year (see B. 0. iii. 1. 361). 

Title, f. 2 6 : 

^£S/3J3U3 *s^op.^a2o .l*iJao^lpo ^30^3 ;\^>So*\>\yiy» 

These hymns are usually in couplets of twelve-syllable verse, 
alphabetically arranged and artificially constructed as to rime. 

* On the meaning of the word Turgamd see Badger, The Nestorians, ii. 19 : 
"Besides the Euanghelion , Shlieha, and Karyane, the Nestorians have another 
book called tuegama, literally Interpretation, consisting of a collection of 
hymns, calling upon the faithful to give ear to the words of the N.T., with other 
pious exhortations bearing upon the same subject. Portions of this book are 
appointed to be read before the Epistle and Gospel.... The Turgame are chanted 
responsively by the officiating deacons around the altar." 



108 Add. 1977 

1. The Nativity, f. 2 b, beginning, 

}:xS.ii lya'p .^ jS^ x^ii lalHl y^ ^u^ouo^b 62 

2. The Commemoration of the virgin Mary, f. 3 b, begin- 
ning, 

;A^^Zo '. Imparl m'y^ ^?-?? ^-^^ Vt^^*^'? ^^ 

*:* ;auAM 

With double :s. 

3. The Epiphany, f. 4 6, beginning, 

4. The Commemoration of S. John the Baptist, f 5 a, be- 
ginning, 

;^^kaa^ o^ '. lAji i^yao ^6'ya y^ ^jj.bauo;.»3 o2 

*> ^iiis 000)0 ;^bJS9 j^yja 

5. The Commemoration of S. Peter and S. Paul, f. 6a, 
beginning, 

^^•^hftS '. ;Lv'>l3e ;baM'f> o^ ^^2^ ;Ia^ ^ubouo^.b03 o2 

6. The Prayer of the Ninevites, f. 7 a, beginning, 
^Qsld '. 2au!^ U*^ ^070^*23 ^1^*2.3 ^.bA*op0_b o2 

<• 2x.« ;^I laiit ;ll^o ^J^^ ;6s^JS 



Add. 1977 113 

29. Niisardel, ;aft*\>\ wLx^o, '\«,p>.A>ai9 ^^aM»3 

f. 28 h, beginuing, 

30. The Transfigu ration, f. 24 ?>, ♦.3«? ojilS^i^? i?i>'?, 
beginning, 

;L^a^ "^^^^P '• ^aio 2l^ 2^33 I'^lsXi ^A&b9*o7bob o2 

•:• ;^39 ,3^? ^?^^ ?30^ 

31. The Invention of the Cross, JaA^b OjiSMOXJi Ipl^p 
ly*\(9, f- 25 b, beginning, 

32. The Consecration or Dedication of the Church, J(3<xti3 
^iS3k2ki or J^30u«3, f. 26 b, beginning, 

83. The Sundays of the Dedication, ^^poMd jaaJas^B, 

f. 27 a, beginning, 

93^ iSdia O^S '. }2a JSwOXi.3 23dL^9 5u2 wk&bOuO;.b03 o2 

<* l^iSi; 07.33 ^^?^ ^^ 

Subscription, f. 28 a, 
*:* ;a.'a^ep9o ^3033^^30 ^^.'su ^^Sbools Jbo\3o:s ObftVt 

B. C. 8 



114 Add. 1977 

II. Turgame for the daily Gospel, f. 28 a, 

"py^ ^^ w.«x^o .^^oA^oIp oi^oA^b Jbo^soJs 

marg. paA^9. 

1. Beginning, f. 28 a, 

2. Another, ^oAa3 ^XmI, f. 29 a, beginning, 
oNo^ o^ '. ^aobp J#,*030 2a^9 ^ais ^^«o^ttb 62 

The alphabetical sequence ♦> JJC^ ends with the couplet ^^ 
but two couplets are appended without regard to order. 

3. Another, to be read daily before the Epistle, ^i^o^ao^ 
"po^p ;*A5! 73'yJci'p, f. 29 b, 

Stanzas 2 to «, 

III. Other Turgame, p. SO a, 

1. The Commemoration of Cyriacus, .,<■> ^y J_iiao33 

jQ36A*3aa, composed by Mar 'Abhd-isho' of Gazarta, ^3f^9 
(see B. 0. iii. 1. 610), f 30 a, beginning, 



Add. 1977 115 

[gloss ^yh] '. jasaSJ. wmOso liao lap ^i^^o/^b o2 
[gloss ;o^2] *^ %fi»o2^2 Xa iLaol 23^ ;:30O3ij ;^^^ 

The words in the rime are frequently glossed. 

2. The Commemoration of Mar Miklia ^aubOQ ^^.Sk033 
jbubD, composed by the priest Joseph of Alkosh, Aoo* IXtXh 
pltort^i, f. 31 a, beginning, 

*> ^bJ^ li^A iJaaol 23m lHoaJa 
Double J, ^, ub, a, and js ; four ;s. 

3. The Commemoration of S. Thomas the Apostle, com- 
posed by the priest George of Alkosh, the uncle of the scribe, 

;30^^3 0733 ;J;oA^2 UQ3u\3aA^ ^3>^*^, f- ^^ »' beginning, 

^>ol^o '. ^oSk^ ^a^^icao 2a^o U?ia ^*\yfc.o^.aoa o2 

<• ^QX JS^a^ ;^*bofr^ 2x.« ^» mSi! >y> 

Double «^ and ub. 

4. Composed by the priest Israel of Alkosh (the grand- 
father of the scribe), for the coming of Mar Elias the catholicus, 
f. 33 a, 

Beginning, 

}»o&A ^isS^ '. Im ^obo 2b3o Ip'p ^ji^^o^b b2 

<* ^LQ>b2 iy** jCDuAaJb ^2 

8—2 



116 Add. 1977 

5. Another for the same occasion, JiSo^Lal >.j>3Ccb3 Ixy**! 
f. 34 a, beginning, 

Subscription, f. 35 a, 

IV. An anonymous Exposition of the Mysteries of the 
Eucharistic Service in twelve-syllable metre. The introduction, 
f. 35 b, which is partly metrical and partly in prose, is as 
follows : 

lya^L 2ai^ '. iMo^ ^Aibo U^l ^^ ^ ^o^ 
23^2bo vO^^ w*070JS*29 l6s<x'a.A6s:^'3 \ ihyxpo ^fiay^^ 

«^ ;i>tio5 33^ ^0Ui3 uSbN^O ^M^OX M^*3^ '. JiiOoV^^oia 

^ 6^^ fisbpuAK^29 -. ;^«9o^ y^or? }Jsox.3ki: ^a ^^.^f^^ 

<• ^2 ;^ay^ ^b^ ^loat^ 33Li< ^^'ia ^a^ '. ;^^903 

^.boxbo^^^a ^''^•^ «sOl&2 ^A423 ^^po^iy ^s yiyJiioS 



Add. 1977 117 

.o^boo.iti3 ^s^soA ^oc^Jia }io) 2aM2.bo :a[AO ^->^ 

(f. 86 a) }£s\mX33 ^<>^(77f ^oo^i. Uo^a 0^.3 v<»ak.i±k 
;^*^^3 ^3o^ ^baaao .^^u'^ti U^lp vpcrisx.^3^ «^i^jk 

6^^ ^A^o )Lp ;^ii3 ;^3O7ab0^ XaotlS ^o^'uSipL^ 0^3 

;0^2 <• ;&0] 2akb02.^3 f^\? 29dsO^ <« ^aO^.^ ^^^'3^3 

2>A.Jk9 ;.3^9 ;«0>tl 02 .«^^.3070-toS <^^0.!3U^ ^x'l 
oAo .2xtt JS«00) ^^-33 ;^0>«er«il .Uoi 2x>30lbpL3 

^."ao \^^o.» i<*oc7] ^l ■'py--o ^«o;.&.M ^*d.iCdi Xo 
l**.*XJao ai\i3 ;:s33 2901 ;^.3a70.^A ^f«*9 ^£2 2S^.J=l 



118 Add. 1977 

3^'i .2x.'a^ ^932^ •nOo;.^ ^*m»o ^3*:^jb is^? Srt,> Mt 

^i p^^A ^V^o .76sySt uiS^ ^prao ?&l3.d ^992^ 

:9>» J^Lm^ .TkXdi ^ a^ ^^IBL^ft (.stc) ^ti^ ^X ^^3 

cjjsop lisio 913^ '^^? ^? • ?^ Ax >tenh AftS^ ft>4^ 
.}>J(o »\d2 o;xdi^ 007 ^-3*0^ .o^ }oi ^ aa ^k^p 

•> ^a^p o)3^ %xa^ >!^p 

The discourse itself begins on f. 36 6 : 
: «.>J»p o^3po^.3 l^oj 2ibo2bX3 ^ v^^?-^ \*? ^^ 
^j;aAopftN32 lispi^ ujeaii y.adop ^^.a^sp ^is^'ifib Mcnois*2o 
^dii^o ., Js«2lf32 ydiuEcL oV^poi ^tS?^ uf 'Sia <• 2>*^3 
;»o^p ;^!S.b{X3 .;»odp ;^^^ ^p ^V^acn i^i,2p 
;^^ 30^2 ;:a3kV,^^3o '. ^oi6^o3p \v< ^^x2p jsiiig 
'. 6s*li,^ti uS«pL» p^2 ^cniscw *3> X3 . »^OTiS0u>^3gp 
oao^ ^p .oao^A ^p ^a^ilxai >.*^^2o ^Of u^pMiio 
is pL^ ^«2x^^ ^j^? ^«34® '. ;Io^^o3 ^ :^ipja ^k^ 



Add. 1977 110 

>X^^oi ^0.3 .m'yao Mf'Sis a^>io a^i o)^o2.bftS^io 
«^a^23 "^1?^^ ^0O>3 ^030 '. 6^9^07 M3isA>;A ^is^a^o 

lis .l^'^l ^^ ^a]:soM,^Jxp ly^ox ?i^2o '. y^o^wla 

ija^ J^A^o w.^ 9*32 ^ 9*32 ^^ 9^2 . ^is>^ ^9*329 )Sip 
. ^ Jdy-iis.'sop W^^ v^9^b»^.x \^» Ixoo^-n : iLja 
is*'3 a%J3 lx<7t-^ ^•^? -^^ ^9^^ yA^o "pS X.2auai; 
5^io '. ;m^3LX l^'ii ^isa^^ 2a^i^ ^^2^932 . ^^.2:193^ ^^aM 
oiisa^a yioojb ^of .Joai'y ^61 3ti\Q>!S 2lo^ ^euab 
^*^ ^»3 oiisboua.!^ ^2o (f. 37 a) '. lao^-kbo ;932.3 2aA3 

ooro ;poi3 ;» oar 99?'^ ^9^^ .;A.K, \sk ^^ ;^^ 

. pOiA^a q;*9'323 ^99'ibo ^oo^p ;ao 00^ ^a^o *. ;oarp ^ 
Uo^ a^aa^o '-^'^a ^^ ^^^-3 ^V^la ^999^ ;^ak^ 
;bE3yJX3 2ak^V< o;Ai;.30 c^?^A 43^?9-^ ^'>? o!^-3 ts«2&9a2 
2a>I^jQ3 ^01 ^iVais o^ftso^XhiA '. aoA-a ;bajQx3.ao 
«.^a^3 . ;aJE.»xboa j^LB ^ib wd.so6 \^ <« ^3^-^? 

.30 .;^oiop ^ ;^i^303 

It includes a versification of the Nicene Creed, f. 38 6 ; a 



120 Add. 1977 

" separation of the human and divine natures of our Lord," 
f. 45 a, 

*:* 07^013^33^3 ^*^o ^''^po ^c^:so I'^-a^^S l3,'y^OJO 

and a versification of the Lord's Prayer, f. 53 a. 

The colophon, f. 57 b, states that this manuscript was finished 
on the 27tli of the first Teshrin, A. Gr. 2040 = A.D. 1728, when 
Elias was catholic patriarch of the East. It was written by 
the priest 'Abhd-isho', son of Hadh-be-shabba, son of Israel, of 
Alkosh, in the village of Alkosh, beside the convent of Mar 
Hormizd, for the priest Ibrahim, son of Zaugisha, of the village 
of Inishk *. 

^^'ilpo ;ba^3o>«3 ^o] ^is^ ^^oxo Ipj^ ^a \tb; 

:aiSisaczo ^3 Mdisx: <* ^*bo2 u^'i ^ox ;o7^Xo 42^?^ 

•:* 0^3 <* fa *> Tiu^Suti uixds ^3^3 1*^^13 . Ua\ ;.3^A 

IaO^ ^1.^3320 ^*^^i ^i>3£S ^LX.3 .;3.X33y.3^ :S0u3 

.;^oL33 ^30 .;^G^23 ;32 w>aoou3 ^jsa^2 .^«bo2 ^iia 

.;30m>sO U^^ '^97 ;a^3^S JC^bk^O ^3^0 ^isa .JSO 

;x»xti 3^3 .;3xi'iM ?,t^t,ti ;^«Ibo 30 .^oau'sai^ ?,t>th 

* See Badger, The l^eatoriam, i. 174. 



Add. 1977, 1978 121 

^i^Ai llxa^ .1^ ^soMia oaS^a^ti jcafil^i ^jsa^a^ ^N-a^a 

Add. 1978 

Paper, about 9 in. by 6| ; 136 leaves ; 14 quires, signed with 

letters as far as m, of 10 leaves (except a), which has 12, and 

the last, which has only 4); 19 or 20 lines in a page. The 
writing is a good, regular, Nestorian sertd, of the year 2096 
= A.D. 1785. The volume contains 

The Abu Halini, that is "the morning prayers for the 
festivals, composed by Mar Elias III, whose Kunya was Abu 
Hallm (see Assemani, B. 0. iii. 1, 291 — 294); with other 
prayers for the Sundays and Commemorations and the Fridays 
of Lent, etc., composed by Mar Shallita of Resh-'aina or Ras- 
'ain " (see B. 0. iii. 1, 176) and others *. F. 3 6 : 

* Elias III, Abu Halira ibu al-Hadithi, sat as catholicus from a.d. 1175 to 
1100 (/>'. 0. iii. 1, 287 sqq.). The prayers composed or revised by him some- 
times bear his name, ^^^ uMOS, but more frequently not. Among the 
writers whom he laid under contribution those mentioned by name are : 

(1) Shallita, bishop of Eesh-'aina or Kas-'aiu (/?. O. iii. 1, 266 sqq.), and 
his contemporary Paul, bishop of al-Anbar {B. O. iii. 1, 172), who flourished 
about A.D. 740. 

(2) George of AthGr, metropolitan of ArbCl and Mosul, a.d. 915 (B. O. iii. 1, 
518 sqq.). 

(3) 'Abhd-isho' bar 'AkrO, catholicus from a.d. 963 to 986 (B. O. iii. 1, 
199 sqq.). 

(4) Elias bar Shinnfiyfi, metropolitan of Subha or Nisibis, who lived in the 



122 Add. 1978 

wibo lx„ya ^ oaiS ^ xcxs^b . 232^9 1"^^;^ l6soS^ 

icao'y^^o ^a^opao ^.ax^p ^2nIi'atM2 '^oj^^ ^t^^^ 

1. The Nativity, 23^3 232^3, f. 3 6. Prayer of Elias, 
7i3i ^3 ^1 ^bp 3\^^23 :a!iL ^393 l^^ 2a\I ^ 

and prayer revised by him, 

2. The first Sunday after the Nativity, f. 6 b. Prayers of 
Shallita, 



.uA^ .;«:aOO^»^3\^ ^^ .^4^33 2VyAj: ^3^3 

^2!k^ 23010& uioXJsia tAS^>v>o 



and 



8. a. The Commemoration of the Virgin Mary in winter, 
f. 9 h, 

AoisW ^OOrS 9*3^ ^3^3 ^&3^033 

Prayers of Elias, 

;xb3X3 %ys^ ^*'^^? '^^ .^O^bO ^33 23cr!o& ^ 

first half of the xith cent. {B. 0. iii. 1, 266 sqq.). 

(5) Solomon the metropolitan. Perhaps Solomon of al-Basra, the author 
of "the Bee," who was Hving in a.d. 1222 (B. O. iii. 1, .309). 

(6) Abu 'l-'Izz Hadiri (.s/c), a monk of the convent of Mar Michael near 
Mosul {B. O. iii. 1, 610). 



Add. 1978 123 

and of Shallita, 

b. In the month of lyar, f. 12 b, 3^*23 looip. Prayers 
of Elias, 

230701 ^^ 230IO10 .wAfis .}*^^*2 ^-^3(3 ?^MibO^ ^ 
and of Shallita, 

c. In the month of Ab, f. IG b, 3X3 ^O^l^. Prayers of 
Elias, 

and of Shallita, 

4. The second Sunday after the Nativity, f. Ida. Prayers 
of Shallita, 

o7is»aiJa 

and 



124 Add. 1978 

5. The Epiphany, ImA^^ ^?^?. ^- ^1 ci. Prayer revised 
by Elias, 



•yA^ .230)01 ^3 

and one composed by him, 

.^Af3 ^mmOX Uj»^o .2aM.o^3 JlsS' 23oioa ^ 

6. The Commemoration of S. John the Baptist, f. 24 a. 
Prayers of Shalllta, 



and 

7. The first Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 25 a. Prayers 
of Elias, 



Z&oore U\h h*yip S^p ^oiA^y^ 
and 

8. The Commemoration of S. Peter and S. Paul, i 28 a. 
Prayers of Shallita, 

v^a^ isx^o ^fSftSttV^i is^SM&b ly*po] ^oSm ^ 



Add. 1978 125 

and 

9. The second Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 29 a. Prayers 
of Shallita, 

and 

Xnl^f *n*o 230701 :so*i^^J^^ ^Jo6itJ:o l^a^ox ^ 

10. The third Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 31 b. Prayers 
of Shallita, 

^amAX 07307Q13 . wA£S . J»03 ^3 ?mm.^^ ?Aab A^ 

and 

.5^>3 ^^?^ ^^?4^^ ^3k^ <^307Q& 

11. The Commemoration of S. Stephen, f 32 6. Prayers 
of Shallita, 



5^330 ^S 5(^^3 . uA^ . 2x.3o;o ^A^OXbOO ;IA^ ^ 

and 

12. The fourth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 34 a. Prayers 
of Shallita, 



;^o^^23 U*^^o .^is J^oa ^3 ^.jJ3^ ^ 



126 Add. 1978 

and 

.JskiS.^ ^'^30 ^Absa *^o7^ ^l^ ^^a^iif^o ^3o^ 

13. Commemoration of the Greek Doctors, f. 85 b. Prayers 
of Shallita, 

iJi Vt o7^3^ Op /outii? •wa^ .\axs0 ;ov^2 

and 

14. The fifth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 87 (fc. Prayers 
of Elias, 

oar .w.&:s .opipoda x.pa;o ^M±boo 2>»\ <t> l^Sia 

2s3cri >>A»\^\<o 23oia& ui^A lA'^ai Uo*.^ ^3 
and of Shallita, 
^oA o^fio «i*07iiailjp .];bajjQ3u3e ^ ^a^bo 5^>^ 

15. a. The Monday of the Prayer (of the Ninevites), 
f. 38 a. The first session (Jpjsosb) ; prayers of Elias, 

^^p 607 .u^^ .^baJSa U.*^Mo iSfsoa^p ^od^ ^ 

^ex» wkOioi^ox Ji^3 ;o'*a i n> ^o^ 

and 



Add. 1978 127 

The second session ; prayers of Elias, 
.^Jso ;^^b^3 oar .u&^ .*s07^2o ^^^ ^V^ 

and 

6. The Tuesday of do., f. 42 h. The first session ; prayers 
of Shallita, 

.;haM:>30 ;um30 ^^o23o ;^oau:S^3 la^l U^ «^o2 
and of George of Arbel, 



The second session ; prayers of Elias of Nisibis, 



and 

.•^l i^4^o ^2sk aAj ^33 «^4?? ^aakio lai^l 

c. The Wednesday of do., f 47a. The first session; 
prayers of Elias of Nisibis, 

^^ho^a la^^ ^JOMOiSiO .ui^ .;:s^au9 ^a 1^1 ^ 
and 



128 Add. 1978 

and 



16. The Commemoration of tlie Syrian Doctors, f. 49 a. 
Prayers of Shallita, 



and 






17. The sixth Sunday after the Epiphany, f 50 a. Prayers 
of Shallita, 

and 

18. The Commemoration of the Saints, ^'aJJB ^Saoss, 
f. 516. Prayers of Elias, 



.yA^ .;«20o^bo lha]axo ik'iy*^l ^ Is^ ^ 



and 






Add. 197S 120 

19. The seventh Sunday after tl)c Epiphany, f. 54 h. 
Prayers of Paul of al-Anbar, 



and 

.oi^bu.3 ,X'^o<ft"i .^0*033 liia^xio ^ 

20. The Friday of the Dead, f. 55 6. Prayers of Elias, 
and 

21. The eighth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 57 b. Prayers 
of Shallita, 

. 2ajQ»3 ^^uia ^^AJipso lu>is'sp %,y ^AM^po ;^utiis ^ 

.yAiS 

and 

\^ i3UA3p llii^o .Ihai uio\3i ^^>M ?a\y ^ 

22. The first Sunday in Lent, ?MoI *Ai»»? ^hxay^p 

Jiaa, f. 59 a. Prayers of Elias, 

and 



•^?^5.. 



B. C. 



130 Add. 1978 

23. The first Friduy in Lent, f. 60 h. Prayers of George of 

Athor, 

;fr^'!>^bo ^^x^^ 4^ii^^o .l^ossio ^b^^ 

and 

24. The second Sunday in Lent, f. 62 a. Prayers of 
George of Arbel, 

^ loxlo .^is .^os % ^2 ^O7^2o ^a^bo ^o? 

and of Elias, 

25. The second Friday in Lent, f. 63 a. Prayers of Elias, 
and 

26. The third Sunday in Lent, f. 64 h. Prayers of Elias, 
and 

27. The third Friday in Lent, f. 68 6. Prayer of 'Abhd- 
isho' the catholicus, 

^9 la^l Jsa QUI ^aJ^oisJa ^bau pas* uxboa 

.u3>fis ,l^oJ±3 q^ ^yja^ J^i Jap }^opo 



Add. 1978 131 

and 

28. The fourth Sunday in Lent, f. 69 h. Prayers of Elias, 

and 

.>^^Q^^3! ^u^,^Sk^^2 ^*Iba^3 ^I^ibo o;3ou«33 2io'i ^ 

29. The fourth Friday in Lent, f. 73 b. Prayers of Elias of 
Nisibis, 

^4^ pua^bo ^bouSboo . uJ.^ . a^yho jOu**^? ^auait ^ 

and 

30. The fifth Sunday in Lent, f. 74 b. Prayers of Elias, 
. uj.^ . ita^^iM U^o ^^o^sbo y*is*l \& S*yl U^ ^ 
and of Shallita, 

^» iaSp ^f\o3 ^£2 wfiiaip oar .^07^2 Z^a^^ ko2 

. uio;oN*2 ^a 

31. The fifth Friday in Lent, f. 78 a. Prayers of Elias, 

.uA^ J3U0730 ^m3 v^0^20 v^3M ^audO^ 
and 

9—2 



132 Add. 1978 

82. The sixth Sunday in Lent, f. 78 6. Prayers of Elias, 

and 

83. The sixth Friday in Lent, f. 85 a. Prayers of EUas of 
Nisibis, 

and 

84. Pahii Sunday, ^j^ixols 2?li-?, f- 80 a. Prayers of 

Elias, 

oor .wJ.^ AisooSsio jsooi^o ?«bbo^» ?a\^ 5^ 

and 

.^'iu JjcXA^i ^ywLdo^ oi«SoX.2 yMiSk^a 2mV 

35. a. Monday in the last week of Lent, f 89 h. Prayers 
of George of Athor, 

;>«b9OfiSb0 
and of Shallita, 



Add. 1978 138 

b. Tuesday in do., f. 01 a. Prayers of 'Abhd-isho' tlie 
catholicus, 

and of George of Athor, 

c. Wednesday in do., f. 92 a. Prayers of Shalllta, 

and 

^;so^ ^^SJcio .^3Xm3 ^biiiwd ^JSo^^ •.ibo ^^ 

d. Thursday of the Passover, ^-^D Jliiiiift-^?, f. 98 a. 
Prayers of Paul of al-Aiibar (ksil), 

and of Shallita, 

e. The Friday of the Passion, ^Xm^ ;JS30a^9, f. 94 6. 
Prayers of Elias, 



134 Add. 1978 

aud of Solomon the metropolitan, 



f. The Great Saturday, f. 96 h. Prayers of Shallita, 
U^jsiri ZaAAO . yrfi3.JS . 3^^ ^3^3 ^33 X^ 5^ 

and of Elias of Nisibis, 

36. The Resurrection of our Lord, f. 97 6. Praj^ers of 
Elias, 

2301O3.O .s^^ .:aL^ ^»3 ^|^O^bO ^-bdx ^ 

^9933k^3 ^^*2 
and 

.0;a*3OX3 2301fO 

37. Monday in the Week of Weeks, f. 100 h. Prayers of 
Elias, 

and 



Add. 197S 185 

38. The Commemoration of the Martyrs and Confessors, 
f. 102 a. Prayers of Shallita, 

and 

39. New Sunday, f. 103 6. Prayers of Paul of al-Anbar 

(M13-2), 

. ?I^iboo J&03O .Isu^o i^xao v^o^Io «^^o »^2 
and of Shallita, 

40. The Ascension, f. 105 h. Prayers of Elias, 
and 

;^^^2^ ^«» o^«^3 .;^os<3 ^^uoiKo ;^.*dx.3o ^ 

41. The Sunday after the Ascension, f. 106 h. Prayers of 
Elias, 

.^aoa: ^3 ^*JS^2 .lixfiLla ^S^o \a ^^1 l*i!:o 5^ 



136 Add. 1978 

;uid uf Shallita, 

42. Pentecost, f. 110 a. Prayers of Elias, 

and of Paul of Anbar (MLi*2), 

^^2*Na2 076vO^*233 oof .^0^2 ^Mo^bo ;I^*2 ^ 

ila^boo 2a^ a]iso6s*l ^^Of^A^o . ^0)0^*2 

followed by 

^030 ^^O^ ^0^ ^bp 0^023 yAibOO >933 
and 



^ap ;^djiy32 <^^a^3 2^f-\A ^S?^^ .9^'^? .a]isy3^ 

43. The second Sunday of the Apostles, f. 118 6. Prayers 
of Elias, 

.uA^ .lisois^l M^2 :zAL ^i0s a^o'yxi ;o^2 ^ 

and of Paul of Anbar (i3l*2), 

.JOi£ll ^2 ^"sop oar ^i^c^io ^yo It^oh 



Add. 1078 137 

44. NusaidGl, JSyi3ak.fi>oa3 i?^?» 1- li7a. Prayers of 
EHas, 

and 

45. The Transfiguration, JiA\1^3 ^?^?j ^- H^^^- Prayers 
of Elias, 

and of George of Athor, 

46. The Invention of the Cross, f. 121 a. Prayers of Elias, 

and 

o;30]oi ^ap3 ^1^*2 ^"io^ji oor .;«ia^i ^ ^^-^^ ^ 

.^A*baS^Mtp ^2 ^o ?*j.soa ^ 

47. The first Sunday after the Invention of the Cross, 
f 124 «. Prayers of Shallitri, 



188 Add. 1078 

and 



.^js& 2>*^jta 5^iiSg^ ^^9? ^^ 

48. The second Sunday after do., f. 12G a. Prayers of 
Shallita, 



and 



opuia ^slfS ^^^? ^ o7.^3kXoad ^a^ ^ya 



49. The Sunday of the Consecration of the Church, 
lisy^ <3:?Ati? Js^^xia, f. 127 b. Prayers of the monk and 
priest Abu 'l-'Izz Hadirl, of the convent of Mar Michael, 



and 

50. In scarcity of Rain, 2a^^ jSOX.m33 ^JSO^^, f. 131 a. 
Prayers of George of Athor, 

and 

.a;«N^^ ^x^b ;^ «^S3 \^ 7L^3ds2o m>» josom 



Add. 1978 139 

51. For the Saturdays of Lent at Communion, ^jsa^^ 
^boola ^o23 jiia, f. 132 ft. Prayers of Elias, 

^o^^o ♦^iss.iiixfis ^^Xr^? ♦x^io *\^ A ^^^ 

and 

.2!>*0^3 tt'^^?^ "^P ^^^ 2307M ^*3 t a O ^ 

52. With the hymns of the Vigils (Lauds) on the Dominical 
Festivals, ;*i'i.» i?2-V? ^^^^P i^^lO^ l>^0^^, ^'- 1^2 b. 

Prayers of Shallita, 

230701 

and 

>^«uQ>ao ^l^^ ;"^^ao .;fiss-«?^ -a^ ;^J>*tt3 

and 

and 



The colophon, f. 183 6, states that the volume was finished 
on the 21st of the latter Kauon, A. Gr. 2096 = A.D. 1785, in 
Gessa, the village of Simeon bar Sabba'e, when Mar Simeon 
was catholic patriarch of the East. The scribe was Thomas, son 
of Moses, son of Yahbho. 

.;bLX.3^^^ "poj .07^ .1^ .JL*1 ^6a^ ^a^ ^au.3 
;^««3oxo .;3^'x3 ^.iala^ ^^o ^^^o ^^2 ^^^ ^ix^ 



140 Add. 1978, 1979 

^P Op>«A .JEO ^„?^3 ;A3^3lV^^ ^nAo^Ntl >^a^bft3C 

^s^ti : a; jA^XMO ^Om^^o l*^^ <sl2 oj^duiO o^ba^o 

Foil. 1 — 3 a and 134 — 136 contain hymns and prayers, 
written in very rude hands, and some execrable attempts at 
drawing. 

Add. 1979 

Paper, about 8|in. by 6i ; 82 leaves, some of which are 
stained by water and otherwise damaged ; f. 1 is blank ; 8 quires, 
signed with letters, of 10 leaves, except the last, which has only 
7 ; 20 lines in a page. Written in a rather inelegant Nestorian 
serta, and dated A. Gr. 2018 = A.D. 1707. Foil. 78—82 are a 
somewhat later addition in a neater hand. The volume con- 
tains 

The Services for the Vespers and Nocturns of the Ferial 

Days of the Week, f. 3 h, ^Lje ;^^0u^ Jfi>?»^, usually called 

Da-Kedhdm wa-dhe-hhathai\ 3JS^30 53aiib ^diA o2. 

* Badger, The Nestorians, ii. 23, "The Kdhaji oo d'Wathak, literally the 
Before and After, so called with reference to the two divisions of the congrega- 
tion separated by the nave, and styled severally the Gooda alleita, or high choir, 
and the Gooda tahteita, or under choir. The Klnulhra, in a rubric for every 
Sunday, directs whether the service is d'kadlimdya or d'ahri'itja, i.e. whether it is 
to be said Before or After. If Before, then the hifjh choir, or the i^ortion of the 
congregation on the north side of the church, begin the daily prayers during the 



Add. 1979 141 

I. The proper Psalms at Vespers, 



2. 



a. Monday, f. 3 6, ;rii3 ^S^S ^Xh933 ^^'yao ^:»^i^, 

Pss. xi, xii, xiii, xiv ; 2nd ma7"mUha, Pss. xv, xvi, xvii. 

b. Tuesda}^ f. 5 b, Pss. xxv, xxvi, xxvii ; 2nd marmlthd, 
Pss. xxviii, xxix, xxx. 

c. Wednesday, f, 7 b, Pss, Ixii, Ixiii, Ixiv ; 2nd marmlthd, 
Pss, Ixv, Ixvi, Ixvii. 

d. Thursday, f, 10 a, Pss, xcvi, xcvii, xcviii ; 2nd mar- 
mithd, Pss. xcix, c, ci, 

e. Friday, f, 116, Pss. Ixxxv, Ixxxvi ; 2nd marmltha, Pss, 
Ixxxvii, Ixxxviii, 

f. Saturday, f, 13 a, Pss, cxliv, cxlv, cxlvi ; 2nd marmlthd, 
Pss. cxlvii, cxlviii, cxlix, cl. 

Subscription, f. 15 «, 

II. The Anthems for Vespers, ^Jlbdas -^IJkOia, f. 15«. 
1, }«to'iti3 -^si? ^**^^ (compare f. 17 a). 

a. Monday, ^aJda, marg. ^.A^Sudp, f. 15 a; 9JS.33 
f, 16 a. 

6, Tuesday, ;^^b9, f, 17 « ; a^3D, f. 17 6, 
c, Wednesday, ^3^9, f, 18 6 ; a4S33, f, 18 b. 

ensuing week ; if After, then the under choir, or the congregation on the south 
side, shall open the service for the same appointed period. The rubrical order 
of the Khudhra directs that this change shall take place on alternate Sundays. 
The Kdhaji oo d'Wathar contains a few prayers, extracts from the Psalter, and 
the whole psalms as appointed to be used at the Matins and Vespers of week 
days, and the psalms and two or three collects appointed for the Matins of every 
Sunday." 



142 Add. 1979 

d. Thursday, ;*»>ti?, f. 20 «; aisaa, f. 20 6. 

e. Friday, ;^p^3, f. 2U; ^^J^ f. 22 a; ;*i5Jsp?*, 
f. 22 6; ;*'i**2?, f. 23 6. 

/ Saturday, ^M3bti3, f. 24 6 ; b^3D, f. 25 a. 
Subscription, f. 26 a, ?*»?ij? Jfecii ^«^P^- 

2. Va**2? -^ii? ^«>?^» f- 2^ «• 

«. Monday, p>tJ3, f. 26 a; 3^5?, f. 26 6. 
6. Tuesday, pa±J? , f. 27 6 ; 3^3? , f. 28 a. 

c. Wednesday, ?J?±JS, f. 29 a; 3fts3? , f. 29 6. 

d. Tliursday, ^ajja , f. 30 a ; 3^33 , f. 30 6. 

e. Friday, f. 31 6, 

/. Saturday, ^ZJawbD, f. 31 6 ; 3ftv3p, f. 32 a. 
Subscription, f. 33 a, 

III, The service for Nocturns, f. 33 a, 

* Badger does not explain this terra. The words of the ms. are: 



. JEO . ^oaA v^^ ^^o 



Add. 1979 143 

1. Monday, 

oUth ^ ^aX bftt >t> ^3 ^S\i ?St as n\>3^a ^^ai) 

2. Tuesday, etc., f. 34 b. 

IV. Doxologies, }^Z*x ^^^olp ;.^a.a: ao6s, f. 35 «. 

Monday, f. 35 a ; Tuesday, do. ; Wednesday, f. 35 b ; Thursday, 
f. 86 a ; Friday, f. 3G 6 ; Saturday, f. 37 b. 

V. The hymns addressed to the Martyrs, 23c^3 /Lb, 
f. 37 6. 

1. Monday, vespers, f. 37 6; morning prayer, 23^5^3, f. 39 a. 

2. Tuesday, vespers, f. 41a; morning prayer, f. 42 b. 

3. Wednesday, vespers, f. 44 a ; morning prayer, f. 45 b. 

4. Thursday, vespers, f. 47 a ; morning prayer, f. 48 b. 

5. Friday, vespers, f. 50 a; morning prayer, f. 52 a. 

6. Saturday, vespers, f. 54 b ; morning prayer, f. 56 a. 

7. Sunday, morning prayer, ^yjd^ JaucJ X»*3 ^'^c?' 
f. 57 a; ;*'x-2? ;aUL3>M? l^^P, f- CO a. 

Subscription, f. 65 a, 

VI. Anthems for the Weeks of the Year, l^oajip ^^oSt, 

f. 65 a. 

1. From the Annunciation to the Epiphany, 25k3euQ> ^ 
}#Mi3k^ >Lf f. 65 a. 



144 Add. 1979 

2. For the Week of the Epiphany, ^3^ ^oaita f. 65 a. 

3. From Lent to Pentecost, f. 65 h, 

(sic) f 1 ^0 3 3 :a^^ fisA ;V^oAV^34^ 3l^ ^O^ ^*ap 

4. For the Week of the Apostles, f. 65 h, 

.^.^3 J1^0CUE3 

5. For the Week of Summer, f. 65 h, 

6. From the festival of the Cross to the Consecration of 
the Church, f. 66 a, 

7. The C(msccration of the Church, JisaiJjaabD, f. QQ a. 
Subscription, f. 66 6, 

. ^os ;c^^o . ;^o!3it3 !a^3 ^ii'o^ ^«^S>t 

VII. Versicles called kali/dtha (sing, kalta), prefixed to the 
Psalms on the ferial days when there is celebration of the 
Eucharist, f. 66 6, 



;oa73 Mis^2 ^.b^AMS ^^30Ou3 ^^^^A^ ^^^ •^9>' 



^^aS^ 23«nLo ^iQ9A^ %^^^ . ?aia3^a^3 isJsbail . ^aob 
<* (Ps. XV.) oi^ Ik^ Is^'yao <* ^BL o^ ^ JstAjjo^ 
. 4oa>*3!>n 23oV^ Aij^o ;^32 J^ lif\jci .^sxsiSis^ 

.(Ps. XXV.) wjda ;AaM 
Subscription, f. 67 (/, ^tH^B 'pM, . 



Add. 1979 145 

VIII. Hymns called l^yl JQxao^a ^9JS, apparently 
chanted at the beginning of each month, 

1. The first, f. 67 ft, begins : 

«^o^^ : l*^^ ^^ 5^Li.3o . ^ya l**y^ (sic) ^o^/xaSto 

2, Composed by Rabban Abraham of Beth Selokb, in 
A. Gr. 1837 = a.d. 1526, f. 67 6 : 



^^ti.'n^ .^^ A^a ;!{ljQMk ^OA .Jjsk^ a^ ^^ 

On the margin we read, 

3. Composed by Mar Gabriel, nephew of the above, in 
A. Gr. 1910 = A.D. 1599, f. 68 a : 

M^2 ^3JL3 2>f0^3 Mo;ou*i ia ^y^S^ ^ysop ^ais 
oi^Ab'Ao .;^3i 3oA <T=^? *\3^ .<3A •^ou^asio .^jiol!^ 
^j.^-^ ^mUOlM . '^o^fbo ajJ3 am alio . >^oay5a2^ 

*jco .lisoa^ 

Part of it, on f 68 h, is alphabetical. 
B. C. 10 



146 Add. 1979 

4. Composed by Mar 'Abhd-isho' of Gazarta, f. 69 b, 



Part of it is alphabetical, from I to y^. 
Subscription, f. 70 a, 

.JEO 

IX. Hymns for the Wednesdays, called ^^ax, beginning, 
f. 706, 



>^a>aao3 oi><.o^^ .wmTu: .^slxa ^aia w.«3a ^ois 

Here are invoked Eugeniiis and Shallita and their 72 dis- 
ciples, ff. 72 a, h ; Andreas, Eulogius, John the Arab of Herta, 

Abraham of Cashcar, Babhai, and Khudhahwai, wiOOllSoa, 
f. 73 a. 

X. The Psalms for Morning Prayer, f. 74 a, 

*2a^J3 23o»^9 ^^a ^o^ 

Pss. c, xci, civ. 1 — 16, cxiii, xciii, cxlviii, cxlix, cl, li. 1 — 17. 
Subscription, f. 76 6, 

.ox ^07^X0 .2pG^3 



Add. 1970, 1980 147 

The colophon, f. 76 6, states that this MS. was finished on the 
28th of Ab, A. Gr. 2018 = A.D. 1707, by the priest Sammano, 
son of Daniel, son of Joseph, son of Khaushabo, from the village 
of Aradhen* in Sapna. 

?>y,MO ,X.»in jcl2 : ^ai 3a^^ ^^rl'^ "^^^ ^? 

>^abU kibo : oduxoa ^sc&b 33 : Aoo* Jau&ti 3>3 : \*2«i9 
•.^3^ a{^ \tkMso .^^? 2^^2^^ • ^?^2 >^3a»o !^^^ 

Foil. 78 — 82 contain prayers for the evening and morning 
services. Subscription, f. 82 a, 

o^I^o ?!aa'<lt 2^:aooI^ 23l»33o 23^e? ^^^ o^t 

.^2 ^os 

On flf. 2 6, 3 a, and 77 6, are written short prayers. 

Add. 1980 

Paper, about 17 J in. by 12 ; 445 leaves, some of Avhich are 
more or less stained with water ; ff. 1 and 445 are modern and 
blank. Forty-five quires, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, 
except the first and last, which have 8 and 6 respectively ; 
2 columns, 33 lines. Written in a large, clear Nestorian cha- 
racter, and dated A. Gr. 2034 = A.D. 1723. 

* See Badger, The Nestorians, i. 174. 

10—2 



148 Add. 1080 

The Gazza or Services for the Dominical Festivals and the 
Commemoration of Saints during the whole year, according to 
the use of the Daira 'Ellaita of Mar Gabriel and Mar Abraham 
at Mosul. See Badger, TJie Nestorians, ii. 23 ; Bickell, Con- 
spectus, p. 87. The services consist of canons and other hymns, 
prayers, etc., many of which are given in full, whereas others 
are merely indicated by the first few words, as is also the case 
with occasional lessons, e.g. ff. 916, 124 rt. Explanatory notes 
for the reader are also inserted, as on if. 2 6, 4 a, 418 6. Title, 
f.26: 

. .^oiaka^bob 232X3 .^^^Aj^? l^ "^oJsa^a . %is^'6JL 

1. The Nativity of our Lord, 25th of the first Kaniin, f. 2 6. 
If this day should be a Sunday, the ordinary service of Sunday 
is to be set aside, and so also at the Epiphany and the Festival 
of the holy Cross. 

. , '- , V ' 4' 2 * ' 

loa^p .yaaap ^a^a ^a^? ^?^? l^ '• ^^PP 

isool \a : ^yJd *\9^'3 • ^P • ^^? i*^ ^^t^^ 

■ ^aasaao^ 232x ^^4^3 ocr^^? •>^,?^? ^?fo <* v^^as 

pSi -h^?^;? 2?2X ^2o .pa*S Jl^isi^ ^?^? ^^^ 

^afao,^ ^'isSi^ ^ *^oo^is!^^ 232X ^^ai <* ^slA^s 2a2x 

<« ;adL33^ 



Add. 1980 149 

a. First maiUebha, f. 4 b, ^Iboakd ^iSObb. llyinii by the 
priest Shemsha Saidenaya*, 

Hymn by Khamis, alphabetical, f. 29 a, 



A isiolx : A^ : 0V3 : uQiu^a ;^!iab3 ;^au.«2 
^^3 . ^ois^l ^a adi ^^^^OJSM . ;xobjQ»^ 'a^A/ala ^^^^^ao^^ 

^*vl'^.sy ;^iso .;^>s. Hh>\Y) ;^oac l^oxa ;^i ;^2 2 

^obkjxi *\?'^?^ v^o32.4^^ •^^-^? ^^^-^? ^^9^ 

h. Second mautebha, f. 34 6. Hymn by George Warda, 
f. 37 h 



*:• ;*iQ>2 ^o^ ^isA y^m 

* I have not specified in this description any hymns but those whose authors 
are named in the manuscript. 



150 Add. 1980 

Another by Warda, f. 39 a, 



;^3m0 JsMisis29 .^ia^i ^o M^2o ;boA ^o .^1:39 

<* ?>'ytSo ^L^SA wM^io 
Another by Warda, f. 40 b, 



l^'isia, CAio <• ^cA\, a^A ^? <* 29303 l^sy^l 



.;&2 «\^ ^ ^^3 ;a3 ;i2 .;ia2 oux^ ^ ooi ;sAor 

\*rudio .^aJ^^I ^a5oX3 ;»m .«.*^ao^2 ^^aoiou 

c. Third mautebha, f. 50 6, 

d Vigils, 290pi;3 )\d, f. 516; noctiirns, f. 52 «; morn- 
ing prayer, f. 54 a. 

2. The second Friday after the Nativity, the Commemora- 
tion of the virgin Mary, f. 56 a, 

;^3o'i^ ^iS3^ ^^31^3 o^^? = ^oa^ v«a^ 62 ^bo 

^3 «.^^2 <• ^3^03 JS^ ;jS/3m»2 mCP : ^„3^ 23^1 ^a3 
<* ^A^ ^3 ^3A03 JLbOCk Op .^A^ ;iS303>^ 23m 



Add. 1980 151 

a. First maidebha, f. 57 a. Hymn by Warda, f. 60 6, 



' • , • i» <> \ • II ' ,1 » " I . • • . • 

h. Second inautebJici, f. 72 6. Hymn by Warda, f. 84 a, 



Op ^A)9? 23k3 <« ^pso? ■ ^>bft\\< :ai^i^o :a^J«^ 

.jKo .;^o^^Ad ;i^9 ?is^^ ^^^o .;^t^ 

Another by Warda, f. 86 a, 



vAao; •^'?^ :Am30 ^Ia>b .29309 oj^a ^^V^ 

Acrosticb of puikbo, the rest alphabetical. Another by 
Warda, f. 87 b, 



.^2 U^h la] ? rift ^3 I bftla -^P^o? o^? ^^Xm2 

.JEO .^2 '^^^M ^o) ^i^ftt^rio 

Acrostichs of ^ox* and 'p^iio. 

c. Vigils and nocturns, f. 89 b ; morning prayer, £ 90 h, 
3. Epiphany, f. 92 a, 



152 Add. 1980 

a. First maut^bha, f. 93 b. Hymn by Warda, f. 100 a, 



;2^^SjS JsilS <• ^oS< ^ Om.23 <* 29309 *> ys^ 

?3\y90 .^^ «^?^^ '30^0 ^Jg>033ato?>J>2B . ^^J^^O 

^ou ^ . wQjoVyO*3>a ^oo) >boS< 2a>jQ3S Ab& ^ .uooukai^ 
Another by Warda, f. 101a, 

. ^'sjs ;.v>a; 2p2^ ^aAo . ^92^ ^Ij^^ ^p ^^f&o^ 

.JCO .^bOL^ ^9090 

The festivals are the Annunciation, Nativity, Epiphany, 
Lent, Good Friday, Easter, the Ascension, and Whitsunday. 

b. Second mautebha, f. 103 a. Hymn by Hakkim of 
Beth Kasha, f. Ilia, 



JalaJ^ ok pSi fSo^f .^ ^id9 a^iS^ 2xa^b 

js*2i3oo^» ^'^ .^i.2^A^ u>-pox jx^xi .>^:loi 

m t • '««(• •// I III ' ) I 

<* ^^'3i0o ;^IXpo .^^li'Ia 

Another by the priest Shemsha Saidenaya, f. 116 6, 



laJ^lS ^3^ .;Ai3M.^^ ;x.baaf ?3e^t,tt^ 2^?y>a\<b 3»1& 

•:* ;Al^ ;^tl 3Ja 230)010 . ;A^ aJa isaiuo 

c. Third mautebha, f. 118 a. 

d. Vigils, £ 119 6; nocturns, f. 1216; morning prayer, 
f. 123 a. 



Add. 1980 153 

4. The Friday after the Epiphany, com me in oration of 
S. John the Baptist, f. 125 a. 

a. First mautebhcl, f. 126 a. 

b. Second mautebha, f. 132 6. Hymn by Warda, f. 141 a, 



c. Vigils and nocturus, f. 143 a ; morning prayer, f. 144 «. 

5. Commemoration of S. Peter and S. Paul, f. 145 a. 
a. First mautebha, f. 146 b. Hymn by Warda, f. 149 b, 



;ba^b ^ij!^ o^S^o .o^aa^I l^^ol Im <• laSoa 

.^21:0 '^a^^ ^^OA *\7^?^ ^^ ^''^ '"^ 

Another by Warda, f. 150 6, 

070^ ^Af'^o .^01^0 h^ ^i ^Vt^ •^>f'«««* ^^ o7is>^3 

6. Second mautebha, f. 154 a. 

c. Vigils and nocturns, f. 1C6 a ; morning prayer, f. 167 a. 

6. Commemoration of the Four Evangelists, f. 167 b. 
a. Mautebha, f. 169 a. Hymn by Warda, f. 183 a, 



.^.«oc77 ^-V^ ?^^->? piAl^ .lacpibAa: *> laboa 

.JCO .^aOO^ NifuM ^LiSi 2'ijQ>^«S3^o 



154 Add. 1980 

b. Vigils and nocturns, f. 188 6 ; morning prayer, f. 189 b. 

7. Commemoration of S. Stephen, f. 190 b. 

a. MaatebJid, f. 191 6. 

b. Vigils and nocturns, f. 207 a ; morning prayer, f. 208 a. 

8. Commemoration of the Greek Doctors, Diodorus, Theo- 
dore and Nestorius, f. 208 b. 

a. Mautebhd, f. 210 a. Hymn by Babhai, f. 229 a, 



U^lio Jaa ^'iS ;^9yJQlO -um^X.^ ^ : ^^.3 yM^LS: 



Hymn by the priest Selibha of Mansuriyah, f. 229 6, 



^aJ^^ ?x^.ft^ ^,^t^^,? = ^9^ ^ ^^ = '^^ ^^^ 

6. Vigils and nocturns, f. 235 a ; morning prayer, f. 236 a. 

9. Commemoration of the Syrian Doctors, Ephraim, Narsai, 
Abraham, Lolyane (Julian), John, and Michael, f. 236 6. 

a. Mauteblm, f. 238 a. 

b. Vigils and nocturns, f. 251 6; morning prayer, f. 252 6. 

10. Commemoration of any one Saint, known as that of 
Mar Abha the catholicus, f. 253 a, 



Add. 1980 155 

a. First maiitebha, f. 255 a. Hymns for Simeon bar 
Sabba'e, f. 261 a. Hymn on the Catholics of the East, f. 267 a. 
The list commences with Addai and Marl and ends with Yabh- 
alaha Turkaya and Timothy, f. 268 a, col. 1. Hymn by Warda, 
f. 269 a, 



aiV^o .^^oii'S ^s'iboo .;^3cifo^ \a3 ^ook ^1 



Another by Warda, f. 269 b, 



l.iA\ao .o^m3o2 ;jiMubo.^ "^V^ -2?^9? ^^3um2 

Another by Warda, f. 271 a, 
tsA ^0^032^3 2i3 . ;30^ 5^ Oa2.3 •> 23303 ^AL 

b. Second mautebhd, f. 272 b. 

c. Third maiitebha, f. 291 6. 

d Vigils and nocturns, f. 291 b. Hymn for Rabban 
Hormizd, f. 298 b, 

alphabetical. 



156 Add. 1980 

Another, f. 299 b, 
Im».*3so ^ai^ ^^o ^^\ -^^P^? ^^9 «.^ea» Xa^a 

A third, with reversed alphabet, f. 301 a. 



A fourth, f. 301 b, 
^^a^'isAo : 2aLX,3o.A33 ^^e>»23 l^yfo \.:bu 23aro 
<• o\o7.33 : Icn^p : }l,f pe\ : cp3 o2 : io^^ ^^^^ 

.;!S»J3 jsxa y,op ^ao.»o ^*>'^o o .;\h>^^23 07.1 a^o a 

A fifth, f. 302 a, 
: 032 : SibL^SJS ^t^p }6o^ ^'^? ^^?^ "^ Ipaio 
^aif «^-3i 2 <• uOobk^Liw vAS^ <* 9?2 : o\2 : 070^3 

Uo2 ^^ w.(77o>»*23 3 . ^A^i S^ox* aoiA) w.bua0 .^^n>0o 

. vxo . o;66iS3o 07.^0070^0 o^xsmt)^ • *~^y^p 
Morning prayer, f. 303 b. 

11. The Friday of the Commemoration of the Dead, 
f. 305 a. 



Add. 1980 157 

a. Mautehha, f. 307 a. Hymn by Ward a, f. 310 a, 



Another by Warda, f. 321 a, 



^A^^io .<^lJso ^■'^^o ^2 ^13: <* ISsfiJoi ^x^bsa^o 

A.3k30 .»^3JS2 ^^i3k3 ^IXO^X loO] >*sOld ^sXbo!^ "^^'^9 

.^o .^^oiol ^£>ao ^fiofr%Si 

h. Vigils and nocturns, f. 323 a ; morning- prayer, f. 324 h. 

Here ends the first part of the Gazza. Fol. 325 b is occu- 
pied by a colophon, which states that this manuscript was 
written A. Gr. 2034 = a.d. 1723, at Alkosh, when Mar Ellas 
was catholic patriarch, by the priest Elias bar Yalda bar 
Daniel, of Alkosh, for the church of Mar Aha in the village of 
Shelmath, assisted by the priests Hormizd and Denkha and the 
chief Yalda, of that village, the cost being borne by certain 
persons named Hanne and Kammo with their wives Sara and 
Maryam. 

«^32 wibpo*3 ^^a:s2 .%xo ^oA^i ;is^3aboo ^Ksuba 



158 Add. 1980 

.liS^ IsLfXJti ya X^2 ?,t^.t,h ^ao^k ^2 ^Ax ^^lla 

.^2 .^a^ a^ %bj>\y -^^9^ ;^Su.X3 ;^^xfib3 .?iS.^ 

^p .1^^ Uaho .(sic) ;ak&3 ^XtXtio .^^booi }aE«xti 
^bo ^9^3 ho] }3>^p u07&A*^ Asoiuo '^^fAx ;^*abb 

The second part of the Gazza begins with 
12. The Friday of the Confessors, f. 326 a. 

a. Mautehha, f. 326 h. Hymn by Warda, f. 336 a, 

u^ MOOT bi *> laoSkL u^ mOOI ^adb <* 23303 
m007 Ixaod wm03 . ^jjtotoao uoo) ^au^^^ 2*3^3 J&Sai.» 
.ao .^aoTAipo ?Aa>faaoo .J&bbaw^ 

Another by Warda, on Mar Tahmazgard, f. 337 a, 



h. Vigils and nooturns, f. 339 a ; morning prayer, f. 340 a. 



Add. 1980 159 

13. Commemoration of S. George, f. 340 6. 

a. First mautebha, f. 342 a. Hymn by Warda, f. 347 a, 



;323 .;ii^ay^ ;IaM biuo^b •A't-^ '^^^ h^ W^ 

Another by Warda, f. 348 a, 
.^i^y 2pc^3 ^oV,i^ .^i\)^ U^Jao <« labop ^^XmI 

6. Second mautebha, f. 353 a. Hymn for Mar Pethion, 



<* cna>^ k^^ a^o^ ^^^\^ o]h'ix ^p'l ^Jsou^ 
Hymn by Isho'-yabh, metropolitan of Arbel, f. 361 a, 
.\tiihlp ?\,>\ft^\\,»*ift aajl^oXf ^'a^ 2>*?^? '^^^ 



.;aL.3kd 2sopca 5^oV^ .^^sl^o ^e^ ^* ^^9^*^? ^^ 
is^a^e ^M^outio 23ilx is^^^? '^c^ '^^'A.^^A^ ^'^ 

♦I* iMbAdMS W.>n\ 

c. Vigils, f. 363 6 ; noctnrns, f. 364 a ; morning prayer, 
f. 364 b. 

14. Commemoration of the Maccabees, Shemoni and her 
sons, f. 365 a. 

a. Mautebha, f. 365 b. 

b. Vigils and noctnrns, f 374 a ; morning prayer, f 374 b. 



ICO Ann. 1980 

15. The Ascension of onr Lord, f. 375 b. 
a. First mautehha, f. 875 h. 
h. Second mautehha, f. 379 h. Hymn by Warda, f. 383 a, 



\S< ^^3 ;«OmO .h»f>3 ^^j-O ^^^ ^^? . ;to^S>^3 

.JEO .;s«a4^^ i^ ^^? ^ao2 .;^ox 

Another by Mar Joseph, bishop of Gazarta and Theman5n, 
f. 384 h, 



;m030 2b.aO ^32 .;A30^is^ ;.^03»b ;frSN.33 .^WQ>02 

c. Third mautehha, f. 387 6. 

f/. Vigils and nocturns, f. 388 a; morning prayer, f. 389 a. 

16. Commemoration of S. Thomas the Apostle, 3rd Tam- 
muz, f. 390 a. 

a. First mautehha, f. 391 a. 

h. Second mautehha, f. 393 h. 

c. Vigils and nocturns, f. 395 6 ; morning praj^er, f. 397 a. 

17. Commemoration of Cyriacus and Julitta ijQxxfiLaolJ 
;^^0uO, f. 398 a. 

a. First matdehJta, f. 399 a. 



Add. 1980 161 

b. Second mautebha, f. 401 b. Hymn by Mar 'Abhd- 
isho', metropolitan of Gazarta, f. 403 a, 



.;is39^9 ;v^o^a\^ ^ox^a^ w*b^ ly^aSi^ :b\L 



.lx*yh laopcd ^9V '\^ V^^V -^^9^^^? ^^ 

c. Vigils, f. 406 b ; nocturns, f. 407 a ; morning prayer, 
f. 407 b. 

18. The Transfiguration of our Lord ; canons arranged by 
George, metropolitan of Athor, f. 408 a, 

^2 ^aJa ;»oa ik^a aa^^boa .3Q.aftN aouV^ >S.^3 

a. First maiitebhd, f. 409 a. 

6, Second mautebha, f. 411 a. Hymn by Warda, f. 411 b, 



.%ca\ lo*^ ^Pioiou^'aN 0^0X3 .^007 vf?^Vcii ?^ ^? •sS^ 
i^aa3Ui *sOop O7^od\^o .^007 ^,?ol ^07^ oi^oJiSo 

.jKo .;oo7 iaa 23>lkaSis ;^S^ .;oo) 

c. Vigils and nocturns, f. 417 a ; morning prayer, f. 417 b. 
B. C. 11 



162 Add. 1980 

19. The Festival of the holy Cross, 13th Ilol, f. 418 b. 
a. First mautebha, f. 419 b. Hymn by Warda, f. 426 a, 



.lisoaJ^ yla Ib^aa o2 .laaoa >^a^ 5^ 0*23 bM2^ 

6. Second mautebha, f. 427 6. Hymn by Khamis, f. 430 b, 
4^p o^sLoA ^^^au^oo .^^ '^-3 >'n»^gS ^''^^'^ 

c. Vigils and nocturns, f, 440 b ; morning prayer, f. 441 b. 
Subscription, f. 442 b, 

.^JsA^ l^^p ^-^ V^ -^^ cT^aa ;i^0330 232^3 

.yxo .ox 2ovS;^o 

The long colophon, ff. 442 b — 444 a, adds nothing of impor- 
tance to that on f. 325 b. 

There are many attempts at ornamentation in this volume, 
viz. ff. 2 6 (where the scribe has recorded his name and the 
date), 56 a, 92 a, 125 a, 167 b, 190 a, 208 b, 236 b, 253 a, 305 a, 
340 b (figure of S. George), 375 a, 397 b, and 418 b (a cross). 



Add. 1980, 1981 1G3 

On f. 2 a are three prayers, viz. ItSsoyii ^*OA3, 

and 

On f. 444 h a later hand has added the Song of the three 
holy Children, 



Add. 1981 

Paper, about IGfin. by 10^ ; 449 leaves, of which ff. 1 — 11 
and 437 — 449 are modern ; ff. 1 and 449 are blank. Forty-five 

quires, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, except «a, which has 

now only 8, and opO, which has 9 ; 2 columns, 30 to 32 lines. 

Some leaves, especially towards the end, are much stained with 
water, and their margins mutilated. Written in a good, regular, 
Nestorian hand, and dated A. Or. 1918 = A.D. 1607. The re- 
cent supplies at the beginning and end are of the year 2155 
= A.D. 1844. 

The Hudhra or Services for the Sundays and ferial days of 
the whole year, including the Prayer of the Ninevites and Lent, 
according to the use of the Daira 'Ellaita at Mosul. See 
Badger, The Nestor^ians, ii. 22 ; Bickell, Conspectus, p. 87. The 
services are of the same character, and similar in arrangement 
to those in the Gazza. Title, f. 2 6 : 

11—2 



164 Add. 1081 

op^AS ^ox^o «> ^£s^oI ^^oA^ ^oisaaa '. ^fr^aoL^ 

Then follows an introduction by Rabban Berikh-isho', abbot 
of Beth Koka, known by the name of Bar Eshkaphe, giving an 
account of the arrangement of the Hndhra b}^ Mar Isho'-yabh 
of Hedhaiyabh* (probably about the middle of the viith cent.). 
Fol. 2 h, col. 1. 



^^JjQ>^ oi^o^^ •^$^^. ^^ "^.^f? .IhoJb X.33 2XaooS< 
o2 ^ouA U^bobo fis^boauti -^flxii «^o\^bo^ '^^>^o 
.1^,1 ^^^3 2aL^9o.iQ» \ A.ii .2au<.a^ ^oLii ^x^ 
ate.a>^is2 ;I^2^ f^2o (col. 2) . ^^2Lj: oAs ^^JSiOaJsa 

.;au.i^ ^^0^3^ A^>3\^ oiadko 3a (f. 8(/, col. i) ^ 

* See Assemani, B.O. iii. 1. 131), 141 col. 2, 



Add. 1981 165 

uQ>5^5[^fis2 .her] l^oai o^^ao .^x.b03 l^M m^^ ^^ 

2«»3kti .;ad:J3x^ ^o^ v^icr oiAJ. sisso .vipjfodo ^«3o 

.230^3 ^^^^ ^^ SbiyisAlo xbpisxia %^ ^ ?cf^ 
l^soJLo .i^i^of^p ciisAo^ *^'bo7o^ ;ilf>> ^Sx^y^o 

;^oas ^0^.30 .^S^ ^-^3 o7.acois^is ^i»^ ^,3^o 

;ao^ (n^ '^^'^o .;^aiiA3 221x9 ;a.s^ :a.^ xjstp 
^A«23 w4,?^ ^^? -^^^'^) ^.^3:03 o^^o ;^*i'o^ .;^ol3ls 

^baiAo aiJa ^o .^ix^o^a ^-^^A N^'tV^ l^^^^ 

^j,^32d ^^^ >^o .c^aiQ» ^S^o (col. 2) .erisboltio 
»o^3 opa^ata 3JS33 ^o* 2ab0^o .a7isb9*tj aisaa t^^* 
07.^? ^*2 .TJataAa? ^a^o Jisli'o^ ^^ -J^M^? 
.^1^3 ^o.3i3! ^^o .^.Jl^Lo ^^ioS^S U'^o U-^j^ 



166 Add. 1081 

?»»oV^\.y \^o .^s!^ <^33 ^oo^^OfoaA \^o .iJlSj. 
2m1xo U^ol \^o .^a^ ^^\? lif^y*yx ;.^pA!xx*aip 

lii>oali^6sip \^o .3o^3 ^bp oaa^oo oSjDJ^p X^^o 
^oSp ^JSoal^So .;^ay.>s ;^9l^o7S ^oV^x.233 ;hA:AiMd 

?*r'5*j* ?**»V'K OA3a 3A3 ^0^.3 OpakX oIoTO . yXk^^S 

o^bA^io o^bA^iso o^io Ofjkaio .;^y.^u^^ ^x:^ ^'^!^ 
)tS>^^ ^dao .2'iais^ is^o ;^o^ oaJlSriO . :iv\>^ 

.^ab»2 lA^aio .^op^ao^ ^?^ 07.1^^ ^^o .^o^^2 
07^*10^ ^oj^o : 2aai;o ^^^3 (f. 3 6, col. 1) aJa t^iiVVM 

\^ ^.-Otups ^9^3 6^*2 ^^2o -^07^2 ^o^a ;^oa3iti^^o 
jisah^ Jia ^Sibouo^M v^o^a ^o^ «!s»^ ys'ia .^^o^i^ ?^ 
.^2 ^3^3 ^ocu .Ucn 3^3 >^Qy ^buoro .^^'i 



Add. 1981 167 

;^oaaS>bo o^ S^a^ ;3ix oiof .;I^2 ui»d l^o) 

3M30 .^mAj: "^.^f^? ^^4*'? ^Si^OiN 3JS30 .^03^3 

^MMwAd •^*J9>A ^ ^i? .OOI3 ^.boA ^'ilo ^o Iho!^ 
IxtiJS^o o;.^iNa::ao9 ooip .;^^'^ «^oAo p^a'io^ \^ 

^OOS ^Op3 ?3U^^3 ^O ^3^03 .a^U\^ ihOiiS C^ 

bo^ ;^f opo -^3^^ opo Jcis^^^p o^ao .^oioaul 

^oi o^jQad^o (col. 2) ;aA ^JUi ;&o7 ^ V^oax oT^aa 
;^ay^ ;I^2a \v^ .jQ>a^^£S2 ;^^.^ 2ao^^apo .;id.ait 
^SLXsa^ ^o v^lar <* ^l^aoa C76^^2i0 pji,ti .;JS2 ;ji3fa 
.a^2tsb9 vOo^iM a^i ^393 .^^2 ^a^s ;&o; ^oax aisaa 
.;3adL oa<7r .;iS3^3ad p3ub ^» .;^S^ ^fo ^a^ ^fo 
.•^a^aoa a\is*'islio }loai y>^^23 .5^0 ^^^,?f U^ai^ isAs 
Jul w.ar ^^^ \^o oar H^ ^^ A.S<3 .akbb2 oo^a <u2 
^iio .doAs ;3i A2 -^A^oxaa ^)Sip A^2 .^,aJ ;A 
opuboo .3«-^2^2 ;3:^3^d 09r ;!0o^ ^»3 .^afi3^ oA^s 



168 Add. 1981 

^OaOT -U3u32 iiia o^o-slL^o o^aSo&L^o o7.^«S^ou3 ^^JO 
^,3^ «^a^o .^MtixM cpeaoti J:px ^ ^il^ U^^ J^? 
.^^4^3 ^aooa^ ^Hi^ JtXaaii ^o .1**.*^^ ^» :aut3b9 

OLiQM .^0>S JSmOlXi. 23S.X3 (f- 4 a, Col 1) ^i^Sm ^9 00! 

.Si^o .;Ibbai:S o^ba^ o^ i.aica.^0 ^isa^^ a7is%»3>ba^ o^S 

2^30 07.3 Uj^o .;^o,*ais3:ap ;^o ^fisraoaL ;l^ *. ^^3^, 

:a^a ^baAocA ^a^ ;oiad ^!S^2a .?>'Iyita ^o^iJA ;a^ 

<* ^2o ^«2 yi*oioaLait 

1. The first Sunday of the Annunciation, ^tMautJ 23JL3awMa 
2akaiajcaa , f. 4 a. The ferial days of the week, f. 7 6. 

2. The second Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 8 a. The 
ferial days, f. 10 b. 

3. The third Sunday of the Annunciation, f. 10 6. The 
ferial days, f. 13 a. 



Add. 1981 169 

4. The fourtli Sunday of the Amuuiciatiou, f. lo b. The 
ferial days, f. 15 6. 

5. The Nativity of our Lord, 25th of the first Kanun, 
f. 16 6. The first Friday after the Nativity f. 23 h. 

6. The first Sunday after the Nativity, f. 24 a. The ferial 
days, f. 25 h. The second Friday after the Nativity, the Com- 
memoration of the Virgin Mary, 

.^^,3^ liSl ^ ^^ao'i^ V^'^^ t^^? Off^Ip .Uoyh 

Hymn of Mar Emmanuel (bar Shahhare), \fi?Ai^_4n y,Sib, 
f. 26 h, 

7. The second Sunday after the Nativity, f. 30 a. The 
ferial days, f. 31 h. 

8. The Epiphany, ♦.340? ®^,?> ^^^^ °^ ^^^® latter Kanun, 
f. 32 a. The following ferial days, f. 40 6 ; viz. Monday to 
Wednesday, the prayer of the virgins, drawn up by Mar John 
al-Azrak*, bishop of Hirtha, when the caliph had demanded 
their virgin daughters from the Christian inhabitants, f. 40 6 : 

3at]UQ>^i .bdSfAi ^ou >^b^ oVQ>^^9 .I'SsZLa ^^xitsboo 
Ixiboi ^» ^e'^^ ^^La Jil^^'ia o^i^is: 3^:^ .;^Lwm3 

.^OL^wJs {sic) 3kAo 3u3 5^\.^^23uii< 07.bft.a^3 . Xm 

* See Asbemani, D.O, iii. 1. 18'2. 



170 Add. 1981 

^«b0O -lo^^l ^2 dfOS ^ol 2^^^ 3frJ30 .^fr^o^ 

^jjjiio .ikspis ^^^ ^cS^ JO^o .iy^iio ;i\^ oar 

;3af oar ^^ ^^c^ai ?^^^ .l*oxfX 5^2 v^oi^sojbia }ov^2 

.^^30^0 ^3a!o^ aa^^^.^ Za^o 

Thursday, the Commemoration of John al-Azrak, f. 41 b. 
Friday, the Commemoration of S. John the Baptist, f. 41 b. 

9. The first Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 45 a. The ferial 
days, 46 b. The Commemoration of S. Peter and S. Paul, on 
the Friday, £ 47 a. 

10. The second Sunday after the Epiphany, f 50 6. The 
ferial days, f 52 a. The Commemoration of the four Evange- 
lists, on the Friday, f. 52 6. 

11. The third Sunday after the Epiphany, f 55 b. The 
ferial days, f 56 b. The Commemoration of S. Stephen, on the 
Friday, f. 57 a. 

12. The fourth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 60 a. The 
ferial days, f. 616. The Commemoration of the Greek doctors, 
Diodorus, Theodore and Nestorius, on the Friday, f. 61 6. Some 
bigot of another sect has erased these names on ff. 63 6, 64 a, 
and elsewhere. 

13. The fifth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 65 6. The 
ferial days, f. 67 a. 

14. The Prayer of the Ninevites, f. 67 6, 

.;ha\sn wjlx ^a^,^a Uovip UoJU^ip liscsa^ ? tea>^ 
;»3k^o ov^oi ^ l9^? ^^ -^ is^isa ^o^ :s>ij ^ 



Add. 1981 171 

Monday, f. 67 b ; hymn called J.iS3UC9, t. 72 6 ; ;;S3UED9 Oj6s*i, 

lb.; lisaJOt^ 0!fi^M isya, f. 73 6; ^:s090aA by the catholicus 

George, f. 74 a. Tuesday, f. 75 a. Wednesday, f. 80 6; a whole 
prayer has been erased on f. 81 6, because it contains the names 
of the three Greek doctors. Thursday after the Prayer of the 
Ninevites, f. 88 6. Subscription, f. 90 a, 

7i^ .w*o)Ojb3f ^ol!^aa U^i^? lispsa^ ^-^^^^ ^°^ 

5^2 4^9^^ ^ab3 S^y^it^^ 3.3!.3LX^3 ^-^ 

^k^ ;^Jo « jQ>oad^o 2'iboo^o ^isaAs jL^Jsxioa 

(sic) MO)eu&OMi aoaa . ? « Vv v l**^ ya .^Xklova ^ao^sa 

The sixth Friday after the Epiphany, f 90 «. The Com- 
memoration of the Syrian doctors, Ephraim (Aphrem), Narsai, 
Abraham, Lolyane (Julian), and John, f, 90 6. 

15. The sixth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 93 a. The 
ferial days, f. 94 a. The Commemoration of any one saint, on 
the Friday, f. 94 6, 

.jAAb^jb ^32 M^boa ^bbA^boa .3ot»a^ a^d ^aAoa 

16. The seventh Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 100 a. The 
ferial days, f. 101 6. The Commemoration of the Forty Martyrs, 
on the Friday, f. 102 a, 

j a l ^ay I'ssiiay .UoiJa ^^yao 6l ^3^? ^ Jdi^o 



172 Add. 1981 

^i.a^o.s< oi .^o*&3 ^332o ^auQ>s>^ ^>^ 2isbolb3 Ipl:^ 

17. The eighth Sunday after the Epiphany, f. 102 «, 

.w*aio»aLd3 oor 21^ 07^ ^A*V< 

The ferial days, f. 103 b. The Commemoration of the Dead, 
on the Friday, f. 103 b. 

18. The first Sunday in Lent, f. 108 a, 

The first Monday, f. 1116. 
The first Tuesday, f. 114 a. 
The first Wednesday, f. 11.5 b. 
The first Thursday, f. 118 a. 
The first Friday, f. 119 6. 
The first Saturday, f. 121 b. 

19. The second Sunday in Lent, f. 123 a. 
The second Monday, f. 1 2.5 b. 

The second Tuesday, f, 127 6. 

The second Wednesday, f. 129 a. Observe the erasures 
onf. 132 «. 

The second Thursday, f. 133 6. 



Add. 1981 173 

The second Friday, f. 134 a. 
The second Saturday, f. 136 a. 

20. The third Sunday in Lent, f. 137 a. Hymn by Mar 
John Dailomaya, f. 138 h, alphabetical, 



The third Monday, f. 141 a. 
The third Tuesday, f. 142 a. 

The third Wednesday, f. 143 a. Observe the erasures on 
ff. 143 a and 6 and 144 6. 

The third Thursday, f. 147 a. 
The third Friday, f. 148 a. 
The third Saturday, f. 150 a. 

21. The fourth Sunday in Lent, f. 151 a. 
The fourth Monday, f. 154 6. 

The fourth Tuesday, f. 156 a. 
Mid- Wednesday, f. 157 a, 

Mid-Thursday, f 159 a. 
The fourth Friday, f. 160 6. 
The fourth Saturday, f. 163 6. 

22. The fifth Sunday in Lent, f. 164 6. 
The fifth Monday, f. 168 a. 

The fifth Tuesday, f 169 a. 
The fifth Wednesday, f 170 a. 
The fifth Thursday, f. 172 a. 
The fifth Friday, f. 173 a. 
The fifth Saturday, f. 175 6. 



174 Add. 1981 

23. The sixth Sunday in Lent, f. 177 a. 
The sixth Monday, f. 181 a. 
The sixth Tuesday, f. 182 «. 
The sixth Wednesday, f. 183 6. 
The sixth Thursday, f. 186 b. 

The sixth Friday, or the Friday of Lazarus, f. 187 h. 
Hymn by 'Abhd-isho' the catholicus, of Gazarta Zabhdaita*, 

;is39^3 Ux^oitJb J^oXf^aSi ^a^ ^^f?^? ;^Modac^ 

The sixth Saturday, f. 192 6. Hymns for Mar John, 
bishop of the scattered (Nestorians in Syria)*, f. 1926: 



.23a JJJsop ;5o,tlx&^i ^L^ou ^a>.to\ ^^sl&a^ jsoa^o 
JaibaL ?.'>\,S ^isxla .;ji;33 ^kpa oifisA^ais ^£s^3 
292V< loo] ^S^^'iio .^^SaS^s U^^ ^oioaaiuo .?j.%ty 
oyist lorn ^oio -^fisinaid ^^ifiol l^aiua lisOA'yajk'so^ 
loo] «^f2 aA3 ^,3\o .ju2 op <3e1^^^ ^o .^ijc ^*Sah2 

o^23;o .^is^Ida ^o^ a^2 sa ^o^^a* '^d^? ^9? 
uj^o -^3^1 *^ c^aoi ;oo! ^^ )S 3A oo!0 ^iN*2 ^a 
ji^ oo\o .^a52o ;^iQ>a ;isii «Sf2 ;i2a .^^SuiA 07^ 
is&2 ^4^? ^o .^oa*S <^f3 07^ 3M2 ^^2 .JB9*!^6sl 

^ See B.O. iii. 1, p. 621. 



Add. 1981 175 

(«tc) o^yftio .o7JS^ ^ '^i^ ^^ 2'vi.tl a w.0^2 ^o 

<* ^f2o J^aSeo^a 5^2 

24. Palm Sunday, ;&XSo29 ^^.^ ^P^? I "^j ^>y? 

f. 194 a. 

The seventh Monday in Lent, f. 200 b. 

The seventh Tuesday, f. 202 a. 

The seventh Wednesday, f. 203 a. 

The Thursday of the Passover, J**^^? JL3ULba^, f. 205 a. 

The Friday of the Crucifixion, Jiu? Jisaoi^ w.O^i^?, 
f. 207 a. 

The Great Saturday, jNbS ;^±j: v*o?i^S, f. 215 a. 

25. Easter Sunday, ^isboldp ^$Xi y^ uO^i^S, f. 220 a. 
Followed by ;istolti3 ^io^p ^9^? ^^^'^^ ^- ^^^ ^■ 

Monday in the Week of Weeks, f. 235 a, 

Tuesday, f. 236 a. 
Wednesday, f. 236 b. 
Thursday, f. 237 a. 

The Friday of the Confessors, ^30.^9 JJSSoau^a, 

f. 238 a. 

Saturday in the Week of Weeks, f. 240 b. 



176 .Add. 1981 

26. The second Sunday of the Resurrection, or New 
Sunday, f. 241 h, 

The ferial days, f. 243 h. 

27. The third Sunday of the Resurrection, f. 243 h. 
The ferial days, f. 245 h. 

The Commemoration of S. George, on the 24th of Nisan, 

f. 245 6. Hymn for Mar Pethion, .s^^4 -'3»-5«? Jj^SSubO, 

f. 246 h. 

28. The fourth Sunday of the Resurrection, f. 249 a. The 
ferial days, f. 251 a. 

29. The fifth Sunday of the Resurrection, f. 251 a. The 
ferial days, f. 253 a. 

30. The sixth Sunday of the Resurrection, f. 253 h. The 
ferial days, f. 255 a. The Ascension of our Lord, f. 255 a. 

31. The Sunday after the Ascension, f. 258 h. The ferial 
days, f. 260 «. 

32. Pentecost or Whitsunday, f. 260 h. 

Followed by the ^fS9^»jfa9 jiiQ?3>S^, compiled by Mar George, 

metropolitan of Naghn (?)*, uex*.i^30u\ v^\ib.^ '\<.n.V<3 

^3 ?S^ A*^*^'^\ ;^ ; ^^.OfOXa by Mar Sabhr-isho', bishop 
of Kashkarf, f. 271 h. The ferial days, f. 272 h. The Friday of 
Gold, f. 272 6, ;30ib? ;^303k^. 

33. The second Sunday of the Apostles, f. 276 h. The 
ferial days, f. 278 a. 

"•■ Naghrfm, Najn'm ? 
t See B.O. iii. 1, 554. 



Add. 1081 177 

34. The third Sunday of the Apostles, f. 278 a. The ferial 
days, f. 280 a. 

35. The fourth Sunday of the Apostles, f. 280 a. The 
ferial days, f. 282 a. 

36. The fifth Sunday of the Apostles, f. 282 a. The ferial 
days, f. 284 a. 

37. The sixth Sunday of the Apostles, f. 284 r^ The ferial 
days, f. 286 a. 

38. The seventh Sunday of the Apostles, f. 286 a. The 
ferial days, f. 288 6. The last Friday of the week of the 
Apostles, the Commemoration of the 72 Disciples, f. 288 h. 

39. The Sunday that closes the week of the Apostles, 
or the first Sunday of Summer, or Nusardel ; the Commemora- 
tion of the 12 Apostles, f. 292 a : 

.}o^2d o]plSi JOSC^is^o ^A^MOs Ikti^boo 

The ferial days, f. 295 h. The Commemoration of S. Thomas 
the Apostle, 3d of Tammuz, f. 296 a. The Friday in the first 
week of the Apostles, the Commemoration of Mar Jacob of 
Nisibis, f. 299 a. 

40. The second Sunday of Summer, f. 299 b. The ferial 
days, f. 301 a. Friday, the Commemoration of Mar Mari the 
Apostle, 

f. 301 a. 

41. The third Sunday of Summer, f. 301 a. The ferial 
days, f. 303 a. 

B. c. 12 



178 Add. 1981 

42. The fourth Sunday of Summer, f. 303 6. Hymn by 
Yazd-panah *, alphabetical, f. 304 6, 

yA^ 6l i .ais aA (sic) e^5bf^ 2,^*^? '• oox^ 

The ferial days, f 306 a. 

43. The fifth Sunday of Summer, f 306 a. The ferial days, 
f 308 «. Friday, the Commemoration of Shemoni and her 
sons, f 308 ft. 

44. The sixth Sunday of Summer, f. 308 b. The ferial 
days, f. 312 a. The sixth Friday, the Commemoration of Joseph 
Busnaya, the disciple of Rabban Moses of Beth Saiyare and the 
master of John bar Khaldun ; also of Mar Simeon bar Sabba'e, 
f. 312 6: 

^ou9 c/iiso .I'alj ^^^9 Ixpiso ^app a^pJso^is .^Ao^ 

.^J 93 «s9^baX w*9^ ^3^9? ^y^ ^-3 •'K^??'^ ^ 

;.ac^9 Jts^oauXa ^o)o .o^bo.^ oWaJSIs 2^c^^29o 
^aoa .^^oLIa &^o ^^aLba^e ^^-^^^ ^^^i^ . c^Vr^^I 
^a^i^op jOaksXlo .sotlx Jsoixh .h'^oa^p l^hls ^p^p 
^oc^^a^ ^^^ ou^s^^p .li^poMp I'isaoi^ Itops* 

jtait^; ajjap \\ti .Ipa^i^io iisao'y^ Ipcn ya'xs .2pa^ 

'^hJbislO ><K^9^3 ^3>A3 l^^ is ♦^0\*0t M9b09 ?M5>y 

.wQ>afi» N.2*^ ^^id^apa .7t\A39 ^ox3 «.o^>bax y^y» 

'■ See L'. (). iii. 1. 188. 



Add. 1981 179 

45. The seventh Sunday of Summer, f. 314 a. The ferial 
(lays, f. 315 h. The seventh and last Friday of the week of 
Summer, the Commemoration of Mar Kardagh, f. 315 6, 

.%**^^ 290^ \?3^ 
At the end of this .service, f. 316 a, is the following note : 



JbiA^d 232^3 .M^oA2^ y.>A>^ oS<'So^ ^ti^fo 



&33w^.3 o2 .073^3 Ht1>Ml 02 .^>^ ^^? }«^^4^ 

.?tbft*«3 ;jix33bi^^ }&03^ bd^jcaa y.^»2 ^*2o .^^^^^ 

;32:^3 ;baao .;&olxb b^2o .;A^3o .;aAjq>33 ;^a'os« 

.292^ ^^^f^? ^^o .;isAO»x^ J^9^ 07^? ^M.tj ^2o 
*:* ^^o>3t3 pLS^ ^=^r? 2^<)^ ^-^ .2^<^'o^ •^>.bo2^Jk 
;3aux« lasbU .292^ \^9 007129 ^ibs o2 ^b 290) ^2o 

wJCQ^P : JQXmO '^^9 2ibOQ^9 <S39m J^bOX . ^9bb ^01 
^^^is30 '^^is ^4^9o29 ^.a2 .299^ 2KA< •'^^^ 
.o^^ma J.3lA^? 292^. ^o (f 316/;) .2^29 ^^^O to 39** 
^ 29m .07992 \3^^Jk9 J:t99 ^ ^^ass j:99 «^^b9 

^9 .^9QJQ> ^ :s*29 ^^9:S90 . ^O^ A^ 0u0019 

12—2 



180 Add. 1981 

46. The first Sunday of the Fast of Elias, f 316 6. The 
ferial days, £ 319 a. Friday, the Commemoration of Mar Papa 
the catholicus, f. 319 a. 

47. The second Sunday of the week of Elias, f 319 b. The 
ferial days, f. 322 6. 

48. The third Sunday of Elias, f. 322 b. The ferial days, 
f. 325 a. At the end is the following note, p. 325 b : 

.&3X«> l^'ahl ^SU^^S 29l^ 73^0 JL^is3L&9 .2fe»^29 

xboisxjko . a!39ja ^ l6s*o'6 U^? • X3x«* b^^Miisauk 
^o . JUibo : ^to^>M^t .^!^ U^ U^ox 232^ ysyJb ^aao? 



•^29 0^30:0^ btisf 29o; ^2o <• 233^ ^ (sic) *.^oa^^Jk 

.;A3bX3 02 2^^6^3 o2 .^3^3 JLSpM 733«0 232^ t^^^^-^ 
;»3^ .a!3^J33 ;^30O^ 02 .^i X33M ^0*3 ^ ^^2 

c^^A03^ .;js«»3i} 232^3 o73^i3 ;^^03^ ^cn .;603O3JSi^ 

u ufltf ** .0^3 &33MI ^^^ ^ ^^^^isx^ X ?^ .xttisx^ 

3fta3 ;iuL3X^o .:ajSp ^ ^=H>^^? ^isoio^s ^2 of^a^ 

.joioy^ Sa ^ s.'ap'isx^ oi^ookA^ ppJd ''232.^ 



Add. 1981 181 

^19! : ^3Xm 3^3 v^o -Isoo^ l^ ^ .^o^hiss AtJ2 
%, :lpl^ ^^ .^^ooA^ ^aud .;«&o^p .;X3323 
.^^aOs ^Jil^p : JL33MI w07o^^ ^.boisauk ^2 .^^isau 
'. 073JS3P : oa^o -oduS^ isxd oco^o -oi^a : oi^ 'n^ 
/Lao .^9 ^ji'aos *:* ^ab>329 ^2 2p2X 3is3 oxboisx.^ 

.OMktJS 007 a^ ^.bONX^ JL33u« OOI .232^ «. 2a 00)9 ^2 
.^X.33w.* J!.»isX.;k 292^ :aL^9 ;jQ>iJQX^ ^3l3 -^^^SUk ^O 

^o^ w^^bA3 ^2 ^aoio .o^pmo^ ^^isxp btipt >&^2o 

.po'S^jk ^ 22sxbad!^9 

The festival of the Invention of the holy Cross, 13th Ilol, 
f. 326 b : 

.2aM.ov» ^oxtl w*i.bo o2 ^Om^ ^2 ^bo.^ 29oi i^2o 

2^2^ \^ .&3Js^^3 o2 J:ai3yi3fis3 o2 : jcss^mS «. 29 

• • ^\ • 

.;^^» i,oai 292^ 3^39 l^ajxp ;a3L3pu*.3 -^au^^s 
;^3d:3 o2 ;^309^3 o2 : JL3LaLba^3 o2 . ;ax.aiik3923 *^2o 



182 Add. 1981 

UOO] IplS, 3^.33 J^^? sSE-aai^J .;3U.^^3 232^ ^^ 

49. The first Sunday of the Invention of the Gross, and 
the fourth of Elias, f. 331 b. The ferial days, f. 333 a. 

50. The second Sunday of the Invention of the Cross, and 
the fifth of Elias, f 333 h. The ferial days, f. 335 b. 

51. The third Sunday of the Invention of the Cross, and 
the sixth of Elias, f 336 a : 



.a^isau :p2^ 3^J3 ^2o .W^oyti ^sNov i»;; .232^ 

The ferial days, f 339 6. 

52. The fourth Sunday of the Invention of the Cross, and 
the seventh of Elias, f 340 a. The ferial days, f. 342 a. Friday, 
the Commemoration of Elias the pi'ophet, f. 342 a : 

53. The first Sunday of Moses, f 342 b. The ferial days, 
f. 344 b. On f 344 b is the following note on the Commemora- 
tions of John the Egyptian and Mar Michael : 



Add. 1981 183 

^^OU M3kba^ ^'^9? tt?^ )23U3^ ^3bXJS3 gj\\^1 

<• ^J^a ;3JQ>M ^OLU.X.33 .;^39V,9 23fs2J3 .;«S^3Li^2 

*s007JSQ^^ .y^joboa 23^233 ^^^3 2aau \^2a>^bo ^ada^o 

.^2 ;3ibd*op03 ^o^ 

54. The second Sunday of Moses, f. 345 a. 



<* ^Aa ^9 *no6o;.s oiaouo ;I2« ^ . 2«'30X .}>\^ 
*^o .23Ma3 ^^29 ^2 23u23 23^*2^0 .*^66o7^ V^^ ?^ 
'.^9 Z^saI'o^ .oiiauio cTisaau ^ .^bool *^oaM2^&o 

.^JtAp ^MJaym ici^isa v^o3kbo2^s .ox^a ^aoxd ;^ad:o 

*:* ^OOLX 3mi3 ^*Uf 
The ferial days, f. 347 a. 

55. The third Sunday of Moses, f. 347 b. The ferial days, 
f. 349 b. 

56. The fourth Sunday of Moses, f. 350 a. The ferial days, 
f. 351 b. 

57. The tirst Sunday of the Consecration of the Church, or 
the Dedication, f. 352 a : 



184 Add. 1981 

C7.39 '^^^ou* la^^boo .%y^ ^?9^P ^^?^ ^sdLaau^a 

^>ba^ bUsfo *> ;^o«o ^JQ>a>^3 J^S^a^o;^ iksb'^ ^ ^^ 

: jE.3aMi3 .Jy^l M^p oj^i rf^^ ^^^^^ ^^ .ik^'aoisa 
.^o '.2^^ MO.i»o 3^i3io .^3a!S«^» ;Ioaf ^>tj ^23 

MOJti ^3^.33^ ;^332 ^>3lL ;:&bO \\, V) ^louS (f. 352 6) 

.^oai^ ;*&^>^ ;i>^o\,3 .vOm2 o2 ^30 ;«io5 '^^l^ 

<* Zsu^^? ^o»3 Zis>^ jcaoti ^33^ ;^32o .2i30tt 

The ferial days, f. 357 b. Friday, the Commemoration of 
Mar Eugenius and his companions, f. 357 b. 

58. The second Sunday of the Consecration of the Church, 
f. 357 b. The ferial days, f. 359 b. 

59. The third Sunday of the Consecration of the Church, 
f. 360 a. The ferial days, f. 862 a. 

60. The fourth Sunday of the Consecration of the Church, 
f. 362 b. The ferial days, f. 365 a. 

The colophon, ff. 365 b — 366 a, states that this manuscript 
of the Hudhra, according to the use of the Daira 'Ellaita or 
Convent of Mar Gabriel and Mar Abraham at Mosul, was 
finished on the 12th of Ilol, A. Gr. 1918 = A.D. 1607, in the 



Add. 1981 185 

convent of Mar 'Abhd-isho' the anchoret in the village of Dere 
near Kom (in the district of Sapna)*, which is in the neighbour- 
hood of the fortress of 'Imadiya (ou mount Beshish). It was 
written by the priest Bahau 'd-din Kainaya (see f. 235 a), the 
son of 'Atye, the son of Bahdin, from the city of Gazarta 
Zabhdaita, for the said convent of Mar 'Abhd-isho', at the 
expense of one Hormizd, the son of George, called Bar Zibhak, 
from the city of Gazarta Zabhdaita on the river Tigris. 

^*x»isxb09 ^loilbo Ifiy^ ^a{^lo ^io *^33o^3 Okbo\x 

^AObMO (sic) 0JQ>3^^£S29 ^0.9^^ 5^2 . lisi>i O^^S iCMoh 

^adbo \*2iaL2[^aktbp ^£S3U>b 23^.3^3 .^2ftJuJ.o3 £!i^6^6l6s ^is 
. JBo : ox ;o;^^o . ;isa^3k» '^s!°^^ "^^^ '^^? "pai'^'l 

.t^o^2 ^ya 2^i^ .Ihpamp lxa\ ^a^a ^*^ S^^aK2 
2x.b03o .buStpS 292;by3 ]bL»3 oois %ax ^0*3 .ajjs .ou 

icioa^a^ ^auaVyO ^isaaoboo ;£ssm.33 ^xfib .;^3Aa& 

^ai\ \^9 ^OAO "POA ^oaL3LX.3p 2333 .;is*O.^09iS3i 

^XM j^MNiboo iM ^2 \^x ^y*!^ ais^isl .^2 

* The particulars within ( ) are taken from the second colophon on f. iio b. 



180 Add. 1981 

(orig. 03) >ais^2o (.s-/c) o\^^.2o (sic) A^^-aO ^3 ^3 

^ox«3aiy ^3^ ;\^^i3 ^390 ^sit Uo) 2iboo^ 
^som^^ss 2au,3 }is3^i3 ^3tjb uoa^tto o^suas ;^3ao& 

^ov^^o 'jcift\v>Ma>aa .^&id3^ ?<&S>ilaoe .'^o3^J.»3 

^3LJil^ A^3 2is*3£l9 2JS39^ (t. 366 a) ;JS3yi3M ^^ ^<3bUf is 
\ae (77^A^ ^o^Sao w*oia^V^ a^a -^3^ ^^^? ^^^ 

aoA^i ^^ ^.M^-ao .3f*»3oo; ;&bouov^? ^^^3 :B3bo ^o 

.jco -Upxp I^^csSms oi3V,i 

On f. 366 a another hand has added the names of witnesses, 
testifying that the book belonged by gift to the convent of Mar 
'Abhd-isho'. 

(sic) o!^^mislO (sic) O^maO ^a3 (corrected into Jas) olh 
^0^30 ?J.S!^'bw ^30 .^C^.323 ^323 ^030^0.3 C^^ ^^^^ 

.^^^ c^^aao ^a>3»3 jQ3ua3J,iV^d VO^oisti iSl w*3» 



Add. 1981 187 

^JSt^d ^30^^30 2abbopS<3 U^s^tt ^''^K^'^ jQ>*l^akA> ^abo 
;ix.b»x.»o >^ia\ ?.t^t,ho {sic) ^ipo^a Zx^xti ho) laif<A 

.^2o ^2 )^^3 ^ea^.bA3 

Either the same hand or a very similar one has made the 
following entry regarding a famine at 'Imadiya in the year 
1924 = A.D. 1613. 

^oofibo c;«32»Q^ ;^uabba.3 Ix^i^ loo] y^i^l 6s\^ 

;^jfo ^f^^>^ ^K'^^? iy^sa {sic) 29'iM.3 ^Ou*o ^^3 
"pS*^ % oiisL^ ;32o ^iSi^ ^^^^ ^'2o ;i^ ^^ ^A>^^o 

Then is added, still in the same hand, this notice as to the 
purchase of a piece of land by the above named Hormizd for a 
cemetery, with the price and the charges thereon. 

^oo\bo3 o*^i^ ^^tto M^lita 2^33qp \Vy» o^l^^ ^^ 

.^m2 2*^X3 



188 Add. 1981 

At the foot of f. 365 b a later hand has inserted a note of a 
deed of gift to the above named convent, 

^i«^o iea\ ^399 ^JA^ UQ3U10U ^a>flbo aau 
(sic) ^o^ ^30 gQ>Aiou is jcttha>ft>\ ia (sic) av^aoo) 

^03^3 «s^O0n6^MO'iS y^.*XJSO U'.^XiO ^OJU •^SlM ^3>^39 

On f. 367 begin the ^'tt-'"'*'^ >Lb, or hymns for the services 
of the ferial days, according to the use of the Daira 'EUaita. 

i^ ^i^ .^ado ^^'OAO •Uo'l^l /^*-^ ^^ OOJS 
diss iLh .i>kS.^ ^^?? "^ai'ya'l ^i^o ^i?^ ^^isea 

1. First hymn, f 367 a, with six ?*V^r^'fhT 

2. Second hymn, f. 375 a, with five ^^Sj^OX. 

3. Third hymn, f 382 b. 

4. Fourth hymn, f. 383 a. 

5. Fifth hymn, f 385 a, with one 3!X«*OX. 

6. Sixth hymn, f. 386 a, with three ?<VVnfht 

7. Seventh hymn, f. 390 a. 

8. Eighth hymn, f. 392 a. 

9. Ninth hymn, f. 393 a, with five ?*VVni^fhT . 



Add. 1981 189 

10. Tenth hymn, f. 897 b, with one ^^^OX. 

11. Eleventh hymn, f. 898 b, with four ;^^AX. 

12. Twelfth hymn, f. 406 b. 

13. Thirteenth hymn, f 407 b, with one 3^oaC. 

14. Fourteenth hymn, f. 410 a, with one ?*^\nnAT 

15. Fifteenth hymn, f 411 a, with one ^^XmOX. 

16. Sixteenth hymn, f. 413 b, with three J^SimOCB. 

17. Seventeenth hymn, f. 421 b. 

18. Eighteenth hymn, f. 422 a, with five 3^0^- 

19. Nineteenth hymn, f. 432 a. 

20. Twentieth hymn, f. 433 a, with five iSi^^oX. 

21. Twenty-first hymn, f. 438 b. 

22. Twenty-second hymn, f. 439 b. 

23. Twenty-third hymn, f. 440 b. 

24. Twenty-fourth hymn, f. 442 a, with one ^^^mOX. 

25. Twenty-fifth hymn, f. 443 b. 

26. Twenty-sixth hymn, f. 444 b. 

27. Twenty-seventh hymn, f. 445 a. 

28. Twenty-eighth hymn, f 445 b. 

The long colophon, f. 445 b sqq., seems to have been copied 
from the (probably mutilated) leaves of the original manuscript, 
as it agrees substantially with that on f. 365 b. The date is 
given as the 17th of the first Teshri, A. Gr. 1919 = A.D. 1607, 
in the time of Elias and of the metropolitan Mar Simeon. The 
scribe's name is written Bahdin, son of 'Attaye, son of BahdTn, 



190 Add. 1981 

who was then residing in the convent of Mar 'Abhd-isho' at 
Dere. 

aLi\ \^9 ."paj'yal (sic) ^xiba "V^^iri^ ^3^^? >}isO^ 

.07.3 .%* -^-h^ f^^ ^^.a ^«if3 4iN3>3l 07-^? 
.01^*&a^3 .^ObO yi«b»»3 Z^OOLS JX»a 0073 .2^S3LX 73A«a 

.bA2^2 A*33 ^aJa .07.3 .^ .^a^iaa ^*^?o .^ 'in 
ll.39 ^Q.a>S>.'30.n . iA».^iN3Lb».^0 (f. 446 a) ^^2 6^3 

23^233 ^0^0 710a ^OmNss .;fis3^au3 ^it) 2au3 .jco 

^sA^Mp ;c7.boi^o ;bs3 2aov^ ^4^^ 1^0 ia.y\Mo 

^jiSo ;*.^l)0 2x^ w.»al3 ^9 a^^^2 .jco .JU3L3 



Add. 1981 191 

^x^ .^ 2!^k3.bo 2^9o\ ^e .^.a ;a^^3 2id4k« 
;ijQ>90£k 3^' .;V^o5a\,^ 3aflUQ>$i (^- ^'16 6) *^a^^x 
wM>Ao 9.^o2o ^2b^x^o ^mO ^3 a^a .j:o . ^ .^^ l a y a 
JSa ^ JC^ jdl .;i30^a^ Isoh^ IXM .^o7 h ^ft^^ 

^3 IpBSa -^ao^il ;.t^th ?^t1 mOIO^m.23 .JCO .Z&3JQ>3 

.^bo^a ^.» a^ -^^^^ ?.t^t,H ;^ao xi .;«io^ ^2 
.;«i,a^ 2307.i fis!^,? ^3i\ \^a -^^^f^ ^is^?^ ^? 
\Ati ^ol ^^2o .jco -^^a^f ^^3 %^^\ U>tiisioo 
w.is0 ZV^'csia f*390 Jac/xtib ^•*^? 2^»o^ ;3o^.a aisi 

jQ».a>^»0 :aAA>3 .^97^^23 0^*3^0 2^3^01 S»6x*'^3Si 

.2'i*3 ^isaaouMo ^lisauaa ^koj JmoS 2«aao ^ 07.^^J. 

.JCO 

The colophon goes on to say that the book was repaired and 
bound for the first time by the deacon Hormizd, called Homo, 
in Ilol of the year 1997 = a.d. 1686, at the cost of the abbot of 
the convent of Mar 'Abhd-isho', the priest Khaushabo, son 
of Elias, of 'Amediya ; and for the second time in the year 
2155 = A.D. 1844, by the priest Abraham, son of Jonas, from 
the village of Ashitha, residing as a fugitive at Mosul, having 
fled before the Kurdish chief Badr-Khan Beg. who had devas- 
tated the district of Dez and all Teyare*. 

* See 'Bafln:er, Thr Nrstoriavfi, i. ch. xviii anrl cli, xxiii. 



192 Add. 1981 

^^yla .obooo ^^^3 3f«.M3oon Jji^iLbo .}'^Joya 

.2aub3 ^ox*>3LiM ui^3 ?3C^a^B 2auboo^ Mo ^^al^ Jao^ 

m*3m3 .;*iaA o^i-^ii ^3^ qu^^2a ^Sn^IaN 2aoi 2fiSL3«3o 

pora^^i ^au.x^ JaS^^o X.d^.bo ^^2 .o):sa>^s J-io^o 
^olIo .^^2 %^>Jtip ^io^ 2«Mjubo X3 .«^oufiLlaLa^^ 

.939 23^2^ "33^.3 J.bOo\^ ^ *^2a 33.3 ;*^30^3 

^a\a^o .^^ufi> ^o^ *v^ii ^^o ^?*V? ^^^ 23^iAo 

F. 447 b contains the hymn ^^*yjti ^^Ssb for the dominical 
festivals. 

On f. 448 a is the Song of the three holy Children, ^mOCUH^) 

^aaLm ^!sa33, after which a short note states that this volume 

was repaired in the year 2155 = A.D. 1844 for the English priest 
George (Percy Badger). 

J.^euA Qh^Mli ^JJB 2330iw«.3 l^O] Isis^ ^?-r^ii 



Add. 1981, 1982 193 

The writer of ff. 1 — 11 and 437 — 448 was the above men- 
tioned Abraham of Ashltha, as appears from the notes on ff. 2 6 
and 447 a and b. The former, contained in the ornamental 
'unwan, runs thus : 

^bjQab ^Jsx2 ^Boi'ial ls»x ,ti ?I^^o ^^L^^^M \L oS^ 

There are numerous attempts at ornamentation in this book, 
e.g. ff. 2 b, 67 a, 94 b, 107 b, 108 a (a cross), 157 a, 194 a (our 
Lord riding on the ass), 220 a, 221 a, 235 a, 241 6, 245 b, 255 a, 
260 6, 272 b, 292 6, 316 b, 326 a (a cross), 352 a (the sun, moon 
and stars), 365 a, and 366 b (a cross and two suspended lamps). 

Add. 1982 

Paper, about ll|in. by 8 ; 251 leaves, of which ff.l, 2 and 251 
are blank ; 25 sheets, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, except 

J, ^ and <7pk, which have 9, 8 and 11 respectively ; 28 lines. 
The writing is a regular, Nestorian serta. It is dated A. Gr. 
2009 = A.D. 1697. 

The book commonly called 'the Warda'*, containing hymns 
for the Festivals of the Church, more especially the Dominical 
Festivals, chiefly composed by George Warda ■!*. Title, f . 3 6 : 

.v^aL!^3 o7»CLixnaLaob ^xli'aSi aJs^ itt ^ ^.*kxbo 

UQ>A^30b\ ?t^\!MiS ^3ua:^3 43^0bb ^0^3 ^*bA^3 

* See Badger, 21ie Nestorians, ii. 25. 
t See B.O. iii. 1. 501. 

B. c. 13 



194 Add. 1982 

1, For the Nativity of our Lord. 
a. Beginning, f . 3 6 : 
<* .v^a^? ^?^? 2?2>'? ^^?^ <* 1^9^ ^ ^*^ 

.ll.l^OJS> 3uJ3 laiijis^ ^?® -?*.iOk* ^JSOX «ldO^.Ao\23 

;^^^o j^oiQ> 5^4 ;fis^o^^ ^ .u^^ ;a«^« ^-Vt^f; 

<* ^2 iJEioS ^^a ^o7 .^^^ oajfo^a 

6. Beginning, f. 6a: 

.;a!S»L .29^9 joA^aobX, ^^a ^^? -^^^P ^^>^^ 
•U^l ^o Mfis^2o iJsoA %,o .liJ3^ o7aAA isAa 2x^ 
v^x^o .^fu^£s^ 2i^ <3^3i^e .^f3 o7:nx^^ ^iSM^fiS29 
<* ^I^p2eSo ;^3i^o M^2o .?Ai^ oia^So^ 

c. Treating of the Youth of our Lord (the Gospel of the 
Infancy). Beginning, f. 8a: 



^ ;aucd <^^Qa^9 .4^^09o^«So lal^lp lia .^Xo6aX 

AaXm ^ o6] Ix^ai »^2o .^ ^ 3a <^isoaoSifo .uia 
.X^2a w^isV,? I6si} ■;&2 .\^ \a ^»a ;A3 ;&2 .M 



Add. 1982 195 

^aSi .^«J.*'i.3b <^6s3EO.ti Xj^flO .^A.MJ^i <^a^03L3 

d. Showing how each of the prophets prophesied con- 
cerning our Lord ; suitable for the Nativity and the fourth 
Sunday of the Annunciation. Beginning, f. 116: 

wai^2 •^OO^iibO 3kM «\a ^io .l^p ^'^ ^ ^^3m2 

<* 2pao jQ»d\bob\3 07^3 <* lisoAS ^^23 ilax^o 

^lan ^'2^3 .vOo;«3!>ai .^jl ^o^bo^ -5^?^=)^ ^'^03 ;» 

.^6vfia^>^ \i^ «^2 ^2 ..^ov^ 3^2&3 ^ol^ 
*:* »^o^^*23 ^2 3m aisa 3UM .v^o^^^s ^aii 303UQ>2 

2. The Commemoration of the Virgin Mary, 

«. Beginning, f. 14 a: 



ov^9 <* oi:so3kA* «^^o 7U>lp3 o!^m»yi ^S^^ 



.^SS :aU30 ^iAb .^S.L •^ 2330 UQ3uX^30b\ U^!S03 

.l6s*a>\ lis^Jea v^ ^i\2o .jlab ^3^ <^»hOM3> 1 JLaor 

5^2 .^fisa:d.3il3 0^333: 3^23 .^^.U^yO ^JSdN^ ^^^^ 
^» ^&2 .^Moi ^ 230^30 .}isb0330330 mO? ;m339 
<^tS3^ 07.3 23u*^3 -5^23 o;.33S^ 5^ >33023 Jsi^ ^ 



18—2 



1!)G Add. 1982 

Then follows the acrostich ^>b8 ; after that an alphabet, 

each letter having two verses, H, ^^, etc., but ^ has four. 
The last three verses are not alphabetical. 

b. Beginning, £ 16 a: 



^*fl^ .J^ula^ ^^^ Ss* .23(7/ ^^«^ .Uf^ 0^3 

o 

o^2o -IkS^^i ^i ^o^ o^o .lis^isxi 730X323 :s*oo) 

o o 

uiwOf oiBiao .2*3^13^ 5^2 uiaoMO .2fai^a»^ ^2 ua;^^ 
*^ois23 M&foaiio^ .^^ (,szc) }£si;uEo l&jb .2*^31^ ^2 

The glosses on ^3k\j32 etc., indicated by the larger red 
points, have been omitted. Then follows the short acrostich 

c. Also suitable for the Summer Commemoration ; be- 
ginning, f. 18a: 

U'a^osa «.oA^o2S JmX^o -^auaM ^isa^s idyMl 






Add. 1982 197 

d. With special reference to S. Matthew i, 24, 25. Be- 
ginning, f. 20 a : 

lia <* Id303 9^3 3A 9^3 <* la^OLS 0730^ 07^k3\«3 

fis«^.»> .;^Q^^ ^3 ^isa^f^ ;:s^^o -lis*^ ;^^3K 

e. Beginning, f. 22 b : 

.1.1,1 W^'^ lo] ^30ui3 ^^sola : LdJSo ^,3b<.2 \xok 

.;&2 2'Sd ;o7 v^o^^ 5^2 .^ ^^^ ^^ ^^o Ji^o 

Then follow the acrostichs ^oX* and ^a^'tf. 

/. By the catholicus Yabh-alaha IL* Beginning, f. 25 a : 



* Sat from A. Gr. 1501, a.d. 1190, to A. Gr. 1533, a.d. 1222. See Bar 
Hebraeus, Chr. Eccles., ed. Abbeloos, iii. 3G9 sqq, ; B.O. ii. 453, no. 74. 



198 Add. 1982 

. ^,?ig. is**^,? J519** Alphabetical. 

^. By Solomon, metropolitan of Perath de-Maishan or 
al-Basra*. Beginning, f. 26 a : 



Double alphabet, J J, *3>3, etc. 
A. Beginning, f. 27 6 : 

^M^JLtfb O^ttZS .^C^ ;^-?'3^? ^OV^O -K^il-O Z2L.3 
Alphabetical. 

* See B.O. iii. 1. 309 sqq. ; Budge, Thf Bee, p. iii. 



Add. 1982 199 

i. Beginning, f. 2S 6 : 

o^ -l^i'as (sic) ^ailaiM %A>A^9pA, ^lA V^ ^-h^? 
♦^aaL? ^:s3 '^^^2 .J^^l^b ;isL.3^« ^?^ -o ^^t 

After three stanzas beginning with m9o gjJC, and two 
other stanzas, there follows an alphabet. 

j. Beginning, f 80 a : 



wm9>X^ ^t)b . ^isU Ql^ : wmOJ:.^ ^3 <* 23309 ^^? 

^Jr] \^ .;^isx.|LO \^^ ;»o^3b ol -^^a^Jk ;s<3k^3b 

.fis.x>ib^2 orr^Q]M.^p ^»3 .^^^Va ;is^o^3 .;isi^o«^ 

^•. For the Sunday of C^aia: ^o»aa, beginning, f, 33 a : 



lu'^ .^ a^ao ^ ^^2 .:a^ <* ^30^ ^ 0u23 
^Qsti ;^S^ .;*ab^ ;A«oa 2i3 ^32 -l^^o Ijs^^ If*^ 



200 Add. 1982 

Alphabetical. 

3. The Epiphany : 

a. Beginning, f. 34 a : 
^ Oula <* 2330 JQ>*1^30.a\ 2301O.& J^03 o^V«? 
^jB9033 Ato a>^23 .^^N^^O llsOSs^iS ^3JC3 .^oSi^ <* ^OS< 
3bbaS< 23JQ3^JL^M .JQ>0u3aVe 3'^30 . ^tJiX ^332 «30^0 

JCX^^O ;kb3 .23^13^ oS^ ^>^ /^? -V?^ ^.>St *10 

;m3o2 o^ OkS^^sio .^^^^,o jL 3 >JO ^^^? .230^ 5^2 

*:* ;«3^ 

6. Beginning, f. 37 a : 



233kO ooo? oo^sJs -2>^o3 liaji a]yi>Sn -^1^ 
^!^ml .%ca] as^aVs «^or;ak!fli^ o^a .23aio ^033 

OuiXe .^is3O303^ 0007 oA30^2O -lorn iiio^ OplO 23UQ»33 



Add. 1982 201 

c. By Hakkim (or Mas'ud) of the family of l;fasha*, 
beginning, f. 37 6 : 

JS*33 !23U9^ ^^^^ ^is»<? ^aA^ti^ ^bp x^ ^J^^? 



4. The Commemoration of S. John the Baptist, beginning, 
f. 39 a : 



;bo4^ vjnio -^i'^^ ^9 Uo y^^aio .;i^i.3 X^bss 

5. The Commemoration of S. Peter and S. Paul, beginning, 
f. 41 6 : 



I • II I , , ,a . / (I \ 

;.»a9^ oai^^2o o\^o ouA^? .v^o^S^S ^ao^ 
w^.pa ^ols -jsaoS^o JBa6i\^ ^o^q\ <* ^03 

.jco ■}lS.^» aa 



* B.O. iii. 1. 561. 



202 Add. 1982 

6. The Commemoration of the Evangelists, beginning, 
f. 43 a : 



^S^o ad^^io .^lil^^aa^ «j6li2 Si-so Ji'i.^^ oom 

;iisa^ -^?^ ;««^^ A^^7^^ .oax^^,^^ ^hl »^oopo 



;^>»0 -^^t^ ^^.I^ 0^JQ>9^ .;*^AX.33 wCr O^jQX^O^p 

h. Beginning, f. 44 a : 

^^»o .oiisa-^Z aJ.3 ^>'>?^A ^V-^? ^r^i|o •^*?^9 

7. The Commemoration of S. Stephen, beginning, f 45 b : 



^^io X^io'^ ^^^^3 <* Ipa^m 6l ^^ao-V ^?7 ^^V^ 
.230^0 ^aV^ «> <^3X^ X ^S'JQ'-? ^^? -^^oLi^ ^^ 



Add. 1982 203 

8. The Commemoration of the Greek Doctors. 
a. Beginning, f. 46 6 : 



6. By the priest Salibha*, on the history of Nestorius, 
beginning, f. 48 6 : 

<* ;^oo^2^ 

* B.O. iii. 1. 463; Cardahi, Lib. Thes., p. <,y. 



204 Add. 1982 

9. The Commemoration of the Syrian Doctors, beginning, 
f. 56 6 : 



Xm^^ Ijjaost : a.tip ^ioaS a*M *> }**oh^ ^jja 

<* ^&>^ \M I'ayA^o .iy^ajJso 

10. The Prayer of the Ninevites; hymns of prayer and 
repentance : 

.^ao^ U^^^ ^y^ '?^^ -U^i^'^ ^'* ^ >^9^ 

a. On Lot and Sodom and Gomorrah, beginning, f. 58 6 : 
.^2 ^^'ia (sic) ^^ui>*ja> *^3M <• Uto!^ ^ a<.2 : \u 
^s^ya m-^? .^^'au^JQ3^ Ujay-xjaio .2JS^.£s^3 ^isa^ 
.v^^ wdx.^o ^ 2o^ lis .^^ouSLoa ^iOsa ;«Om .^^Icia 
• Ua^p ^^^ 2<>^ ^^^? -"A ^..?^^ 'A'V ^^o,!>A >^o 

6. On the prophecy of Jonah, and how he fled from 
before God, beginning, f 60 b: 



.la^l ^kti ^» Jb'iSi U^ljio .^m oi^ouauk JS^ 



;^I^Xo .is^yjb ^*'^'i>P? ^'isa ^ .;^o^3 o7«6y.2o 

OlS^ aUHp ;33^31.30 •>^^CrI^ ^^Qf^Ll 2X^ '^"^ U^P 

*> 6s*yja o^^doaA ;xl2 yJLaAo .^boub 



Add. 1982 205 

c. On the same subject, ^X*ia O^JS, beginning, f. 62 a: 

d. On repentance, beginning, f. 63 b : 

;x^ o2 .^2 M^ab^x v^ '^^ ^^ ^^^ '^P 

Jxor kVitfiSAoa? liJOu ^^oiai %\s<o .m^.«oo7 ^bouMS l»iiao 
•• ' ' »• » 

;isata^o .2p2x ^oboa^a lis^i-tea \f9^^? -^?^ P"?^ 9^ 

e. On repentance, beginning, f. 65 a : 



wtfiso^ ^o^ ^S-haAo .J^ai ^^yxl^bp l^pl .;^ffis^^ 
\s<3 ^o .a^ l*i^ ^^3 Jb isAa .w.^ u«\*t>to 

Alphabetical, with two ^. 
/. On repentance, beginning, f, 66 6 : 



l6si yJloL^ •^30noS< -^2 M3y.3^>i ^ibo .^i ^O^? 



206 Add. 1982 

g. For help, beginning, f. 67 h : 



m07 .^3 oao7 *\0:s2 ^Sax a^Js is^l J^Sis Ado .^*3 ^2? 

^2 c^^i.2 ^9; J^.K^^^3 onis^^aud.3 6v«^*2^ 2fi^o^2 

*> ^ ^ais *^o7!S^9 2^^>3o .o;is«aM»23 

The first stanza is an acrostich of the author's name, 
UO-iA^aouA^ . The hymn is alphabetical. Each stanza has 
four lines, each beginning and ending with the same letter, 
except the fourth which rimes in ^p ; thus : 

.p>*aSi ^aM.23p ^?aiy Uoh .y***2 <^^oi^ Uooii^? ? 
\*3Ji.3 ^ouM^ .3uo^ s^creSSi J^dx-bo ^^^j ^elxs 

OO] 2a-*.M O01 .07iS.3O^.!^ U*iQ>^b9 yitOO) .OI^SOJSdu^A 

A. By the archiater and archdeacon Mari bar Meshihaye*, 
beginning, f. 68 6 : 

.;^o^2 ^isois crjjp ;^3^ \a ^,p oscn .^x*ia atJS 

* See Cardahi, Lib, Thcs.^ p. \ . o. 



Add. 1982 207 

.\ai^ ^^^a^ ^93: .^1 ojs!^ wmam ^i^ .{sic) iJ**xx 

^imaXM ^^Vlft .Ojltf "^C? ^t^^^f® .^iS^oSs .J30^ 

.^Om^^o ^o^ i*^^^ .lao^ uXdom3 .^^0^2 aiuQ>o .;^ 
JES w.ist2a ;&2o .^cr^oJcXm.^is ^ 2S.aLjQ> ^o^^ i>ui.23 

Alphabetical. Each stanza consists of four lines, and each 
line begins and ends with the same letter ; e.g., 

;^2 2a«ja ^'.i^ ^ *> ^^k30Q>.^ \^ 73U3:^2 .?T>«yo 
M^2a y^a^oa .^oau^ ^ »30^o ^^-3 .^o^a ^«boqE^ 
2'x.^^p 2h>^>o\ \ <« "^^^^^^ "A? '3^? ^^ -"po's^i^ 

.j^\\S23 ^03 ^l\is^ -"^f j A^? S^f^^ ^*V^ "V^f^ 

i. Beginning, f. 69 6 : 
.0^3 2i3M.2 }^^^o .^^a^^^ ?^oaa ^^s^^'a^^ \^ ^9 



208 Add. 1982 

• lisoS^.^ ^«bOM'i.3 ^;3Lb .;^ouaLs3 auo'S i^f o|^a 

.;^!^^ ^^Xm ^is^fiv A^^ '^^-S^ ^JsS^ y>^a3>7>fi> *n 

<* ;^aJ3jQ>:3a ^2 ^k^o ;22Ao 

Each stanza has four lines ; the first line is taken from a 
psalm, the last is an invariable refrain ; thus : 

.wAiCdSk ^omS ^xyap .wJjtdM <^^Q^u:S^^ J&Z .yjjbais 

J. On the Lord's Prayer, beginning, f. 72 a: 



jqx^30l\3 a^p -^3di d^oJsbo .7^o^9 ;is>.M2 






Add. 1982 209 

k. On the Lord's Prayer, beginning, f. 73 h : 



Z. On the Lord's Prayer, beginning, f. 74 6: 



<* «^^oau^3 qis^^o^so .^^JSouo'Sa o7baijQ> 

??i. Beginning, f. 75 6: 



.<^3u2 ^^O^ .2930p OT^p 'U^ ^0^,?0 }^0^9 

.^^uin^ ;o) ^oL^? ^i3boo5.3 .^2 A*^ XoLs lisoai^n 
.;&2 bfib^^ ^2 ;&2 2vb 3A -U^ «N<^^^^ ^?^?90 

Alphabetical ; stanzas of four lines, three riming together, 
the fourth ending in Jli ; e.g., 

.^a^ y^is^a^ ^baSoxa .^^j.3 u&fi^aa ;«3os.3 i3 

B. C. 14 



210 Add. 1982 

is 3^ .JxLfObo ^^oir ^l^o .;^ob ^b^'ls uAfis^i»V \ 
<• ^o;\ o^ (sic) y^Sbox^ jiL ,;^oQu^ i^m ^ 

n. On repentance ; may be recited over a grave ; begin- 
ning, f. 76 6: 

oisiis .u^o>3.Soy \^o MJsouop ^.^ .^jtao^ ^2 ^bx^'S 

Alphabetical, in stanzas of four lines riming together ; e.g., 
.23Ati o^ ^Sm4 m^^.V^o .2301 ^aea "t^^j? ol 

0. On repentance, beginning, f. 77 6: 

Alphabetical ; stanzas as in n. 

jx On repentance, beginning, f. 78 h : 



Add. 1982 211 

Alphabetical, with stanzas as in v. 
q. On repentance, beginning, f. 79 6 : 

.^X^bpisiap %, ^bool^e .^^\i>a!S< ^3l^o yiSo^o ^c^^ 
. yija*^ao )L 5^ 5^>^3 *s^Zo . ^^^ v^o^aM ;^o6ikx ^23 

Alphabetical, with double JS • Stanzas as in n. 
r. On repentance, beginning, f. 80 6 : 



wA^«^i&\ .;x^ ^o^ «\s<9 .zSoioi vJ^d o^? 



*> ;&2 ^3ib03 

Alphabetical ; stanzas as in n. 

s. On deliverance from the Evil One, beginning, f. 81 6 : 



14—2 



212 Add. 1982 

oiispLsSsapo <* la^l ^^^XJai S,6xf :aL3c Jijoo] \^ aj,X2 



isx'l^ J^ \^isl .S^ •.^Cp 07^0.^i isSp 097 .^a^ 

After this acrostich lai^l ^.iJC.M S^OXt,, there follows an 
alphabet, with stanzas as in n, and the poem concludes with the 
acrostich wA}uV,30b\. 

t Beginning, f. 82 6, with the acrostich jeXb\^30u.V,, 

followed by an alphabet with stanzas as in n. 



N' 



iJo .o^bas Jiea^ Sst o^ ^^ouQ9p -^P^o? ^is^**! 



bw^V^ ly^S^ .^a* j^o ^a007 5y.^3 ^&2o -^2 ^^tC^^jbA* 
u^ ^^2 2307 a^o .;^oL.bdi3 ^^23 ^^?^ .^^^^aii 
Iq^o i^ 03^^ .;2sAl^iM ;&2 ;^ J^^oa 4^0^? 
.ly.aSi 2bi^y ;d.MX> -23^^ V^o r^4^ ^?^ -^^.^^ 
wdyj^y*^ • ^2ftVMiV< Mi20O m0^2 2 «^ 23^jfa ^o 2321^ ^ 
^lao ^o32o •'^A^ vAo ^^3^^ ^OmO ■ A<i\ia3!* jSa 5^2 

<« ^2 ia ^2 



Add. 1982 213 

u. Similar in arrangement to t ; beginning, f. 84 a : 



J^a ^^bax ^ox^ .«i^ou^o^^ laiixl 2 <« ^*3JQ» ^2 ^oai23 

<« <^Jsa;k2 

V. On repentance ; similar in arrangement to the two 
preceding hymns, save that is is double ; beginning, f, 85 a : 



^V^ .230bo2 :nx ^^ 7i^S» a}xio .^sJ^ :so^ \^ 



o^S JS^23 ^ o2 . <^^^o.^2 ;3^p 0L2 2 «> ;^Q«^«3£3 

tu. On repentance ; alphabetical, with stanzas similar to 
the above ; beginning, f. 86 a: 



yjyiioi^ .jQxX^boA^ h^'^? oT^t? '^^ ^^:^3 



2U Add. 1982 

OS. On himself, beginning, f. 87 a : 



^{iaoai} ^ -^3^0 ^io ^2 2 <• ^JSo«w^ ocr >> 07^ 

Each stanza of the alphabet consists of three lines riming 
with one another, whilst the fourth ends in J^o A , except 
in the three final JS, where the four lines rime. 

y. Beginning, f. 88 a : 



;a2 ;i^ .;&2 ^^ a^ ;&2 ^ ^o .;&2 ^ >^o 



Add. 1982 215 

i^'soj? el 2 <• Ixi bick' ^o U^ S>^xja .U^ 3^^' ^o Wl 

Alphabetical ; stanzas of four riming lines. It ends with 
the acrostich ^aoA^. 

z. Beghrninsj, f. 89 6 : 



:a!^iA ;mX^o marg.] : ^^23 Itox osuxao : l^^ ajja 

oo] •.o^I 3ki^o .«s^a^A>3 <^^9 ^^^oj ^^. -*\?^? >^ 

Alphabetical, with triple ^ ; stanzas of four riming lines. 
a. On tlie grave, beginning, f. 90 6 : 



.yaiido ^ysop aj^ox loa^ -^'^^ ^^? -^^ cr^^ 
3^0 -^^ 'f^^ OTM^ -t^^ M^o ^?^ ^^? V'^^ 
^oaJ3 o2 2 «> ^M ^^^-'^ opM.i^ -^■'^ ^ ™^^^ 
.;^4.o3 y,^>o^ ^ ^^ .lisSa^o ^y^la ^p .;^30^3 

Alphabetical, with double ^ ; stanzas of four riming lines. 



216 Add. 1982 

/3. On love of learning, beginning, f. 91 b 



ois . ^^o^rAo ^o^ ^i^o . ^3.^eu ^^S ^^ 



2 <* ai^ 111 ^i^ ^-^iao .07^ ;&: ^^iL vA ly£p \^? 

Alphabetical. 

7. By Mar Ephraim, beginning, f. 92 6 : 



;^o^3L^ 1*aLo .l^K'ii >auak^i ^i:ao^ .Ism o^a 
.^oi^ oadpbislo o^«bax .^^^ laoi o^^ .^boo^o 

.^isiixaa ^isao ysolp .^ob J^ «.^o^V^^ ^o^ ^o 
wcnbaoL^ oAtoto .^aio^io o^^&o ^1^0)0^0^39 ^A*j2^ 

.;3.^ou aor ;o7^2 2 <» ^i>2i*?^_ ^^a^s ;^ou«3 .;:^oj^o;j3 

;iif> mo;*,^3lS< -3^3; ^^03 ^3^0 .^jA^ou /au*33 ^iS 

A double alphabet, 22, ^3 0, etc. 
8. Beginning, f. 94 « : 



.;a*o33 ;L3y.9 \(3b .;£so^aL^ l**x^o .2330 ?i^\ya 



;^^.^ ^ ^2 .^aii ^sf^ ^ -"^^ ^^-^ <>^^.? 



Add. 1982 217 

This poem is ascribed elsewhere to Hakkim of Beth Kasha ; 
see for example S.RC.K. 27, f. 58 6 : 

e. By Khamis*, beginning, f. 98 6 : 



y^ihs* .%,aa 0^.3 . ;^o^4^ l^^i^o . JOsuboA ^u^? 



Stanzas of four riming lines. 

r. By Elias, metropolitan of Siibha (Nisibis)-f*, begin- 
ning, f. 99 6 : 

.^^oaL i^ipa^ \i.m3 .MV*3bb> po,tj .A^l 6^.3 ^2^o 

jE^aito .v^'aciAAO ^^o» ^3o^ .*^b:0 ^s.^ ^1*^3 a 

The letter alaph does not occur in this poem, which is 
alphabetical from »3 to ^, with stanzas of four riming lines. 

* B.O. iii. 1. 566 ; Cardahi, Lib. Thes., p. o^. 
t Bar Sliinuaya. See B.O. iii. 1, 266 sqq. 



218 Add. 1982 

^. On the Flood, beginning, f. 100 h 



a^ 0^3 .^2a mOi w*^ou3 ^0073 ^oSl OCT \^ 

oJ^ 3A : "pJfi *sQ?>^ 2397 O^^ . 2330 ^^!S^3 0^3 

<* ?ti«\^ %, &J 00070 .;ad2 ^sla obo^a ;o^2 uia .;3ri2 

77. In time of Famine, Pestilence and Drought, begin- 
ning, f. 102 a : 



.^A^ ^2j» ^2 ^la^auk 01^0 .^<U \si JBx.^a aao 
.^eS.^ cfi'yao pytio M07oxal5 .«^o\db^Jka ^osa os^o 
\4ap .;is?^ ^007 ^a^a .^x^yh I'if^etsis ^1 
61 wMoti <• ^Im^N ^^^ ^J^^? ' ^?67^ o^^AxS 

mo7 ;»2 .;is3uaiio ;^*^a ;^^o^^ .;isa^ u»atj ;ao;; 

0. For the same, 

s^a^Mox ^M ois .^boo^o ;iso^^ ;^«x^o 

beginning, f. 104 a : 

.Uool ^^^o ^>» ^?o .^^a cv^ ^t2a ol«.i 



Add. 1982 219 

iMci .^a*jQ)i ^^ o;.3 ^^.Z lo^p .Uo] U-Pi^ ^4?^? 

I. On the calamities that took place in the years 1535 — 
39 = A.D. 1224—28, beginning, f. 105 6 : 



. e . o! . ^ . bti . ^ : ^i ishia Jia^p ;^o3'i» \s<^ 
^ ^^oa'i^ o2 .^Ixb ;» ^iso^^ o2 *> «s^oa«^ ^^3b2o 

bis3 lisi^ ^^?f^ -^^^ ^,?^ ;«oo; ^*3^baC9 p'ia .^m 

/c. On the famine and pestilence in A. Gr. 1536 = A.D. 
1225, beoinnino- f. 108 a: 

.IAm o^^i isiXJ-i ^oara .2i^oboo W^ «^V^ 



220 Add. 1982 

.^Al*xidO ^M ^Xti ^»0 .^*'>/ak» ^O ^*^ ^UQ3 ^o 

\. For the Wednesday of the Prayer (of the Ninevites), 
beginning, f. 109 h : 

liii^o .;^o^3 ;Adiboo .;^oS^3 ;^odoi 62 

<• «^aijQ3> jsis ^oM ^i .a7Js*^a^ jcaa pla ^073 

Subscription, f. Ilia: 
.io .^adki ^o^? ^^ o2 .;^o>.33 ;^Ii'6s< :zAx 

11. The Commemoration of any one Saint, beginning, 
f. Ilia: 



^^ ^'6ji .liskioxisp ;\9b 3il»o .^^oisS ^a^o 



Add. 1982 221 

.lifs.x'soxisp liso'y^^p .l^sysap Jix'S ^o^ . ;fr.ft\^S.^ 

;^Qua3^o .^^i&a ^^oai^ ^"^iii^ -^^9^^^? ^V? 

12. On the Talents and the Ecclesiastical Grades, begin- 
ning, f. 112 b : 

. ^o^a4 ?^ ^^^o . Itlis'i,^ ^V^,? "^^^ I'yy^ ^3 



^d^.^ .;:^au^p li^Sjao .2?^9P ^7^? 3^ ^^? 

3^ lisX^ 2?o) .^oo) ;3\ c;30u«p :>i.S>Sis^ .loai 

13. On the Ten Virgins, beginning, f. 114 «: 



oLia ;Smx^o . ». 93^ 1*^0 . ^9^3 3j6:V< \^ 






222 Add. 1982 

14. For the Friday of the Dead, 
a. Beginninof, f. 116 a : 



\^3 .ooa] ^Ix o^boo •.^^i^ .0007 ^A^' 2>»^^K sa 

<* OOO) ^yS02 ^ liAO^O .0007 «^0^2& 07^A^2b9 
&. On the Resurrection of the dead, beginning, f 117 6: 
l^iSii) .2330 ;^^^a 9^3 .^iSt-^? ;^boItJ \^3 
^AamSo , wAX.b0iX.b9 079^3^ ^^oao . ^mAi^ op Jla>^^p3 
^iboi ^o . ^p>bo ^^b9 ^ op<^^ ^!SkS<o . (sic) ^^A^sS ^2 
Jxi^ ^*3 ,li6i \yy ;iof j^ ^2o .;i±) \^ 00} 

^M^o .000; ^p^ ^Aicaao^ ^*A>3o5 .oooi ^\»>ia 
*«* 0007 ^^c ^o^oatA«2ji!>o . 0007 ^'^c ^"^^ 



Add. 1982 223 



15. For Lent, 

a. The first Sunday, beginning, f. 119 a: 



ai^'^ ^ ai^^ , }*i'^ ^ol J^^3 ^fd:53k^p ^tis^J^o^ 



A*'i5 .Jauait o^b9o^33 ^aa .:a!^ •2?^9 ^J^^Ai^^Aw? 
^ooi3 .^^ucd^ i^io ^opio .^ila ^iO^A^ O7^^o^ 
oiiako .c^^p^ox^ ojlSk^o o^mOO .^^^^^ ^^^ 

The fourth line of each stanza ends in J* throughout the 
whole hymn. 

h. The first Monday, beginning, f. 121 a : 

\^jQ»2 od\4'^iio •^^9^?30 lisoi^AO^ .^oiiSl^^ 

iM^ . ^^^^ ;&oi 001 ^fV,^ <* ^^.l? ^ ^ ^ *NfA 

The rime in ^JS goes through the whole hymn. 
c. The second Sunday, beginning, f. 122 6 : 



224 Add. 1982 

0^3 ^007 ^O .hiC9^^^» J&390^ loO] .l^2o J!0 

fao^ •^^'^^^^ t? ^w\ ^^JS|^? .'aa?^ ^??^? ^**9^ 

<* a>ateaoo ^^^ 

d The third Sunday, beginning, f. 124 a : 

<* ;^OlV>M>^ \S<0 .lXj,pJ:i ;»0^3 Z^^S ;3ULJ3m9 

^^tauayo .^93^ v^^? ''^'^^ o^.^ . ^^V^3 ?^^ 
.^i^ ssS^ I'y^oxp 23^X t!^^? tf^^,?^ n^^ 
Ic^l <• ^a^.a^M •sOop ?iiau«'aiboa . ^akla^^ «^oa^6s ^iso 
c?bo.^g uOV>'a^o .^a^ 23^3 uoio^a a^a .;xl2 ;aua 
<« ;jd2 ^^0^3^ ^^^ aa«>2ia . ;ta'aa^ 
e. The fourth Sunday, beginning, f, 125 i : 
0^9 .;^ai!0ucr7 \s< auMo .Jboo^a ;^a2a ^lUsxMa 



)^ .^ ^!^\ O^a \^ ^ JjQxa 6l .i±p2^ > 29309 

.\a jap aoL^ 0070 \a o^ oo) ..S^ Ip^o S^ ^^^^bs 
ju3Lm .07^0^*23 oSa Tja^ isA ..^ ^» ^??^^ ?^j 



Add. 1982 225 

♦ o^ 

The first of these stanzas has the acrostich Jopl. They 
are followed by alphabetical stanzas from 2 to 53. Then come 
stanzas beginning alternately with 3 1^1 2po^ and ^bo^crpo 
3 l%2. The first of these is : 

<* ^Jsouos 2,3m ;a:3atiM03o J^^ oib\J.o 

The remainder are alphabetical from ^ to ^, , e.g., 

etc. 
f. The same, beginning, f 127 a: 

^^orfL^ oiti .V^ 23ttA ;Is3 00073 .h^o3 ^oi'^i ui3 
^^bouM33 oa^dio .^Aiauov^ J(3 «. 0^0.^2 a^2 .?3.iaud^ 

;^^30^ O^^O .;^3y59V, J^^^ «^03v^i ^SJi •^^3uh9V 

^o .01^0^2 fisA Xa]^l 2 •;* ;isx.ad; }^^^c\o .^is^s^ 

B. c. 15 



226 Add. 1982 

Alphabetical. 

g. The Mid- Wednesday in Lent, beginning, f. 127 & : 

^ aX^Kisio .07.^ yaSi. X?> ^»o^.a .opi i^^i 

<• ^^oAf w4^ ,Ht'V^ . ^ ^,?\,? ?**f»aft ;a^^^ . 23323 
.mOIO-S^^A i^2 ^ol .opoo^3 ?*^«t» 9-P^33 

<• ^sii ^o^ ^siy^^ . ^ '^4^? '^^A'^ 9^"^^ 

h. By Sabhr-isho' bar Paul* of Mosul, beginning, 
f. 129 a : 

*:* ^^a» sfi30^a^ 33 : ^OaaSAoA 23yA^3 }^3m2 



;^3^ "^^^j^? • ^^^ ^9^2? ci^cn . ;i!woa3:is3 07339 

yjmO^Sx JCS^O .2JS*'33 ^O^ksk ^30^ . ;^a433330 
. ;i!Vi33O6«30 ^JSO:Sf2 23^1 .2^03^0) ^ •^oS^d .^^.^^^ 



* B.O. iii. 1. -A\. 



Add. 1982 227 

<* <^^odu^3 67^3^ '^^o • ^'^^ ^^ ^? ^'^^ 

I, The fifth Sunday of Lent, on the son of Perdition 
(2 Thessal. ii. 8), beginning, f. 130 a: 



«^3 O^toU . ;mi03 ^iyf O ;&Oar j\^2sX20 .29072S uA&m20 

aiisbil^Ia •^ ^moA'S 0013 ^^2bo ^A<3 .^^ ^>? 
;fi^o^is .;^La^ 23o^ ;oo7 ^isaa .;js»'^2 ^o^o^a 

j. For the same, beginning, f. 131 6 : 



^aacA^J^a ;aijL3xA ;bOM.So .^.sluxA c^ lisy^l 



.JUS I'^^p \*^f^ a{^o .3^2a .23303 oi^p .c;>«aiXti 
.;ia! ;i.af ouooi ?-bA^30 .^St^ ^baa *v^^-^ ^^? Uo 

;^23 ^^ol :sktJ3 .y^OIOiD^^^ ?u3 *^Oa^ lOO] w^^O 



15—2 



228 Add. 1982 

23yM^iS 3A <* 0^33 ^O ?iiaS>Ny O^ j;i^is3LbO .Op 

OTl^^lSjO \^0 .OOO) ^3^* *s^3^ P3^0 .0007 ^*2LXA 
<• OOO! ^3^2 ji^ ^070 .OOOl ^^ibO op 
yl-. The sixth Sunday, f. 133 a : 



.;is5isas isS ^aioa)Lp l^a .^boo^p ;is2C3 ;3lxj3mi3 



iiOp k^I uXtiO (see above, no. 13) .;5o^>.$ xis Jauft^a 
Ol^^a ^^^ -^^^>^ u.>b03 ;^*&OSi i^2 .;33L3Xmi 

<♦ (see f. 240 a) ;3^a^ 

^. The Friday of Lazarus, beginning, f. 133 a : 



.^AL .2330 jQ»A^3ou\3 oT^p .30^p jisaoa^b 
.o;3u23 ^>»^\< Ihtoo^o ^booap .o;po\*^ ^^P? ^^^ 

.07^odu^ pJa ^3^ ^^o .o7^^aa bti'i^ y ^ ^isJsis2p 
5^2 ^2p .^A&'a^ 07.3 o5^,bJS2o .^^o3 07.3 oaor^so 
2\\^3 ^2o .loo] yi^ ;o^2 ^J -loo] ^9^^^ ^u2 
\a ^ j:«3p ;bo^ <* ;ooi ;o^2 ^^S^oxja .;oo7 ^sll 
.;22A^ 2p23: ^ ^'^9 .;»o^^ Xa ^ Tio^^o .Jio^ 

*:* ;:a\Lp 2a^ o^sox ;l^^ 

16. Palm Sunday, beginning, f. 135 a : 



.;zAL «:• 2p30 jQ>A^3aA,p o^p z ^ji^o2p 2p2^p 



Add. 1982 229 

^^O .loO] Misl ^399? ^i 4007 C1^3 l\^ %f^ 

17. Tlic Lord's Passover, beginning, f. 136 6 : 

o{^? 3A oU^p .lA'iioo ^^^? 2?^V? ^^3kM2 
o2 49313 ;^*&o^ ais-a 2xboi6^»o .2330 jQ>A^30b\3 
;^!S.a .is»tl : 0X.3 ;3«.^^ ^aa o2 .U^l? ;3UQ>.b03 
2a^^o .;isxo»bo 07^ isoo] \^y's3^^ .;is3U3±io ^^^as 

;m^13 ua^M .;>^oJS«2 2,x.« u.ij.'fil ;»OLti .2^^^3 w.00^ 

;m^ 0&07 •> ;^Qd«^3 w»&^9;u ^?3>^? .;^ouy.^ ;!^ 

.230^0^0 %*JXai .2x.baV 2a^^o3 2a^ 3a^^23 .233^(3 

<* 23001^ >io ^4^2 

18. Good Friday, beginning, f. 138 a: 

2ib02^»O .23303 0^3 3A ^V? -^? Jl^SoS^S 

;^ak.^3 ^^33>3 ^iAoi ;ov^23 .;'^iAjQ3-a3 ^^ad^ 3is3 

o3i^2o .)^ ^007 «.3^3 opi^ .^slSL <• ^:9^I aa 
W.MO .^ii.3.tJ3 ;:s*^ oii^ftsis2o .^2o 2v^.^ 23a)is 



230 Add. 1982 



19. Easter Sunday. 
a. Beginning, f. 140 a : 



Aioiis'sco *:* 2a 303 o^^a : ^^^Itja Jaucaaw^ia ^»aa 



jcL^ aA .Ji3>^!^i ^*3 *^oa;a^S Of^a .Za^Moaa 2aoA^ 
I'soiS ai^ 6l «:• ^o'a lil^ ^tiao^ \yy -^«^ ^\ 
.^ ^'p C7.3 ^poaoa .^^!s^a ^^sS^ lalx .j/aoov 

*> U^**-*' o^yaa ^'a^o 

b. The morning of the Resurrection, beginning, f. 141 b: 



2ao.bOf» aisaa ♦^a\\^\o:a auis*lo .;Nb»Itja 2i.^ja 
;3dL3au^3 .'pSL <• 2aaoa o^^a a^a o^a •2a^ja 

;»al ;3X.aaiMa .;»\L 2aao l*oya Ip^ -^ao^aii ^vol 

9^3 .^iSfdia 073^03 ;3k3L3XM3 .;^a1n> ^.^^^2 ^PO 

.;^ou»o ^fr»*V^ ^^ v^ax^o .;:soo^^2a 23^^03 ;aLb 
.;:s.^oI jca 2^-3C-3a>M»3 •> ^^^.bolti at-SLb^ •^^Ao^.i>^o 



Add. 1982 231 

c. Beginning, f. 143 a : 

gj^tio .%6\n iisc^ o7.3o%Io .^»M 2\\^\ cpu^ 

ao^ v^o^boAo .;oa; x^slO ^bbis l*^^ c^^^? .;^^o>^ 

;^aAtio ^o^ *^C^ ^13^2 ^3^^o .}oo7 ^o^isl 
^JSl^o ^i.t*t^o .0007 ^f2 0Q>o2iDb.^ 3A «:• ^M *\x 

^3023 v^^^O .0007 ^\\bO^ OlisObO X^^O .0007 

<* 0007 ^aA^ 

20. The Friday of the Confessors. 
a. Beginning, f. 145 a : 

• 2330 JQ9A,30b\ ;iab.!S«^3 0^3 .^^3030 3 ;is303kS<3 

.^\»ii^^ woor W^*.f*^ 2aa .^33^30 ^^ ^007 )a'l .sSL 

wA*^X^ .^307^0 ;A3^O30O .^^3^30 m007 ^3aBU03 
w^^^cLa .^2 ;303 ^O^ i^?\ \4^ . US^>0>\ ^3033 



232 Add. 1082 

^^po^So -111 ^1^3Js» ^ : QX3 A-aor .?i3q.V^ 

h. For Mar Tahmazgard the martyr* and those who 
were crowned with him at Beth Selokh, beginning, f. 146 h : 



fl^S>a»»2a 23c^30 .^a^" 2?crViCd b^l^f^o;^ Jy^'^ 



.^*oo; ^^^x lac^a ^'y.i .yxiL.L .Ipso 2&k.^^3 

o^L^ .^^ ^'>^ o2 •> 2>iQ>3^o Jtf'^^ ^X^bd^o 
^op.bo oA^&o .^xla ?xi2o 232x ;aL^3 .;xois^is.o ^a'ld^ 

In each stanza three lines rime together, and the fourth 

ends in J.is. 

c. For Mar Jacob who was cut in pieces, beginning, 
f. 148 a : 

?3i^b93 0^3 .U*?AiO^ ;^.^0 .IttXa^M ^Otl^ U.X03 

^oaaaib-SN^sis .^^^^o llsA^aA ^jjcs .a^ -2?b9 

* See Hoffmanu, Ausziifje awi si/r. Al^ten j-itTx. Miirtyrcr, p. 207. 



Add. 19S2 2:33 

.loO] 34^0 ^^13 diss .^^4^^2 ^^, Olibb 33X33 

AOi o;.&ho ^Jsaoiobbo .^oo; <3^3o 0^3 di^lk^SfJ, w^^ols 
.;^^obax 1pm ^bdoisxZ <* ;o9) ax. aL^, ;^a7a^,3htio .^oo? 

^30^0 .^N3M.i3 lisis^l a]isy\l^ .;iS3u3^0 }^&<.30 J^^MJnm 

21. New Sunday, beginning, f. 150 a: 



\a3 l»6ya .^L <• 23303 a^*p -l^P^ laaap^p 

.;^aL.ws^3 ;&33.xtt .;^.tiLis.^3 ;i^3^.^o .;^^x^ 

^3XCw')0O 2^0X.fi>i3 ;*OXtO .;^^33 ^^.^^XMO 

ojisy^ om mJ3 .;^^x-3 ly.'s ajjap ^uax^s *> J^ojdl 
*> ^^Al^Sk^ ^pO] ^3^3 .;^^s^Mb9 oi^^Ifib 4^f3aS 



22. Tiie Commemoration of S. George. 



a. Beginning, f. 151 b 



*> 23303 a(^p . l*M^ Ipa^ ^A>A^30b\ ^^3^03 ;i3A033 



.HI^3 l^)j^o U^^ iSkk .^is&3 wmXI.^ psao .^^ 



234 Add. 1982 

3u^, hyi .^03 ^*^'-^? ^^?4V^ .1^^ 232 JB (sic) 
b. Beginning, f. 153 a: 



lpaj,mp ^o\^2^ -^2& <« 23C77o& ^«^ ?i.A\y3 07^3 

.009; ^pisX^ Ihai oSip 3A •:• ^3k^f JmSOX v^OO^O^O 

.ooo) ^Xjx ^o 0007 ^4^^ .0007 ^A,h 0^^ ly^.L ^«2 

23. The Commemoration of Mar Pithion (Pethion), by the 
archdeacon Mari bar Meshihaya, beginning, f, 154 b : 



wi32.t0 M>»^ 2>AaLS<3 .V 0*^k*5 ^hJop ^aA039 



•sOu^*!^ ^yiio .23opca *.^^aA033 ;^ ^2^ .ox 3^9^ 
Mu x ao -lorn Wa^2 07.30^ \Vyb03 -2^33 a^JsoJ^ 
uJ^io .;xo^.» ^^'^^^^ S.l^io ^c7;.3io .;a^Ao2o ;x1 

5^*2 2 «^ ;cvS233 ;^omi.o^^ . w.I^o.v^ ^^ «\^2 



Add. 1982 235 

Alphabetical. 
24. The Ascension. 
a. Beginninsf, f. 155 6: 



<* ^>m2 ^isosba 6;*;^2o <^3^9 o^A^oAS 232^3 



• lisois*^ ^oioal :a^ lox -^^^ i^is*l lai^l .^x^L 
o^Sa ^boxi '^4-^? l-^^? ly^-* ^•*^? .oipA^lJ^ 

2ai^f*2 ^ <* ^O0 :so^ o^-fiOM Jbwbolp .0^390 ai^ 

• U^^ ^>^ o^ "^ ■U'aatoao ^eo^3 sad: .^ob x^ 

A double alphabet, J J, ^'^, ^tc, with nine ^. 
b. Beginning, f. 158 a : 



<* ^Sm2 ^isodop 6^:S*20 '23303 9^^3 3A cjk*3 

^aOmO 4^3 ^^i^O 3223 2^X13 .;bOu3^3 O^^^^O 1^0^X00 

oo;&2o .;^3J.^» ^ yAa73 ;m3o2 .^S<ax \^ ^X33 



236 ' Add. 1982 

Jbia ofis^ <• ^ao ^^«j\ iJax^o infyi* .}^oJitop 

o^30u*3 u'n\y,y2 .^j.A>o23 lax afsix^^ 001 .lJi,*.*M 

c. Beginning, f. 159 b: 



^^070 2b^ ^ \^i^ .23A^ ^» \^\ ;u23 ?,to \ \ 

aipaS^ V^-^S. ^T^^^^ '^^ ^'^ ^P^? ^^^tb .2i3LJ03 
2aa o^-bo^ <tb\^o .2b^A>.3 loo] o^aou^J 2JS^» .2'a ^ ^ 

.;^^^23 ^2 ;^ ^p •2^^>? ^'^ 'fS'^ A^ ?^ <* ^'^o 

25. The Sunday after the Ascension, by Khamis, begin- 
ning, f. 161 6: 



3A .;i!^ oboudi ^ck^bpo .l^aat. ^^V, 0001 epo^Js2o 
.jQ30.2k32 is*^p 23auQ> 0m^^^2o .^^oo) aJ.3 ^»ao a .»S bo 

.. :s*X3 ba Ai<^23 .^iQaa&obJN ^4^^^ 3'a^ ouSy^o 



Add. 1982 237 

y«4,?f2 .Jm030 23013 ?A'.l^ ^S^O .?^.i.3.3C ^23 hl^ 

Alphabetical. 

26. Pentecost or Whitsunday. 
a. Beginning, f. 102 6 : 



JO»S^ba\ Uk-^aop .l^a^n\\^p 232S#3 ^3ue.33u«3 



2^3 X^XaO ;S<S23 2b^ .^AL .;3iS0^3 .2330 

^^o .^iox ^3 o7.3aMi3 ^Mi .?Ab>ao 2««fdL» jiS,tliLbo 
C7V^9^ oi^.aLi«o .2*^,M 2a^4 "^^ .^.^ o^S^^ ^^^ 
o:^Sto iN^^ -^*?K ^c^O'^t-^ a^o^S^ :a^ -^?^ 3>^ 

>bE>2 <« 2^o^ 2^*^ a!^b>3iiQ33 ^2 .?aiViaf^ ^^2 o;*a^o 

^ U2? .v^oai»a ui^ o^JO^p 2^2 .♦^oi2 ^oisii ♦^oc^ 

<♦ ♦^OAa ;i2 2*^ 2»^^o .»^aa^*a\ ^\L 

b. For eight Festivals, each having seven stanzas allotted 
to it, viz. the Annunciation, the Nativity, the Epiphany, Lent, 
Good Friday, Easter, the Ascension, and Pentecost; beginning, 
f. 164 b : 



<* ^ais l^aJX 1^1^ ^\^o .^'il^ 2li^^ Av^s 2^^oS< 
.<^:s=UbM^ ^h«^»a\j ^^^ 'V?^ ^3oao *^a^ 2«a^ 



238 Add. 1982 

Lbox^.i3 .a]iso.±S^'3 ;«JQ3.^ ;^2 *> (sic) uaJ.o^^ V^'^"^ 

♦ <♦ ♦ ar^*^2ip 
c. Beginning, f. 167 a : 



;» .^1^ •*^ oA^oIa .2330 JQ>A^30u\3 O^? 

OL^o .;<nA xo'S At^ sovcdo .;/aib03 uoioai^ ^3oa 

^A«20 .OIJs'aMS^ ^3LXm ^iS<oS^3 ^*io 07^^.313: «i>^iSJQ>2 

y^ *:* *. ai2 yiO^ 076^061^0 -K^oop ASi ct-SU* «\^o 

^20 -lOO] ffpi 07^007.2^20 -lOO] yiA\ 07^013^3^^ 

<* ;o9) ^,pOkS oijso^xmO .^007 wti,a£i oi^eodi 

d. On the Samaritan Woman, beginning, f. 160 a: 
07^3 .;js«a6»x ^o .;jsa^3 ^o«^i^o23 ^^3^2 



Add. 1982 239 

In each stanza three lines rune together, and the fourth 
line ends in ^ throughout the hymn. 

27. The Week of the Apostles. 

a. The second Sunday, on Mary Magdalene, beginning, 
f. 170 6 : 



" ' 45"' '' ' -^ '\, ' • ' 

*> loo] yia 

b. The third Sunday, f. 172 a : 



3A3 ;j3Na:a»3 ;^^0^ -iJl^Xp ^^JS? ;3L3L!3au«3 

(f. 89 h) •> ^^o^33 ;^Ia.'o^ ufM .^ausispa 

c. For the same, on the Man who fell among Thieves, 
beginning, f. 172 a: 



;*«3o23 lorn 6s^y 2i3.1k^ ^ .^ad^sxA au^ lisi**! 



.^L .>^\S^io23 .23303 07^^3 .?» ^ft > N ^cnoSSi o \ $ao 



240 Add. 1982 

*:* ooo) ^*^i>i : ooLxcL aa .}oo) ^a±t miseS 

In each stanza three lines rime together, and the fourth 
ends in OOO] throughout the hymn. 

d. The fourth Sunday, on S. Luke vi, 20 sqq., beginning, 
f 174 a : 



N 



ijso ^i? l3,hJbo^ ^Si .;^\3:p l^hl^ l:isay^p 



*> 29309 OiSnaS <* 230.^ 33 i!Sk.S< w*0)03uj..^Ais^ 

2'S^9 2a^o .;j.I.^3 ?3^ 007 .a^ ,v^\\^io2a 

1^2 o^ ^hsiLboo .;^03 ^t'^A^sdbo o^boxSa .;j.'a^3o 

e. The fifth Sunday, on the Rich Man, beginning, 
f 176 a: 

.23309 0^3 .2x.is4>' "^ .^i*!!^? ^xM^^a ;auox«i3 



Add. 1982 241 

;J^il^ ^A.^o7 -loo] y-*is-^ ^.a^ub xi2 .^oo; ^^07 ^» 

/ The sixth Sunday, on the parable of the Fig-tree, be- 
ginning, f. 177 a: 



ofbQia:o .;^^^>3 ^^yio'ji oiu^^isisl lis.*\.**.'ii ui^-?^ 

3A .lisXpH S^fii^ liOO^ 3^23 .;is^ \^3 ^iS-^ 

wOl ^V^ .;^^'^0 ^3aO ;.fi>30^3 .;^oaL.3^ ^^^^ 

<• ?is\i.\y h ^007 ^OL^S^ ^3 . ;is.bOfA^ ;isjcoia 

t^isxo .?is^>33t ^^^ ^ ^?^ ^*^ '^^ ^^ ^r ^ "^t'X^ 

•> ^^3^ ^a OT3 ^^&0 •^^^^^ \a Op 

g. The seventh Sunday, on the Woman that was bowed 
together (S. Luke xiii. 11), and on the abolition of the Sabbath, 
beginning, f. 178 a : 



.;a^ .♦^ou.VN^io23 -23303 0^3 <* ;^ad: ^Ax \^o 
w^qiaAas .;ix>xo\ ^o }JJ»03 ■hv^'tiitn 07^ isAs ^2 
2c;*'i3o .iLZiipisioo h^^ot^ iso^ .^.i-iLbas moio^aaS 

B. C. 10 



242 Add. 1982 

^oau^'iiao y*a .^oop w^cr'a^^ ^^\^ >.>Vay .^or'ia^o 

/«.. The Friday that ends the Week of the Apostles ; on 
the 72 Disciples, where they taught and where they died ; 
beginning, f. 179 6 : 



^Sfrk ^J*.^lo .6s*6a] JSav* 4^ 2'iA>^fiS3iso .fiwoo; 

voo^'al^ ^o -y^y^^ "^^o ^f^^^ "f^? 't^^% ^Anjio 
y^aL^o .^ is.iaLO.3JS2 ^^ooi^soA^ ^o .yA ^^^^ 
^ou <* ^ ^^^29 ;bo oar ^is2a . tA ^x^Jf ^isa^ 
.;*aia^ ;>a>a^y loa^p -^^J^o Jaa ^^Ax .l*L*l ^fsn 
OdhAba^isa .^130^ 001 ^lu^e <* ^^ajo oQ>aoacr 9p\^o 
^^ ^a2aio .Uo] 93^2 Jiiojohoab o^a .;iai!a9i»^a ;oa7 

<• ;a.3 opa ^fisa^ 

28. The Sunday of Nusardel, 

'. t^aioo&a ^axsa^^a 

a. On the Twelve Apostles, setting forth each one's 



Add. 1982 243 

native place and tribe, where he taught and where he died ; be- 
ffinninor f. 182 a: 

a^p •> ^bo l^lo 3kbiAis ^io . ^^^3JX ^4 ^o opj 
.Uo^\ pMi^ .piSL .^ajsa^a <* Ipso? c^^? 3^ 

^aaj^o .;*is^ ^^^ Vt^V? -^^-^ 3302 ^^-3 
;bA^^3 .ll^ li^^p P^^j^o .^joi^bo ^oa^n «^oo7^ 

b. Beginning, f. 183 b : 

.;xi2 ^^So^^ aai: um^x a]y3 .l^.ii pua ^c^i .^2a 
.^^ItAo^.bo ;.]J:1 ^32 :as<3 2x3 .^*llis*l sAa? 2.1^.^2 

:0^3 .;Noij.^3 ^3 ^^9*^ "^^ .^^030^9 J^O ^iSQ33 
.0^3m.2 XJL^ O^ilQM ^3oi3 .y^a!03u3.iw Suam uO70uis«2 

07!^ ;3\ 07^ 34^3 ^2o .3u6.3L3 O^oJ.0 Is^ O^SOu. 

.;ii^ Zia^^l ^3No >*Sa:ko Jx^sil Jsaa 2^11Sje .^ub^3^ 

10—2 



244 Add. 1982 

ouXm ^o ?&2 ^ ^007^.3^ .^2 \l^ X^ ^3 o^ji^ 

♦ ;i2 
Alphabetical, ending with the acrostich uCdA^SOu^. 

c. Suitable also for the first Sunday of Summer ; on the 
Man that had the Dropsy (S. Luke xiv. 2), and on humility and 
compassion for the poor; beginning, f. 185 a: 



^2 ^2 .o^boa^ 5^2 ^«.2 ^2o %, .oXouol ^2 isAs 
iSd.2 ^lo .oi^odu!^ ^2 ^^2 >l^^2o ^ .o^olsl.^ ^2 
^fv±0 f^io . oiiSoui^^^"^ 5^4 X^^o /^ -oi^^aiia ^2 

.;ioo^o ^'iio^ ^tio .;iL^ Z-32^ "-^^^^ U^ 

<• U^o3 «^ oi2 ysSiO 

29. The Week of Summer. 

a. The second Sunday ; on the Prodigal Son (S. Luke 
XV. 11), and the I'eceiving of the truly penitent; beginning, 
f. 186 b : 



\s<o . ?yaicr>2 2^3 ^ •:« ^-V^? ^^^? ?nfi>M3 



<« . oA^o23 <* 2?^p3 9^3 <• liJi,:k U^^'is^ X^o^ 



Add. 1982 245 

;j^^^9 \^9 .liso^j^o lofS^ i\^o .;^3oui ^9^ 

a]i)^po .ooo] ^j.2 ^.4.k3 ^a3JS 3m) 2&aL^ *:• ^:soji.*^^ 

m0^030^^0 .0007 ^*Al^^bO a!3«S0^30 .OOO! ^WN3f>>.bO 

<* ooo? ^»bafi?3^ba 

b. The third Sunday ; on the Man that was blind from 
his birth (S. John ix, 1) ; beginning, f. 188 a : 



o^Mibo^^ .:a^L <* ^\^\olp •:* 23303 cr^3 <• opo2 

• l^'yxso^ /^K^ "^i^o -^^2 o^^ mO^o .^i2 ?,<33,^^\ 

c. The fourth Sunday ; on the Disputation of the Jews 
with our Lord regarding the washing of hands before eating 
(8. Matthew xv. 1); beginning, f. 190 a: 






246 Add. 1982 

a^o^S^ .^XfS ^L ^a^p o^jboo >-^? ^^>*^ ^^^ 
^o^^2^ .^x^i ^SiS ^0^2 L^io .^JUA 07S ;3\ ^A'nto 

d The fifth Sunday ; of the Rich Man and Lazarus 
(S. Luke xvi. 19) ; beginning, f. 191 a: 



Ss*0 .ha'y^ ihJsii SSi *> ^V^? ^^1^? ?^3LX3Pm9 



.lil^isio ova ^^a ^oora .23^0^ Si\3 «^o^^JS ^o 



?. The sixth Sunday, ?\^-H»^ ^3 ;aaL3X»*3. 
a. On Adam, beginning, f. 192 b: 



.^ypp ^*aii ^a^?'^ •'*^^ 'r'^'^^ ^^^ ^?^!? '• ^?^9? 



Add. 1982 247 

.>^*^30 ;^of y^pMiio .'^isiia o;a\b9^ ;oo7 ao^isxla 
ph/L .;o^2 .2 ♦ ^o^o^^ iha ^2 ^^2 .'^oaf ;ocrj^, 

>^3k.3 ^O 'O^-V? ^^«^ OVSOmS ;^^J0 .O^Xsii^ 

Alphabetical, ending with the acrostich jQx\3<xA. . 
/3. On Eve, beginning, f. 193 6 : 
<« 2330 jQ»A^3ai\3 C7^*3 <« ;o^ ^2 ^^ : oi^^aiiUi 

23^2 u.fM»o . ^3Jf ^^3 ^2 M3bj^isis2 u^oti .^3aoS< ^ou 
^i< y^i\i3^3 ^^ .^yh u>bo2 ^2 wiAli .;is^o^ 
• Ui ^y'» oTJai^ ^ia •^,?? ^obol ^is\^o .;&3tio5 

3^23 «.«^^0 MJSO^ yi^ .^N <* 111 233LbO ^A O^ ^»0 

*> w*ais^o*Vai^ ;»ad 6)[^ is As 

Reversed alphabet, from JS to J. 

7. On the Ten Lepers (S. Luke xvii. 12); begin- 
ning, f. 194 6 : 

.;330 UQ3u.l^3GU.V^3 V^^p . ^'i\ ^i-JQX^ \.^3 

^ ^i-'ia? .;3^ :aL>i»3 ;3A» .:aSiL .^oA5^o23 



248 Add. 1982 

: ox <s3^io .2'3mjq>^ MOio^'ia aoba^o .la^bo ^iS 
<« 2'S«9^o ly^xa'l ^^3 .230iQ>io 2>^^ ^^^ .2ak*^^Sk^2 

<* ^oo) j^sA^s^ ^^3130 'lorn ^aajs^ 

y! The seventh Sunday ; on the Judge and the Widow 
(S. Luke xviii. 2), and on the Pharisee and the Publican {ib. 
10) ; beginning, f. 196 a: 



\^o .ik^soyio ;ilb ^s< <* ^V^? ^^^? ^asay^y 



Uy'so ^b9o .^09! i^L 2^ ^Skbaao .Jloo; ^*2 J^oLs 

30. The Week of Elias. 
a. The first Sunday, 



a. Fol. 198 6: 



[see f. 130 a] .hi^o^ ;:A!^^^^ 4SSp ;biso^3 ^li'o^ 



Add. 1982 249 

mV* [see f. 181 6] .j:^3 2-ba.^3 ^»i^ c^\*6 .ci^&fiu 

/9. On blind Bartimaeus (S. Mark x. 46), and on 
the repentance of Zacchaeus (S. Luke xix. 1) ; beginning, f. 
198 6: 

\^o .2.m3o2 yl \.^ ax^o lom ^^i^ l^io-o \^y 



073^23 ^Aboo^o ^oap .^ooiOA Jka lya 2307qi .p[^^ 

0)307003 2!>*0^ ^^O .^30^^^ O^ ^.^^O . ^3u3LS< 

*:* ;s<3i^o ;*bo3i^ aor^i .;^3i3 

b. The second Sunday ; on the Draught of Fishes (S. Luke 
V. 1), and on the parable of the Sower (S. Matthew xiii. 18); 
beginning, f. 199 6 : 

[marg. ^3 uifi>30&3 J:3UC3X.«3] <* ^23 ^3iN3 ^3X33^3 

^!S»^o .^i^ ^^^=> lJ>i\:t 03^3 ;&ca3 23>*^ \^ 

<* 23309 07\-*? ?^ ^-f? *> X^OSfO ?A<3f3 ^^.^ 

0V30 .JboAL w,^6^2 ^0703^.2^3 ooi .^b03 ^a ^ 

OPOm3 4^f30 ^3U3 \*^0 .^bOOdO ^^bOO^ ^^d^^ 



250 Add. 1982 

^^^ayo ^J6^^^ .^baiu ooip o;j.bo }:A^o .^^L u^o^ 

c. The third Sunday, 



a. On the inhabitants of the world, how one is de- 
spised in it and another exalted ; beginning, f. 201 o : 

isdiMJs^ :osJ;30^o .^J.ea; >^b^^ o]^o\A3L^o .6s*oa] 

}3o; ^jb3^3 .fysoA^ la^6s ^boa o2 •> is*oo7 4^^ 
25aL3 o;*i.»2^ .^^^33 ;.^o» oi.»o . ^afi>%\^y» 

13. Beginning, f. 202 b : 



;i3fi 230)iS3 <« UQX.V.30u\ ^1^A»3 .Jl^3 o;.3 4^3^*2 

1\-;'* U*^ .oi^ >^3,\^ ^isa 23wMk ^o .^o; JbALp 



Add. 1982 251 

7. On the parable of the Tares (S. Matthew xiii. 
24), and on the six similitudes of our Lord (ibid.) ; beginning, 
f. 205 a : 

^^933 "^^^ -^09 <7;^ isA ^2 3A .;IbAX ^OaA.^ ^'S 

d. The Festival of the holy Cross, 

■ ly^^tO }3lA^9 ^92^9 

a. Beginning, f. 206 b : 
.'pSa* *> ^iso^? <* 2990 hJQ3u\^9a{\? 07^9 9A 0^9 

uQ>S^o .4s^a9wM3o *^07jiS^ ?.sia\^ .^oau^ 9^3 2aa9 o2 

Sb92o fiai .£s*2vMi3;b09 5^*baM>3 ^Aac^ .^*2o^^ *^2 



252 Add. 1982 

/3. Fol. 208 a : 



See f. 143 a. <* ^isbaltis 232^3 : J(JX^ 

e. The Sunday after the Invention of the Cross, the 
fourth Sunday of Elias ; on the ten Beatitudes (S. Matthew v. 
3) ; beginning, f. 208 a : 



.2^3 ^A ^oiosi^ cpM a^? -^3^ "^^^p ^?^rr -^^ 

.2x.bo\ o^^ ^a2N&3o .2^.01^ a]A.»2bo v^o^^.Xj^9 
<* 2fuo^ 013(7701 w.(x^o 'IsaV^ Je^A wd^kXd uia7op<LAiio 

. ;00) uiX 07.]^0^3 >a . loO] Jtx\.a 230^ JCSuS 290^3 

♦ lorn 

f. The fifth Sunday of Elias [marg., J^3 ^.SJCJpMMp 

^O^ ^C^] 5 on the Tribute money of our Lord (S, Mat- 
thew xvii, 24) ; beginning, f. 209 b : 



;x3 ^^aa ^909 ^S:s A^ <• ^^Ip Ixao^p ^Jia^p 



Add. 1982 253 

^o^ ^oa2 y^oopoiyd .3>^ ^? lilaio ^sSjao .:a^ 

«^2o ^^ooi^ «^2 .;^oiu^3 ^!^ ^jko .3^ :aufiboo 
23dSiisaL^ o^o .^^op^i^ ^^"^ 0U0070 .;^oa^ 
.^007 ^^ta^ Ijsx^ Q\uA .loo] uda^ ^S cp«*3ox *:• }^032^ 
o^^isoi ovbo^ 2m x^o .Xoo] ss^ ;^^o^3 ^bp3 2%\^1 

•:* ^oo7 

^r. The sixth Sunday [marg. ^>ui03 wX^S JaUtaau*?]; 
on the Canaanitish woman and her daughter (S. Matthew xv. 
22), and on the five Loaves which our Lord blessed (S. John vi. 
5); beginning, f. 211 a: 

\^o . 67^3^o ;isJ.^asi ^ <* ;2^23 ;is3:3 ;aUL33Mi3 



Jjoi^s ;>«23 .;I^;aoo'33 ?a\M .Ti^L ♦ ♦^A\\o2a 
uQ>io •^32s ;3ieis^is ^o .l*i^s^^ ^ ^^ J^32^ 
233ja Jtigx <• ;IA.!l^3 ^2^ P^-V^io . ZLbck ;&or 303 

.2*300;i. 6S*^ 3.ba^ 2^«20 .jLd30.a3 23o\ ^2 .^JJ.033 

h. The seventh Sunday ; on humiliation and forgiveness ; 
beginning, f. 213 a : 



*:* ^iboxo ;3AQbo As< <• ^1 w.3b93 l^asi^ iMay^p 



254 Add. 1982 

C7S.3C ;^>'->» .:Z3A.L *:• «^oAA^023 <«2a303 0^3 

^3 2>^^o .;b(»^ o^ is^S^ ;3Aobo u^ .;»a.«fis 

jT>^'-vV%->>,SriS, ,«AtiO .?3.'Ia ^9^:19 Cr^I v^JQ)^ . ^ >^ 
;'SeD ?\;'**^ 3j6i^b^ 2>^^^ '** ^>^?^^^ ^?^ ^^^o 

31. The Week of Moses. 

a. The first Sunday ; on the parable of the Vineyard and 
the Labourers (S. Matthew xx. 1) ; beginning, f. 214 b: 



^393 %is^ ^>^ *> i^OJSO ^3^03 ^*303JJ JbLSLaSMiS 



*:• »^oA^o23 <• 2330 JQ»*\30u\3 0^3 <« ;\.^30 
.;Al'2 \^3 ^O^ ^2 -^ul,?0 ?M'3^3 liJo ."pSL 

^jii'Si ^*3 .;Ai^2^^ 232!^ ;S>y» .;^oixo ;V32 ^330 

0)339 <* ^001 3^2e y^O7O3ub0i^^ p'yti .loO] \\^ *10 

*:• ;3oa9 ^3 ;^;^ 36^ -^^ ?^> 

6. The second Sunday ; on the Wine and the Skins 
(S. Matthew ix. 17), and on the woman with an issue of blood 
(ibid. 20), and on the raising of Jairus' daughter (S. Mark 
V. 22) ; beginning, f. 216 a : 



Add. 1982 255 

*:* jaiot, ^aa ^mOa A^o .^p ^^^? 3^4 «\^o 

Aa ^LeJA 0^.39 -^^«^?4 A^ 3? ^^ 4^^^)9^ "^^ 

^V«:s^ ;xi2 ^4 ?^o -2?^ ^^,?^^ ^sulia 5^20 .^ooi 
■ hS^joSa m07oI3 ^^3 osxtj <• ^007 Sixd ^opi ^i .loo] 

^^2 ^2 -^«^^ ^ ^*? 5^^_a^^iso .^ao7.ko ^Abai^o 



c. The third Sunday; on the paralytic that lay by the 
pool of Siloam (S. John v. 2) ; beginning, f. 218 a: 



loO] ^bp ;Iai.bO A^ -^^^-^p ^^•^^? ^3X33^*3 



;3.1^3 9^3 <• ^ ^^o ^^^^^ ;«*o\*xa 2is*aftboV^'i 
.o^'a au3 ^booaa l*sai -tsj)^ <* «^ou!S^o2a <• 2aao 
uA>2o .?tuW\ ^ais2o .MO)oaua4«-^ ^4? ^^^ ^^2 
;32i^ ^»o .^a^^^oNy ^ «sAi2 uaao .;saatia ^^oaa vO&jt 
vjQ>a 2&^^o .or^odu^3 ;^a2^ ;js2 *> U^o 2a\l^a 



25G Add. 1982 

d. The fourth Sunday, f. 219 6 



32. The Sunday of the Consecration of the Church ; on 
the angelic and ecclesiastical hierarchy ; beginning, f 219 6 : 



<• Ipso JOu^A^aou^A^a o^^? ^-^ ^V^? <* J■*-i^>'^^o 
S^o\ ^0^.^00 . Xis^yJ* ^?^ ^opibo . J^I'^s Aa ^Ib^io 

;fiso;*bo^ c;^ol^o2 .;^^^ ^o^ ^^\^ .;^^lS^ 

•> ;^a.od:3 ^.aa ^c^Aa^p .;>^a^3 ^2 >^3o2o .;^>3ao 

33. The Transfiguration. 
a. Beginning, i. 221 & : 



07^9 .303N 3Q^ A^3 »X^? ^^^V? ^?^? 



^3 ^.3^ .^ Ma!0^*23 OO) <« 2330 JQ»A^30u\ ?**^VvT^ 

}is^^ .^oo; ^aou «v^o^ a7isooA^o .Joo) A«boI ^9^ 

*^opA^o .200) ^V^3 2>oiwo ^S:s ^ .loc\ is 3 23Ll^is 

•:• 2oa; yM^^2 ^fr>« odoicuo .^oo; wd!Sje> socifts 3o^^ 



Add. 1982 257 

b. Beginning, f, 223 a : 



?MbOf 001 3y.o'S ^di3 Jap a{^ MbO^i .23303 o^9 



%o ^^XmOSC ^o .;*3a3:o ^isf a\^ isAo .^Ittola 

^9»rt^M o;3m.230 .iiom ^o]^ oooi oc^-ao .^UaX^ox 
o;^ u.o^ o^ao .;Xl^ 2a4^ JoS opeuia .;I'ab «^o^ 
uoioiaMS^a ;a\ .^^aL \a ^ jus a Jba^ *> ^JQ^-s^ 
Ka^io -^t^2 iA>^3^ ^a\ oT&boo -^t^^*^ ^^ ^^^P 

Subscription, f. 225 a : 
.230701 J^ ^^^9 .2990 JOx\ha\ li^SieS *^9i^a^9 

34. Additional hymns, 

<« ;^I&9m2 ^6^aoS< ^6«a ao:s 

a. The Commemoration of Mar Eugenius and his Disci- 
ples, or of Mar John the Egyptian and his brother Mar Aha* ; 
beginning, f. 225 a : 

;i'9^o9^ ^2 ;mx^o -^o\f ^^^ "^^ ^*^? ^^?^ 

"'■ n.O. iii. 1. 302, no. xiii. 
B. C. 17 



258 Add. 1982 

.^bo Y^^ ^^iSd ?>^? .^^^iL^ ;jyi9 ly^o] .5^0 

^'isi. -^isA? ?»o5 oLi I *> ^ lyja 001.^0233 «\o^ 
^o2 M>bo ^*39 .U^^^ ^'3^^ oaiu&a -J^^^o l<h*^is 

Alphabetical. 

6. The Commemoration of Mar Khodhahwi, whose con- 
vent was above the village of Me'arre* on Mount Izla, or of 
Mar Eugenius ; beginning, f. 226 6: 

.;^^29 2So\^9 -^?^ ^oc^ 2?^ w3)±09 ;:sA&ets< 

pe^±o ^p ^^-*2 't^ o^A2^ 007 <* ^^e2 ^.x^s 
oisiS 3>^o .^Aso^l ?^*^.^ 2aJ3L2o -^'i? 07.30^33 

2>'>ba \is^o .*^3^^^ ;^2o Usoxa ^^.aso .^beudio 
OfS^io attjao -^1.1$ ^b 23biOLSo:s^ wm^ .^ ^^°^? 
^ad «\3^ oa^^iso .^3o53 ^j^o&23bM .^'^6s2 Saa 

* See Hoffmann, Ansziige, p^j. 170 — 1. The name of the saint, which is 
explained hy %U]Jil OC^, is evidently trisyllabic in the second stanza 2. 



Add. 1982 259 

?boo5 oLi 2 •:• ^ ^P?P ^sola «^o3aa3 .^o»o 

.o;3.io^ ^3\ uooi 230A m>S03 .a7^0A3Ll^ «\^ >\ S > ^ 2o 

Double alphabet, JJ, ia>a, etc., but with three i^. 

c. On the Catholics of the East, and for the Commemo- 
ration of Mar Eugene and all Saints ; beginning, f. 228 h : 

;&aAoa^ ;b»M^o .;^^3^3 InSoisti Sstp ;^^a^ 



;is3^o ^Ab ;js3^ .lishs, •^adbf l*^ox .;A^bo 

o^M -^ob wJu^ oV^o^o2^ .oA^^oa^'Si ;a'i*a^^ 

;A*oi3 "^-t^ .JO^Jo'Scr ^c7\.a>A ouAtie .oxis^^2 

u^39 ;^>» ^Si^ .293^^ •x^?' ^s^^ -^?9^ 

^32^e ^bi -^oV "^ A""^ ^^^ ^? *^ vP^^?^ 
6^9^33 c^l .^^oJ^ ^ iA»\;V<a jQx.3L3io •^'^sd: ^ 

17—2 



260 Add. 1982 

The list of the patriarchs ends with Timothy II*, 

f. 230 a. .^jj^ ^AoI^SOa^ mS^ 

d. On the ecclesiastical hierarchy and the grades of 
monks, and on the Catholics of the East ; beginning, f. 230 b : 






mars. 



2aA ?^ >.t bpAo .^'^^2 U?'^ or^ }**^ox .^aJILSi ^ 
.^^A^ JbooxO \^o]0^^l^ .^ Jsaoba J^oak^o .}^!ao6^ 

J*AKk 1*6'^ Ouooi <* lt!ao66s':o 3o^34 ?^ -^a^^ ok 
\a Jtsklo ^^ .^u2 23^ ^'^? -l^^^ l^^ ou.ea!o 

In the list of the patriarchs, after Yabh-alaha the Turk 
(see B.O. ii. 456, no. 79), Timothy is not mentioned, but the list 
proceeds thus, f. 230 b : 

<* iM,ho)L yjS 3w^ ^bp cImIp -l**-*^ lajito Aifaolo 
•^oo^ol^i oba!i:x3 J^^a^p ^^'a^Ia^ -^033 ^o^i ^o] 

^^0)3 «^00;iS0^^3 <• ^*Xb03 0^3023 0330 .^mm3X 
* See J5.0. ii. 456, no. 80. 



Add. 1982 261 

e. On the Saints, giving their names and where each is 
buried ; suitable for the Commemoration of Mar Eugenius and 
all Saints ; beginning, f 283 h : 

;^io ovbAX oLi •^o^&bo x^ ^9 . JaLait \^3 ;^x«i2 

^oq.^^^o ^V.^2 yiki03 ;&iao3k^ )^jxLo •:* :BUA»isis2 



23^.20 o^-Uks: oi«i? .^isaa^^y Ja ^?^? .^jsla^a^ 3u* 

.;»0^ OCT V-^^2 m'a^ .;v>^^is» *^Or ^Xl2l 33 .UO] 

<* ;i3f OO^ OLS^ wM^i^23 

/ The Commemoration of Mar Michael, the Consort of 
the Angels, one of the disciples of Mar Eugenius, on the 
fifteenth of the first Teshri, by a monk of his convent, rabban 
'Abhd-isho' bar Sha"arah ; beginning, f. 240 a : 



Oli»0^ yiii ^» 3uA 23^*3.^3 <« ^3>30V hXo2 ui3d03 

^3 o;&3A03 «> 0^32^ iha ^y*p s*6x^yaSi ^3 o^oaa 

;3^3 .v^^>:b 73'ittSbOO ^**M. .^*23303 y^sdlttO *.3^ 033 

'^ip^iO .0^ )'=>\? ^? laois .^fiuS^ o^kcuo otjsouaS 
23QI 3ka:2o .01:^0333 ;aoo3«^ 07tl/Q>i3 .:s*2il3^ ao^ opi 



262 Add. 1982 

vor \.bw o^cnio oyjCD-iio .^a^ixiiap ^^dolia .oi>^bOM3a 
•^oai ^a)o6s*l *^oo^iMp .aoL ^p ;ba^i»^ A^aiio .^ba!^ 
&bo23 230l^ ^^ •> ;2.^isx.^ v^-^^ mCToA^P .Uo]^ 

.;^d:ox ^*i ;L.o y.«Qx 46s*ya ^^10 ^ixox .;isLx» 

«:• ^^aboap 2b2^ >'^2a><>ao 

r/. The Commemoration of Mar Sabhr-isho' of Beth Koka, 
on the first Sunday of the first Teshri ; beginning, f. 244 a : 



pa^Aia .i^x 0Ai.>3o '> loipja ^^^^^ UaoyO ^usx^ 

fiS>boV,0 .^b>^OS« ;^iA30 ;isi3 btiOSLXd .^ i»23 <^xa^ 
^2o 23bi.S<o .<^isboV.2^3 ;:so^^NM >*3 .5^6atl3 C7^^^ 

^^ iK^i^^2d .^^» ^^^^9 o^^^^i .^1.^ *\9?^ 

.^^.ydXbO O^SU^^ ^^V^ .^033 

Alphabetical, each stanza beginning with fUSO^, and the 

next word commencing with the proper letter. 

Ii. The Commemoration of Rabban Hormizd, beofinninsf, 
f. 245 a: 



Add. 1982 263 



.^t)0a3J±3 o^&abtio^ ftsAbaxo .^ a^±i23 <^ak»^ ^^313 
.5^jI^33 a]6saA^ aJfl .oia^^oLSu is4A30 ^^.^ isAiuio 
.^ tt^^'f^ l^ ^2o 2'x^o -^^^ '^^ ^r'^^C ^^^ 
. Z?«.nS 2^^^i ^aSoV '^ ^^ ^f^^ ^o^otj ^^o 

Alphabetical, like the preceding hymn. 

i. Another hymn for the Commemoration of Rabban 
Hormizd, beginning, f. 246 <i : 



^M«iao *vOo^ ^^o ^V^ -v*°^? "^^^o ^oiio \.pa 

oo) J^I^^^ 3^? ^«2o .0^ ihS^ }JBa'y^ y,ipp is*l .^oa^ 
lyia ^.m: ^»3 is^lo .o^ ^o^ao ;bo!^M33 ^*2o .o^ ;oix» 



264 Add. 1982 

The colophon, f. 248 a, states that this manuscript was 
finished on the 20th of the 2nd Kanun, A. Gr. 2009 = a.d. 1697, 
in the days of Mar Elias the patriarch and Mar Isho'-yabh, 
metropolitan of Nisibis, at Alkosh, by the deacon Khaushabha, 
son of Daniel, son of Elias, son of Daniel, of Alk5sh. 

.9^3 .^A»al .^ .Jy**! «^3.fi ly*y!s l**>*3 .^Aiaisou 

o^M «i^3 eo^^ <• ^M ^oo ;»a,BUQaS ^22 ^ua 

^^loLao .^M ^isopl w*^ou3 ^a9 '?^>^^2 <• 30 -^^ 

02 ^3 \y^ <* <3CO .^3L& "POmAP 07JS*a^ JKOtiL^i .JEO 

jd2 .;i3o^ai^ ;^33 ;3:*3:3 .^07 ^^^ ^^ ^^^^ 

oau^33 .^oa ;30m>^ .30 .}xLa3 \a ^» \^o Ufi^ 

Ixsxh iJiso yis .;*^^L ^^2 ^o 2'iaL^ .;jxbo3L» 

According to a note on f. 250 a, this book and two others 
(viz. a Lectionary and the Prayer of the Ninevites) were written 
under the superintendence of the deacon Darwish, from the 
village of K5m, near 'Imadiya, at the expense of the church of 
the blessed Virgin Mary in that village. This note was 



Add. 1982, 1988 2G5 

written by the scribe Kliaushe CKhaiisbiiblia) and is dated 
A. Gr. 2010. 

}&iQ>M ^\ ^\^9 ."pa^ ;^^i3 }^AXd ^bO^ ->3U03'S 

.^fis^fo;^ ^is3k^ l^o)^ ^V? -^^^ ^?4^ ^^ «^apo ^bool 
.^'is ^ol^ ^22 6siX3 l^m ^oAaA ^a3 'Vt^ *** <^o 

Add. 1983 

Paper, about 10 in. by 1^ ; 183 leaves, many of which are 
stained and soiled, and some mutilated ; 20 quires, signed with 

letters, mostly of 10 leaves (J has now only 7, ^ only 6, ^ 

and ^ 8, %!^ only 6, and oja 4) ; leaves are wanting before 

f. 1, and after ff. 1** (one), 7 (four), and 175 (four, as appears 
from the small fragments left) ; 23 to 25 lines. Written in a 
fine, current, Nestorian serta, and dated A. Gr, 1861 = A.D. 1550, 
Foil. 1* and 1** are part of a later supply of the xviiith cent. 

The Wardd, but in a different redaction from that con- 
tained in Add. 1982. 



266 Add. 1983 

1. Part of a hymn to S. Thomas, as appears from the 
words, f. 1*6, line 4, 

Imperfect at the beginning, f. 1* a. 



2. The Nativity. 

a. Beginning, f. 1* b, 

See Add. 1982, f. 6 a. Imperfect. 

b. Beginning, f. 20 a, 



See Add. 1982, f. 3 b. 

c. Beginning, f. 5 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 18 a. 

d. Beginning, f. 7 b, 



.U^ ^^^^O \*^^^ ^^ 



vS*N>\a ;fiSi«ado isS^ 



See Add. 1982, f. 8 a. Imperfect. 
e. Beginning, f. 8 a, 



See Add. 1982, f. 20 a. 
/. Beginning, f. 11 6, 

See Add. 1982, f. 14 a. 
g. Beginning, f. 14 6, 

See Add. 1982. f. 22 b. 



• hi Zboa l6i ^Oi^p ^»u3 



Add. 1983 267 

3. The Epiphany. 



a. Beginning, f. 17 6, 

See Add. 1982, f. 34«. 

b. Beginning, f. 20 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 164 b. 

c. Beginning, f. 23 a, 



^^S^o ^2*0^^^ ^ix^ 



• ^f32 ^vj^lsoiso ^*Mt*nx 



.^^2Io3: uSUAm O^ .^039 h*^ .23303 0^3 

See Add. 1982, f. 37 b, where it is ascribed to Hakkira of 
Beth Kasha. 



4. The Commemoration of S. John the Baptist, beginning, 
f. 26 a, 

• liis'p ^^^? ^^ 
See Add. 1982, f. 39 a. 



5. The Commemoration of S. Peter and S. Paul. 

a. Beginning, f. 29 a, 

.3ua ^io^S t^^ oi^o 

See Add. 1982, f. 131 6. 

b. Beginning, f. 31 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 182 a, 

c. Beginning, f. 33 a : 



;Mi.x.tt 9?"^^ *** ^?^9? ^V"? -^ooak^^a lis>M,Z 



268 Add. 1988 

^.^ak.^.i3 ^\i«j!& .3^.4^0 obol o^iiOM xi.ab .^oa^.^ 
o rt'it o (sic) ftAteio .^Aa ^^ba^o^jils^o .uoioixbo^ 
^o&2 wM^4® -9^^^ ^a^ ^oiSbo ^^o .^i^ioaSi 

<^^a>^ lyas* .apo 3^ ^^a^ «^o^i>^03 .}^om3 9)^3 
cZ. Beginning, f. 36 6 : 



Add. 1983 269 

G. The Commemoration of the Evangelists, beginning, 
f. 41 a, 

.^*au3 ^^ *^^MaI b\62 

See Add. 1982, f. 108 a. 



7. The Commemoration of the 72 Disciples, beginning, 
f. 43 h, 

See Add. 1982, f. 179 b. 



8. The Commemoration of S. Stephen, beginning, f. 47 a, 
See Add. 1982, f. 86 a. 

9. Of the city of Tiflis, beginning, f. 48 6 : 



o7\«9 ?A aj\*^ .^iQ9A^^ ^3 ;^d.^^ .;.isi^i 



U^o X^fO l^iah .;^op3^ \a (sic) .^j^ ^«o;^b 



270 Add. 1983 

The date is A.H. 623 = a.d. 1226, f. 49 a. 

10. The Prayer of the Ninevites. 
a. Beginning, f. 52 a, 



See Add. 1982, f. 58 b. 

b. Beginning, f. 54 b, 

See Add. 1982, f. 60 b. 

c. Beginning-, f. 56 6, 

See Add. 1982, f. 62 a. 

d. Beginning, f. 58 b, 

See Add. 1982, f. 63 b. 

e. Beginning, f. 61 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 65 a. 

f. Beginning, f. 62 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 66 b. 

g. Beginning, f. 63 b, 

See Add. 1982, f. 67 6. 



.6s*yii l^ypp ^aa^.^ aa 
.^a& ^ ylol JtX^ a^ 



Add. 1983 271 

h. By Rabban Mari bar Meshihaya, beginning, f. 65 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 68 h. 
i. Beginning, f. %Q b, 

See Add. 1982, f. 70 a. 
j. By Khamis bar Kardahe, beginning, f. 69 6, 

See Add. 1982, f. 98 6. 

k. By Isaac Shebhadhnaya, beginning, f. 71 a: 



•> fiiyajt dtx^jo^l ^XtXtiS la^aiwa a^a ^isox^a l6s'y**l 
.;^3o ;^o^ ^ *> is*i^o\ ^^^o .is*ly*.*** y^^,? 

The alphabetical arrangement is as follows : 

/. By George, metropolitan of Elara (Beth Lapat), be- 
ginning, f. 73 a. 



See Add. 1982, f 94a, where it is ascribed to George Warda. 



272 Add. 1983 

m. Beginning, f. 79 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 202 h. 
n. Beginning, f. 82 h, 

See Add. 1982, f. 109 6. 



11. The Commemoration of any one Saint, beginning, f. 85 a, 
See Add. 1982, f. Ill a. 



12. On the Talents and the ecclesiastical grades, begin- 
ning, f. 86 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 112 &. 



13. The Friday of the Dead. 
a. On our father Adam, beginning, f. 88 h, 

See Add. 1982, f. 192 6. 

h. On our mother Eve, beginning, f. 90 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 193 h. 

c. On the Resurrection of the Dead, beginning, f. 91 a, 

See Add. 19S2, f. 117 &. 



Add. 1983 273 

14. Lent. 

a. The first Sunday, on the Lord's Prayer, beginning, 
f. 93 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 73 h. 

h. The second Sunday, on tlie Lord's Prayer, beginning, 
f. 94 &, 

See Add. 1982, f. 72 a. 

c. The third Sunday, on the Lord's Prayer, beginning. 

See Add. 1982, f. 74 6. 

d. The fourth Sunday, on our Lord's Contest with Satan, 
beginning, f. 97 6, 

See Add. 1982, f. 119 6. 

e. The fifth Sunday, on Cain and Abel, beginning, f. 100 a, 



.\«3<7ro ^Id \^ -^o^p ;x.bou*9 ;aLXJ)v«3 .lisi^l 



*:* op ^'^o^ii ;ja ;sui .o^J ;j.at.ij ^^A 3u^o .^^2*3^3 
3^o2 .^AxLl, ^9^3^ :s32 .;iQ>«3b^4 ^^ ^?^ ^J^ 3-^ 

<* o7^^a ^ i^m ^suoro .073^03 ^lit^ ^007 

f. The sixth Sunday, beginning, f. 103 a, 

.26^^AX isA ^07032^3 2aA 

See Add. 1982, f 114 a. 
B. c. 18 



274 Add. 1983 

g. The Friday of Lazarus, beginning, f. 105 h, 

See Add. 1982, f. 133 a. 

15. Palm Sunday, beginning, f. 108 6, 
See Add. 1982, f. 135 a. 

16. The Passover of our Lord, beginning, f 110 h, 
See Add. 1982, f. 137 a. 

17. Good Friday, beginning, f. 112 a, 
See Add. 1982, f. 138 a. 



18. The Great Saturday, beginning, f. 115 a, 

oo! puau» ^3 ;o7 •> ;3a^ ^ ^^^ r^^? -^^-^^ 



Add. 1983 275 

A dialogue between Death and Satan; alphabetical, H, 
<i3 »a , etc. 

19. Easter Sunday. 

a. For evening prayer, ^SLboSa, beginning, f. 117 h, 

See Add. 1982, f. 140 a. 

b. For morning prayer, 23^^?, beginning, f. 119 6, 

See Add. 1982, f. 141 b. 

c. On Mary Magdalene, beginning, f. 120 6 : 



■ ?iNt^M^ )xa JLl^ai 'lis*^ P^^^P ;^A,oiQ> .ao^ 
Usf ^'^ .u^ 2au3L^o Ixl i^ <• hJ:ool ^is*^p ya»S 

Dialogue between Mary and Satan ; alphabetical, from 
; to ^. 

20. New Sunday, beginning, f. 121 6 : 

J3fis.ak.^^ ^L*ix.» ?M.iJK.bo S^oXt, *.^ib03 cT^SwMM \^ 

18—2 



276 Add. 1983 

See Add. 1982, f. 150 a. 

21. The Ascension. 
a. Beginning, f. 128 6, 

.2*3^ X^\ isxip ;«>A^ 

See Add. 1982, f. 159 6. 

h. Beginning, f. 126 a, 

.Lau.M^ 2ab3b c7m3o2 

See Add. 1982, f. 158 a. 



22. The Sunday after the Ascension ; by Khamis, begin- 
ning, f. 128 a, 

See Add. 1982, f. 161 6. 



23. Pentecost. 

a. Beginning, f. 129 6, 



See Add. 1982, f. 167 a. 
b. Beginning, f. 132 a, 



.^aioyaSi ^^oa laa 



See Add. 1982, f. 169 a. Margin, ;^>ya3. 



Add. ]J)88 277 

24. The Week of the Apostles. 

a. The second Sunday, beginning, f. 134 h, 



.^aJo p3t^.^ a!^JAo^p ^MMb.^.3C3 .s .;aux.3XM»3 

See Add. 1982, f. 170 6. 

h. The third Sunday, beginning, f. 136 h, 
007A o^^StJi^ai .*^03a!2 6^*33 ^^saio;.^ .uaol^s 

See Add. 1982, f. 172 a. 

c. The fourth Sunday, beginning, f. 139 a, 



l ^ S^'so 001 .23309 o^'p 'l-s^ ^-A ^y^ ^0.^9 

See Add. 1982, f. 174 6. 

d. The fifth Sunday, beginning, f. 141 b, 



.^iV^^OSO ^^^3 23^ 



See Add. 1982, f. 176 a. 

e. The sixth Sunday, beginning, f. 142 b, 



t^i^aVy o2 eubood .o^^3 .S^ox* •.^xbo .u&o.6m3 

See Add. 1982, f. 177 a. 
f. The seventh Sunday, beginning, f. 144 b, 



OV^ JS^23 ;2iQ>2 .0^^*3 .;i^A.^iJ35 ;.Mk03 .u&0l^3 



See Add. 1982, f. 178 a. 



278 Add. 1983 

25. The Sunday of Nusardel, A*23>.A>p.i3, beginning, 
f. 146 b, 

.on^ouQ»2 5^2 fiu33 ^2 

See Add. 1982, f. 185 a. 



26. The Week of Summer. 

a. The second Sunday, beginning, f. 148 b, 



See Add. 1982, f. 186 b. 
b. The third Sunday, beginning, f. 150 b, 



.;*:06:sM ;3i3 

See Add. 1982, f. 188 a. 

c. The fourth Sunday, beginning, f. 152 b, 



See Add. 1982, f. 190 a. 

d. The fifth Sunday, beginning, f. 154 a, 



^S^'yisj^ 02 .23303 9^3 .)L\.io ^O^ .yi&0.^3 



See Add. 1982, f 191 



Add. 1983 279 

e. The sixth Sunday, beginning, f. 156 a, 



.2'iAs 

See Add. 1982, f. 194 6. 

f. The seventh Sunday, beginning, f. 157 h, 



See Add. 1982, f. 196 a. 

27. The Week of Elias. 

a. The first Sunday, beginning, f. 160 6, 



2S9 2307Q1 .23393 0^3 .Ol^SOuXti ^>OtaS .M&OS<3 

.^30191 J^a 
See Add. 1982, f. 198 6. 

h. The second Sunda}^, beginning, f. 162 a, 



07x39 ?^»Xi'S>.^ -2?^9? -^^ uJQ>3Q3>.3 .0;^*&0^3 

. ?Mui\^3 
See Add. 1982, f. 199 6. 

c. The third Sunday, beginning, f. 163 6, 



.^o^^i ?>^\y -^^^o? .?^^3 07>4^3 .wao^3 

See Add. 1982, f. 205 a. 

d. The festival of the Cross, beginning, f 165 6 : 
la^^'lp 2*33 .^A»A^3o\ ;i^^k^3 -^SU^^? 232^3 



280 Add. 1088 

\a (sic) ^iS*l0 ^^ .U^OX ^» ^^^LS 2^33 .;i^O^b0 

e. The fourth Sunday, beginning, f. 166 6, 



.2ai3 "^^'^ 

See Add. 1982, f. 208 a. 

f. The fifth Sunday, beginning, f. 168 &, 
liiAo ;a.^y .2930 ^af^Vbos .^o5 ;^iao ^ .y.ias<3 

See Add. 1982, f. 209 h. 
(J. The sixth Sunday, beginning, f. 170 a. 



}b0O33 ?^^^ -2?39? ^^? .}^AO^ uX^ .^0:^3 

See Add. 1982, f. 211 a. 

28. The Week of Moses. 

a. The first Sunday, beginning, f. 178 a. 



^>^3 23^ -2?^9? 07-^? -^^r iso^^a .uAo^a 



See Add. 1982, f. 214 6. 



Add. 108:3 281 

b. The second Sunday, beginning, f. 174 h, 



^od.^ •^?^9 v^^? .hyii ^•'>^ U^ .w*ia^3 

See Add. 1082, f. 216 a. Imperfect, almost the whole of 
if. 176 and 177 being torn away, after which two leaves are 
wanting. 



29. Part of a hymn on the celestial and ecclesiastical 
hierarchies, imperfect at the beginning, f, 178 a. 



30. The seventh Sunday of Elias, omitted in its proper 
place, beginning, f. 179 a, 






See Add. 1982, f. 213 a. 



The colophon, f. 181 a, states that this manuscript was 
written in the year 1861 = A.D. 1550, by 'Isa, son of the priest 
Abraham, son of Hormizd, from Oz, " the village of honeybees ', 
in the neighbourhood of the fortress of Burdekel, but residing 
at the village of Basuri, where he wrote this book for the church 
of S. George in the said village. 

?i*V\,ba^ «^3tli3.s«3 .;^*o^jQ30 l>s\Jb ;^j.3: ov^? 



282 Add. 19S3 

Zisai 2xmO ^^xo ^I^as^^o i^l ^jxa .laaop ^lo? 3fa 

^ oadoli aA.k, ^ 0070 ^S^o Ziiif^ ^adv^^ o;\^oj: 

«\fiM ft^A^ o2 ^3 ^is3 -^2 ^^^ojQ»2o ^2 ^^boote 

.;3iL ^1393 ;*iA3 ;A3uV^ib3 29aM [^]oi ;&o5'i^^ ,a.\y>V^O 
a^ojuo ^*^MMO ,X»mV» jd2 .^ttojoioo 2:ix^o2 ^«io.3 

;*lo3»^o I'sfsaS lox ^9 .;is^ntj \^9 iJLa .;Ia3o^2o 

Id .\i^&p ^o?? ^-^9^ ^?^? ^^ ^^ is^^ 1'='^ *\li^ 
^xo ioS< .2x.*o ^A^ox .;^o'^2 ^0^23 o^ ;&2 6^a 
.^ .^3 0101 .22^9b2o ^akjQ»^o ^3b2o ^iss .^^32o 
. . . ;s^3 .3f*»3oa! ia ^oial ;x«xd ha .2 .^a> .^ 

isy^-'^ ;^/90dl39 JI^aSl^ ^ *^OOp0€r!O^O ^^OO^Oi^k, 

^aoJs^o .\^3303 23ubM ^,iA»A« »>ca3xris .fo2 •^•3,3 
^frs^^2 6^3 .M3aiQ>3 l^s^yOa ^^o^is^ ^oi ^bool ^^LmIso 
.2isAt»\t3o2 ^^«iQ»2o 2Nii^jQ9 ... bo ^^««^ .l^o] Ipk^ 

.JEO .^>3 ^0701330 0;^p C7iS0^^3 



Add. 1984 283 



Add. 1984 



Paper, about 7|in. by 5| ; 198 leaves, of which the first and 
last are blank, slightly stained by water ; 20 quires, signed with 

letters, of 10 leaves (except ^, 9, and <f, 8); 20 lines in a 
page. Written in a good, regular, Nestoriau serta, and dated 
A. Gr. 2018 = a.d. 1707. 

A Sacerdotal or Priests' Office-book, JiOpS }A>3^ . 

1. Prayers for the ferial days, Sundays, festivals and com- 
memorations. 

a. Evening prayer, JtooSs, f. 2 b. 

b. Nocturns, ;A.Sa ;^JLiOLaL^^ ;^oi^^ , f. 8 6 ; (sic) 
lisl^p liseS^, f 17 6; etc. 

c. Morning Prayer, 2>^^? J^oi^, f 18 6. 

d. ^M^Om, [luttdme, concluding or dimissory prayers, 
f. 22 b. 

2. Liturgies or Eucharistic Services. 

a. The liturgy ascribed to Addai and Mari the Apostles, 
f, 25 a : 

Subscription, f 47 a : 



284 Add. 1984 

Oil f. 47 b we find a synodical canon relating to a conse- 
crating priest : 

^a^ ^^?? ^0*3 -. "S.^^^o ^^3>^^ «^^? ■^JJ-^'jiSaS 

Also the following question, with the answer thereto, as to 
non-communicants on Good Friday, the Great Saturday, and 
Easter Sunday : 



<s,3^ ,^2 li^aio .apoo^ 2ai3 07.^ ^^2 -l**^? ^boola 

6. The liturgy of Theodore of Mopsuestia, translated 
from the Greek by the catholicus Mar-abha I and his teacher 
Mar Thomas of Edessa, f. 48 a : 



07.3 ^auttboo <* ^jAlSiiap ;^a73o2 ;»o2^ ^>^3 ^^soiaai^^s 



Add. 1984 285 

c. The liturgy of Nestorius, translated from the Greek by 
Mar-abha, f. 57 a: 



290^ .^Iv^foas ^yl^h ueu3ft\,oi ^^^ ^^caoti 
^dO^ \s< 9a . ^^aaea^ o^ia^op liiS ^AAo^Sjb ^ai w**9» 

^07040^090 UQ3u9a^JQ>& yj.'9^9 0^X9001^ bd^l ?*bOOa!9 

uQ3u&2ou ^bdb ^ba^9 ^«i .^90jq>J^ ^o* ^ •^oo^^a 
^ou M9i09 ^^aob^a '^**^,-^ .^iija ^u^f .5 v> m op 

;^ei^9 ;ddii3^39i3 jdilol ;i^^9 ;iaA093 .;&9bOi^ 

At the end we find the canon iSjMWM9 for the various domi- 
nical festivals, f, 70 b: 



.;««ilXb09 ^lO ^^^ .;A93:o .^>ti ^1 Xm 9is3 ^ 

.^^2muai 0^9 *^oiar ^93LJ30o . ^T^altta 2?oV, ^99JSA»^o 
.^*ba\i< :a!i^ ^^?^ ^9 ^^9» 2o|.!S2 ^-^"a^? ^9b92o 

.^9 J&d.3 of.^ ^iso .079^^2 ^bo ^9.t09 a]yJtLl 09^93 

General subscription, f. 72 b: 



yaHikX »^ ^^^ : ox ofL^o is^L^p ^osJO ;a\a: 



286 Add. 1984 

;»ati <* ^ac'Soti ;:s^'^? ^■'^^^ ^a^lo ^yii ^ ipcsa 

3. The Consecration of an Altar without oil, f. 72 6 : 

«^2 .o^po.boA Jdpf 2307 J^2o .^aoL ^or ^^^a^l^ ^? 
^c^ Jy*l ^ ^^SobftV^ J^^ o2 .;^^eA^^^ 2a^A3 J(2^ 
9u« o2 .^yJpJ3 ;jlm3 ;^xoxiui .^Ldi o2 .^^.j^ba-a 
^9 ;1^ e2 .ilia %,^ iJioi ^.tiu&y o2 .^a ^ 
23^x.bo o2 .;^'i>'ta,n ^A^a ,2^3 j^ia o2 .2adad^ 
<• ^Vi3 oxaJJbOk^ t^'V^ '^ ^oi^ ^o) .^m33^ 2bio9 
1^ ;jQ»a 3^2^^^ o2 .^adps ^ ^bj;i^^ «^2 ^p ^o^ 
^2 o2 .laaa lis*!so 2a>a.ba^ w^a^x^ e2 4^^?^ 
o2 -I'ai^ ^ 2'a3iJo^ ^2 e2 -23^ ^» ;^xa^ 

<* obiko ^MXJsaa 

4. The Consecration of fresh Leaven (called ' the King') on 
the Thursday before Good Friday, f. 89 6 : 

^iseait .;sJ^ ouoena .^3it iLiOM, is^c^p ?JQ»a>^ 

oio! .;jA3 ;A#,ta3 ?^*nh ^^u!so -^^3 j a aaxboy^ ^ous 



Add. 1984 287 

JS^ 2,?,?^ v^^ ^*Q>a^o -^ ^9^ iSiso >2^\a 

.3ui.^J. o2 ^au*2 ^07^0 ^MJdo .^^^p ;^*3^^3 ;^2a 

5. The order of Baptism, as arranged by the catholicus 
Isho'-yabh of Hedhaiyabh, f. 94 a : 

6. The order of Consecration of polluted water, f. 110 b, 

7. The order of Absolution, of the catholicus Isho'-yabh, f. 
Ilia: 

^d^osu ^adb ^op23 ?jijQxj>^ ?f?^? .{LkJCdOMS ?jq>q>^ 

8. The Consecration of a fresh supply of Wine, when that 
first consecrated has been consumed ; by Mar 'Abhd-isho', me- 
tropolitan of Elam (Gondai-shabhor), f. 113 6 : 



288 Add. 1984 

9. Dimissory hymns, ^bOfr^oL, in twelve-syllable metre, 
ta*fis3JS9 lis*yOa, to be chanted after the celebration of the 
Eucharist, f. 115 a. 

a. By Mar 'Abhd-isho' of Subha or Nisibis, f. 115 b : 

•..^ko^^.^ ^.^ .^i^o 29^.» c^&LA \^9 I%n\S^ ^2 

.3223 ^ ^oro^fObaSo 

Alphabetical. 

6. Beginning, f. 117 a: 

o^^,,3a3 ;bo4^ 07^ :aXx •^ X^ op -^^^^ ;»^ou* 

.3d79»o ^3^ g^batS w*.J^'i'» 2'a^03u30 '. So^ V^a 

c. Beginning, f. 118 « : 

A^.3 ^^i-33 ?*fiNf>2 2 •^ X<3i'3 ^-3 -?&3^^ J^^OUi 

s f>^< ^ a!:sl ui^Mkis ^3o^3 '. ItJ^ o;ba^ ^^sa'Sea 

Alphabetical. 

d. By Mar 'Abhd-isho' of Gazarta, beginning, f. 119 6 : 

-. l6s*ia c^:^ m^ys x-^id ^'i» ^^^2 2 <« Xfib o;.3 
;^o^i32^ ^'yap 232 .^^o^ii «\sk ^so ^Oo ^a2^, ^^;; 



Add. 10.S4 289 

<* ;^S2x 

Alphabetical. 

e. Beginning, f. 122 6 : 



as ;o^: \«2 2 <* ^£b 0^.3 •^ 07^3 Ua^2 ;»^ou« 

Alphabetical. 
/. For the Dominical festivals, beginning, f. 124 a : 
Ul^3 ^^ois o2 2 .X<3^ ^-3 JJ>'a>^ 2?^? ;bo^ou« 

Alphabetical. 

^. The poem entitled "The Door of the Altar", by the 
priest Israel of Alkosh. Alphabetical. Each stanza consists of 
four lines, and each line has its proper letter at the beginning, 
and the same letter doubled at the end. Beginning, f. 125 6 : 

<* ^^oflL^i \|.ajQ3u ^xaqS xa^3 '. Uo\^ U^^so ^S'^ 

l^'^'is ^^^ 3A <* ^ ^23 2^o;s23 233^0 \^ m010^*20 

3kA3 \a&3o o2 2 •> ^^siss ;^j.'3ii3 <• 2^bjs o^x^o 

'.^2^ ^ 5^3 ^a M*,?^® '^ soSbL o2 .22* ^3 2^0 

B. c. 19 



290 Ann. 1!)S4 

h. By George of Alkosh, beginuing, f. 128 6 : 



JQ»A^30u\ ?t.th\ %^3V<3 .X^JLS O^ ^^.Oui ^Xwil 

., «^o^b9 ^I^^2 ^'aaS.Ny a^^ «\^a£b 6I 1 <* lAotiSl 

.wJjcoV^o ]I-^3 y^ti^S 3b4>'0 ^^ Z^ 

Alphabetical, each verse riming in ai or rn'. 
Subscription, f. 130 a : 

.^^ ojQ>*5i Uo'yti o\ni .;:sM6asjs ^is* ;:sa^jcao v^aofts 
•> ;^o^ivjQ>o Zc^t^ ^9^ U^JSO oT^oua •. ^>»*ufr3^ 



10. Other huttame, by Mar 'Abhd-isho', metropolitan of 
Subha, or Nisibis, and Armenia, in seven-syllable metre, f, 130 b : 



0. Beginning, f. 130 b : 
Alphabetical, each line riming in yd. 



Add. 1984 291 

b. Beofinning-, f. 182 a, 

Stanzas of four lines riming together. 

c. Beginning, f. 133 a, 

<* ^'a^ ^aa jaS s^o -. ^o^a Asa ^^x 2acsi 

Stanzas of four lines, riming in In throughout. 

d. Beginning, f. 133 b, 

•> ;Jsoi^i3 ;^aicao3 .' ;^oo\bOi^ 2a^o 

Stanzas of four lines riming together. 

e. Beginning, f. 135 a, 



Stanzas of four lines, each line riming in am or am. 
f. Beginning, f. 135 b, 

19—2 



292 Add. 1984 

Alphabetical ; double letters from I to ^^ single from aa 
to ^. The rime is ne from J to ^, and re from y»« to 4s. 

g. Beginning, f. 137 a, 

Stanzas of four lines riming together, 
/?. By Israel of Alkosh, 



^M^aJso .l^aoSl >^3uQx. ^XfXds -^^^^^ Z^so^^? 

<* 23^r ^^3^9? v^oo;^ xf^ ._ ;o^3 l^^ >^^ 

Stanzas of four lines riming together. At the end is the 
acrostich Otnko*, f. 141 a, 

i. By the same, f. 141 a : 
margin] <* b^l^ o6s ^ : OjpaJf*^ .\»'m>* ?3C^,b3 
;s^ l!so* '. h.Li> ^Ss*^l *\02^ ^ [-la^sil,? li^hcJbp 

Alphabetical from >» to <^ ; 4> 6s , 2 Ji—^^ 4 <^. Stanzas 
of four lines, riniine^ in rnyl throusfhout. 



Add. li).S4< 293 

j. By the same, f. 14^2 a: 
ll:s*l oiL ^ ♦:♦ [.jSu? Jaaboba margin] oj^? 2ia**2 

<* ;^^03 230T <^^»i? '• ^^tV* 

Alphabetical from yi to 2 ; 2 «^ — »ii, 4 J, Stanzas of four 
lines, riming in tha throughout. After them the acrostich 
0V3^3 i^AAx., f. 143a: 

;^H>4 -Z^Ii^ %\ai \^ ^p : lisl'iis ^cjos s^ox* 
,^p <• lis^ %p Jioax w»o!ec7^^ '. 2^^^3 ^^^^^^ 
^ 5^3 .2^'aquo ;»oLbaJ3 ^*is^ . ;no.^3L^3 y*y^o 
<• lis^x \^ r^^o ^'^^ .lis^iSifa y^n't^ 

Subscription, f. 143 « : 

<* ?V>yt 2?A^ ^9^^? '-^>^Vf ^'^ ^^ol .^^ 

11. Morning prayers for the Festivals, compiled bv Mar 
Elias III Abu Hallm, f. 143 i : 

^^>M Ix^ya *^pa/L «^^«3^d <• 232^3 ^^^S? ^^^^^ 

a. The Nativity, f. 143 b, 

^AL ^p i**^ ^p^ ^ ' ^?^? ^?^? ^«^?^ 



294 Add. 1084 

b. Another, f. 145 a, 



c. The Commemorations of the Virgin Mary, f. 146 a, 
.;1^I ^3^9 afSup .^a^'isiii^ ^*^ M^i^3 ^&a^o39 

c?. Another, by Mar Shallita of Ras-'ain, f. 148 a, 



lal^l .luii ^33 ZyAt v«>i03 .7i^i» w*isa^3 ;Nau*2 

e. The Epiphany, f. 149 a, 

ai>0 ;3^^» ^ .2^2 ^3^3 0(..30^ .^33 232X3 

f. Another, f. 150 6, 

g. The Prayer of the Ninevites, Monday, f. 152 a, 



.^JS -^A«33 ;iy.^Mo ;^oa^3 ^Xed» ^ .^1^2 w*>S0 
A. Another, f. 154 a, 



Add. 19S4 295 

i. Another, f. 155 a, 



j. Another, f. 156 h, 

^•. Another, Tuesday, by Mar Shalllta of Ras-'ain, f. 157 a, 



V^Sx J^^ -^«^?^ ;3isobop .;^o^a3 ;ix3^^^9 



;s^o29o ;^aiu^3 ;o7^2 ;*3^ v^b2 .;3yi»a:39 l*^ 
^. Another, by Mar George of Arbel, 

m. Another, by Mar Elias of Nisibis, f 159 h, 






n. Another, f 161 a, 



.oco •^oi2 



296 Add. 11)H4 

0. Another, Wednesday, by Mar Elias of Nisibis, f. 161 6, 



iSlp a^p 4«^?^ ^isobop .;isoi^3 ;3a!3,\^aia 



p. Another, f. 163 a, 
.liilisp l^os^ ^Sjom -l^lp ^^^\ ^^^ .oi^aiui 

q. Another, by Mar Elias of Nisibis, f. 163 a, 



7\ Another, by the same, f. 164 a, 

5, The Commemoration of the Saints, f. 164 b, 
X ^^ ^^ -^^ s^issop o^p .^'itip ^jk'aAoaa 

.^:s .}»!ao66sio 2301010 ^IsaAjoI 
t. Another, f. 166 a, 



.lba]OA iao iSoiock ^ .^2 ^isop o^p .oi;sa6u. 

II. The Friday of the Dead, f. 167 6, 
233 2»oI eoV3 -2*^2 uibop 9^? .23Ijl^9 ;is3oa^3 



Add. 1984 297 

V. Another, t. 168 6, 



.^dS^'b 2'x.o^ t*?^o -^^ ?^^ ^ y^p ^ .b]6sih>M, 

lu. The Commencement of Lent, f. 169 a, 



a;. Another, f. 170 h, 



Xi2b0b<jQ»3 ^3^2 ^3 opou«33 .^^a^ 2o^2 .oi^iau 

y. The five Sundays in Lent, by Mar George of Arbel, 
f. 171 a, 



JQX\90A^ ^3^ 2!X:3L^3 -^0^3 ^XL^y^ ;&^3 



z. Another, f. 1716, 



a. Palm Sunday, f. 172 a, 



l^ois'so li!Siio ^ .i^l ux»3 .;3ij:b23 232X3 

y8. Another, f. 174 «, 



.7i!iL ^as3 ;.«A3;»o 2X.301 ?3 >^ ^ -^^^ .on^sou 



.^o 



298 Add. 1984 

7. The Resurrection, f. 175 b, 



IxJsax ^ .;^1 u,'a^9 07^9 .jisbaltlp ;xip ^?^? 

8. Another, f. 177 5, 



€. Monday in the Week of Weeks, f. 178 6, 






r. Another, f. 179 o. 



J^sl'ia >^A^^ a]i^^^ oh] U>*=^ 23oiea .oi^kau* 
^. The Ascension, f. 180 a, 



^MyOLX ^MCkS ^ .;I^2 ^3^3 ^^f? ■?.fi^Q<a? 2?^? 

7;. Another, f. 181 a, 



.ai^^^ ;3>toV<a ;^^i\e 2m3S» <^ .0^*9 .oi^siiiu 

6. Whit Sunday, f. 181 b, 
^a 5^ .^2 ^iiao^ ^i^? .}\rry<\h\\^^ 2?2^9 



Add. 1984 299 

c. Another, by Paul of Anbar, f. 183 a, 



K. Prayers of the Adoration at Communion, f. 184 a, 
\. Another, f. 184 6, 



^^ ;is<iL3i ^6f^y!>a 2>f^ 2s3^3>3 -9^? .oi^aou 

fx. Another, suitable for Nusardel, f 185 a, 
[marg. \^jiymojS ^^^o] .J^^^op }^Ia.'x«»2 ;^0i^^ 

V. Another, f 185 b, 

^. Tiie Transfiguration, f. 186 6, 
.v^2o .^3^ ^2 .;IS2 y^b^S }^30^ •J'l^^? ^?^? 

0. Another, by George of Athor, f. 188 a, 






300 Add. 1984 

IT. The Invention of the Cross, f. 180 a, 



p. Another, f. 191 a, 

a. The Consecration of the Church, by the priest Abu 
'l-'Izz Hadiri, of the Convent of Mar Michael the Consort of 
the Angels, f. 192 b : 

T. Another, by the same, f 194 6, 

. OCO . ^OSA 

The colophon, f. 196 a, states that this manuscript was 
finished on the 17th of Heziran, A. Gr. 2018 = a.d. 1707, at 
Alkosh, in the days of Mar Elias, patriarch of the East, at the 
expense of a woman named Bilghan, from the village of Al- 
koshta,; for the Church of S. John in the village of Da udiya in 
Sapna*, by the priest Joseph, son of George, son of Israel, of 
Alkosh. 

^oj^^ ^C^? ^A>^? ^^ ^?4^ v?^ *^?9^^ ^^Ax 

* See Badger, The Nestorians, i. 174. 



Add. 1984 301 

6si^ .laciJa is^is :aou3 .07.3 .«* .*^au«M <^3^ ^^ 

(f. 196 b) <* ^1 ;x.'i3 ;J.o^ io^isi^^o ^li^i ^^^ 

(f. 197 a) .^O .Cr.3 wAj.»3 wSO \9k^ J^6^bO %^y^iO 

.Afpol ^dJt.a oco ^ji^^ Ju2 .o^aUkO a^Jse*^o ^p C7.3:s^ 

.;*xafiL^i >^.ajQ>* ^^Xi ^io aa .^a^A^soA. ?.t^t.B aa 

.0:0 •:* ^«bo2 m070^ 00 j o^od 

A short summary of the contents of the book is given in 
English on the inside of the right-hand cover. 



302 Add. 1085 



Add. 1985 



Paper, about 8^ in. by G ; 238 leaves, some of which, towards 
the end, are much stained by water ; the first and last, as well 
as f. 36 b, are blank ; 24 quires, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, 
save that the first and 15th have only 9*; 19 or 20 lines in 
a page. Written in a good, regular, Nestorian serta of the 
earlier part of the xviiith cent. The contents are : 

The Funeral Services for all ranks, according to the use of 
the Daira 'Ellaita or Convent of Mar Gabriel and Mar Abra- 
ham at Mosul, f. 2 b, 

The several services are not separated in this MS., as in Add. 
1986. 

Directions for washing the body, f. 2 b, 
ob\p uOio^i ^»^«iftt :s^3ii •^P'^-*^ »\2o . ?t.t,ti »^2 

^w%<v%«i a]y^l ^1 ^o .o^l^gA ^y^ . ?t»ha»a 07X.2 
i^i ^^o^c^o . w*o)oa3ocA lioy^ 001 ^SS^ aS^ ^»^ tty>o 

* Quire 15 consists of 9 leaves, the second half of each of which has been cut 
awav. There is, however, no lacuna between ff. 148 ami l-iy. 



Add. 1985 303 

^A^^^o .o]^ a\^ (f. Sa)^ai^ y^t Xk to ^o ..Hsoas liS^ 

Mor)oS\'s ^>\«tao ^o .oiSa>3 o^^^o c p ..^g»^ ^ * ^ i. t .aoo 

^Iko ^AaSco 9;^ ^jsoib ^^dioro .^s^is^o y^OIOASpS ^ 

07^ ^sik^O ^f 6\^^ opes ^ Xlk^ y^'^O .23A3f3 

;j.^3 01X.2 y..^»t*tf ^o .o;^a>A^ ^a^ opca ^ ^^bophd 

O^V^ ;!» ^3 ^2 .0^ ^»\i.t » 3A .OpdXo\ ^ 

^ o)boxo!^ U«isoa^ o^ >^2x c^ v^.tifta 0070 U^isoAp 

^xore .^^^2=1^ ^ r^?? ^»a^ .^oiasL^ •^ocrp^ 

(f. 3 6) ;oi3bo ;^o)a5 07^0^ ^007 is*lp ohno .ihS ^k'P 
3d\yo o^ wAs.^ .^00^ y^tl^aa afro ^o .o^aoaa 
\a o;^^ ^Ok^a Jijbf ^ ^a ^3lA^ .U'a^2 liho m^ 
ap^^ 0^*1^0 e\y\a «^oi ^2 «vpoo;^ ^a ^2 .^yl2Aa 
^fioua log] Jjat 2x.2 ^o]oSst ^^23 ^a 2i^ -^n^^? 
^ ^a aaa opiV o^ico. nx\ .^001 u.^ >& .o^iao log] 
opa yfyvS^*^ .o^a 2aoi >^lo .2 a a.tl^ ^^Sx lis^ia lisl^ 
2a>3L.tl^ {sic) ^^ffjApS^ ajj .^^ a^ l^jayipS loai ^1^ 



304 Add. 1985 

^^ 9m ^3 «^2 j^ .^a^oSsi liAO] ^:sa*w*3 ^Lfi > a>Vy 5^2 
op locn ^iba ^jQaa>^y ^ ?^? o^ ^i^ctio^aI 2^0701 ^■ j . ^'c p 



^ssutJoSa .0^^ 2301 ^2o .2a&d^ ^o^io^^ Zi-^c) ;^a«^ 
.0^9 290) ^2o .;3^oi03 (f. 4 a) ^il^aa <:>Xi^iS^ X "P^ 

OisaS ^xisJti ^fl .;^3lS< Zi3 ^ sil 30^3 ^3 JbO 

^» «^3 .U1330 ^atal ^3 :3o^ 49^ lis^o -l^o^ 
^f2 .a!^ou^bo^ 2^^2 isAo .0073 ^ 007 pj^S^ Isio^ 

^Xbftyaoo ^f2 .;»ol3 o7>5^o .^asM ^^^o 2^V.*^3 

The five mautehhe, ff. 4 6 — 77 a; lessons, viz. for priests, 
f. 77 a, Deut. xxxiv., Acts xx. 17— 38 ; 2 Corinth, iv. 16— v. 10, 
S. Matthew xxiv. 45 — xxv. 23 ; for deacons, Num. xx. 22 — 29, 
1 Kings ii. 1—4, 10—12, 1 Corinth, xv. 34—57, S. John v. 19— 
29; for laymen, Isaiah xxxviii. 10 — 20, Ezek. xxxvii. 1 — 14; 
for women. Gen. xxiii. 1 — 7, 19, Acts ix. 36 — 42 ; hymns, ff. 
88 a— 198 a ; prayers, f. 198 a, 

'iy\<' «^oc^3 ;JSoS^ ^^a 2?^^ ^^^ ^ ^^^ 



Add. 1985 305 

the signing of the dead, f. 199 a, 

. ^mSsi ^ \^3 2haxo3 lisi^ 2?t\-A ^^^ ?^ "3^^ 
hymns of IVIar Narsai, f. 202 a, 

l\x 'iax »ao ?y7t.>is 2ailj^d v^oT^a ^±joA>53 ^Is^mjQ) 
^ae 2'ia\3 ^!Sk^ m^o ^^s^odsn l^Jb jsibao ^su^ao 
? i 5VS >yo ^XhSbd ?i^aVya .^^a^p }ds*ifib o^ftyvy-i y^ \a 
. ?*»^^ cj^iA^ 33^:s ch^olSm s.jaa'yi i^aM I^opo 
and f. 211 6, 

.<sA& \^d .s^sala ^^*>A^ U^ao^ ao;s 
Tnadhrashe, L 215 b, 

service for children, ?i\'V )\^3 P'tr^V, f- 226 o, with lessons, 

f. 230 6, 2 Sam. xii. 1.5—24, 1 Kings xvii. 17—24, and hymns, 
f. 232 a ; unfinished, f. 237 b. 

From the metrical inscription on one of the ornamented 
covers, this volume would seem to have belonged to the church 
of Mar 'Abhd-ish5' at Amadia* : 

.^o!^ S^ox^'XaL ^isba .,Uor ^fa ^,p ^0)0^*2 
ja^jta ^o^ \^ . ZLdjQ}^ (sic) hox ^aiis o^oA^ 

^Ohi^ is probably the name of the scribe, a variety of 
oaioA, ?i>ift'>, Jsols^Xm. 

* See Badger, The Nestoriam, i. 252-3. 

B. c. 20 



306 Add. 1986 



Add. 1986 



Paper, about 13 in. by 8f ; 112 leaves, much stained by 
water; 12 quires, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, except the 
first and the last two, which have 8, 8, and 6, respectively ; two 
columns of 26 lines. Written in a large, regular, Nestorian 
serta, and dated A. Gr. 2070 = A.D. 1759. The volume contains 

The Funeral Services for Priests and Deacons, according to 
the use of the Daira 'Ellaita at Mosul, f. 1 b, 

Uof^^ i»3o^^ ikstio]^ istA o2 .23u!iiM3 ^isicafiea 

^0^3 ;jQa Q >^ <^*^?^ ^^^ ^l ^^ ^?^ .huAS-»0 

1. For Priests, f. 1 b, beginning with the following directions 
for washing the corpse : 

MO!o3i ^*bouXd >i»yh .ai^ y*\ itao ^o] .^.ioaoio ^af^ 

.0)30^0 ^mo^l ^>^>t*t> ^o .McrroL^ ^^ ^^i^;? ^^^ ^ 

^J^.bo ^o .af^^S hiy^ ;j.^>«u3 a]^l ^i.^.i.t bo ^o 

S^ ^So 230393 ilio ^SJnao c^ ^isosbo .MOieoXJao 



Add. 1986 307 

op .loQ] ^M y^ l^Jiytp^ loo] tSlL 07.33 ?<a>S^ 

The first part of the service, conducted in the house, is 
divided into five mautebhe, ff, 2 a — 28 a ; the remainder com- 
prises a chant on the way to the church, f. 28 a ; lessons, f. 30 a, 
viz. Numbers xx. 22 — 29, Acts xx. 17—38, 1 Corinth, xv. 34 — 

57, S. John v. 19 — 29 ; and hymns, ^33bb9 or /iB, f. 34 a, ten 
in number, all to be recited in the church ; a hymn on the way 
to the grave, f. 54 a, and another at the grave, f. 55 b, with 
other hymns and prayers, f. 58 a. Subscription, f. 62 b, 

;^a(JlSi laXj, Isjxh ;x^ ^oisoSo : ox yVto^o -a^oa 

*:* ^2 ^p is^s ^o^p ^Om .^oXk^niM IxM ia 

2. For Deacons, f. 63 b, 



^isoib ^01 mo;o\^ ^isiblo .MO)oi2h93 op ^ao^o 

<* 2XA> ^907? ^2 4^4^? 

Five mautebhe, S. 63 b — 83 a; chant on the way to the 
church, f. 83 a; lessons, viz. Daniel viii. 15 — 19, x. 5, 20, 21, 
xii. 2—4, 9—13, Acts vi. 1—7, 1 Thessal. iv. 13—18, S. John 
xii. 23 — 36; hymns, f. 88 «, ten in number; hymn on the way 

20—2 



308 Add. 1986 

to the grave, f. 104 b, and at the grave, f. lOo 6, with other 
hymns and prayers, f. 106 a. 

For a specimen of these services see Badger, TJie Nestorians, 
ii. 282 sqq. 

The colophon, f. 113 6, states that this MS. was finished on 
the 10th of Adar, A. Gr. 2070 = A.D. 1759, when Elias was 
catholic patriarch of the East and Isho'-yabh metropolitan. It 
was written in the village of Alk5sh by the priest Yalda, son of 
'Abhd-isho', son of Hadh-be-shabba, son of Israel, of Alkosh, by 
order of the priest George, son of Hormiz, from the village 
of Aradhen in Sapna, at the cost of the churches of Sultan 
Mahdukht and of the sons of Shemoni (the Maccabee martyrs) 
in Aradhen. 

^Opi ^ {sic) OJQ>3^is29 ^^ ^i . IvxHyt boo ;&0^3 

;^c^j2 v^ous •^^A^2 *> ;^ai.3A ^axo \*^^\ ^s^ 
}is*aJ3b ^3 ^^^^2 .JKo 4^^Aa ^oaA »^oo7*fi>30ia 

^3 disA .JEO .3^300! ^33 ^^?^ 2aMO^ As\ 

4^2 .;3o^a^ ;bpp3 ;xu3 . ^07 2^3^ ^^^ ^^^^^ 



Add. 1980, 1987 309 

^^3 .f^aoor ;X|&ti 3A .jQSiAs^aoA^ ^auxtj . ? A>^ 
^» o^is?io -^^? 23^233 (sic) v^3f>2 ^is>*i3 ^^*a>•ti 
.^OlSaX JaSO is^OaO^ ^\^\ftft>3 .;6sx»3il ^N,>>9 :3,3^ 
1^9^ ■*^?'^2 ^fiS*akA3 \*Opis* UQ>>^»3 -^^^^ ^iS3C^ 
.^^pklojiM ^^3^^ ^^? )Z)_?^ ;a07 }3^a Cth TlS>\So ^3 

Add. 1987 

Paper, about 6^ iu. by 6 ; 157 leaves, some of which, at the 
beginning and end, are slightly mutilated ; 16 quires, signed 
with Arabic words and Syriac letters (e.g. f.Hh, . rV. Jj'iH fj^]j£»; 

f. 149 a, cu jjLc ^il^l ^jrt\j£s), of 10 leaves, except the first 
and last, which have 8 and 9 respectively; 16 lines in a page. 
Written in a good, regular, Jacobite serta, and dated A. Gr. 
1958 = A.D. 1647. The volume contains 

Various Services, viz. 

1. The order of the Solemnization of Matrimony, as re- 
vised and arranged by Isaiah of Beth-Sebhirioa, partly in 
Arabic, f. 3 b, 

«*\s oTJoiiilL ^Q_»A^i_. ..j.^\r: ^^iD -lAj]^ ]Lo-r^z^ 



310 Add. 1IJ87 

^ . I'j no^ L^^ ]k5 . .\s (TionfnKK..o ^U5^]J1 ^W 

'(_Aloo ^ZoW U^lo loV). n .0 .pwlo li]^^:^ ^j_l^ ]o;4-»^^ 
a. The Betrothal, in Arabic, f. 4 «, 

6. The Benediction of the Bridegroom and Bride, with 
the Benediction of the Rings, f. 11a, 

Partly in Arabic. Subscription, f. 23 b, 

c. The Benediction of the Crowns or Garlands, f. 24 a, 
.]\\\i j^>a^? gtijAjIj ^>^? 1^ aVt^Z 
Partly in Arabic. Subscription, f. 42 6, 
Jd^^OlDlQ-D v??OSn ]^\\'no |jA!»j >f'Q^? I<T^7(^ i>Ql^ 

f?. Exhortation to the Bridegroom and Bride, in Arabic, 
f. 42 6; 

^IpO ^U^^ ^nmV>. o^ »CD0;-L..1^0 {sic) ybn^ CTLitO 



Add. 1987 311 

e. Marriage ceremony for Widowers and Widows ; first 
service, f. 47 a, 

U^9 Po lAjBp. y? .lAllo>1o U^>1 Ujo Iv^? U-'i^ 

/ Second service for Widowers and Widows, f. 53 h, 

(/. A scholion or apology by Isaiah of Beth-Sebhirina 
(or Bil-Sebcrina, Ujji*-rflj) on the origin of the separate service 
for widowers and widows, f. 66 a, 

] 1 s*P , 1 ns> ]..n.«-^o<^<^ A-ui)61 ^o t \onm *^oZ 

1L^:d V. lA-..j^jZ ^Q^lo lAibi^L ^j lA-J^^o ]A«V)»Z 

• lAXi-KjO 'iA>lJo 
On f. 66 6 he explains his reasons for revising these services : 

CTil. i<ij.£DZAj5 61 .U-»-^ cn\ -r^Li s^oLy .]±^yL 
L'r^ po .A_.VD5i jJo A^i^o ]J .IJoA^ ^^"1 .'lArjp'. 
jjcriD oir^ Aj]? ."i^oo I^IS. ILbo U-»-^^ v^'r^ A i nnZlo 



312 Add. 19S7 

\jSjy ioAhrii ^j^iijlD ]Jo |1 V ^^^ ] ■ V ■ no linfinV) 

UolSoio Xid^ PI .lA^V|^ lk)l U-»-^ ai^ Po (f. 67 a) 
j.^0 ^vnK^V ^ . nn'il. j^^>.>i^j ^Qj"! AJ^K.0 .^ZodI 

IriicQj ^ ZL.]nnn5lD0 Aj]jodilDO Aj];_L.>.KrD |J1 -U-l? 
Ucia^ ^2 AShfiDo Amb^' .^JolZ ^Sdo .'jAJ'Ajl.o Vh;~»^^ 
.;-^m\ ] I \' (^o PoA^Dj obi .^ooiAi .i.n Aj»^o .^oiojq-kk!! 
•r^ > « «7^ "joou ^-.Alj ] m '."I .^^fn\ Uk))"jo LtOiloj ooio 

."Ij-iiZ ]ia3on\ ] I V),-6 liDJO^ A lO ^oiio (f. 67 h) ]o(t\ 
^ :^v . ma] "joou ^"|o ."tcij ]Lai^ Zvlc'ibo Amd^ 
^(tioAjIj U-1j_s5 6] UAjAZ LiOo^ .<=^niAj> ]\^o |icdSnJ 
"U-iipp U> I \'> -AXSd y,J\ .U^V*-» 1i-^o?o br-oci^ r4^ 
"Ltooij -o^k)]? ] I n, 1 10 CDO •U'^tio'I |jQJlr)o .^jOiZ^o 



Add. 1987 313 

This is the same Isaiah bar Denha who is mentioned by 
Assemani, B. 0. ii. 384, col. 2, and in Wright's Catal., pp. 851, 
col. 1; 881, col. 2 ; 899, col. 1. He flourished in the first quar- 
ter of the xvth cent. 

2. The order of Baptism of Se varus, as revised by Jacob of 
Edessa, f. 68 b, 

]lDO. i^jI? |^r-»l4^ 1r-»0U£D ^J^-^A -r^] .UoiJo] 

Second service, f. 81 b, 

The glosses and most of the marginal notes are in Arabic. 

3. The shorter order of Baptism of Severus, f. 101 b, 
^J\ en V) rh? 1p-.oUd ^^Sdj oiXjj ]r^'i ]^ ' ^l> 

4. The short order of Baptism of Philoxenus of Mabbogh, 
f. 104 a, 

5. The order of Celebration of the holy Eucharist, f. 106 b, 

The first service ends, and the second begins, on f. 110 a, 
^ ^L'jL ]L^ln^L^ l;..ilDO ]L,Jk)^ ]Lm1q^L ]l<^«Vn n 



314 Add. 1987 

6. Prayers, prooemia, sedras, and 'etre, which the young 
priest must learn by heart, collected by the scribe Behnam, 
f. 130 b, 

.]m'i g^no Ij-p ^6(Jl.Aj1o .oj^xdZAId ^d "jZ,^ ]■ i • n\ 

.4>i^^ Uo? vQ-*^ .fin? 

7. Graces before and after meat, f. 142 b, 

8. Other prayers, benedictions, and salutations; viz., for 
the sick and dying, f. 144 6 ; for children when presented to the 
priest, f. 145 rt ; over the oil for anointing a corpse, f. 145 6; 
over the clothes left by the dead, f. 146 «; for travellers, 
f. 146 6 ; over anything that is unclean, f. 146 6 ; over fruit, 

f. 147 a; and certain vegetables, Pr-»0 (-lOrJOlo ]j^.»_^ ui 

^oaiZo^lj, f. 147a; for fever, f. 1476; when a priest enters 
the house of believers, f 148 a; over corn seed, f. 148 a; over 
aught that has been defiled, and over one who has eaten or 
drunk what is unclean, f. 148 6 ; over the oil for anointing the 
sick, f. 149 a; over one afflicted by a devil, ascribed to S. An- 
drew the Apostle, f 149 6, bV* t~P IcDJAk?? ^ ^ l^^i 

|-K» I \> «£Dl5rJl? cJIjZli]o ; for one who breaks an oath, 
f. 151 a; for one who bans (I>0;_k»^) himself or his fellow, 

f. 151 6 ; for a repentant adulterer or fornicator, f 152 6 ; at the 
conclusion of the daily services, f. 153 a; for one who repents, 
f. 156 a. 

The colophon, f. 156 6, in Arabic, states that this MS. was 
written in the year 1958 = A.D. 1647, when Ignatius Simeon 
was patriarch of Antioch and Basil Yeshu' maphrian of the 



Add. 1987 315 

East, in the convent of Mar Belinam (where situated? see 
above, f. 42 b), by the priest Behnani for the priest Rabban 
Joseph. The lower part of the leaf has been torn away, and 
repaired at a much later date. 

]±^^ crij|Li)Z" w.Ns ^pl^ .^ sCd^^tlIL ^0^.1^0 .^P]o 
*o"|Ai.lL "jiCTi ] 1 ^^^ cnAa]i sn \^]o .Jj-iOtj cnAjos^nno 

,_j.J.rD ^_LD (sic) yp rCiKnnn (JuSi^Lo cn-.]V)\roZo ^^J^ 

^ jj^; n V)ZL ^jpl^lL jjZlcnri'l ^t] ^j^ cnJLaljo i ^ 

wj?1LD0 ^Q_LkL» yt'^^i^]^ ^] (f. 157 a) -Ju-KK >.\fQ.'^ 

*oj^ ^Q-«uI <^i-i;'=^V> -j] jDi_^La2:L ^U^-^^ >CD0 > \\ I mn 

The scribe Behnam has recorded his name, with the date, at 
several other places in the book, e.g. beneath the ornamental 
crosses on ff. 1 6 and 2 a, on fF. 42 h and 130 b, etc. 



316 Add. 1987, 1988 

Subscquentl}^ the book belonged to the deacon 'Ata u 'Hah 
ibn Ilyas ibn 'Ata'u 'llah, of the family of Hanna ^\,^, dwell- 
ing in the Maballet ash-Shattiyah, oi i i 5 ■ n\ (J|\».»V) 

(at Mosul ?), f. 157 a and b, and on the inside of the left-hand 
cover. Another owner has recorded his name on f. 157 b, the 
deacon 'Abdu 'llah, son of the deacon Behnan (sic). 

On the inside of the right-hand cover is pasted part of 
a leaf from a Gospel or Lectionary of the xiiith or xivth cent., 
containing S. Luke i. 30 (Icn^) —32 (loi^ Ui^) and 35 
(V»?Q-o> Vk.o5), 86 (\\'~)m 1 2^ ]aio). 

Add. 1988 

Paper, about 8| in. by 6|; 170 leaves; quires, signed with 
letters, originally 22 in number (the first five have been re- 
moved), of 10 leaves (except o^, 7; r-», 11; -^ P, 12); 19 to 
21 lines. Written in a good, clear, Nestorian serta, and dated 
A. Gr. 1870 = A.D. 1558. 

Ordinations of the Clergy of all ranks, various orders of Con- 
secration and Prayers, f. 1 6 : 



6s*Aol .ljsa\^i>^ ^^Xbo^x.^3 ^iols.'.^^ ^Ax>.^ 



^^» ^?9^ ^P ^A? ^^ v?^"? .oS<3oiaS tab 39 
Ixi^opjao ^iJ^y^'ao iilS^n ^c^a Jsp^ l^A'a>i,ap uo^a 



Add. 1988 317 



•^2o .liXJsox,io ^ .2L.'!^!^9 ^2 ;2l!!^ *^2o .^att2£s^ 
.^ox ilaaa .u^:s9 e2 ^b ^o^o •^ >:bi^fi> ^2o .IxM 
Ss* liio^misis'ao ^?^A9 .^oiti «^3ox.ao .^fiso^^ ^a^o 

<• ;^32 

On f . 1 a is the following note, relative to the times for 
ordination : 



"pya o2 .^fsis ;^^bo>bo 9js3 o2 .^fsia ;^jMa^ ;g3J:i 
.^o^ ^^^? ^?^ o^ .^ij.^o;|.» Qfrfl o2 .^ui^*6^ 
.^f'ai ;l^p JS*230uA o2 .^aaod ^^^3 ^iaa ocn yspJb o2 
;l^^o wiio o2 S*'p ^Sa\ . k^fiLOisAxboo ^^^^3 ^b0al ^^sd 

1. Ordination of Readers, Subdeacons and Deacons, f . 1 6 : 

t^2^o ■}lboo '>y , oh ^a±i ^Jdo .23io93 ^ok^ 5uq>2o 
.;i^2o ^t*«JS^o .;^>bo^ ;h>\A.Ho v^afiL»3A32o ;^atJUQ)32 



318 Add. 1988 

rt. Ordination of a Reader, f. 2b: 



2«oaub3 239! ;^.A303 ^S ;&^o .^i^Aait ^3?^ *sOo^ 
*^(ai2 jcait .«^oov^'^ «^ ^?^2 ^2a 3A <S*2«mi 
.^;s .\.A abM«i ;&^!^y.^ ^07.^2 Z^ado ^07 ^an^^ 

6. Ordination of a Subdeacon, f . 3 6 : 



. ; *L ^ 2V^^9^ ^^Js ;V,^? ^ boouca 07A bCUa^o 
^^o J Oio^l ;&^e .^iXib ^3b \^ ^Itio ^sS 007 ^d^o 

2&^A*wM ;op2 ^^3^ ^cr <^an^ som .o?\4:ift> PX;**^** 

.jco .^^ .\a AduMii 



Add. 1988 819 

c. Ordination of a Deacon, f . 4 a : 

2. Ordination of Priests, f 10 6: 



«^ 07^So\ ^3o .07^^ 2'a^Of bi»2o .2LJQ>is^^3 
JA3l9\3 2'>«=>¥>P ^4^'^ P^ <^2ko .^^jfap o^^a 

-^ ■ ♦^fl^.** 1ft mX.23 306A^ «.o^2o ^AM 5^"^ 

3. Ordination of Deacons and Priests who are blind, f IG a: 



m3^ ^aijiabti «^29 .la^s^jM y^s ^2o .;t3L^> ^JQ»>V 
zoJAal^l sAox aon^ <^^?^ .opo^a^ ;aAo^ij ^aXuSkSL^ 
*:* ^ax3 ^^&a^ uo^ 30^ O01O .JjjQ>90Ok!S ^*A>3aa ^ 
;i^o ;^a3Xba.aLb09 2^,39 uox^i i^ ^9 29070L& v^^A 
v^9u^ ^2 .;^o^.baJC9 2'9aii\ ^fu* pxs .;^ojuxit9 
wisdbo Jwox*ivm w*>boo 232 uAiabo ^Aiaa^aXkO jao2^^flu^ 
29op( 0^9 : o^'a^^ k^2o .;iiAo^±t 2«=ux.« >Sia^6x^ 
; a^ H\ y.ao *^oa^ .2'iMoi^o ';^il'&bodi ;iqLa ^2J^ 

Am9A2 ^9bi9 O.!^ «^00^^0 .aU3M90 ?30^90 7*S,-V-^ 



320 Add. 1988 

2^*bdLQ> «^a;A^ oS^sxko .}*^yiap is^^^^ ^yxtiS 
2jN»m3 ^«mO <* ^lai^I «^oo^o .^Abaai^o ?«iS>^ 

;^;k^33 2?^ ^^3ft<33 I'i^Of^ }3^S^ ^«3^ .2i^ JS«33 

<* ^nxil a.^^3 23070 (f. 1^ ^) .IxMi oJiJOiisisl Jftsc^aZ ^s 

;^o .;^o^a^o ;iiiu2 ;^bJd3 ;^aoxi ;^2 .^x^xh l^a 

;a*2o .;auxb o2 'pstno U^a yiX^Ssx^ IbsOi&^io ^ 
2-auopo li^^ ^2 ;«baA> ua;oiSA23 ooi ;v*3 ;x«xb :slbd 
.2a^^o U^:ao 23o2^ ;^2o ^^^p ^Sf ^ ^oo^Ji 
;a.oa.d ^^*^^ -^t^^'tii ^V*? ^*3:.tio ^^o baik.3 \ao 

^xti . ^iA>9>^3 ^oi ^jQ>ak^ ^2 ^aX3£s^ 9A ^ia *:* ^mois*l 

^f 3230 2>ba^30 *> eaao uOfo^ouAs ^'i^ ^jso^m ^^o 
)^ ;»>ft\t bat y)3 Jxaa^o .c;^ \a ?io\t mCLi ^ 

isba :^» 230^^ :sofi\» ^ ^.^»bo60E2 ^^^ A^?^ 
.2^o^^ )S^ inxil ^ 713LSO 'n^ 2a^p l»^oSa ^p 
^Aa ^3030 *:* lioj^ ^^ A ?A lii^p ^oaAy A^a?ao 

^3 ;^i:ajq» *:* ^^'^Nu ^ ;io7^ 3^^ AAa wX^ooxo 



Add. 1988 321 

(f. 17 a) o^l :?oi «^S\^o .;^?^? lao^ai- ^oov>4^2 ^i 
^^3o ^po isA^s ;ia^ \yy li<n-^ ^^o-bojca^iaa 
uOT ^1 .:30T ^-V^ ♦xr^^^^ ^''^ ^** ^^ "^^ 2a.»0kyj 

jA ^.^: 23(7) ^2 u^o] .u^jsi^ x^ ^2 ;^qj:3 ;^&o^ 

;^>io 733bti TsotJda bdsfo <• <* <* 2'3o;3: 7I»^^? ;£i^jQ»5 
^2 ^^\^o .ot6«ao33 ;»o*xdo •> ;iJdUa>^oc7 :slb3 3^*2 

.j:o .X33 ^^2 ^ax»o ;jq»o& 

4. Ordination of Deaconesses, f. 18 6: 



\Aii ^^.>? ^-^0^ ^^ ;^o^2 ^ ;^3^3 ^ lis^ 

.;fi3u.bo3o ;&oopoo .;^ou3u33 ;&.m^o^3 ;3*3^9 ;«3j:j 



;ic^^ JKS 3btldo .2'3m^ 2>aL^3 oacvica o^X^ ^«2o 

afviboo *> ;f329 ;&3^ :s>ti ^^ •^ocua x»3^ o;^ ^^o 

^a^o 67*'i*2 •s^3k*a^ >a aCliQ>^2 :s>d «.^aaU9kA32 op 
oV>^303 ^SA< .g^gy ^o\S>^S ^3^ ;«eor o7^3>^^o .opca 

5. Prayers for the Ordination of Deacons and Priests, 
f. 20 h : 

.iMJripo UsiMJso^ 2a^^'jQ9S ^fJL>^ ;^o^^ ^o^ 

B. C. 21 



322 Add. 1088 

.so .^03 

6. Canons or hymns for tlie ordination of Deacons and 
Priests, f. 22 6 : 



;^^3o\;3 pa.»3 ^^3btj .IxoJbpo ;>t iiat »3 usaLo 



l»iop iJOitja^fia -U^^ ^ib ^xtsix^ t^^^ J«^9&3 U^ao 
Subscription, f. 25 a : 

' •' ' ' ' • ■ ' " 

After this two lines of writing have been effaced with ink. 

7. Prayer recited over a priest who has been excommuni- 
cated, f. 25 6 : 

^s^ vf^^ ^P^^ "^ OL^a\H>^ o2 at3UQ>^2 Ijax^ ^6s 

.JKO .2^3 ^!^ ^sS.apo 

8. Prayer recited over a layman who has been excommuni- 
cated and repents, f. 26 a : 

^ ;!^^bo^ ;>v> S.v> <au2 ^ ;^^^»3 ;^a^^ 

a]6soaJi/^ ;x^ ^ ^3 p\ ..07^2 .aids ^o ;5attft52 

. so . o]6sf\\'ni>»\*tio 



Add. 11)88 328 

9. Order of Reception of Disciples or Novices, f. 26 a : 

;'»'>in>2 ;s^^.bo ^007^ u^^Jk ^9 %^^o v^ooT^isa 

It is in the form of a letter to one Rabban Berlkha, and 
begins : 

«S^^^ Jj3f ^23 Zo^i? -^^3i3 ^3 l\a]^ ;A3di»o 

li!^a\ .^o^A,*^!A^ ;«fM^.^^ ^2 ;:saIc»^ 5^ ^sy^ao.^ 

<• ^u^^^ ?^\sya 2aao3A 23X»o .;»S5u^» ;&o7 ^bo^4«^ 

10. Order of the Investiture of Monks, f. 28 h : 

^m3 0073 ^lawMoao ;^a.3 »^ov^29 ^o* ^t^'^-^-T ^^^ 

21—2 



324 Add. 1988 

liJiso^ oQ>oa^o .;^o^^ ^^«^? ^^,?^9 ^^4*^^ ^?^ ^P 

SubscriptioD, f. 30 a : 



^33b^.^ ^o^V^o -^a^? ;isxi)k^is9 ?te.a>^ ;a\x 
^^SiOxAo .'^^a^AO ;^^30JSo 2xt3L2o ^oac ^x^to&oo 

<* ^2 2c^^3 ^Jijbox 

11. Order of the Tonsure of Monks, by Rabbau Pithion, 
f. 30 6 : 



?t»tH «sO*^^f^ ^3^ >f=^? ■^>?r^? 2i^aA>3 ^A>a^ 



Add. 1988 325 

2307 ^.S<^u^«2 ysko .ooai ^^^^ atv^fvS fr^^Isu^ ^3 *x^o7 
k^2o .»^2 oa^o ^.<»1'.!Sje^ *^oi2 o'iti .^poauji ^oski^ 

5^2 .v^cra^^ o^box ^V^bo ^ooA ?^^^2 2a^^3 ^ga^bo 
MOio^a^ ^Aoa^^ ^ajsoV^o .«sO0^ "^Hf^^^ 2aJ3L2o UHj^ 

•^oVJc'iS ea^^ (f. 31 a) ;jA07 U?oot* •s^^o >^ll -opca 
001 932 2ao7 auS ^33 ;saJb ^oh 0070 ^2 . ?^\3tB 
^ooLio •^oi^^o : ^*m.^Sje^ ^o^ 2lbOJC.3 x^a ^\a 

o^i^ ^^^ }«booc77ao ltaa.ti^p ^3 ^oi <• ^.*x.bai3 

.^^ w0.3isx^3 2i.^3 Xf^ ^boo <• ;^2^ •^boJca 
<• ^oi.5 «\^^^2 07.33 ^fa.La ^AkA 00^ ^Saa^^ 

;«uo ^diiU .;ktl^j^bN3 U^^p ^07 2^xb ^aJS3 ^Sfo 
^aoba^a ;ist3Uisi»3 ia^ Z<ai ^*^2o «^ 0007 ^a^ij^ap ^^iu 
*^3»3 o7;saajQ> o^Aba a^^ ^bpo «:* 2ao^3 ^^ou'aouAs 
^ ^2o .?>iA\. ^» ofijl^aa ^bb ^2 .?ii^ ouid^2 
ouaud^2 \Ab aft^jo <« ^oLb ;a.^ ^'icLa ^diJL^.boa 
<* ^3o2 u'a^bk^o ;«vA»^^ 0001 ^AAMdbop ^bb 5^2 . ^LmAsp 



:-}2G Add. 19S8 

^o«e <• ;3ou«3 ^bibo pa^3 ;^oa<, * ; . t) \\;.» ao^o 
23.33^ (f. 81 6) ;:sooaA3 la^aoaa ^^^3 ^^ U a -^v y 
.;o.>sa^^ ;&'>> ^oc^3 ^oa5 po] ^2 ;a]o <• 2*30^30 

23oV^o <• ^f^23 23o^ ^o <f ;Vy,iaA>23 2baai^ ;po7 
;^^iQ9 ^ . ^JsVao 2'ivo^ ^"32 ^A^^2o *:* wi^ta 

«^ ^3 ^ol *:* ^5 :soiaa2 mX0o . ^o2 ubdo £s*^3 
Ul.xo^3 ^i..ti .^xli«>.^ v^o^^2 ^2 ^3^? is^l ^^ 

<* 2'SolV^ ,^lai •> 2'x»Q^.3 Z^al^.* <!' lis'i>*y^ U^'^ 
«> 2'aai\^3 2ak^oiQ3 <* ^^'^ ^oiL •^ ?^ l lly a ;^a^0A 
2So;ii3 .2a^oiQ9 \ 3 >tt a 3 Z^a ^ii*^^ «sOu*2 o2 ^3 wbsf 
2idj!s ;boakS<o ;x»3 ^ 0070 <• ^o^^A^ J(o>^ ;^33olJo 

^a :a^o •> ^*LQ>a^tt "poJOA ^i^^o^aa ;^2 JS^^^.^ 
fis*2i*iN*o . ^aJl& ^303 ^iQ>o }A'aV^^ .^JSo^^o^aox 

^ ob\ .^a^to CV33 007 ^o*3 ^o^o «:♦ ?.Mfi>.y 
;^3i} ?M>oa>jQ»2 ^auxip ^•i>^\? (^- -^^ <^0 *> ^9)oN.a23 



Add. 1988 327 

12. Order of the Tonsure of Nuns, f. 62 a : 



^f^^^ )Lp ^o0o^a5 (sic) w*tea>ao pa . ^c^bo \s^ ^2o 
At the end, f. 76 a, we read : 



<* loHj? ^.O ^2 ;JS^ ;^a^ <* ;^a^ 02 ^aoi 2'a&»o 

<* ^>tid ;;sioj^o 23qM> JK^ ^^9^0 <* 3^ ?,i»^'^fTi 

^amOslm .cifesAtA asJm? I'soo <* ^bolti isiao l\x 4>t ifto 
o^aouAa m9) 2^^o ^Jjl^o ^JS^o J»aa ^«Aa^ 
07^0^ ju2 y^2^ ^ 3A ^^S^ o2 -^otl l^ai ;^A.tt3 
2»ol3o <« o7>^3^ai:cas o^^ ,^\^^ 2^^is ^ ^2 : ^ 



S28 Add. 1988 

13. Ordination of an Abbot, f. 76 h: 

j(3 «Sf2 .;Adx.» «^oad^9 ^*>3a ^boa : aS<30i^ 

: ^JNoS^ ^?k^ mi^oS ^ai^A ^^2 *^oy^oisxo : o^^ox 

: (■sic) bfiU^obyO ^ A.»o 'p.A^mO z l\ijjo Uo] lysio^ *xf^o 
: mO)o^V< ^23o 2i^o^3 ^:s*Ao3 2bbtio* t^afiLua ^m.»o 
^isoao^iCd ^Ujo : ^Skio ^oojCdSiO JOfvio ^^>^io ^^^3o 
»s^^sbOMM /Lo mI& %,o Moa ^o ^:^ojQ>2 ^o : ^^o2^ ^^ 
iSsffMSapo .^is^^^M ^o;^a9 ^^V^9''*« ^070^^.20 -'^^ai ^o 
iiaili, ^*x.07 .25o^a5 J!i^:s23 ^o .;^>i.l3i3 ISs^^ 

14. Ordination of a Steward, f. 81 a : 



^Jaoattj •^ ^a^ai^ x.lx ;ia7 ;o.>^ ^oiouS.S< ^^x.^x.bo 



Add. 1988 329 

h)3 A^^bOO -^S^^^ ^,3^ }^*33 JS«33 IxXti ^«bX.ib 

15. Ordination of an Abbess, f, 81 6 : 



^h :sltio ^a^^^ X^^o ^^^^o .^a^^ Ti^tl^ 2au^ 
ua;o .o^^^o ^ ^Ib *^atJUa>AS2o .;^:5i^^ \.\< 

.oltio ;La>iQ^ 03o2 .^3 2bjc.boo ^^boo .o^Ao^a^ 

.so 

16. Prayers to be used during the performing of the Ton- 
sure, f. 82 a : 



.<^isoiJio yhlisiso ^x 3ti^6^o.3k .;Si323o ^*bax.3 a^sL^o 

.JKO 

17. Ordination of a Chorepiscopus or rural bishop, f 83 a : 
230.^.0 oorp ;5otL/Q3i^2 30A3 2x.^l.fi»p ^A>-?^ 

18. Ordination of an Archdeacon, f. 84 6 : 



o^^p '. yaJLiOQ ;x«xti m loa^^p ^AlyAhl^ l^Jsala 



330 Add. 1988 

19. Another ordination of an Archdeacon, f. 8G a : 
Oa!3 .^X»XV^ ^3kM.Ol33 »^afiL3A323 ^Xi.2 23ub»*0 

;A^o Isjaiia ;fe^'a^ ^i^ .^.ofiUaAai je>fxV^^b03 

20. Ordination of a Bishop, f. 87 a : 



U^^o *> l^y* U'i-^op ^^ a^j o2 2p2.^ ^ y^ja 

.jco .23k97J:3 ;baxo3 ^^a^A 

21. Prayers to be used when attiring the Bishop, drawn up 
by Mar Elias III, f. 93 a : 



25^^ gfll te ^jSi ;3b vxd.^ aaa ^Ssa'a^I ^>«oA| 



.^'2a :si.3 >f>07^ .^1.^1^^ ^nAo^iJ ;A2 ;«o>.«p jAba^ao 



Add. 1988 331 

22, The Completion of the Ordination of a Bishop by the 
Catholicus, f. 94 a : 

^3 ?baaau23 .'pS^^p Iseolo ^'yS^ ^o^^ 2>cpE ^ao^o 
3oiliQx^2 ^*xsa:s^ ^oj>a? U>^ ^^? ^ ^<^ ^^^^ 

23. Service when a Bishop is translated from one see to 
another, f. 96 a : 

oi . 23^.X 23^2 ^» : anxQ^l Ix'isx.^ y^p ^^ 



^Smo ;&isx^3 ocn 3o^a^o . ;^a^ ov^a^ : adjQ>d2o 

24. Ordination of a Metropolitan by the Catholicus, f. 98 i : 



:0tl0.^l3 OCn ^2 ^i>>3LV.3 239VXO ^3 ;3L»3 .;£JlAo^iEl 



332 Add. 1988 

^iLo ;ax.3\,^ ^^^^ ^btSi^Ia ^ilx ^^3^3 ^>^o 

;V^a3 ^'^a.ttooa o'<r .l>sy^ yA^o l^^*^^o oo] I'iM 

.OBO 

25. Ordination of a Catholic Patriarch, f. 100 6 : 



^o^ o2 . ^2f 3 oot ^o^ o2 . ;LQ>bo.a i^ ^o^ ^jsio 
OC77 ^oA o2 .3day.29 001 ^o!^ o2 .}:saM..M9 ocn 
6\i ^iaa^ ^o «> 2aaaos<3 oo; jso^ o2 .aooxfox^a 
«^oo7S^ \^ ^^a;^jk . .^^ou^x.^^ ^*3p ;^*\d^ ^dJO^aoA 
07>aoaJ3 ^aa ^aa4d a^ "VA?^ .2isc^2 £s*a3 Ua^oiQ> 

: o5'a^V^,«do ;Nc^2 ^«^2o v^^? ^?^ -^^P "^^P^. 
2^^^ o2 Wa^* ;^3i ct;^ 301^3 ^p ;»o *^ ;5oiiiQ>^2o 



Add. 1988 338 

.w*M'S\ ^*.33 ^J(^.M .uy^Q.M30 \»3329 OO? ^*^3 

«^2 <* iM^oai \a ^ : aCUQ>52 2^.^^ Jft^^ ^o>.5 

i^^bo ;^o^^ ;X3\ ^ o2 .;Mao29 ;^afiUQ>^ ^ o2 
;ft\\ g7»o.bo^o or^^aisp 233Je ak^ -lisiJso^p ^ 
^ <• ;d>tf>t>^ '^ySLio 0^3 ;*aa^oc73 : fttto^l w*3l23o 
^ff^!^ 6s^l^ : o^% \,»Y> Xi.2x.^o ?£scfL32 Ol^^9 ^3 
^oOmJ.3 ;^auiV^ ;d.jQ>30A \y,i\ 0^ Jbp'f .IxJOscjBa 
X3\^3 ^»o .;^^^.^a3 a^fii.p\3 paCJLip ^ o7-3:-^ 

pap ci^ ^09| ;*2^ Xp3 4fiSCA<7^^ ^033p 2^lS^£S 
^aop3 }*i(330A 3^ Oaj "poJAi U^Ol u23 ^^cjl-Sl yunAiH 

^y^l <• o;i» is^is^ : o^'iv^^bo v^>»oAip ^2 .;ai«aJ^ 
^^oaua^&p ysyjb .;« Mkt.»p o2 ^ai^p 2putt*o AdtiisA>so 



334 Add. 1088 

(f. lOL h) ^03^3 >\,.\t ^O . 30»S>3 O^ >\,At ;^C^2 

*:* c^o apio o^.bax f^^^^a ,^2o ^OA^a^i^^ ^1 ;^g^j^ 

.l^fsO^l ^p UQ»Ioo2 }id3f3 ^^3^3 ^*2&^M ^*3 O^ 'Vf^ 

wi^obs.^ ;^c^.32 ^ ;^^^ bd44?o ^^iixM Ji^a^iUao 
^3JQi^J3 aj.'^o^ <rx.2 ^i? ^^c^.32 ^^ x«. \>\t ^3 ^ 

^^ "^^2? ;g>bo\^0 *^ 2^30\49 3uM»2 2^S^JS3 ;bOA 

^tip ;» .o;M.^^3 2^:aoou3 ;jso:3o 2^^o ^ .;^c^^2 

00; 07^^ \iit4 ba^2a :saM3 23JL3!cuA c^ ou^a 
007 07^ ibo2io .uoioxi^ ra^at aos ^ oa^-3 . jQxiAX.aA^ 
^q(.bax ^ A s < ^ao^jQs «:« ^01 ^«jq>30A '>y,iS ^aita^V^ 
h * O ^^ ift ;..A*J3kboo • potts ;m»030 2ab30 ;323 ?t>'>li 

^^ isbfSA Xo .^^x.b9Jc^^ ^x^oa (f. 102 a) 2^qL32 ^^ 
.;*A>akoa ;&o)3 ;jdjij ^ )3?^ <??^2 fissLXol o2 ppao 



Add. 1988 335 

^^i^ ;c^2 oo? wiaM.23 ^^2 X^i ^2o .fisak»23 ^bo^l ^ 
•^a;^ ;^c^2 a2U9Js23 ^3 ;» «> ^ ;is^» inSoifJO^ 

. Uy/i \is.boo ;&2dA.'«o Jl&^aJS.^ ^2 ;oo^ ^ai a^o 
;6^od^o7o ;6v*30^ aixii opiS (f. 102 h) x^^s ^oo^ao 

^«boa:3o ^cn;i,x,2 ^^323 ^ero^p .^oiJSoubAx ^i^ 



386 Add. 1988 

;cnis» 3A e2 .U*a^ fesQ^ttoaa o2 .^i^^oxp 2x.2 x«2.^a3 
^*M^ ^07.3 a^f^ia wM^isaL^a Ji*2o .lyM \^ Jia^ojO).^ 
^i^ds^s ^^»2p .0^30^ bti^f 23C7; L^2o <• looji ^xy^ 
^ eo7 v2 .v^ox^^ia ^^^"^ *xOC7^ ^^23 ^cn o^'a\«» 

2^^ .;^93J(s Ji^^ y^s ;^^^b9^ 2^A ^«:» Z^3^ ^? 
;aLX^ '. ^«3 olai .230.^93 A.^J3^^e -y^-^ ^'^^^ 
^^2 ^y ^o^ •> ^^^p Av^-n^o .'AJciisx ^^s^^a 

\oau^yp ^ «^^^3:& la^Los ^ ^^i^JC-bao (sic) ^yfn^ 
^A*2o .;^03.o^a ^^933? 9^ \^ (f- 103 a) «^ouAis.Xio 

3^ ^3 ^0^13 <« 23^Lq» ♦^qW^ •^OI ^»,*tt^3 ^*3U^3 

^3 : a^''>\^>Y> ^01 ^ 9mA 23.t3bftS3 ^ ^djQ»3aa 

li^lo »> ^i^ ^^? ^oiAj \Ax 2oo7 ^ jQatlas^ooi 

:a^ ;i«3 i»l&o ^isli3 o^ js^2 2acax^ ^o ^c>5^^3 

V\^ ^^^? ^3^2 239! ^2o .«^2 ^-M ^OlO^Oii 

. 2aMttLQ» ;i^isx^ ^ . :a^^3 : 0^3^^ ?k^^? '• ^3±b2 
nA 3A Q.»^:^^2 2?ii. \ O 2A3m3^^3 ^ooi^oS ^i^2 
^ 9A ^2 ^2 .200; aM.&i«3 3aA.3 oS .7i\i.Sy3 oo; 



Add. 1988 • 337 

^o loiiJa ao^SyQt* ^yjso ^'r^aea ^s^aila o^a^oSi a^a 

aao .^iti^2 ^JsxmS ^o^ia^o .001 ^3^^2 .^\t\*3 

71073^320 ^&mOaO jq>*&2o«o ^smiOuo j:o3i2b jexk\iA>3 ^*fM 
ob9i^^^2 (f. 103 6) !& .^'y^i^ \^ya*o \*loi!sa^o 
0007 ^*^ ^39 ^393 3A 23070 .^o^M^s g^'iy,*^ ^ 

jd2 w.4^^^^ /^ ;&a^oo r'*^^^ *N^o -)3^V^? o^a\»v> 
: o^'a^^^ ^Ao! «^a;«.Cs.x.bo^ ^» :auQ»^^2^ ;a'i*aA^ ^^ 
^o 0007 ^t^A'V o2 .^opibo ^t'xxl OOC7 ^A^'Ji'' ^\ o^ 

ocrvi2 . ;ftsaaki%y^S ;3\^aep U^^lp ^&*a^2 ^a3 ao^ 
%, . ^^oIm 2»2 o2 b2 o2 1^,1 o^ ^^23 uoo!^ 233^x^3 
yM3k^»3 ^2o .;A^«boo ^33 ^o] 2a d ^ M0Vao.3iiii 
*:* ;oo;i ;:0iM N*^^ ^^^23 ci^a^S 9^jQM 23o; ;^!SjJo^3 
iiaol ^aSu^s ^2 ^^a^bo lai^lp ^^a mC703m2 jsxa ^'ap 

lifA'y ^y^oo]y : afiliQJ52 pi^ : od'i^^dM ^*3^3 .^O! 

B. c. 22 



338 Add. 1988 

;AAo^±i (f. 104 a) ;3'i y^a.^3 oiNi^ "p^aS ^Si^ ;»ol3 

26. Prayers to be used at the ordination of Bishops and 
Metropolitans, f. Ill 6: 



27. Canons to be used at the Consecration of Bishops, 
Metropolitans and Patriarchs, by Mar Elias III Abu Halim, 
f. 113 6: 

The dioceses named are : 
a. Nisibis, f. 113 6 : 






Add. 1988 339 

h. Mardin, f. 114a: 

.29'Smo ^ax*9a^ :ax \^ 

c. Amid and Maiperkat, f. 114 6: 

d. Shingar, f. 114 6 : 

e. BethZabhdai, f. 115o: 

.Ma«39 ^«a9 ^^^f^ TXt ^^ 

y. Arbel, f. 115 a: 

g. Beth Wazik, f. 115 6: 

.hfiUfO ^^ ^ «\^ 

A. Athor, f. 115 6: 

.3ois2 pLa^ ^>^ 

t. Balad, f, 116 a : 
j. Marga, f. 116 6: 
A;. K§phar-z5mar, f. 116 6 : 

I. Persis and KSraman (Karman), f. 116 6: 

m. The Indians and the people of Katar, f. 117 a : 

22—2 



340 Add. 1988 

n. Arzon and Beth Delish, f. 117a: 

This is by Mar Solomon, metropolitan of al-Basra, 

0. Hamadhan, f. 117 6: 

..^9^070 ^Ou ^aJX ^^ 

p. Halah, f. 118a: 

q. Urmi, f. 118a: 

r. Khelat, Van and Vastan, f. 118 6: 

5. Nagran, f. 118 6: 

..^9^0 ^o* yaji \s* 

t. Kashkar, f. 119 a: 

u. Shinna of Beth Rimmon, f. 119 6: 

.•.^oboS ^*39 ;iso vA^^ 2Lac ^ 

V. Nevakith, f. 119 6: 

^a2o& ^3LX \^ 

(afterwards written ^S^Ia2oli), by the archdeacon Mari bar 

Mgshlhaya, ^iSl^s »^afiUaA3l m32» ^930 2x.crpO l^to% 

.^<MWte<&bO 39 



Add. 1988 341 

lu. Socotra, f. 120 a : 

X. Pushtadar, f. 120a: 

y. The Islands of the Sea, f. 120 6 : 

.{sic) ;^iAbOM JiSsA, ^ 

Then follow canons for persons of particular names ; viz. 
a. Samuel, f. 1206: 



h. Sabhr-isho', f. 121a: 

c. Timothy, f 121a: 

d. Solomon, f. 121 6 : 

e. Selibha, f 1216: 

28. Common Canons, f. 121 6 






V 



.^tlA^ "px ^ 



opopi} ^^^9 -^ '^'>« cr^jda A^Jiis .^ubox ;ASi3 

29. Canons to be read at the completion of the Ordination 
of a Bishop (see above, no. 22), f. 123 6 : 



342 Add. 1988 

30. Canons for the ordination of a Catholicus, f. 1246: 

31. Canons for the ordination of a Bishop, f. 127 a, 

followed by a prayer, JSX^a ^^q^m, f. 127 b. 

32. Two other canons for the ordination of a Catholicus, 
f. 128 a: 

33. Exposition of the Ecclesiastical Grades, as exemplified 
in the person of our Lord, f. 1286: 



UA*y^oo] 2o9i .2^a:Q.&^ lyjao I'y^sa S.tiLX y^ ^.oxb 

34. Ordinations of the Apostles by our Lord, f. 129 a : 



35. Consecration of the Cup or Gazzci {" Treasure "), when 
it stands over the night in which the Bread is baked, by Mar 
Israel, bishop of Kashkar, f. 129 a: 



jcl^a ;» ^3 oavr 4^? ^«^ ol la^^ ;bAX033 iJO^ 



Add. 1988 343 

^9 (f. 129 b) ^J»^bti *> b^aJiaa atam&ai : l^'o^ A*^ 

07^ ^iQxa\boo . ?j.t baas >oo ^x*xh ^IJL la^^o .. 2'auo;.i 
^Sdod 0^.3 :s*29 ;ls^^>^ ^^3^o -^P^^ V^ ^a>*aj>^ 
^ASKMo .;^xbp ^^ yalsoo ?/aSM.*Vn 2adoa^ Ssjoso 



.JCO .^Lil ^«30L 2jC9i^ 3^2 3k9 , ; fVtOt ?1 9^ 

36. Consecration of the Cup when it is urgently needed, 
before it is placed on the Altar, f. 131 b : 

^M .Afibpo MO!0L^k^ 9x^0 <* 2^akiio ? ^* t» a*oju 

.jKo ;AliQ>if» ;ao39 2a^^3 ;£.'>d ;o2 ^ ^23 ;«9^i 

37. The preparation of the Leaven (or "the King," Malkd), 
f. 132 a: 



^00 .^Jbopkti .^a^ ^<3 o2 2bu.baiA« ^?9^? ^^ 
^o^ .;I^3 Z^^3 ^'•''^ ^^^ -^^^P 2. n t t -It y^ M 
Ai\.tio .2^.^^ 2£s«3 9 ;^\^ 2ibu«.2 2^^o^o .;^^ojs 
^^.aoL^e .^^ 2^oL\ ^!^^o .2bu.^& ^^s ;^«9? ^3K.:ao 
(f. 132 b) .;:s^? ^ft^^N? ^^^ ^^ ^??^-3 vp<^-^ 



344 Add. 1988 

ItAjJdo .^»bu^do 2>*c7^io *^0tA.^io2o J-slA^ ^ba*j6o 

.2»ati uXosL^ ^^taS Ixx «^t.»o .3^*^^. o2 ^lak^I Ucpo 



38. The consecration of the Henancl or Taibuthd*, f. 134 b : 



;fis«f3 2^>^^ ^»^2 .^slioyti .2^odu^^3 ;«3033 ^^^ 

«^a32o .A.3uti ^luxd auyh l^io .^3lA^ /o'lb 2isxM 

.OHO .;<dax.33 

Towards the end, on f. 137 a, we read : 



.jco .ao ^2 9X.3 ^^ s^'^3 ;^odu^^3 2ia7 

39. The Preparation of the Henand, f 137 6: 



.a^^ ^a^^ c^3 ^1& i^9 ^i2^3 Z^32e .2pc^A o;^ 
;ao32e .Z&2^3 o^3 2^y.^L ;»b2o .Z>^*^e ;*ao ^^ a^-^o 

OOI \^ (sic) w»07«SiS^O .;X^03l\ 2pkM ySoAlO .^3^2 M^ 

* See Payne Smith's Thesaurus Syr. under the words p_i-K» and ]/ n«^ . / 



Add. 1988 345 

Mo;«Aob^o . lis'y^ ftsoSp ^^? ^^?^ -/^'^ojaa ^y^l Ss* 
Jboaxo .C7^3 a^oV, >^ V^<?^ ^oo}s ^a5 ^&OMp ^^ 

Jysop 2pa! ;^o3i*^3 ^loi ;mm OKSiti^^o laxbfisbo .aM2o 

9X.3 .;x^&so 2'ak^d3 ;^OlliQ>^o ;ii»h^QM^ l"*-*^'^ Isoolis 

.^a)fX *:* ^t^Ait^ ^xaodp ^mOso 2aao ;a2 

40. Order of the Consecration of Water for Washing, 
f. 138 a : 



;^3ui^ lllsO OLO :^^»3^ -^is^ >3E??>-'^? ^^^'^ 
(here a word is written indistinctly above the line) ^^^^^^ 

-UiLpp .Ihajjip ^^Jiso ^SLboxa X^^o^^ap auy-'^^lo 

At the end, f 138 6 : 
2301 ^is^ ;x3kd^^o ;baX3^ho ^tjio cvJS..^ :90lX3o 

.^«bo2 ^•bOt^L ^^s»^ ^^o-^? ^o3o lyao ^2 ^oap .o^j^m 



346 Add. 1988 

■am j^o .<^issk3oak3 ^bibo o^aao .^007 M07ois*2 6yJ(>3 

« ' " II • !• ' II 

41. Order of the Consecration of Water that is unclean : 
f. 139 a : 



42. Order of Absolution of a repentant convert to another 
faith, or of one who eats meat in Lent, or communicates after 
he has eaten, or commits any sin ; drawn up by the Catholicus 
Islio'-yabh, 189 b : 

o2 .)mo^ 2ajQ)3 ^ia ^u^i^ y«iu C3i^ ^2o .Jcba ^ 
.p>.» ;^o^.^.A xaii^ o2 .;.X3o.lj ^tLx \.^23 ^^a 

^aJbisisxo .o;ioLq> i^^tlte .0730^ \^ lyx m07o1^ x^io 

;»o23o .^cL ;^^^ ^)atja ;^3^ ^3^ ^V^o V^ ^ 

siJAi^ ^^a]o^St ^ BUoado .^^o^oo^V^m ^ ^^^j^ ^^is3 
. JKo •:• awM ^ocu! :so^o Sf^^&o : ^^oou^ 

43. Order of Reception of a Jacobite, or Malkite, or any 
other Christian, into the Nestorian communion, f. 142 a : 



Add. 1988 347 

jQ3usaw.>N^ laJ^oisti iSl ^^yiso ^^b 5^2 .{sic) U\tn iA 

At the end, f. 143 6 : 



;^^ Q^o oi^aoa ;^auakX ;^ol.»«o^ : ;^.^30Lto.^ » 3 
^^ jcaitN^o ^xa^bo isaolo ^a\ai^ KiS ^ol^^s ;js24i 

o^ aLflAboo ■ ^i.^\\\ ^xsada ;««obe 23ao ^32 ^axa 

.pl^ -^00^ ;o;^2 ^^bp3 ^3k«i« iSAM^ 

44. A large collection of Prayers for various occasions, 

.^3M "P^^ ^^O^^ 

a. Over the healing oil, f. 143 6 : 

.;^OuA23 ^MX.bp \^3 

b. Over the water for washing (see above, no. 40), f. 144 a: 
^^^uS oJka. At the end is the following injunction as to the 
mixing: of the water with the henana : 



.;]i3oi ao^fi^^a bb3f ;is!^3 ;*oid ^Sm 6i v^^o 



348 Add. 1988 

^au^a M^bol ^3 ^ai J^lo .^^bobisis^ ^oieXv^a ^9 

c. Over polluted water, f. 144 b : 

d. Over wine ia which some unclean thing has been 
drowned, f. 144 6 : 

e. Over one tormented by a devil, f. 145 a : 

/. Over one who is sick, f. 145 6: 

g. Over one who has the fever, f. 145 b : 

h. Over one who has the lumbago, f. 146 a : 

i. Blessing of children, f. 146 a : 

j. Blessing of the olive branches on Palm Sunday, f. 146 6: 



Add. 1988 349 

k. Over the crops, f. 146 6 : 

I. Over the sheaves of the harvest which are brought as 
a gift to a convent or church, f 146 6: 

TO. Over a boat, f. 147 a : 

n. For a journey, f. 147 a : 

.2««302 ^^3 

0. When one goes to visit a ruler, f. 147 h : 

p. For oneself, f. 148 6 : 

.opda ^^Xm Ju2 o^ A^? J^o^^ 

q. When lying down to sleep, f 148 ft : 

r. A short discourse of Mar Ephraim, in seven-syllable 
metre, to be repeated on lying down to sleep, f. 149 a : 



^3 lab li^» :au3^2 ^i^ ^f3^? Iba^^ Uoiiohp 
^2ay.Si .^2 bo^x «^3 M^» 'f^?) -5^? ^*y*a]o a^ i:aol 



350 Add. 1988 

s. On hearing the wooden gong or nakus, f. 149 a : 

t. On hearing the same for a funeral, f. 149 6 : 

u. Salutations, viz. : 

(1) ^aui^ JU2 5aii» as, f. 149 6; 

(2) «^eu\^o;^ ^13.2 ^yft P^, 'ibid. ; 

(3) ;3U;ii3 ;is&«AX JC&2 7l\t10 3A, f. 150 a. 

V. When one asks a prayer of us, f. 150 a : 

.}^o^^ JU2 wS2x aA 

w. For readers and scholars, f. 150 a : 

.9Aa9jQ»2o Uo'yh \^3 

a;. When one has finished the lessons, f. 150a: 

.luih ^ "p^h aA 

y. On sneezing, f. 150 a, 
for a bishop, f, 150 6, 

0. For oneself, f. 150 6 : 

a. The Blessing wherewith a newly appointed Bishop or 
Metropolitan blesses the people of his diocese, f. 150 6 : 



Add. 1988 351 

.U'2a ^*^ ^*23 

Composed by the archdeacon Mari bar Meshihaya ; alpha- 
betical, twelve-syllable metre, with two ^. Beginning : 

;bd!^ '.30^isaE» apo ^3>S^ bfiL65 Itos* ^62 .; 

*> 3bo^ o7\fis3 23AafiU 5^2 v^ai2 Aa-tio 
After the hymn comes a blessing, f. 152 a : 



y8. Blessing pronounced by a bishop after washing his 
hands, by Mar Elias III, f. 152 a : 

.^^A^ ^^2 u'a^p 

7. Blessings wherewith a bishop blesses a town or village 
on leaving it, f. 152 6 : 



352 Add. 1988 

8. Blessing wherewith a bishop blesses scholars, f. 153 a: 

€. Common blessing, f. 153 a: 

.jcAs^ OJJ3 ^y^P lisc^^ 

r. Blessing of a congregation of believers, f. 153 6 : 

f. Prayer for a layman who has sinned and been excom- 
municated by the bishop and repents, f. 153 6: 

7]. Blessing by the bishop on entering a convent, f. 154 a : 
liiOO^ ^HLp ;b90u3 ^C^ JC3 CfJ3 ^^^9 ^^oS^ 

6. Blessing on leaving a convent, by Mar Elias III Abii 
Halim, f. 154 a : 

I. Blessing of monks by the bishop, f. 154 6 : 



Add. 198S 353 

K. When one enters a cell, f. 155 « : 

\. On drinking wine in the cell of the brethren, f. 155 a: 

.?^23 ;^Aflb li^Mp ;Iisx.»3 x^^ 

fi. On entering a Christian house, f. 155 ft: 

V. Over wine, f. 156 a : 

|. On drinking wine, f. 156 6 : 

0. At a feast, f. 1566: 







.^a^A \S<3 


TT. 


Over lights, f. 1566: 


.2*3^.9^ ^9 


P- 


Over perfumes, f. 156 h : 


.;b»jQb ^9 


<T. 


Over spices, f. 156 6 : 


.;»o9or ^9 


T. 


Over oil, f. 157 a: 




V. 


Over scents, f 157 a : 


.^.O \^9 


</>. 


Over garments, f. 157 a, margin : 


.Xis'**^ Av«9 


$. C. 




23 



354 Add. 1988 

X- Graces before meat, f. 157 a : 

.^bxAa 230^^ ^3 {sic) ^XQ^ 

yfr. Over fruit, f 157 a: 

CO. Over fruit and cooked vegetables, f. 157 6: 

./Lsipa Ji^o ^pi \s*p 

aa. Over watermelons and endive, f 157 6 : 

.^03^070 ^'»>y^ \:W3 

bb. At a feast given by a member of the congregation, 
f. 157 6: 

cc. A grace, by Mar Solomon of al-Basra, f. 158 6 : 

dd. Consolatory prayers, f 1586: 

ee. On pouring scented water on a grave, f. 159 a : 

.23Ati \S< ^^ ^ ^V? ^^^^ 

ff. Consolatory prayer, f. 159 a : 

gg. Another, f. 159 a : 

.23b*3^3 ^^sAoa ^bo^OM 



Add. 1988 355 

hh. Blessing for offerings made at the commemoration 
of the Dead, f. 1596: 

29uN3iLiw9 ;.&aLa030 ;iSM>.l3i3 ^3^? ^bxAs ^^iSOO 

a. Another, f. 159 6 : 

.2x1^3 23o:s^3 ;^oja> 

jj. Order of taking an oath, f. 160 a : 



oiiiof I'spbp 9^X3 ^V^9 ^^r ^^''P ^^ aitio <* ^9^3 
^Jboo -U^^ XsLtio^ ^M^^^ ^a]o^lo Qt-^6s^ SSi 



.so .^op 



45. A Calendar to find Lent, the months, the festivals, 
etc., f 161 b : 

;m3uo ^2 3^2 ^o^9 .a^^ I'soy^ ^aa^^p ^joxom 

Margin, 23k!^3Qfi>. 

46. To find intercalary years, f. 164 a : 

47. On the Arab year, f 164 a : 

.230703 ^^*^? Wa^3 ^07-^x 
23—2 



356 Add. 1988 

48. To find the hour of the new moon, in Arabic, f. 164 6: 

49. Of the months of the Syrian year, an almanack, f. 
164 6: 

•:« ^oai^o v^oo^^ ^iSoMo ^ouui^'^oo Ui^ S^ 



50. A section relating to the order of the festivals, com- 
memorations, etc., in a year when Easter falls on the twenty- 
second of Adar, f. 165 6 : 



^^^^p ^fisix.39 M^oAlp ^j^^A o^poioS bba'f 
JiNSo'i^ ^^b2o .l*^p ^^3^ ;3JL33y.3^3 .^ja^ b^Lox 

The colophon, f. 166 b, enumerates the contents of the manu- 
script, and states that it was finished on Friday the 7th of the 
first Teshri, A. Gr. 1870 = A.D. 1558. It was begun in the 
convent of Mar Hormizd at Alkosh, and finished in the convent 
of Mar Eugenius at Me'arre, near Nisibis, when Mar Simeon 



Add. 1988 357 

was Catholic Patriarch. The writer was Isho'yabh, metropolitan 
of Nislbis, Mardiu and Armenia, who wrote it for his own use, 
assisted more or less by the priest Siilaiman of Tell-Zekipha in 
the district of Mosul and the monk Rabban 'Abd al-Masih. 

^^aa^bo jKSObtio : ;is«^3k^ jsaoctjo : ^^x^ /Lpo : l^OJioa 
: ;j..x.^.x.»3 23b.di.^9uOO *^ ^ ;.A«.3>.» ^-^^-A'^o : l6s'i^j^ 

: lilsooSi 3^3 aIfi»o : ^M isi^'^o : ^oia^^oioo : Uy^p 
: 0.^/09^230.33 alfi>o : ly.*y :s.3:330 : ;^.*.3330 
M&OX30 : otlc>^2 A^ox3o : 3oiiod230 : «^oAi.3A323o 
A«^30 <• jQxAauiV^ o^^^e : 2^^o^'iV^«»3o : oJtiJo^l 
;boso30 : l/axyy ;baaE033 2jQ32^o : l\^ip wCixo^ .' 3oi\ op 
: ^JSoatVy u303e : ^^» CssomO : ^JSotJLv/CD /90«3 ^3^2 
: ;2.ia3.V^ Uo JKSOntio : ;^.^ JE30.tio : li.i**^ lyS.^o 
•:• ^^f ^>3 ;^o!^^o (f. 167 a) <* ^3^ U^sao^p ?JQ>3> Vy O 
«^a;.^A 2xlba*jQ> •> 23\30.JQ»0 <• ;^.33o^3 ^o^.V^o 
^J»** ^c^.32 *^o&2 OA>.3k^o o^(»iC3 «^oo^M .* «^3cr;.^3 

mLmO : JQXju33a3V^ 0^.td ^07->-^0uXk V43.b0 .' Z^^aXIJO 

'" These have been reuioved. 



358 Add. iy<S8 

.%xo <* ^dM2 ^As< v^oo^oa^o 

^tX3>xo 22»2l»£so A^2 fts.a.x -Ti^^ "f^^ ;.3^.«xa 

Ibox^o^o ^2 ^is : ^ai^lo ^^yso l^^SLio^ aptiSaxaSo 

;3JSa ^9 ^^^^ii (f- 1^7 6) . «j(o <* ^iso (sic) ^yfy^o 

3au\ lXi,yJb 3^*b03ooi ^iaoo ^33 .^^o'3a\o >!LJ<i i^ 
;^a3b3» }^.*^^ £soa3ue.33 : ^Joi03 ^»X3 23^233 X*^ 

.;2c.3ji3 yM.*^3 o7^^^» ^^M^ 3*\ :a'^^3:2 •> ^otsL^l 

.;$'i^^3 2&2^o .'^^^23 ;jQ»o\ ^*3 .).V^V23 V^fO 

^G^2 ^OV*? ^lf.JQ> .jLt3bi.b03O ;32j3k^3 ^033JQ>.32o 
wi-IsOSbd ^^0)^0 .;Ma3bb03 9^302 .^!S\3 A»30mO 

;^^mX> '.Xd .'^J^o^ ^o2 m3M .»^p7^2o *^3» U'.^xjsaa 
X^ u'i^ib .2x].3.tj 2xlba.^JS ^3^e ^*^a.X3 }Nii.s«i*03 
;^^ 6^^^ croa^^ «^oo7.33e ».oao73 .' 2iSOiN2o 
230)013 ;:!^3A ;:kaaLM3 ;;so>\y ^ oreu]i^2o : ^^i3»3 



Add. 198S 359 

.;a^x.33 ^^aoA ^2 ^^.'ii.30 2'iaoo^ o^.3 oa^o : Ib^xao 

■ ;^a^»Vyl^t)aA3 fisai^V^o 2X»OkXS2 ;^2«^Lbo ^^^? U?^o239 

;^x.>x ;«sous«33 23b^oMi 3A ao^ c^^ajs2 (f. icsa) .^o 

*^^3oV^o ^aa.^ *^2 .' Ja^a ^»p }<a\ .' ^>*^1 2^*0^9 

.^o 

<• ;*j.^323o 23XM30 ^*au^&3 ^.^^a^x^ifbo : oua^LS 

(f. 168 6) .jco \*aa7 ;&2 jQx.ddo 

^A*2 :a^ *^2 :afi>3& »^>» .yi«.«jQ>.ba^2a»Aiw ^oa ;jk07-^ 
.>so *> y^^^lo ^2 07.^0^0 ^»ou3 cDxtiou o^ t lata 



360 Add. 1988, 1989 

On f. 169 a are written in a different hand two prayers, 

.l*3^'i» 2*92^3 ^Qfi>d 2^0k^g 

On the margin off. 166 6 is the impress of the seal of the 
metropolitan Isho'-yabh : 

Add. 1989 

Paper, about 8|in. by 6| ; 62 leaves, some of which are much 
stained by water and otherwise damaged ; 8 quires, signed with 
letters, of 10 leaves (except O, which has 8); 18 or 19 lines. 
Leaves are wanting at the beginning and end, as well as after 
ff. 2 (four), 8 (one) and 30 (two). 

1. Service for the Night of the Resurrection of our Lord, 
^fr^OMUda 1\om,, f. 1 a. Imperfect. 

2. A collection of hymns for the Resurrection, the first of 
which begins, f. oQ a : 

.30 .^ia4^2 

This volume was transcribed by a Chaldean, who was not 
however very strong in the orthodox faith, for a subsequent 
owner has erased five lines on f. 8 b and the whole of f. 9 a, be- 
sides tearing out the intermediate leaf. So thoughtless indeed 
was the scribe that on f. 16 6 he left standing in a prayer the 
names of Diodorus (oi Tarsus), Theodore (of Mopsuestia) and 
Nestorius. For these a reader has substituted Gregory (Nazi- 
anzen), Basil (of Caesarea) and John (Chrysostom),besides erasing 
the name of Narsai from the next prayer, although even he has 



Add. 1989, 1990 301 

spared those of Abraham and John (of Beth Rabl)aii) and Mar 
Michael ! 

The colophon, f. 55 «, states that the manuscript was finished 
on the 31st of Tammuz, A.Gr. 2108 = A.D. 1797, when Mar John 
was patriarch of the Chaldeans, by the scholar Mark, son of the 
priest 'Abhdish of Alkosh, for a priest named G(eorge). 

^oi^3 ;NbaJb9 ^ou*9 Uo7 ^4^ v?"^ •s^ao^a n^'i 

JSdu.o ^JS^ .^o o^boA lala^i .^I'^auS^a ^^3^? 

.I'i^lo ;i.oitt ^« ;^o^^ vSix (f. 55 6) aa .;Ia!att^i (•^•'c) 
;3^.^3 oi^o»Na»^.3 07A is^2^2o 4^t^ r''? 4^ -"^o 

.(^ic) \ ^9^^ .07^3 ^^3 )23>» ^bp .;io] 

Add. 1990 

Paper, about 6|in. by 4|; 116 leaves, many of which are 
much stained and soiled ; f. 41 is mutilated ; the quires, of 10 
leaves, are unsigned, but the leaves are numbered throughout ; 
leaves are now wanting after ff 59 (four), 92, 105, 107, 111, and 
113: 14 lines in a page. The writing is a rather inelegant 
Jacobite serta of the xviith cent. 



362 



Add. 1990 



A large collection of Prayers for various occasions, with 
Hymns and other pieces, in Arabic and Syriac, apparently com- 
piled by a Roman Catholic Syrian 

1. When going to church ; viz. 
a. ¥. 1 a, 
"jjCTi ^Q-oZ OTffi I inlk .^J^ _i_4^Z (sic) Lp 1?1 

h. F. 2 a, 



c. F. 2 h, 

2. For the canonical hours. 

a. Evening prayer, f. 3 b, 

b. Compline, £ 6 a, 

c. Nocturns, f. 7 b, 

d. Morning prayer, f. 9 b, 

e. Terce, f. 12 6, 

f. Sext, f. 15 a, 

g. None, f. 1 8 a, 



^^>^^ AXoj Ijl 



.^O: 



.{sic) ollItdA.!^ chy. 



3. Hymns, called saldms, to the blessed Virgin Mary, 
f. 20 a, including one to the archangel Gabriel, f. 32 b, and to the 
archangel Michael, f 33 b. The first is entitled v^r^^ ]V)\ » , 
and becfins. 



Add. 191)0 363 

That on f. 36 a is ascribed to Mar Isaac of Antioch, 



."|jL£ili.k) . o^>m >") ^;.k)? cTiliJl") aif^lo dij_L.£a^ io]!^ 

•:■ IjIjctiI oi^llU --*-^o 

4. Intercessory prayers to the saints, f. 42 a, 

.]■ .'pQ? ^Ag^ iirpZ ^ "|Zciii.o 

5. Prayers to the blessed Virgin and some other saints, 
f. 52 h, 



^ . m .pQ^ ^Ld 4:^£Ao ^JA^ :>Qj^1d |jA£ci!i Z^A^ 

Here are given a prayer of Pope Gregory, f. 56 6, oi]J» 
^^.1^ ȣDC1j3q_^j;_^, and of S. Augustine, f. 57 a, jfco cf m\ | ^ 

6. Prayers for daily use, f. 59 b, i>oaj^ii\ Z]£i^^. Im- 
perfect. 

7. Prayer for the night preceding Good Friday, f. 60 b, 
cfi]J^ Po] U:>W] (sic) oiN . \\\ 'Ur-'^ cnp^ Zj-n^jZ 



(sic) V\N 1 \^ OnlJ ^ U\iP ^r^ ^j.^1.^ OliDA )"! ^O ^r5;A0 



364 Add. 1990 

... 5^.5.20 - .'^'^ ^ wjOio aiomn>^ M^ak) ._».^ Zlk.]?© Ak?]rjo 
The rest is wanting. 

8. Salams to the blessed Virgin in Syriac, f. 61 a. Imper- 
fect. 

9. Other salutations to the blessed Virgin, f. (59 a, |2.0j-k» 



*CiLD, each beginning with the word i-tj-K*. 

10. Other salutations to the blessed Virgin, tubhe or 

macarismi, f. 72 a, (sic) » i ^o V^o.-i, each beginning with the 
word ^i n » no^. 

11. On violations of the decalogue and other sins, f. 81 6, 



V.").o ]4^1o "UVfe^l^ ?A »^^^o aiii.!^ ^QA^ u^jA^iJ 



Imperfect. .w.j-.-y^cn|]l 

12. On ordination to the priesthood, f. 93 a. Imperfect. 

13. Miracles of the blessed Virgin, f. 96 a, 

^_/aj ]^^-: ' ^^^ (TL^l^ aiyl^lo JQJ.^ ^] ^jpL.!^ 
.^.jj^] "jaiip. 7|^.oir^ c7l»^oV)\Vq1^ ^j_lo ^-»-^^i 
Imperfect. 

14. Hymns to the blessed Virgin in Syriac, f 109 a. The 
first begins, 



Add. 1990, 1991 365 



cjiXdo I'rhi. jocTL, ^ lAij-n^ ai.KKj,iD wj.jj^l ]fn\on 



UIj .^v^ ^? l.-ViN .M Zooi) oAn\ ."i^Q-^ ai2^ 
Imperfect. •:• ,_1_djq.2l!^ 

The scribe mentions his name, George, on f. 42 a, in the 
subscription, 

.nn > ;n Ij.4>J IooAd ^ ]_i^k3 isOjjJO 

At the end of this vohime are bound two leaves from another 
prayerbook, containing prayers for the sick, f. 114, and part of a 
prayer to which magical power is ascribed, f. 115, 

•:• ^_-. ,_Sd ]]o »mj"| ,_Ld ]J ai]J ^.1:^ oijoi crii \s 

Add. 1991 

Paper, about 11| in. by 8|; 151 leaves, the first and last of 
which are blank; 15 quires, signed with letters, mostly of 10 

leaves (f has only eight, o^ fourteen) ; a leaf is Avanting after 
f. 42 ; 26 or 27 lines. Written in a fine, regular, Nestorian 
serta, and dated A.Gr. 2041 = A.D. 1729. 

The book commonly called ' the KhcimisJ containing hymns 
by Khamis bar Kardahe* and other writers. See Badger, The 
Nestorians, ii. 24. 



1. By Mar Gabriel (Kamsa), metropolitan of Mosul, com- 
posed when he was a monk in the convent of Mar Sabhr-isho* 
at Beth-I^okaf. Beginning, f . 2 6 : 

* See B.O. iii. 1. 566, no. lv. 
t See B.O. iii. 1. 566, no. liv. 



366 Add. 1991 



This poem abounds in difficult words, chiefly Greek, which 
are glossed between the lines or on the margins. For example, in 

the first stanza, ^JBaol is explained by litA, wjQ>0uO$ljQ> 0^0*2^ 
by ;aooifib .m, ^3 by ^3^, ^^3^2 by ;^a^, and ?tt\S>*»> 

by A\^S *. That portion of it which relates to the famous 

ascetics of the Church, from S. Antony to Mar Eugenius, begins 
on f. 11 b. The history of Mar Sabhr-isho' commences on f. 17 a. 
Subscription, f. 25 ft : 

'"' The glosses on ^^</i)!%03>SS2 and fSa^J^oS have been accidentally 

omitted. The red lines seem to be musical notes of some sort. One often finds 

/// S-M'^ jj- A 

three just before the close of a stanza; e.g., f. 1h\ h>J>J>^ 5MB> AJO 

23iakV^o ::satJLfi> ^***js. 



Add. 1991 367 

2. Hymns on prayer and repentance, by Khamis, 

a. Beginning, f. 25 « : 



;3i .2 .;jso^&^ ^.^.ap ;^^2^^ .;^ox.:ss< ^^b 

.^o .^L^ ?«»03 ;jib9o^bo 2ba ;I^«2 
Alphabetical, with double JA, 
h. Beginning, f. 30 6 : 

.jco .;:^^^ ^00^ ^?9^? JmOso 2iao Jai 2 

Alphabetical, with four 4s. 

c. Beginning, f. 34 6 : 

^boaiMoaa ^^^Q>V^ ■ 2,?f^-JQ» ^oi±) ^oH ^xpafiUoa^o 

<* 2k;^2 

d. Beginning, f, 38 a: 

«:• lyJ^io ^uA y^ lioi J l\\ro6 ImOX-m 



868 Add. 1991 

e. Beginning, f. 39 h : 

f. Beginning, f. 41 h : 

3a .^lo^f ^-^^ uQx.b»^ »^>M ;auc9 .s^or^ o^p 
.3^ <• ;IS^ iSaJC Sha ^r<yo . ^*3l^o ^cna ^piti 

;^3! ^ii .;^p 2,3^^ ^ ^^9 ^4 ^^ '^^ ^^^ ^^.^^^ 
;x\'33 -2>^?o 2x^3 .;^3a ^^^o J^^4^ ^^^;>iljui 

^^2 2 <* ^?6Sk ^3 ^a^ -^'P^o ^omo .^^o^o 

Alphabetical, imperfect at the end, breaking off in \^. 

g. Imperfect at the beginning, f 43 a. Alphabetical, 
beginning in yi*. 

h. Beginning, f. 44 a : 
3. Other hymns of the same character by Khamis : 



Add. 1991 369 

a. Beginning, f. 45 6 : 

MJSfV^o y^issxa^o y^^So^o . ^^is^bfiM M^bpA ^,a^ 
^ wao^so .23^2 w*s^ ^d.2 yL MO^is2 .w*isSiuQ9.^o 

;^3 wikSO .;^^^lx«i ^^?3 ^*^9 .23:SOUi Jl^ uSJ^oL 

. j(o .^ia^ ^o^^a^S ^*^M^ 6l 2 <* ^^o&2a 
Alphabetical. 

b. Beginning, f. 47 a : 

■ ?i^\y ^!^ mOO) ;32 •U^'ao <^^^'So2 ..iLfib op 
.;3Am.3&0 Ix^atip U-o'y .{sic) ;j^ojQ> ^b9 uj^aa*^ lis 

.jco .^.*oao 2^=133 ^32 o2 2 <* ?i*^%>*y) JiS i oJ^ uoo] 

Alphabetical. 

c. Beginning, f. 48 a : 

oA MOOT 42iA9 cp^^aaa op ^»2s^^^2 .;2l ^ol^as 

.229030 2339 ^aiol u&^ ^013 .;23^ m^OaOS^ m3^ 

B. C. 24 



370 Add. 1991 

62 2 <• 4^?4^o ^ JB>^.b2a -4^^ ^^?^? opcsk^o 

Alphabetical ; each line of each stanza begins and ends with 
the same letter, e.g. 

d. Beginning, f. 49 a : 

. ;^r%3!bo ^ 3m Js*^ 6;^is3 '. ^oac^ ^mO ^^sm*! 
o^ •:« 2^? ^,?? "^^ ^7^? 'l*r^'^ M* ^'?^ t^ 

;»aJbM 2^^oqu^3 ^^mX^^Io .^aox ^ ^.^ati ;^6jN 
;^2sfk ^o .Up^o^? Z»ou mSo^o .;^93u^ ''^^ii^ 

Alphabetical. 

e. Beginning, f. 50 6: 



2ac3 .Ma)o4f23 607 .o^^a -^'pM^? cr^p ^^?^^ 
22il=u .misa^ X^6 .;a.MoS adLA,A3 ^^ .?<aS,^iy 



Add. 1991 371 

*:* 7^hi ^lab .;I'i'3 ^ »\ii-^o^ ^ %> ■ U ^ At o ^^ 

Alphabetical. 
/. On himself, beginning, f. 51b : 



^o ;3oui 3^ >&o ■;ia3^ ^^ ^ ^9 yiS .;^2& ;iv^i 

;9^2 2 <* ;&2l:3b0 /&3 ;^Oi.ao^ .;&2Souqx3 ^disi^2 Imo 

.sxo .;si2 i^l A20 

Alphabetical. 

g. Beginning, f. 52 6 : 

«(p3^o uQsaio . ♦^^ia#,>3tS J^f^^^iuo -k^^SaS \^ ^220 
OLi^o .v^oXsso 07^ ^^^^^? "^ . K^^ar *Vi\ ^ 
6^3JwfO .*. No^oL o^A N3X.O .•. Noboo^ NbbuSisisi 

am ' It \ • ' mm • It \ • 1 V •« ' ' " 

. 0(0 . JeLi ^9 2?oaLL o2 2 <* ^:so£L9f o^^ 
Alphabetical. 

h. Beginning, f. 53 6 : 



.y^koasai :s«V^b ^c^l^rM .^d^^r^ ^^9^^?^ <A^ib op 
.M&ou^x^ y^^ ^^? ^Ow^o .v^o.^ajc2 ^01 ^ioopAo 

^^^^9 l^Xc'i k^2 .uAOaoL yA099w^ 6s^99 ^l^OdOO 



24—2 



372 Add. 1991 

Alphabetical. 

i. Beginning, f. 55 a: 



J^^i .Js^i ;Ieais^ '*^^A ^,?^ ./LtXja o^a 



;L^ o^^ .^'^-3 ^bisx^^ ^^?^-^ -wa^a^y ^^^ 

Alphabetical. 
J. Beginning, f. 56 a : 



.JlSa o^^Ab \^ ^,3^2 2 <* uior'aoa uis^joso^io ^^b 

Alphabetical. Each line of a stanza ends with the same 
letter as was at the beginning, but it is followed by the rime 

i>< • or wi-il ; thus : 



M^^.^o7OLS0 ^9^3 .^yJ* 



v^ao^o \*2^ A^ 



3 3 



Add. 1991 373 

M^ai^^o ^.3Qje .^>.ii Ihis'l ^sA ^*2 xi<o .^sum 

*:* y.pe2 

A;. Beginning, f. 57 a: 



qiaaSa .^M&bo ?iA\j> tiOi.'ift^ *. ^pbitp o^? ^^a>M2 
;^03p .;^o.\V^i ^^Ofb o2 -Z^ai^ ^^^9 ^^SsLiJs 

Subscription, f. 58 6 : 



4. By George Warda or, as others say, by Hakkim of Beth 
Kasha, beginning, f. 58 6: 



JS2k^ : ^*^?^ X^^3 ^^2o .^.'aii ;3^99 X -^s^a 
^.3^3 f>-3L.^ -^2 oau^.A>b ^«fZ* o2 ^«a^.£l o2 

See Add. 1982, f. 94 6. 



5. By the priest Selibha bar David (al-Mansuri), beginning, 
f. 63 6 : 



374 Add. 1991 

^oti *:• hM2 a^'s^ mmJa •.ado x.oa }XM aa ^^^^ 

.oco -^^o 5^«^3ax ^a^^i <* 2 <* }o^i 

The refrain is JopI om2 . The order is alphabetical, 2 iS, 
2^, ^, jc, \\, aabtio)^o^9A<M«uQ>^^ 

M^4^«3<^^M^ <>^ kjCDwMk^fkSOMObd a a 
\ Jl ^ ^ 2. Thus far each line in a stanza ends with the 
letter which begins the next stanza ; e.g., 

\i,2 .<au.V,a %o juo^ v3UaL.S JCi.aa \*3L.aL3o .jLj,.6».V^ 

.(sic) 4,<^A9 •^^s^ao^o •^^ouS^ ^j^x <« JK <* ;9v^i 

.^oao?;;^ ^a^^bxasa w^acEio .\^o9bo ^ijacub <^^ail^e 

*:* ;o^2 \2 

Then follows, f. 65 6, a simple alphabet, with the same re- 
frain. The poem closes with the acrostich W^- jbu^^. 

6. By the priest Israel*, beginning, f. 67 a : 
.^sA or^o j^*a ^^SftVan '.^t:^^ 2M9i:s»a }^akM2 

" Israel, bishoio ofKashkai? B.O. iii. 1. 512. 



Add. 1991 375 

.;^ysn m-'sosS lis*?o^p ^,?o -Umlso ai^ lisM 



In the first part each stanza begins with the words ^6<i*2 
^fti\ , and the alphabetical order is22is2^aJK\^b 

^UQ>WMJSM9^0^0!bti93\jE^Js2. 

Thus far, f. 69 b, each line in a stanza ends with the letter 
which begins the next stanza ; e. g., 



In the second part, f. 69 b, each stanza begins with ♦s^iSO 

StOSid,. The order is alphabetical, but each line ends with the 
same letter that begins the stanza ; e.g., 



a» 



0^3:^33 .30LM.S \.3J1.» ^9 ;jl3 .A^OJU ^ 

Then follows a third alphabet, f 70 /), at the foot, in which 



376 Add. 1091 

each stanza begins with ♦^iib >^QXa, and each line rimes in 
an ; e.g., 



The poem ends with the acrostich W^^ \»yJS>*,, f. 716, at 
the foot, in rimed stanzas, e.g., 

7. Beginning, f. 72 a : 



ais.3 ;Iov^o .;^4^VJx3 2a^»p3 62 :o ^isjujs ^» 

The acrostich at the end, f. 75 6, gives the name of JCt>A^30uV^, 
probably George Warda. 

Subscription, f. 75 6: 

•:* ^:sX^ v^^a^^ ^6^3a^ uAQm ^^a^a 



Add. 1991 877 

8. Hymns of Khamis for the Dominical Festivals. 
a. The Annunciation, ladoiCa^. 
a. Beginning, f. 76 a : 



^>^o .IsilSo ^if^ ^o .\^^3 li^io ^^oSx ^>x2p 
)S. Beginning, f. 77 b: 



aa .^Si 6);^9 2X0 ;«a^ :9kfci ^^ *> ^o33 ^ia 

. JEO ^oakS >ala^ o7^fM <* ^«2 
6. The Nativity, beginning, f. 78 6 : 
JSj.2o -23^3 33 2a2a«a .JQ3u^ ^"^^^^^ ^V? 2^aM2 



.^at^jQ) ^JtLn *^ aoua ;^aiso -X^^a ;^aNo .^^^a 
5^ .oi^ods*2a ^A^o a^oxa ?'>«-^^ ^o^? >\\,y 

^^a .;:so:^i.2 ^*a yii W'^ois'^o .;^o.i.fi}^ ai.4ia2a ^«*M^ 
<* ;Xoo7^i ouf^ '^wJQ>ao .;xoad2 ^aSla ^^^^2 ;xo^oX3 

Alphabetical ; from 2 to f the stanzas are single, from wm to 

J!s double. Three stanzas, viz. wm ^ and v*, are taken from a 
hymn of Mar Gabriel. 



378 Add. 1991 

c. The Passover of our Lord, beginning, f. 87 a : 

6^3^ .^o^ iS ou2 \jOa .;^3 3ii33)S o^Qm3 .lM,yih 
wj;^^2 .;issad3 ^13 ;^QV,ef3o ^3 .^^^o^ao 5^2 o^ 

<* ;ds3O303JS ^^3 h*^^ .;^MOdS^ M^k^fO 
c?. The Resurrection, beginning, f. 88 6 : 
.;^32 ^2 ^ mOI ^^07^ wJE^ -07^? .^^holba 232^3 
.o]is*^y''so Ajy>* ^^3 3 ;oa;b .07^^.33 \iLti3 2i.3o2 

.;^U^9 lisOiOO ^3^^ ^^O -^^^^ ^3E^ ^)(^\^ 

':'*:• oiis^Itls 23 3 j^ "f-^^o .cnisosb 3u3 ^isottS ^^2o 
e. The Ascension, beginning, f. 90 a : 



9l3^i^ 4^ .;^ox.3 ;o^2 wd^ -9^? -IoSoa? 

Alphabetical. 
/. The Invention of the Cross, f. 91a: 
.?ri»nVy, ox.ov^33 JOaubOA '. ^sub ^crs 07^3 ;^3m2 

\fib <* ^aU^^? ^3 232^3 '. ;330 03.^3 5^2 6pM3 



Add. 1991 379 

,'. . . 11' , . . '. ~. r , . .'. 

.^a X3 ^au.3^ ^ff^^^ -^?^?4 ^^ *** t^^^'V^ 

9. Hymns of Khamis and others for Saints and Martyrs. 
a. For Isho'-sabhran, beginning, f. 95 a : 

•:• ♦^\n<aSaot> \^ wOii^ '. ^l^\^!^ ^,?t?^^'? ^*&o^ 
^oV^ '5^^4^ ^^?^o 5^o\^ *> ai^kO^«2a3 ooT : «^^ 

Alphabetical. Each stanza begins with the lines ^*30^ 
^^ •\3^A> ^oau . \lAh 230pca ; and every line in each 
stanza ends with its proper letter, e.g., 



oSisAbS «^>30 -^V?"^ %>i>^ "^y^i^ ^,?^^ -'^>^ ^Q^3 

.^x^^2 % ;2sj(a ^o .^a>«iQ>2 % 2s^ ^»o .^V^3isis2 
2aaJox3 }^«a^ oiaouo -^^^ ^„?^ ^^9^ ^^^t^^ 

b. For S. Stephen, beginning, f. 99 a : 
.iJoytio Soofl Ipa^m \^^ : iJ^o ^.*.iJ3 o^s ;^^u«l2 



380 Add. 1991 

Alphabetical. Each stanza begins with Ipa^a ^30l^ 
v^^j,^.^ OtaoSi^^OZ . ^3U3Jd, and the rime is as in the pre- 
ceding hymn, e.g., 

.33^ a^^sox ^'6^ ii^^o .^ya o^^o ^ou^j^o .?a^2 

.3ak/b» loO] 07.^3 ^^^O '339 ^^ ^3^ JBOaXiSO 

ciicx^ .33^^ SbOii^A >^V<? V^tsoo .33^0 ^suajb OM>,>3 

c. For S. George, by Lsho'-yabh bar Mukaddim, metro- 
politan of Arbel*, beginning, f. 102 a: 

*:* p;^3k.fib0 39.3 ^3u3 .\*33lp ;^^o53^^b0 ^OjUS^O-X.* 
o^OO^ <" 230V^ '•fi'fV^^A^ '*=^^? 0713)^9^3 2ak^ifrwb03 

.%^^ jQSui^doA, ^ib9 -^XAp 23c;.iea ^3o^ .;^aL^pe 

Its arrangement is like that of the previous hymns, e.g., 

%loi^ 3^3 . J& JQ»A^3aj\ JS!0 : 3kIJ : 0VA> ^?9*V 
'^ See Z].0. iii. 1. 540. 



Add. 1991 381 

*:* S'^^ai ^oax ^od ^l .^'y^isl ^ 

c?. By Isaac, or Asko, Shgbhadhnaya, composed in the 
year 1751 = A.D. 1440, f. 106 a : 

.i*a]ip lis^aSi* P^'^^. '• itsos, ^p ^ouQ9J op ^so^s 

^aia3> . hiy^Ji JbZto*l Isj.xji \ l^^iioo ;^oi Um-?o 

a. A prayer, beginning, f. 106 a : 



^M O^ <* ^m033 ;&«f \j3i.3 <* ;^0^33 ^J»3jb 



See above p. 271 in the description of Add. 1983, f. 71 a. 
yS. For S. George, beginning, f. 108 a : 



^jy.^ ^jka -lApiiJi b.^uQ>i ^^^3 ov^? ?^ ^-^? 

oi^ >^2i o2 .^Ait ei ^fu< 001 <^30ioi30 JmO^s 

.;^Q2u2 a^5V/&23 WMbp^a .2^o^^29 ^^^^ax ^>«^^^ -l^ 

*:* ,XaoA>e ;11^ A«o3Mo ..lA^y ^a^^p 2aaLc> .^oau 

Alphabetical, the order being 2 iS 2 2 ^ A^ 3 etc., with 
three ^ and two ^ >JQ> ^ib <JC- On f. 109 a a second alphabet 
begins, lisl6s^<Jt<\h^pJ[iO]^Oi^^St>^JS> 



382 Add. 1991 

9 bti A^ 3 ^3 JK 2 JS is. Then follows a third alphabet 

f. Ilia, 2 d A^ etc., with thirteen j;. Next come non- 
alphabetical stanzas, f. 112 6; succeeded by another alphabet, 
f. 118 6, with two j:. The poem ends with the acrostich 
wC1mA>*2, f. 114 a, last line. 

<y. For the Invention of the Cross, beginning, f. 114 6: 

. ?>kO^*2 ly**S "'^'ifi^ . yt\\i o2 . ^a^^'l ouooia 

Alphabetical, ending -with the acrostich p^*^**** . 

e. For Cyriacus and Julitta, by Mar 'Abhd-isho' of Ga- 
zarta Zabhdaita. 

a. Beginning, f. 123 6 : 
u.3^3 .;^aA03k3 ^*>b023 is*^Q^ '. U^6s^ ^^^ V3 ^Ofis 

<* 2s . . . 9 2^6a2 A^ou o^23o '. 2^o^^ JOsofiUSoO 
o2 pLAS* o2 ^.^ax o2 .07^o^*2p ;ho^jo 0V«3O3:3 7m»^ 



Add. 1991 388 

<* ^o>Abo ?baf>Ma ^^^s^ko .^oao O^a ^^^^^ Z^*uo 

Alphabetical, the order being 2 ^ ^ 2 2 oi A^ etc., with 
two «^ 4(f and four is. Then comes another alphabet, f. 124 6, 

^9!^3j0\\3d^^2^fts^. A third alpha- 
bet begins on f. 127a, 2 «3 A^ etc., with three A, two uQ> ^^ 
i^ JA . A fourth series follows on f. 128 «, 2 fis a OB A^ 3, 

three 9, Jj O) m, six o, i^ f, two Jw, m, two JQ>, i,^ ^ 

« 53 ^, two A, two ^, three A, wi ^ ^, two ^ UQ> and 

9, S* O i^, two o] e ^^d 3, tad i\ 3 «ia, and three JE. 
On f. 130 6 comes an alphabet, each stanza of which begins with 
50 ^jkX ; at the end of it are five extra JK and one ^. Then 
follow non-alphabetical stanzas, f. 132 a; succeeded by another 
alphabet, f. 133 b, with two ^ and is, and by other non-alpha- 
betical stanzas, f. 134 6. 

/3. Beginning, f. 135 a : 



SjOa <* ;is3i!lk^3 ?\-^^*^'^\;**^ s*M,fyiit ^adba o^a 



•« 



'^yti Ipa^ s^ji'ift.Vy .;^3i^o ^otV^ *> oi^o^«233 001 

<* ?^.t y>b C7.90UI 

The arrangement is similar to that of no. 9 a, 6, c ; e.g., 



384 Add. 1991 

V?'-^^^ ^3 .u^& boJb mSm .pbO : c^A :o^ 

5^0 f^sAo .^2k^^£S2 y««033 J^^^A 5^0070 .tSaaJSj^ ^^^C 

Ai.3 «4^ ^Mu^o .«^aba7 ^'^JS 5^2^^? .<^a^^2 % 

The colophon, f. 140 b, states that this manuscript was 
finished on the 18th of the first Kanun, A.Gr. 2041 = a.d. 1729, 
when Elias was Catholic Patriarch of the East, in the village of 
Alkosh, by the priest Joseph, son of George, son of Israel, son of 
Hormizd, of Alkosh. It was written at the expense of the 
deacon Joseph, son of Marauge, for the church of the Virgin 
Mary in the village of Dirgeni*. 

v^03^ ^ba U'^^ .^.:3JiJayJ^ :aou .Jlo? ^a^A ;b»^oa:o 
■ Iji^o ^aaio ^»^2 ^afis ^ua .op .y^^ -^.^^ 
3^0 .lisih$\p ^i ^^ixh ^^^^2 <* ^2 ^ia }tlaS 

;^oa^op ^o^o .;^'^34>^o ^^T^sa ^^*ifiL3 ^^J&j^2 

OLj^ \^ ?ba*jCDp . ?Ini TJOuip o^^s^a^ jsoA^i ^isM^^JCbo 

* See Badger, The Nestorians, i. 393. 



Add. 1991 385 

^.^H^ sii .lio) la^^ ^^^ "^^r® ^? "^^^ '~^ 

Then follow additional hymns ; viz. 

a. By the priest Jeremiah, beginning, f. 141 b : 



J^Uaooisioo ;*fr^2 o^ : e^*2 ^»af ^,^0 <» s^a]ok*l9 

-'ii!^o :siau239 "^ispS,a '\i!P .;«ioo^b03 ^^odu^ 

The arrangement of this hymn is horribly artificial. Each 
stanza begins with the words l^^oSs-^ fff*, and consists of 
three lines, commencing with the same letter of the alphabet, 
and ending with another letter on the JL3^2 principle, thus : 

«^iso^^ ^3^^2 -^023^ U^^ '^?^-^^ ;^o^bo au 

^SiM \ n ,tifs^> .Uy^ 5^^»»a>.ti «^iso3*^ .llil:i ^2 ^JJci 
B. c. 25 



386 Ani). 19f)l 

*^^is'l3 ^ux .oiaaS \a ^^iJOi ^yfcS>t .007 «^^j»2xo 

;<boo^bo 6v «^ MM ^ cT^a ^o^^ -'^?^^ c^^oo ^iL 
JQ>^S .\f^ ^fMfO ^^? •'T^,?^^ ^^ vj?9^ ^t^^ 

The sequence of beginnings is2ftsOJKA^33tatt01- 
^9^0^0lwti9^\jCClis2; that of endings 4s 1 

The poem concludes with the acrostich J*V32 ^^<», f 143 b. 

b. By the writer of these extra pieces, Abraham Dirge- 
naya, beginning, f 144 ct : 



\pp ^\>'^ ^^ .;l3\33 ^crraai ^o^a 

l6s^ise6is» . ^Isool la^A ^^^^ c^^io %^^o oja 

^2 .to-V^Ji^ ;*30^^» ^^2xa«A>a23 .;^ajis.3 ^o^N 

Alphabetical. 



Add. 1992 387 



Add. 1992 



Paper, about 8|in. by 6; 115 leaves, stained by water; 
12 quires, of 10 leaves, except the first and last, which have 
7 and 8 leaves respectively; 18 lines in a page. Written in a 
good, regular, Nestorian serta of the xviith cent. — watermark, 




The volume contains 

Selections from the discourses of Mar Ephraim, compiled and 
arranged by Mar Yakkira, to be read on the three days of the 
Prayer of Nineveh, the Monday, Tuesday and Wednesda}^ f . 1 6 : 

^oV^3 ^mdisoho ^ ^.n>^boB .;:so^3 2'i»2^3 ;^^A 
^aJLa ^3^4 -^o-V^? ;^o^ii3 2^^ou ;6^^^ ^^ 

1. Monday, ^3aL3i*ifis VOu,^, f. 1 b. The first session : 

^«^,!Xti ^sisobO^, f. 1^; the second session, ^3JS3 ^JSOiO, 
f. 24 a. 

2. Tuesday, ;ak3L^^S^9 ^Mols, f. 38 k The first session, 
f. 38 6 ; the second session, f. 58 b. 

8. Wednesday, Jii-isiaia ;»0u3, f. 80 a. 

25—2 



388 Add. 1992 

Discnnrses of Mar Narsai, 

libolbop 07-3C3a ^^^ ?4^ ■\'^'^ ^'^9^ ^^ ^'^9? 

The first session, f. SO h ; the second session, f. 96 h. 

The imperfect colophon, f 115 6, states that this volume 
contains the order used at the convent of Mar Elias near Mosul. 
Two leaves are wanting at the end. 

v^xbo ;jua^^ .- ;^o^3 2^»ou ;^!s^ ^^^ ^'yja^^ip 

.4*07^2 ;^^ia^ 6^X3 .U^ Uii^ ^3 C3>A^2 .^2 
XiS^M ^0>iA»3 230l\^ .;^XiQ>3 ;5'auQ»3 ;«30LbOi^ :S«30 

^«3 eac; .?^.^i ?%»\^n 



Add. 1993 389 



Add. 1993 



Paper, about 5 in. by 3| ; 116 leaves, many of" which are 
stained by water and some mutilated, especially ff. 1 — 4, 17, 
37 — 39, 41, 87, 88, and 116; quires, signed with letters, of 
10 leaves, except en, which has 12 ; leaves are wanting at the 
beginning and end, as well as after tf. 9 and 109 ; 17 to 21 lines 
in a page. Written in a small Jacobite serta of the xiiith cent. ; 
ff. 1 — 9 are a somewhat later addition. 

The hymns, ]Ai 1 SV), of Severus, patriarch of Antioch, 

John bar Aphthonia (|j.jbA^l, his mother's name), abbot of 
Ken-neshre, John Psaltes or Calligraphus, abbot of the same 
convent, and other writers ; translated from Greek into Syriac 
by the abbot Paul (of Ken-neshre i), whilst residing in Cyprus, 
whither he had fled to escape the Persian invasion (early in the 
viith cent.). See Wright's Catal., p. 336. In this manuscript 
they are arranged as in Brit. Mus. Add. 14,713 (Wright's Catal., 
p. 351). It is imperfect, a leaf having been lost at the begin- 
ning (before f. 10), two after f. 109, and many at the end. The 
hymns are numbered from 1 to 268 (f. 114 a). Each hymn is 
marked with its own letter or letters and another letter to indi- 
cate the tone (ijOo'i), e.g. f. 61 a, ok>-»_0; f. 82 a, CTii-D. 

1 ^ 

1. The Nativity of our Lord; imperfect at the beginning, 
f. 10 a. 

2. The Epiphany, f. 17 6. 

3. The Presentation, f. 22 a. 

4. Lent, f. 23 a. 

5. The miracles of our Lord, f. 27 a, 

6. Palm Sunday, f. 36 a. 

7. Passion week, the Washing of Feet, and the Consecration 
of the Chrism, f. 39 b. 



390 Add. 1998 

8. The holy Cross, f. 40 b. 

9. The Resurrection, arranged by the eight tones, f. 47 a. 

10. The Ascension, f. 55 b. 

11. Pentecost, f, 57 a. 
Subscription, f. 59 b, 

.IZ.Qj^rDj.LD) "IAj-JjA'a^ ^^ I Not _i.kiii.j 

12. Common hymns for the blessed Virgin, the Doctors and 
Martyrs, and the Dead, and hymns of repentance, arranged 
according to the eight tones, f. 60 a, 

.^coVr^l U^A^ lr'-J-^?o ]^a^j2.?o 

First tone, f 59 b ; fifth, f. 65 a ; second, f 73 6 ; sixth, f. 81 a ; 
third, f 90 a ; seventh, f. 94 a ; fourth, f. 102 a ; eighth, f 108 b. 

13. Intercessory hymns to the blessed Virgin, the Martyrs 
and the Dead, hymns of repentance, etc., f 114 6, 

They were arranged according to the eight tones, but only 
part of the first tone remains. 

The name of the scribe was Xenaias, as appears from the 
words in the subscripton to no. 12, f 114 6, 

The names of the priest Marabha and the deacon Thomas 
are recorded in a rude scrawl of late date on f. 89 b, 

Prefixed to this manuscript is a fragment of nine leaves, 
containing the following hymns. 



Add. 1098, lOfl-i 391 

a. The Consecration of the Church, |Z._A w^jCLDj, f. 1 a ; 
imperfect at the beginning. 

h. The Annunciation of Zacharias ]j*,l)l> Ol^^oroj, f 1 h. 

c. The Annunciation of the blessed Virgin, (n; nom ? 

1oT.lL 1^}, f 2 6. 

d The Visit of Mary to Elisabeth, ]AlliSD), f 3 6. 

e. The Nativity of S. John the Baptist, Oij-Xolb ^? 
^JL^Q^'i, f 4o. 

/ The Transfiguration, hd^L bo.^ ^j, f ,5 a. 

^^. loi^L Zyi:? U^^OJj 1?^ ^.L, f 6 h. 

h. ]2.A w^?ar)) »2Dl4kirQjZlD , f. 7 6. Imperfect, a 
leaf being wanting after f. 7. 

i. On the death of the Virgin Mary ZyX!.? CJl i 10 • ^ol 
|0l^,f9a. 

y. On Bar-sauma, ]!iO0.i^ ^-^ ^1., f. 9 6. Imperfect. 



Add. 1994 

Paper, about 12^ in. by 8; 291 leaves, of which the first 
and the last two are blank ; quires of ten leaves, signed with 

letters, except J, which has nine, y^A and »i^, which have 

each eight, and »S, which has only six ; 28 lines in each page. 

This volume is written in a large, regular, Nestorian serta, 
and dated A.Gr. 2012 = a.d. 1701 (watermark of paper three 
crescents, f 290). It contains 

I. 

The Hexaemeron of Rabban 'Ammanu'el or Emmanuel, 
one of the expositors in the school of the Daira 'Ellaita or 



392 Add. 1994 

convent of Mar Gabriel and Mar Abraham at Mosul (see B. 0. 
iii. 1, p. 277), f. 1 6 : 

^S lai^l :9U3o ^3u.M.A xai^a ;^ou ^^^? ^^^ 

.;JSdX> 2ay.b3 ;^oaiD23 ;iiLx.l» 6k«2oa^ 

The work should consist of 28 metrical homilies, partly in 
seven-syllable, partly in twelve-syllable metre ; but in this, as 
well as in other copies, the second homily is wanting. 

1. On S. John's Gospel, ch. i. 1 and 14, f . 1 6 : 

.;^/^Q^-3 m070^*2o : ^ ^io XwT[ 2a^iQ>3 ^^^^? ^^ ^^o 

XJ^fiX .. ^«^2 ^3>^ N^^ '*' ^332d 2is*a^3 is^^^ 
po) 0^ 2330 '^OU 9?^j? ^^^ '• A ^=^? i^H^ 

• XL-^m Aa^ 2oa)o : ^is0aJ^ 

Seven-.syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

2. Wanting, f . 7 6 : 

o. On the creation of the Angels and of Light on the first 
day of the week, f . 7 6 : 

;^^au3 \^o -^^o* Jsiss A.^3 .^^^^3 2>bo2» 
Xibo\ 2LQ>a ^^ <« 33L3X^3 ^booa 23a;o&o ^^bba 
2aao ^OLba.^ ^2 o^som wm.^2 '. ^^soa^^o 2^oX.23 

Twelve-syllable metre; stanzas of two lines. 



Add. 1994 898 

4. On the creation of the Firmament, which took place on 
the second day, f. 22 6 : 

UJOpis ^^o .;»oI ^isx2 ^d .;^a2p IxMlbo 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas uf four lines. 

5. On the third day and on the arrangement of the Seas, 
f. 29 & : 

;d.aL3^S;s ^^o .;aoaj. ^isx2 ^V<9 .;i.^3 2ak»2M 

Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 

6. On the third day and on the growth of the seeds and 
trees, f. 38 6 : 

.;*^A:s I'soat, \^o -Isoa* isist !^^p -l'^^? 2ab»2» 

23a : ox.a»mO ox.is* %? . ^a^/^y:^'sio v^oo^ekao 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

7. On the creation of Paradise on the third day, f. 44 6 : 
;A>/3b4 x'^?^ ^^^ .iJsoiL is'isx^ ;^XX3 2^»2» 



894 Add. 1994 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of lour lines. 

<S. On the Luminaries and the fourth day, f 53 a : 
•I'i^a^ S^^o <" ;»ou ^isx \^3 .l*i»>sp 2aM2» 
: ^«v«isac^ Im i!^'ai ^^Sja \„^a! I'm *> Ji^bla I'soo^o 

Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 

9. On the marine animals and all the water reptiles, and 
on the birds, and the fifth day, f. GHb: 

'> ^J»^p lioo^o lis^'ih \^o 4^^? 07^ ^io lisliayiaL 
Imo wxi.S<b ao^V^o ^mA29 isV?!'' ^^OMoa^ad iJsp }boA 

.^ ^^2 5Bb? ;»2 .\^ 
Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 

10. On the creation of the Animals and the sixth day, 
f 79 (( : 

;*o9r \s<o <" ;»o* ^isx \^3 •^'s^^? 2ai»2» 

o)^oai isSo '.0^3 x*^^^^ 9'^'*^'^^ -^^ ^i^\ Z^o'S'S 
Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 



Add. I!)i)4 395 

11. On the creatiou of Mau and the .sixth day, f. 89 a: 

o)is*ya \^o *> ^»Oa ;siss \^3 .bi0^aiM»3 2'».»2» 
s^a]ois*lp ^is*l a]isois*la aM5a\ <« ^^^Jsx ;»oiie ^si'^aa 
230^9 ;^.^L 2a>-'aL.» 07.30««3 ;^2 '. ^o^bo ^^ : oN.*2o 

Twelve-syllable metre; stanzas of two lines. 

12. On Adam and the creation of Eve from him, f 101 b: 
<• o^i» l6.»*p 0^*0010 9p2 \.i< •> Xi6.S«3^3 2>»2.b9 

^2 '. a{^aKaS lp>o its*! ^o -m^? ^^cn^^a J!Liioo 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

13. On the Command given to Adam and his transgression 
thereof, f. Ill a : 

Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 

14. On the Sentence of Adam and Eve and the Serpent, 
f. 123 6: 

\^o «> ;»o« JSisaE2 \v<3 .(.s'/c) a^oViNabia 2a«239 



896 Add. 1994 

• lloia ^3^0 Off] ^la *> i^o*»e ^OmO "pplp U^p 3fi^ 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

15. On the Saturday and on the Mysteries and Types 
which our Lord showed forth, f. 134 a: 

o^^M Js^boM«o o^os* ^.o^f> «:• v^iib ^0^ a^a ^jqx^q^o 

Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 

16. On the Mj^steries and Types that were showed forth 
during the seven days of creation, and on the Resurrection, 
f. 142 b : 

'. llo'ya ^30 ^jxh .^2^ ^is'^J^a loai ^isiyS :a^S\'i 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

17. Showing how man's Freewill went astray until the 
Messiah was revealed, f. 149 h: 

li^'ly ;o^»3 . ;aocL is'isxl ^^3 <« 3"^^^^^? liiolso 



Add. 1994 397 

IiomS^ ^^^? ^oia }a^ : 07^007^23 Zwb^ ^^.o aiS^so^ 

Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 

18. On the searching of the seers, and on the Coming of 
the Messiah for the consolation and expectation of all the 
nations, f. 15G6 : 

«\s<o .^•U? ^-Cipp-s >^^ <* yfy.^isi'x^^ lyjsolJ^o 

0^3,^3^ *^ooi^ ^^bf^^''? 2«^oAo ^ilocA ;mm.X»3 01^d.^2bO 

^^3 07>sa^A^3 '. ^a'x}.^ ^^!^ la^ %%,\ .atJi.h^ 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

19. On the Vision that Moses saw on Mount Sinai, when 
the Lord said to Moses, No man can see Me and live, f. 164 6 : 

^sobo ^f^a ^o«M ^^o <« ;»ou ^Nsclp ^o^x^p I^bobo 

;au3Lti {sic) w,obo.L ^339 07^*? 3k.A ^-^t? '^* ^i^^ ^t.\ari 

: lixx^ ^>?^ ^^ ?9^^ ^o\m ;»oa3 ^^ <* ;Ji.o2o 

.0^.3 •^obaiQ>3^&3 ;xa2o I'x.^^ 2'ioo ^fo 
Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. Marginal note, 

20. On the Revelation of the Messiah, and the Satisfaction 
for our sins, and our being freed from sin by His adorable Dis- 
pensation, f. 174 6 : 



.S9S Add. 1994 

07^A.V, \iwo ;boo* ^^X2 ^^3 .^M>iy3 23do2» 
I6s\** ^ v^baoukO .»^^.^OM ^Lap^o ^ibo ^m^jso^ 
ySp : o^i^aola )iA^ 2^bb •:• }is3»*^A oi:soa3^&» 3w3 

;\^ ;j.^ -. lauAia oi^di: \jaS .wCLai ;^3i^ ;I^ 

.^32 ^^3 
Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

21. On the Signs and Wonders and life-giving Words of 
our Lord and our God the Messiah, for the verification of the 
doctrine of the perfect life which by His Coming was given to 
the human race, f. 189 a : 

lisoisi ^^o l^ix* ^^3e2 \^ .&mO ^yfy^^ 2bM2bo 

baojc^ .^'^^se.bo «^c7^2o ^b^a Itslx^^M ^V^o ^J^o 

;xL'433 ^^^^ "^^^f^ oi^d.^2bft33 '^'s^^V ?rr? ^^9^ 

Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 

22. Continuation of the same subject, f. 198 6 : 

t^o .^o* ^isx2 ^9 -^3iso ^*a^S<3 2bkbo2» 

l>^o'^6smo ^bol^ : ^3^ p^2 l***xJso liap l^p ^^i&a 

.^2 ^9 

Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 



Add. 1004 390 

2:^. Continuation, f. 200 ,i : 
^o^^o . ^Ou ^isx2 \^3 .;^^^o ^*a^A>^3 23^2» 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

24. On the life-giving Words of our Lord, and that there 
is no Salvation save in Him, f. 210 a : 

.•^3t»9 ;^I3lMb9 isM \^ «^ ^^io ^>a>s<3 li^oiio 

a^OL^.a ;^L.^, b.3 <* o;.? ^2 ^2 U-JO'^p^ ^j^ is*.^po 
m070Xi23 \<Aa7 aa ^ .^ix )L aa ^m&o wm^o '.^6^2 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

25. Showing that the Religion of Christ is true and adapted 
to the Church, f. 230 a : 

o^'a>.S<oiQ>3 InSkiio ^bo ;^«»^b03 2fr^«3o^ 2^adia ;o^^ 
^y^l : fio'yap a^^p l^tr'is <* ;^3k^ ^aSSo ■2>3^ 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

26. On the Resurrection of the Body, from Nature and 
Scripture, f. 240 b : 



400 Add. 1994 

<* {sic) MObaL ^933 C^9 3kA ^7^? -^4^ ^o yiiAl 

;jCi>a^pa5230 . ^^is2 o2 ^aI o2p *. M&o2'id ^^A5 ;aI^'3 

. 2bSzS ;^3 2x.i '. ;a^2 
Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines, 

27. On the Soul and its nature, f. 249 b : 

.vAi2 ft\».2o 
Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 

28, On the Future Life and the Recompense, f. 259 b : 
^jiLao^e 2au^S< ii^ \^ «^ ;I&bo:^o ^b^^? 23^2^ 

'. ;:sou.b3a.3 Qt^A aii'l^ oi^a ;au& *> lisio ;i>JSA9.bo3 

Twelve-syllable metre ; stanzas of two lines. 
Subscription, f. 268 6: 

II. 

Discourse of Emmanuel, expounding the mystery of Baptism, 
f 269 a : 



Add. 1994 401 

Seven-syllable metre ; stanzas of four lines. 

The colophon, f 274 a, states that this manuscript was 
finished on Tuesday, 22 Ilol, A.Gr. 2012 = a.d. 1701, when Elias 
was Catholic Patriarch of the East, at Alkosh, beside the convent 
of Mar Hormizd. The scribe was the deacon Khaushabha, son 
of the priest Daniel, son of the priest Elias, son of the priest 
Daniel ; and he wrote it at the expense of a lady (the place for 
her name is left blank), the daugliter of 'Abhd-isho' of Alkosh, 
for her brother the priest Yohanna. 

<« So^l ly*ya l**i^ Uoo^ ^'^^l? ^^^ ^4^ ^^ ^^ 

^'Si v^a^ '^olx aaiio .2'Saa M*SjQ>.b9o .^'i^o-aa 

.Im ^a*A^ aiis^yti .3ian^2 ^^satfk^o ^isa^as ^^d.icb 
^poti jcoxQ 2aMo^ "^^Vw "^ ^^^f jQsal^tto 7i*a>3 

B. c. • 26 



402 Add. 1994 

07^0^ ^.?^^ ■ ^^^ ^ ^ 19'^? ' %^^^^ ?^^, 9?2 
.;aisoa }«^^o ^^.Mdo .;^^^'i3o 2au3 >!^: .2a^ ^ % 

. ^at3 U Q?.3 \s.^ ^» 29m.o7.S<3 .jtoA^i ^6^a^3 o^bo 30 
^Xaa a;^OL3:s.a^.3 cr^S >^a1o >^^^*;0 ^3 ^Ib .>xo 

.07^ 23A&9 ^XmOu 2xjc^ 070^2^3 5^2 o^^aisaio •07*,au23 



.J(0 



Subsequently the book belonged to the church of the Virgin 
Mary at Duhuk (Dehok), f. 275 a : 

.^00709 piIaM M^a^a {sic) oT^oI ^.Kx2 l^m 



III. A discourse in seven-syllable metre, explaining how 
Man is the Microcosm, by George Warda (see B.O. iii. 1, p. 561), 
f. 275 6: 

auSL^D .230^f ;bo\L ^slaa JXko^ \^p 23m2» 

.;30^ ^ OA <* \ib .JHO '2339 JQX.X,30u\ ^v^S.^^ 

.<^.An3 :aU3y^0 ;IoS3 wmOS .^^,^23 ^^mOSO ^sS ^anl ^Q] 



Add. 1994 403 

^'ap J^-^o \a ^ 71^0 .^a ^ ^^o ^*a\ •^.a ^3 

^3 ^ojja .S,A C7.3 Juau*o \^ ^^ ^-^-^o .\a ^ 

Imaoo \^a Ixt o^ ^b90 .\^ >^o \^^ aux^ as 
;»oiti ^39? .2bM:.bo «^A ;xoa^ o^ibp^ «:« Xa^ 

<* 2a^io 

It proceeds in stanzas of four lines. On the margin is noted 
" for the fourth Sunday in Lent," 

IV. Exposition of the Nicene Creed, beginning, f. 283 a : 

cr^^ ^^ ^^^ii ^^^?^ ^^'^? a^jbt^isa^^o ;2»js^^3 
o^^aa 22ucd Z^.o ^Sf \«ao| a^a <• ^^soibsuoia opu&o 
: o;\9x3 loo] ^XAjbp 007 JQxsuaip cpJiwxs : ;^o^a:s 
2^ ^A^aiip 3^2 :X^3u^o ;n^ao oin o^aA^ou 
Jpsi 2aL3 2aLaL3 07.3 ^^a^oio : lyj3p o^Jsoo-iJoS lau^l 

26—2 



404 Add. 1994, 1995 

The several articles of the Creed are quoted and explained 
on f. 284 a seq. 



V. Explanation of sundry terms, viz. 

1. >^o^^ >^, f. 288 6: 

2. ;^oaobaL \i-, f. 289 a: 

8. ;^Ou,a^ Xs., f. 289 a: 
,^90^^ .^3.13^ .^'(i ;^ajL3 2S^2fts» "i^so^y^ 



Add. 1995 

Paper, about 12f in. by 8f ; 372 leaves, some of which are 
much stained and a few torn, especially ff. 1 — 3, 32, and 372. 
The quires, signed with letters, were originally 38 in number, of 
10 leaves ; the first and last are wanting, with the exception of 
a single leaf of each. Hence there are lacunae after ff. 1 and 
371. There are 27 lines in a page. This volume is written in 
a large, regular, Nestorian serta, probably during the last 
quarter of the xviith cent. The watermark of the paper is a 

small one of this shape ,^ . It contains 



Add. 1995 405 

The Kethabhd dhe-Dhurrdsha or " Book of Discipline," a 
huge theological work in hepta-syllabic metre, composed in a 
very artificial style, by Elias bishop of Peroz-shabhor or al- 
Anbar (see B.O. iii. 1, p. 258 66^.). It is divided into three 
books ; each book is divided into discourses (ten in all) consist- 
ing of from one to ten centuries ; and each century contains a 
hundred stanzas of from four to forty seven-syllable verses. 



I. Book first. Three discourses. 

1. First discourse; ten centuries; stanzas of four lines. 

First century wanting. 

Second century, imperfect, commencing with stanza 33, 



f. 1 ft : 



Stanzas UQ> — ^ are also wanting. 
Third century, f. 3 6: 
2aa opiomAo .J^osl^ liJb a^ya .^ i^is*l la{^l I 

Fourth century, f . 6 a : 
0070 -jXaa J^9 ^>» 6s^3 '. laaoKa ^^boA^ jsa 2 

<* la^l^ oo) llySLao X*3 .,jl\^ oriao uOio^«23 
Fifth century, f. 10ft: 
bbpf M970 .;^03^I»3 2'i303k^ .^bAASkti lisoai^MOi 2 



406 Add. 1995 

Sixth century, f. 13 6: 

Seventh century, f. 17 6: 
Eighth century, f. 21a: 

Ninth century, f. 25 a: 

.;^x«3i} ;x^i^ ;I»o.M -.;&IoiL« ^^a oisu* 2 

Tenth century, f. 28 6 : 
23o^£s»o .^o2 ^cnfts^ 23^.^ \;f«iV^;I^A2 ;o^2 2 

<* ;x3ektJU«obo 2a^o ^2 '. ^^S^. ^ood 

Subscription, f. 32 6 : 

2^*L33 ;^/it3b ;.>«ais ^^^i ^? ov^ ^t?^^ •^?? 



Add. 1995 407 

2. Second discourse ; five centuries ; stanzas of eight lines ; 
f. 32 6 : 

. ^3N ^^^ ^iSAa 3^ \a . ;xS ^«^ oi . ;2^^ ;2^ 

•Mo;off>i 073.M o^A ^Ok^jb^e .MOia.^.aoA 07.3 ^A&puo 
First century, f. 32 6 : 

;^ouA,awM .^3f j^3o ;^o^bo '-^ffA, ^*^f2 ^0^2 2 

'. 2:sl^o X.^^ ^\ti^ .Ixpati y^obo 2>3o ^ai.^ -l^^ 

Second century, f. 40 a : 
U^ •Z2»3 ym 232^ ;3d7lp '. 2>^ ^a ^^?^ ^^^^ 2 

Third century, f. 47 & : 

-.;*^ ;32 ^&oV<3^i3 .;32 ^la^ ;is>/bs<3^S :U^6i^ <^yj3 

<• Itioi^ :s33Ji3 2aaSo 



408 Add. 1995 

Fourth century, f. 55 a: 

^if '. ;dsS^ Jbood^ 2;io^is»o . }c;^2 x^ >^2^^ '. U*A,? 
Fifth century, f. 62 a : 

;»03i3 O;^ ^,30:00 .^^^S'^^ ^^> y^Olol^ '. 2Lq3023 

*:* aatJUoao 2aao ^2 . . }^S^ 

Subscription, f. 69 & : 

KOo^is^23 ^v/sJS ^Ai ^3 9^3 ^«^^ .;^o2.:a9 xbou^ 

On the scribe Homo of Alkosh see Hoffmann, Opusc. Nestor. 
p. iii. We have MSS. written by him at various times between 
1675 and 1712. 

3. Third discourse ; four centuries; stanzas of twelve lines ; 
f. 696: 



Add. 1995 409 

First century, f. 70 a: 
M07o:Sd.2 ^^oro .;^a.'Ub^^o ^tlAfO •. ^^ x.^023 

Second century, f. 81 a : 

;^^ ^^V? ^°^^ *> ^?^? ^?^ >^^^ '- ^^^^ ^'^? 

xV*'^ 9^^^^9^ ' -^a^^ ^^r?-^? ^V^?? '.^is.»o 

Third century, f. 92 a: 

j^X^a'T) .;l^^ x.^2 ;o^2 •■ ;^^A^oi lija ^p oo] x^i 



410 Add. 1995 

Fourth century, f. 103 h : 
^o .lisoff^lja M07oXk23 iL*i 'jloi.3 ibbl^^ %!^ 1 

'. Jl^oiaaSk^ 23>^o .2a^S<9 ;ioo^ ?.eUQjiy '.IpO! 1^2 yJ3\ 
^A^nuVa '. ^>^ou^Ao ^:sofis^2 <« ^la^io 2^2o Mis^23 

<* ;^*IU3^ 07^ ^a2 ^O '. 2cA>!^ ^^2 ;^«:03itO -23^^ 23^1 

Subscription, f. 114 6: 
^107 ;3^A3 ;^d.i03il ;^o^^.^ «^a^ ^aao^^ ^^^9^ 
.2'io^^ ;^o2:0 ^9^? 4^^^ 2'ibo2bo o^3 ^*29 i^aiaoap 
;is^^ ^«3 ;^3is .;2iai\a!^o L^i :;i3 «^2 o2 ;2!^^i 

\a .;^o2» 3kO^ '-^^^ ^ 23^2bo ^isi^o ;^i 
^«oaro .;^3i\ 3m» •. ^^^V^.ti \a .;x3 22:0 *. ;^2!» 

2ai»2» •:* ^2 mOIoS^s^o . ^^2 ^107 2ibolt909 sja\^^ 
^ .2X3 ;2» .,^ds2» ^^ .2iso2:ao je-^ '• ^?^? r? 
'.^cn 2ab»2»3 uOiox'S ^^ ^«ooio .^a^s ^Sds '■ v^jL^O 
'. ;^^A^ ^o^ 2ibo2» <• Sm 2^2 '. ^43 ^o)o^3^ . 22^3L»«« 
;^^^ «^^^ \:^ M^ 2^ '. ;^2» «^ .2iso2» ^332 



Add. 1995 411 

: Ipari ;ftso.\^S. *\ ^jcdo ^.*3 ^-^^2 -^-^^ ^oi.u 
;o^29 ^«a^o U^ (f. 115 a) :or3^39 ;^I&'aMi2 ^^aiso 

«^0^0^ :;&3:S0U v^OO^p 5^2 -3^2 y^O^a boOLS 903y.^3 

Then come the following apocryphal Psalms and other 
pieces : — 

a. Psalm cli, of David, f. 115 a: 

b. The Prayer of Hezekiah when surrounded by his 
enemies, f. 115a: 

.JKO .o^aox aSiioxl ?2l'^9 list's .1^^ oudx 

c. The Song of the People when they obtained permis- 
sion from Cyrus to return home, f 115 6; 

2'aM&^^ \*yt>l is^bi .J^ N^2 <i^o^ Cs^a^tj .«. 0073^^2^ 

.vXO •MiS^2X yA C3CnO ^3j^ ui!^ ^32 .^»ati3 



412 Add. 1995 

d. A Psalm of David, when he fought with the lion and 
the wolf*, f. 116a: 

^23o jibi "n^ lorn jcisa^» a^ ?fO?^ ^ ^?^ '^■^\ 

tSouSLS ^oui2 .XoV^ ^ uJc^kA b\'^ .^«i*tiox^o 
.jco .yi^lS ;32a ^^4^ o2 .;Aa2 :aa^ 

e. A Psalm of David, returning thanks to God after he 
had slain the lion and the wolf, f. 116 6: 

^» o^^a ^^2a ^^odu^ ^-^^^ ?^ ?^o?^ ^ub92 

•^oaXa U^!^ MoroX^or .^^>^a «^oo^a^^o ^2ao ^a2 

^ 0^^? ^2(^ v^^a .07.^3^ ^^l!'?o ^^o>*M i^jAbaii 

.vXo .X?Lmi ^b9 o^^ afoio 4^a:>' ^^.^f^ 

/. Explanation of hard words in the book of the Para- 
dise, f 116 6: 

. ^a^I^a .;jQ9/aa4a ^aftsa^a ^^2a VoJoi* 2iA^^$ Jixo^ 
;isaoibo .07 .;^d.^a^2 >.ao7^fts <« ;6soo)La4 '-^aoioi 
.ao .;b9iXoV^a ;:NOX.isJ. .07 .isao^l *^ ;isao^9 

^. A Discussion between a Jacobite and a Nestorian, 
f. 116 6: 



.07S ^92e ;3^aoV^«»3 ^^ 2^aCb4 ^2 .^ai 
.»^oisi2 ^XSuto ^AoaoTioo ^baa ^ilaoV^^ o2 sA i»2 

* ?32a is an old error for ^a, which might be written Ji32a. 



Add. 1995 413 

^^ xA isplo uon'o^i uJ^i u!Sj: ^^o .2x.« ^op o^ ^^4 



.JCO 



On f. 117 6 are these verses by the scribe, within an orna- 
mental border : 

^is*ytip ;» '.^23 2'y^a^.io ^oaub o2 ^.oaa^ oSaa 

II. Book second. Three discourses, f. 117 6: 
;^oS^ aXa^bo^ ^^a^-bo z^M^.'si v?^? ^-^ "^ 

<* 90CUI fosu^p ^atijaai^l iSl ^ibo ^o^23 ^jqx^ pJa 

.ceo 

1. First discourse ; three centuries ; stanzas of sixteen lines. 
First century, f. 117 i : 

;d^o^^2 6s*2o .;is^e^Mo ;£S«.*>.^2 '.la^ ^^ lisois*! 
y^m lifsois^^ <* 23oS^ 3u3o M^^^2 :s*Mfis '. Uaj :a^3 



414 Add. 1995 

Second century, f. 1326: 

;&3f ^p <» ;s<3i3 o2 ;I^ba3 oi '.^aoAA ^o ^^4 

23fts.^o a^V^ 2tff .2a^io ^iSfS Z^oxa '. 2afts2 ^ao oo! 
. lisl'ia ^ a^V ^2uu <* lloia ^a^ ^a 0070 '. ^'ab 

oo) y^L ^o '.^^la^^ 2i.bOQAi ^oio^A *:* ^aOc^s 
2a>-bo 5^2 '. %..^>J3 0070 07-3 XA-oi ^.^o .lis^y-SJa 

<* ^aaa^o 

Third century, f. 147 a : 
.^!^ ai>\3 ^oioaaAa '. Aa ^3 ^007 ^070^*2 a^ 2 
^o <* 2a:s2 a^^Xao ^f ^a '. Aa "pytio ^*2»o^» 
ao^a ^o .^Uf ^a ^a ^s^ Z001 *. 2aoiJi^o ^9 2aa9 
^ 007 moio:s*2 <* 2a:s2 >\\,i A^^ Z007 '. ^^aoao 2a:s2 
3^9-x /^? -^^ ajsao ^xor ^,a^ '. ^oo; :o^*2a 
^0073 W107 mO) 2abM <« Z^^fr^y ^a ZlAo2a '.^V«^o 



Add. 1095 415 

^ ;]^.boaa .It^oisio ;i.I.a ;l6s^:.3 -.;oo) :o^«2o 

2. Second discourse; two ceuturies; stanzas of twenty- 
lines. 

First century, f. 162 a : 
.^^AiS OO) ^1 OuOOlO '. ^isM 0*0073 OO) X^ 2 

OO? ^«2 <* ^.aox /is o7iso^*2o '. ;i3f ^bp uXiyp llisA 

-. ;o^^ 3m\ ^*cvis3N *:* ;±j9XA>^ )L^ iis<>*y^ -.;iseu^A^ 

^ «^^0 -.23^2 ^^Sao ;i39 j2^3 .;^^^0 3m 3^2&90 

;^!^^o \lis*lis*l 4a>o23 Smm. (f. 162 6) <• 23bo2^o ;^^^ 
;Lq>o2 <* Jila^ uiCLM liooAJd : ;JjQ3o23 ^^I^'a .^jsl^l'as 

. ^3CM9 ^Oia ^33 .IdJ^a j30O&.tiO '.^la u07 m07 

• ' * v» • ' 1' ■ »■ 

<* ;Atio^ ^ <???^^ % 

Second century, f. 180 & : 
0070 .^93 ^OOr 2333 001 '.;ft3f %^ Ia^I 007 3wm 2 

3aA w*o7 oi^? <* ^a^o 23yibtf ^3a'3» '. ;Ioo;^ \a v^j^ii 

^ -. ;x3u^» ^3 ;Lq>o2 . ;4Af ^30 ;£s«i0o^bo -. ;^oXi2 

;ji3f ^au. .;l330 ^3X3 U>^% <* }a^ ^ %o 23is2 
«^a^ 007 ^taiio '.^3ox *^uu>6a!^ ^2o .23;s2 ;as< 
«^07^ ;3lA^o '. ^Om^o ^«33 Im ^*MjS *:• ^lao^ox 



416 Add. 1905 

l^'ii ^1 :l^ is*l ^a.ta S,.aSo .^ojcao lish^ 

;Io^j3i.S '. ^^o ;5o.A ^^^-ap /^ *> ^y^^ 2\^i^p 

3. Third discourse ; two centuries ; stanzas of twenty-four 
lines. 

First century, f. 199 h: 
oaj -.;*4t^ liiobop ^^^^ '-^^t ^°4^^ ^^9^ ^ 

001 3m^ <'^33>3 230.^9 ^bS^ 1X3 '. ^^^f ^^ ^olsp 

O7^ob03 0707^3 .;ia63M ^fsia ^2 '.;h»4^ ^oa; 

Second century, f. 221 h: 

^«3o 4^?^ >itttg>» ;2oaf '.;^i0ujQ>3 ^3 oo) ;^ 2 



Add. 1995 417 

^3y^^^ '. ^^Ip >^,?^? ^o <* ^^4^ ;:aooiA^ >3:oi^p 

.;^ou6sA^ ^^^^» '-^^^^ ^oa^3 Jdty^o .;^oux.«3 

3m\ »^2 23mi <« ^02 v^OO;^ 2,X.«3 m6;J '. ^^Oi^XmS 

Stanza ^ has only twenty lines, and is marked on the 
margin as defective, SmAm, f. 235 a ; and similarly stanza «i!^^, 
f. 243 6. 

Subscription, f. 244 a : 

.;jc3033 ;^^A^ ;xul3>s i^oS^ ^^m? 0^339^3 ^^f>^ 

^bb li0Jti .^^ ;^o2» ^loora :;^^^ 2'a^2» o^s fiy23 

*> ;2^ia32o ;^i ;^^^ ^p ;s<9is .;2>o\nt : ;x9 «^2 02 

.;S3 ;2bo : ;^2» \a . ;^o2» ^^:s : ^?^ ^ l^ho 
.;Jm33 2^302^9 ^0)0^*23 Av^bs .^^is l^'^l z }xh \^ 
^i ^070^9^0 .;2»^Sfis ^o] 23^2^03 mOIOx'S ^ooro 
: ;^yl3l*a^ Ipai ;^o^^3 : U-^^is ^p 2ado230 *> ^^2^o 

;^o2» loaj . 23pJd33 ^2 ^ao33 ^^^ ^^x^m w.o)oXi29 

B. c. 27 



418 Add. 1995 

. ;s<9^ ;j:bOLM : ;x3 .^ . ^'i llaa : ;M» «^ . ^^aJS 

^oToi^kAti ^6auis4,lo .iiiol^p ca\ ^Jubo^a ^-V^ 

}oor : ^3033 ^6o3 ^«ia£b 07.^0x0^3 . 233JCd3 2'a^2»3 
;jsx : ;x3 ^ . lii ;bo : }M» \a . ^*^3^ ;iso2» 
mOIOxS ^001 . ^^^isx 2a^2» uOiods423 \\^ . ^'Sis 
<* ^^2^o ^2 ^3 wtOio^'S^ . ^^2.^ ^A9! 25ubo2^9 
(f. 244 6) ^^31^ ^o^p ;^ovLf» m07 07^?? 00^ UsiOX 

aJLSjJ ^0; h^2 0070 .^^3^ ^AbOOX ^O^ 23ftJj30 ^ObOO 

U It t 44 • / / / / 

bflUaia ^2 .;x3op3 ;ov»^3:^? ^?oi ^iN^9>V,2^ vfi ^^ 
^Jo .;x3e3d A^.3cr ^ bfil^^&a jQ>boo73o .^ao? «^ 

Then follow these verses by the scribe, written within an 
ornamental border, f. 244 h : 

.;:n^\^ i^ 0^007 ^y^'ia •. ;^mAS>y3 



Add. 1995 419 

III. Book third. Four discourses, f. 244 b : 

1. First discourse; one century; stanzas of 28 lines; f. 
244 6: 

^0u33 obi .^yiwAX 25do2bo!^ ^oo^a •. ? *a> Saj . ^aox 2 

^oh :lt^'ia ^o^ ^ wis (f. 245 a) .;f323o 6s^2i3^b^ 

•> ^IsaJio ;^o;l^o ^^Lboi^ '. ;o^2 ^aa ^*2 ^3 . ;2ok3 

opcaiio o^^i <* ?Noi.>bftS>\\ ^^m2&o '. 2ay>JS^ l ' 3 a\L op 
'.;*\o» ^2 ;oo;& )Lp 'l^'^? U^^ Zbook^ '.;Ioak3 

<* ;^m2&3 latJaooa aJa -.;i^^ ;»oA opEaJbo -^^*'>3? 
9^9o .^3jibo Jo^^ox afyx^ '-^^^ ^^ ^ ^^f? 

A space for two lines has been left blank on f 264 b, in 
stanza 0m. 

27—2 



420 Add. 1995 

2. Second discourse ; one century ; stanzas of 32 lines ; 
f. 271a: 

^^bofX, .^033 IxmO Ia^39 23mi '.^isso9\ eoj ^2 

^» ' ■^^^^N,"' ^fis-*^?^ ^oor <* l6s»,u'sts\sS 6^^*29 mo;.3 
329a 23fi^^bo9 -.;^*3la^9 ^aj ^falo .^a^o ^^ 39 
3ui^_^ . 29i^ 9 ^iSdi992 ^01 \ ;adax^ ^ou >dL»fSx2 .^^itin 
;bOk>i 99I, <« ;is*a^i9 ?iiQ>^a^^ ^ooo '. haSi ctISao 2o^ 
'.^9ati ^^^ ^^e^o .U3^Ab99 ;s<9i ^x.o '.^JSx^ ^2o 

;jj3f '.^iLXjx^o ^99^^^ *:* ;iQ»o.bai9 ?y»y;ifttS.^9 

293^9 329a '.^^9^019 ^ols J^SA^ •^^'^T^ ^f^iS 

. ?i>Y>t ^o^ ^■.vMts'io '.;:soo\^9 ;si9i ^is9l <* ^:«mJK^ 

A space for four lines has been left blank on p. 281 b, in 
stanza 9^. 

3. Third discourse ; one century ; stanzas of 36 lines ; 
f. 300 b : 

.;^^»9 um ;«jp^ '-'^^ ^ *^ii ^^ ^ 
;is9ii< *:* ^'^^opi ^9202 ^S^. *. ii.^ ^10 jo j o \\o 



Add. 1995 421 

\^ao oi»23 6^2 •> ^cLb op.bo 00073 ooi '. JaouaSla 
'. ;^il^^9 ;x32 ^ :sS3 4^j^ ^bp ^oo^^isAa '-lo^? 

JQ»<JQ>3A^B ;a:3 '. ;*^isX ;bo\^ ^^O . Z^O >i0O ^i'S^OX 

, ?A>3t ;^V,^ ^sisoio '.;isAiw ^^^^ ;^3.:^ «:« }is*^^ 

;^^ •^o^Js*2 <• ;^'3Q& 3'^Ao '. ;^ ;^» ^aoiao 
J&3 -. ;^o2 1^ ^b^\^ ^ . ^slaii ^1^? M^2 '. ;3;^ 

23bM *. 2,aMi«3 *^o7.^.& •^o^6\A «^ J^kM^A 23mi ;*b03 

3b«:i^2 ;303A '. ^o23 uova ^ox ^^3 . lis^il^ ^o2 
•^cr^Ni.2 29mi '. 2aM.#3 ^^bo^J^ ox»29 6vi.2 *> 3a^o 

<* ;«Ao2 2b3bV,^> ^^^^ *■ ^is?^ iy** 2xm ^'L^io .Ljooi 

*:* i^ ^^^ ^vO^ii 2>? '- ^Ao2 2>M ^b3\^ 

4, Fourth discourse ; one century ; stanzas of 40 lines; f. 334 a : 

.;«3uJQ9S< 2x»lb03 2^^^ '-^^^ ^'^^ ^39>^ 2 

*:* ^boro ^ocns ^a ^^s^o *. 21x^63 ^a^ MaT0fis*23 ooi 

Oteoio .^*bc^ «^09723 ;» Xaa '. ;^aL^ ^^^S^ 007 2o;!^2 



422 Add. 1995 

^os\ ^a lifM '. }1^ i*OA i^oai lia <* ^iap 

;^^^ h^yjiia lya *> ^is^a^ia ;^x^^e *. ^yJba ^%i^^ 
;.x.li 6slo .%.a lorn ^baJsa %oc\ isJ^a '-^6ol3 

'. 2ijQ>S«a 2ibo2» w*3.X^ oor (f. 334 b) <* 2aA>^ ;i^^3 

;!^^» ^laa '. 2io^ ^\^a Va*A>^ . ^^x^ ^ "^^^^ 

OOI ^3^2 ^bo\^3 '. ^^*^ ^^^ yMO&:S O/JSO^ *> ^00 

*:* ^oc^a 2fk3a <^ ^ '. ^ois J^2 MMAisisj^ e^^aa .^oo^a 
i*^3; A^,o . ^al&^a ^^oiti ^*2 '. 2ajQ9^ ^Ii^ oa\ 2ajCD2 

At the end are placed five additional stanzas, of which the 
second is imperfect and the last three are wanting, f. 371 a: 

«^o^fis^2a : ;s<aisa i^^'l lyto^ o^r^ *n?A^ *^^ 

2a^isl Uy**i ?sa ^3Lai>** ^a ^m *> ^^^^^ ^^'^ t"^^^ 

?d.'auJO^ 2'abo2boa uoroiaa ;&xaa^bo : ^boaflUo? >!Sk^ v^jl 

.^Aa7 «^q;«is*2a 

The first is entitled on the margin •^ouji\&62a <X^^, and 
begins, f. 371 a : 



Add. 1995, 1996 423 

. ;^i ^909.^ i^.^o \ ;js^.t3 ;ab9^.^s n^isxi I 

The second is entitled on the margin lilaa^O ^SA'ya \\J^ 
jia, and begins, f, 371 6 : 

la^ia .la!i 4^\L ^JO^o *. Zao^f ^bo!^ W^'ys 

F. 372 seems to be a torn flyleaf. 

There are some slight attempts at ornamentation in this 
manuscript, besides those mentioned above, on the first and last 
leaves of each quire beside the signatures. 

Add. 1996 

Paper, about 11| by 7^; 99 leaves, of which the first is 
blank ; many of them are a good deal stained and soiled; quires 

of 10 leaves, signed with letters, except J, which has now nine, 

9 and y,*, which have eight each, and ^, which has only four ; 

26 lines is a full page. This manuscript is written in a large, 
regular, Nestorian serta, and dated A. Gr. 2047 = A.D. 1735 
(watermark in the paper, three crescents). It contains 

The Pardaisd dha-Edhen, or Garden of Eden, by 'Abhd- 
isho' bar Berikha, metropolitan bishop of Subha, or Nisibis, 
and Armenia, f 2 6 : 

This is a collection of fifty poems on various theological 
topics, composed in a very artificial style. The eoutents have 



424 Add. 1996 

been fully analysed and extracts given by Assemani in the B.O. 
iii. 1, 826 seq. The author published the poems in 1602 (a.d. 
1291), and added the commentary or explanation of difficult 
words in them in 1627 (a.d. 1316). 

The colophon, f. 98 b, states that this manuscript was finished 
on the last day of the first Kanun, A. Gr. 2047 (a.d. 1735), at 
Alkosh, beside the convent of Mar Hormizd the Persian, when 
Mar Elias Avas catholic patriarch of the East, by Simeon the 
son of Israel, the son of George, the son of Israel, of Alkosh, 
for the deacon Yohanna, the son of George, of Mengeshe*. 

v^Oid l^ya ^xa ^07 ^^a ^l^i^oia Jduta SjAx 

0^9 Uy**! ^Jaaol .l3ji.:x^b2^ 2id^ >.>M^a^i .^^ti 

<• ^ia }Am >S3S0 ^^hlO ^^"2 ^3^ >AXJ3 .^3bl9 

iritis'* jQ»9^boo pUA»3 . ipi ^oiMaa oisfiJd jeatAi 

(f. 99 a) <* ^2 3f*b03ocn ySSp a]iscS^ . 2l^^ol^ ^Axo 
a^osbo .2'a^oA wmSUao .^^ ^^t^? 2iS0AOp Nedaa 

-^07 2xi>i.^'iii^ \3m :siAo2 ^^ ^^A .j;o .^Maa^bsa 

* See Badger, The Nentorians, i. 155, Hi; Hoffmann, Ausziige, p. 203, note 
1613. 



Add. 199G, 1997 425 

• UiS^ ^.iHa^Q^.'soo .l^o)^ 22o^ .^&o7 I'ais!^ Xo^iss^bba 
2^b±t3 o;&b03 .jQ>A^3o\ ;itA*o^^ bd '^a* ^^3Lbo 

On f. 99 b are added the well-known verses ^o\^^ miS)^ /L 

SO J3026v >3EbAMi ^30^ 30^2 ; and the rest of the page is taken 
up with glosses in a later hand. 

There is some attempt at ornament on f. 1 b. 

Add. 1997 

Paper, about 8| in. by G| ; the quires, unsigned, are mostly 
of 10 leaves, though some have 8, and the last only 4 ; a leaf is 
wanting after f. 39 (but apparently not after f. 8). The writing 
is sometimes in double columns, at others not ; the number of 
lines varies from 18 to 22. This volume is written in an in- 
elegant Jacobite serta, and dated A. Gr. 2035 = A.D. 1724 (one 
of the watermarks is the three crescents). Foil. 24 — 28 are a 
supply of recent date. It contains — 

The Ketkubha dhe-Slmdtha, or 'Book of Treasures,' of Jacob 
(or Severus) bar 'Isa (or Shakko) bar Mark, of Bartella, bishop 
of Adhurbaigan and of the convent of Mar Matthew at Mosul 
(see B.O. ii. 237 seg.), f. 2 6: 



426 Add. 1997 

.] 1 1 KtOi cji\j5 \1j] ^So 
It has been analysed by Assemani, B.O. ii. 238 — 240. 

Part 1, Of the three-one God, f. 2b: 
^.E-oai Vi^k) ."i^ijAo? ai!\j5 h^Q-^ .jji-^r-o v<^U-2i.r) So^ 

IZoiLnjOi ^5 Ijjdooj ^io^j^ ^^ Ll^L .]n i njL> ^q_k»") 

■ Vkki aV)? ]Zo 1 ■ I^^ALDO lA.*_.pO "|Zq_iA-..\A^5 ]i t l}SD-^} 

. I ipg^ ^AkA »_KK^uZ LtCJiZZ (7UD p> ]ini] j^\ :>q.»-cd] 

Part 2, Of the Incarnation of the Word, f. 15 6: 

CTLiiD j.>^ 001 lA^k3> ]7oi « i.oA^n ^ oAj]© »i::i'o n s'l 

.lA.M-.pD IZo-.A^XZj 

Part 3, Of Divine Providence, f. 72 6: 
.»£:iCLQ<.j ^TVDJ "JAklAlCj '(jCn I . ^ V) ..;^? ]jAj.1^Z V»?1 

.■|A..ai^ "jZoN' £)^ ^ w^oioA^lo ..^^ lUiir) cn^ L,]o 

Subscription, giving the date of composition, A. Gr. 1542 
= A.D. 1231, f. 94 6 : 



Add. 1997 427 

Compare f. 163 h, and 5.0. ii. 237, col. 1. 

Part 4, Of the Creation of the Universe, the Antichrist and 
the Consummation, f. 95 a : 

IZo 1 nAnk?? Ikil^a^ oA^lo ^d Ijoi ^ .Ui-*?© ] i rn k* 

The numeration of the chapters differs by one from Asse- 
mani's from o^kD (f. 138 h) onwards. There is the same lacuna 
as indicated by Assemani in ch. 36 (= Assem. 35, 36), f. 154 a. 
From ch. 37 (f. 155 a) onwards the numeration agrees again with 
Assemani. 

The colophon, f. 165 a, states that this manuscript was writ- 
ten A. Gr. 2035 = A.D. 1724, when Ignatius Shukr- Allah was 
patriarch and Basil (Matthew) maphrian, by the deacon Jacob 
bar Ishiaa' : 

]ALbQ_i p ^qXj"! U-»;-»-^ Ij-JQ.-»? CTll^ AjI* "jAVnVm^ Ijoi 

»CDaj.^]j_.^l wj^Ld ^ Uq_L) 5(nroo IZoirD"! . »V)« 1^^^;.^ 
0015 |.K>jySDj |j^^.2iLd >CQa.X\mn wjjlDo .aT.!^.l^^ri3 ocnj 
^-k> »cd5|d 0015 :>QjoT.^ — >P^? ^m-i^uaj] -jjIdo .^coa^ASo 
isoX^ •^-'^1 vpoiJL».>j ^ioj |j;iD ]Aj^i2 oi,_i5aiD Aj.^:) 
Uo50 Ij»^o U-»~»-»-^ wjf^U:: "JASqIidj |joi |^A^ ^jZ^tdIo 



428 Add. 1997, 1998 

■ ] » 1 V 1 ^^ I^Q^o ."jA\niD> ]lo] ., m )] ViD5 IA^uo 

CTiV) ■ \ >ooAru? "iocn *|q-» iJj ^o ^Ju^^O . aV^^^O ^;^0 
OT^naN vi5o"|o *oZo oiZo ■ I n ^*\.^ IAtdo? "jjoi ^^Ir^ 

'^O (sic) 1Q-»A. ] . mVn^Vn ^j01Q-k."|o . i 10V^> OTIdIo 

On f. 154 6 an owner, the priest Stephen, has recorded his 
name in Arabic : 

.axcD]nn yop 

Add. 1998 

Paper, about 7^ in. by of ; 220 leaves, of which f. 45 is much 
torn, and f. 185 blank ; the quires, signed with letters, were 
originally 24 in number, mostly of 10 leaves, but some have 
only 8 ; the last is now wanting, and there is a lacuna after 
f . 7 ; 16 to 18 lines in a page. The writing is a neat, regular, 
Nestorian serta of the xvith cent. The volume contains 

A poem on the Divine Government of the World, from the 



Add. 1998 429 

Creation to the Consummation, in sections entitled sedras, 
fSaJD, by Isaac Eshbadhnaya. In Sachau's Catalogue {Kurzes 
Verzeichniss derSachau'schen Sammluiig syrischer Handschriften, 
Berlin 1885), no. 178, the author is called "Presbyter Isaak 

Kardaha Shebhadnaja, auch ^jyyt 0OJQ>2 genannt." Gabriel 

Cardahi {^jo^\ijii\) in his work entitled Liher Thesauri de arte 
poetica t^yrorum (Rome, 1875) distinguishes between JU*-wl 
^j^\ (+A.D. 1480), p. I Ta, and ^_y»A-^J ^\ (date not 
known), p. |1 a. The structure of the several sedras is some- 
what artificial. They are accompanied by a conmientary, some- 
times consisting merely of glosses (occasionally in Arabic) in 
red ink, but usually attaining larger proportions and distin- 
guished by a surrounding line of red. 

Title, f. 1 6 : 

*:• v^^so^ ^liMxo ^^^Jaa ^JOa <* :s*^ ^^? ^^?^ *^ 

1st Sedra, f. 1 b, of the Holy Trinity, 

.^abd ^isoufr^A^ \^ y.oro^*2o i^2d 2S3jq> 
beginning : 
.oi^euA>a ^>?ox "^a^isM Jaiisoisf^ '^ois'so'jS '"^\**Ai'» 

Sst ^Vtixa .%^oaa».axbo >.><^^oy,^ O7^o^ob430 

,;^ol^flLia ;^^bs 2xio ;^^ ;32 *:*2 <>o7^a«tsA^ 

^ok ^ 3m^ .^ouisbo jUia Itic^ "Boxti ^aotip 2^03o 

. 3o . }^Q.a»*aui jUia ^oaJd 2^^£s 



430 Add. 1998 

2nd Sedra, f. 5 a, of the Creation of the World and the 
Angels and Light and the Firmament, 

2307010 ^^^o ^*ia\v<3 cTT^^auS >^ .dd ^^?^ 

.;x±i30 

beginning : 

. ^«*2 % ^ c^o wMXapis^ ^3 J5S' ojao^a <* a 
yiJ^i .^*2 ^ 9^5 ^o ^Ai» «^o; ^p oi^odu^o 

.j(o .£s*2iDA3kM a!^ovt^a<M>''V5o J>^ 

Imperfect. 

3rd Sedra, f. 7 6, of the third day of the week (Tuesday), 
and of the sprouting of the Seeds, and of the Trees and of the 
Garden, 

\jwo ^'Sfp ^jL^oib \^o ;;ii3^^^ \Si \3 23aj2> 

beginning : 

. a^o^ ^oJaiso ^>bosi la^ a}^^ ^oaoi-l^ <« \ 

.'so .afso!^^ hJtL% ;=L^ "^^S^? '*^ 2%»o\3 

4th Sedra, f. 12 a, of the Creation of the Sea-reptiles and 
the Birds on the fifth day of the week (Thursday), 

[read ^XmSs ^iS*3a] , &30 ^6vl'i3 ^^ ^^?? ^^^ 
beginning : 



Add. 1998 431 

5th Sedra, f. 13 a, of the Creation of the Wild Beasts and 
Cattle and all the Reptiles on the sixth day, 

o^V^ ^3o ly*Sao ^Ajg^a ^m S^^ Iqj^ 233uq> 
beginning : 

6th Sedra, f. 14 6, Apology etc., and of the Creation of 
Adam, 

beginning : 

■u-a'3>.Ja>-» 2p32 ^^-3ux-33 \.«.>.^ }./Ao <* o 

23^2 23a\^ :o7 : ul^^x ^^oro ;2ued ^ ;^fis£s2 

jeoS^nl ^ 2a>t)0o« .^O3O7.b0uiQ} ^aAX \^ »^op9 2,332 

ijfttyy^Aonn ytrkM>f)^ ^o^oiQ> 2^^^^ isafl>5V.tt ^^baoA 
3*^o A^ ^jB»o\,Ot\ n sla ?\,ft>'^aja3 -^^A^ }^«^JQ>3^ 

,J(0 ;S3:^JS2 .yiA>*^^AlalA ^bo^s «A0S0^3 



432 Add. 1998 

7th Sedra, f. 19 a, of the Creation of Eve, and of their 
Transgression and Expulsion from Paradise, 






beginnino' ; 



. 2aa^ ^» >S>i.3\ Ikl^ QjJso^^ 07.3302 y«uf *> 9 

.3,0 .ly^po) ^oxo a{^,3S^p l^h oT^xiSl 233070 

8th Sedra, f. 40 a, of the ten Generations and the Flood and 
the Building of the Tower, 

.^3k^ ^I&30 ^^0^0 2*33 lyiS^ S^ sm^ ^^9ufa 

beginning : 

.^I&ti3 ^frkSo^ mOIOsXI .^o^ oa.>trtf^2o ooui *:* m* 

ji^l -ilia ^^V,3 'V^^ «^^ .^ooi^oxb^^ ^Q3 03^02 



0^2 (sic) .^'^^'isio ^xlka «^ovq>i\^ ^3mo2 ;»a& 
.2'ia^^ .m .j^aoO^ss ^m03 uJAX^ Jjsso^ ;&tJou \«aoi 

•so 

The first verse begins with wm ; then follows an alphabet of 
triplets from J to js, ending with four Js; then a second alpha- 
bet in couplets. 

9th Sedra, f. 54 a, introduction to the Messianic Dispensa- 
tion, 

.l^^aap ;jS01333»3 ;IV^0^035 ^3 239JCd 



Add. 1998 433 

beginning : 
.{sic) ^O^ ^.3 ^mXIs OfJasS^ Ipj,^ ^3L^^ »:* A 

.^w.\<^^ ^0i3 .^Soj.» ^b^ l^6>sio Ma706ou«3 u07oj^aI^2 

The first verse begins with ^ ; then follows an alphabet in 
single verses, except that there are three fis. 

10th Sedra, f. 55 a, of the Annunciation of the blessed 
Virgin, 



T^^Xbo *^ib03 ouik^ iaofy \^ u,3 l^yjco 



beginning : 



^ ^ao'^A stSisxl 9A .^ilo 2au^ 2a^ adA 'loo] 

^^a^a ^'^^'f^u: ^rfjoa^oa^ ^tV^ •^070 ^ju^o'Sa ?^'Vv J'^A^^ 

.jEo .;sSo ;33 .^^^34 y>^o ;jiisi*.A* \aa\ ^Mu^tto 

The first verse begins with ^; then follow one verse with 
^^ two with I ; one with ^, two with ^ ; one with ^, two 
with ^V^ ; and so on as far as jt, after which come one ^, two ;, 
two o and three 4s. 

11th Sedra, f. 57 a, of the Nativity of our Lord, 
beginning : 

B. c. 28 



434 Add. 1998 

Two verses with ^ ; then two with is, two with J ; two with 
JE, two with ^, and so on as far as ^, yi ; ending with two A 
and one ij», 

12th Sedra, f. 59 6, of the Nativity of our Lord and the 
Coming of the Shepherds, 

ilislas \^o v^3 oi3k^obo t!^ ^3 ;&bM2 2bM> 

beginning : 

o7dsIb932o .2303f^ ;Lq»2 ^cS ais^ au'iol o7^aaA *> u 

.^o •2au^3 2aM ^jA cr'aAoa^ U^ola 

13th Sedra, f. 78 «, of the Epiphany, 
beginning : 



.sxo -^3^ %^ <^y^ o2 l^^sa 

Single lines in the order »^, ^, J, ci, ^a, A^, ja>^ 3, ^, 

OJ, i^, o, etc. ; followed by anacrostichs on ff. 79 6, 80 a, 91 h, 
92 a. 

14th Sedra, f. 92 a, of holy Baptism, 

•' » . • • • • 



Add. 1998 435 

beginning : 

.0:0 .U4^03070 ;^s^i9 ak^*l 

Single verses from Jl to 4s; then another alphabet with 
single verses from Jl to »^, and couplets from Jj to fiS. 

15th Sedra, f. 94 b, of our Lord's Fast and His Contest with 
Satan, 

.^ ^^Vs,^? }iN3M.iQXM }:soafO 
beginning : 

Z^'aita oar p>^ ^^^? Iha^ip^ ;oo) sti^ <* ^ 
Single verses from bi to is ; then a complex arrangement, 

and three is . 

16th Sedra, f. 101 b, of the Choosing of the Apostles and the 
Miracles of our Lord during His three years' Ministry, 

ZJSois2o ^*M \v<o Ix^isa ^^'f'^^ ^^ ^a>? ZaaA 

28—2 



436 Add. 1998 

beginning : 

.^ .^'\3,V« «!So>^ (sic) uwMi'a^ 3aS<3 ;^'^do3^o 

Couplets from OtD to is. 

17th Sedra, f. 103 a, against Heretics, 

beginning : 



a'i^gaiffS oa^l la^l JLsao ^ouAsScna ^is^^jo <* jq> 

Single verses from ^ft> to ^ ; then an alphabet of single 
verses, ending with four 4s, 

18th Sedra, f. 105 h, of our Lord's Entry into Jerusalem, 
beginning : 

.JEO . ?t%^OV> 5^2 Sues >^*3 ^ c^? 

Single verses from Ait to is ; then an alphabet in triplets as 
far as t^; then five ^ m %ti 3 ^ and six ^. 

19th Sedra, f. 110 6, of the Passover and the Eucharist, 
. ?T«>W }fS2o Im,^ \^ ^p 23ajQ> 



Add. 1998 437 

beginning : 
3^ '. Ai^S^p ^3^ ;^aA ?\A't> ?^9 ^^ *> ^ 

Single verses from s^ to 4s; then couplets from ^ to 4s 
(with the exception of one 3, three O) and one wm). 

20th Sedra, f. 114 6, of the Passion of our Lord, 
beginning : 

Single verses from — to is and from J^ to i^ ; then couplets, 
ending with four is. 

21st Sedra, f. 140 a, of the Saturday, 

.Z^auc ^ou \s< hb3 Ihym 

beginning : 

.jco .^*aM^2 23ihta^ jSmwOUK ^S^ 

•• • ,' ' mm I 7V» 

Single verses from JS to ^ ; an alphabet of single verses, 
ending with two is; another alphabet of single verses from % 
to ^, two Jj 3 J(, and five is. 

22nd Sedra, f. 1476, Prayer and praise, and of the Holy Cross, 



488 Add. 11)98 

beginning : 

. u^ftVfci\\,S Jtio'y^ ^^,03 ;^o^ ciS\<ti? ?«>^ 

Single verses from Ji to ^ ; then an alphabet of couplets 
from I to 3, three OC, and five fis. 

23rd Sedra, f. 153 a, of our Lord's Resurrection, 
^03^3 0)^.^9^ ^^ •:• ^aU3 *> U^Sif^ 233uJQ» 

beginning : 

Single verses from ^ti to 4s ; couplets from J to JS (f. 154 6) 
and 4s (f- 159 a); the remainder is anacrostich. 

24th Sedra, f, 171 a, of our Lord's Dispensation, especially 
His Resurrection and Ascension, 

;9^.bo ^ia ;isi..M tXio ^JSQ&in^bo «^ ba Uso^h 23>iQ» 
beginning : 

pu2^3 .^^oox^^is 3*^ o^^b»4^ '^ixp x\ I'Saooa^aa 

Couplets from a to ;s, and from Jl to J6, ending with 
four ft^. 



Add. 1998 439 

25th Scdra, f. 178 a, of our Lord's Ascension, 

■ ? * ^t S? •s^a^a O^lSoO \S< 33 ;&«3^ 233UQ> 

beginning : 

..kOOP^ 03Cn^ XA 00V^;S OCTO^kO O^ u01O^9 yjiual 

Single 3 Jk JS; then an alphabet of triplets from J to u(l>, 
four t^ and ^, three ^^ four tij and 3, three Jfl and ^. 

26th Sedra, f. 195 a, of the Descent of the Holy Spirit on 
the Apostles, 

■ ?^\ai \Si3 ;m033 o;^A«bo ^^ : je3 233jo 

beginning : 

0u3^A> OPO y^O70^0u*3 0001 0307^ mO^oS^ ^?99^ *** -^ 

.0001 wkiabisbo oiXfiljQsM :a;^ oi^^Oklti ;sox.a)^ .{sic) oo 
. \« ■ '■ ,« ' ,» < » 

Single «X and JS ; an alphabet of single verses ; another 
alphabet of single verses from % to 3, two OS, nine ^ (f. 196 h) 
and five ^ (f. 206 6). 

27th Sedra, f. 209 a, of the Coming of the Son of Perdition, 
the Antichrist, 

.;ia£i2 i33 oT^^Iba \^ ^3 {sic) ^^^ 239uq> 

beginning : 



440 Add. 1998 

One fis ; an alphabet of single verses from I to ^, three 
^ M ^ 3 Jk, and one Js ', then another arrangement, } J( ^3 

iJQ» f M «\ and five £s. 

28th Sedra, f 219 a, of the Resurrection and the Renewal, 

.;^'SqmO ;jsbaltj JS^ ..^9 (sic) l^isS^s laaufd 

beginning : 

^ ^?ou* f 32 '. olaop i^o^^o ^oboi ^al i^§^ 

One fls ; then single verses in the order ^ JE «i3 3 «\ ub 

0Q>yMA<9^WMMO)wti39\jK^^^^^6siS. 

29th Sedra, f 220 b, Prayer and intercession for the holy 
Church of Christ, 

a]'isy^ J^S^p ;^dk3iajso ;^o^ .^3 (sic) ^33 l^ya 

beginning : 

^^2 <^^3^ i^^ . ^O^PO) iS'SO ;3L^ ^fM^ *^ ^ 

?»tft\to ^303 ;i^o3 . <^^0uO9k f 32 s^«iAX ^ w.iii^^2 ;ba/aM 



Add. 1998 441 

One ^ ; then an alphabet of single verses from I to JO. 
Imperfect. 

The commentaries appended to most of these sedras contain 
numerous extracts from older writers and books. Many of these 
are unfortunately anonymous, being introduced merely by the 

words JlMOuiQ>, ff. 516, 68 a, etc.; ^»0UQ> ^*U2, f. 80 h; sXxl 

w.«03 &a^, f. 130 a; ;o^2 yXll^L^ ^bO ^Xxl, f 131a; JU2 

•JCr>03a5o2is, f. 150 6; and the like. The following is a list of 
those that are named. 

1. Abha of Kashkar, ;j2 uMO ^VSOl^, f. 33 b ; ;j32 ^SM 
UiASSi 2si>, f. 60 6 ; ;32 J^io, f. 65 6 ; ;*a!Ma 232 y^i», f. 66 6 ; 
;32 ui», ff. 67 a, 69 6, 70 6, 72 6, 73 6; U^^iJis^ ;3s, f. 74 a. 

2. 'Abhd-isho' Hazzaya, JL]>.A.X^.^O ^f.M S^aAt^yjaSi, 

f. 182 6, S^a.x.*ysiL y^iio, f. 190 6; ^o^a ^oXkpoSi ^i», 

f. 208 a. 

3. Ahobh Katraya, 2*3>V^ ^Ou*2 (not ^30u2, B.O. iii. 1, 
p. 175), fF. 108 6, 122 a, 214 a. See Katvaija. 

4. Ambrose, (jOjuJOoSiboi, f. 70 a. 

5. Babhai the elder, Jsa ^*aa, f. 200 a. 

6. Babhai the younger or the Persian, ^AJOSkd \j:* V% ubod 
fif. 71 6, 101 a; Zbo^f yflO ua», f. 88a. 

7. Basil, jQ>0b\o3, f. 206 6. 

8. Cyril, JDoSbod, f. 206 6. 

9. Daniel bar Maryam {B.O. iii. 1, p. 231), ;M'/\^ftrffr\l ^» 
3i*M8 aaa, f. 120 6. 



442 Add. 1998 

10. Diodore of Tarsus, ^i^ ;a3l^^3 ^XbAXO ^30^^ 

(sic) aao303ai.d, f. 183 a. 

11. Dionysius, sfi>OuJQ>av*p ^oV^, f. 182 a. 

12. Elias of al-Anbar, 3b£u29 ^Sl ^A}m, f 138 6, marg. 

13. Emmamiel (B.O. iii. 1, p. 277), I.X.M ^lai^ ^3, 

ff. 64 6, 102 6, 126 a, 142 6, 147 6, 186 a, 187 a," 199 6, 200 6, 
211a, 212 6. 

14. Ephraim (Aphrem), ff. 11a, marg.; 66 a, raarg. ; 71a, 
72 a, 82 6, 89 6, 101 a, 112 6, 117 6. 

15. Ephraim the younger, ^WNba.^iS 230.S<9 ^aux^l 
WODoSaOcti, f 161 a. 

16. Epiphanius, oJtiO^l .fi?<J.^<.^2, p. 112 6. 

17. Eusebius of Caesarea, ff. 112 6, 207 6. 

18. Evagrius, ff. 93 6, 193 a. 

19. Fathers, the solitary, l*^^^ J^crjal, f 83 a. 

20. Gabriel Katraya, l^y\ h \.*a.3\, ff. 108 6, 171 a, 

182 6. See Katixcya. 

21. Gregory Nazianzen, j:o6\^Oi.^6lis wJ8>O.*30Li^^.*>A^, 

f. 94 6. 

22. Henan-isho' the patriarch, ^a^Si^^ >^fttaiM u3d0, 

ff. 36 a, 6, 1016, 116 a, 132 a (;i.3Jto8), 147 6 (^foi»), 154 6, 
207 a. 

23. Irenaeus, ^3 >ft> » y,.LV^23 y.aio.iM2 0(do2.&X*2 
;^30^^ mC) ^.^otiuxoiM, f 112 6. 

24. Isaac of Nineveh, ^ou&S ^atiJO^l bfiUiCd*2 yiS&O ^h, 
f. 129 6. 



Add. 191)8 U'S 

25. Isho' bar Non, ^oiiaL^OX^ ^3 ?,t>t,H, f. 199 a. 

26. Isho'-dadh Marwazi, bishop of Hedhatta (near Mosul), 
^^3m3 oJAa^l wAfoibO dSk^OXA ui», ff. '2Qa, marg. ; 86 6, 
44 a, 47 a, 68 6, 69 b, 72 a, 82 b, 88 6, 99 6, 102 b, 112 6, 119 a, 
131 a, 135 6, 139 a (.^f oi»), 142 a, 173 a. 

27. Isho'-yabh, ao?*i-aJU y-i», f. 80 6. 

28. John of Apamea, Uo^^ \^^ ^^, f- 1^8 a. 

29. John Chrysostom, ff. 75 6, 112 b, 206 6. 

30. John, the disciple of Narsai, yii^D (77>«bft\is ^mOu 
uJObbi, f. 50 a. Perhaps the same who is cited simply as John, 
K 137 6, 160 6, 207 6. 

31. John Pinkaya, or John bar Pinkaye, ^*a^ ^i^iOu wi3*» 
or ;^jk^ ia, ff. 27 a, 30 a, 31 6, 34 a, GO 6, 61 a, 77 a, 90 a, 91 a, 
99 a, 100 6, 102 a, 116 6, 181 6, 203 6, 208 6, 211 a. 

32. John bar Zo'bi, y^^Of 3 ^***0u, fif. 174 6, 200 6. 

83. Joseph Hazzaya, ^^ ^^tpat,, f. 83 a ; Om3923 ^^JSao*, 

f. 105 a. 

84. Josephus, f. 151 a. 

35. Katraya (either Ahobh or Gabriel), fif. 83 6, 91 6, 118 a. 

36. Kumai, the translator of Theodore's works, ^JapoA 

;ifibS^, f. 182 6. 

37. Mark the monk, ;»pu^* ^AOtJaM, ff. 27 6, 37 a, 93 6. 
208 a. 

38. Michael, ;tfoaka >^29uM y*i», f. 65 a. 



444 Add. 1998 

39. Narsai, cri!^Johis xa ^^m'y^ ui» U-30>V' ^- ^'^^' 
35 a, 89 6, 98 6, 109 6, 110 a, 147 6, 155 6, 182 6, 193 a, 197 a 

40. Sabhr-isho' bar Paul (B.O. iii. 1, p. 541), ^o&»3AJQ» 
^oicx^?, f. 136 a. 

41. Simeon Shankelawai or Shankelawaya, ff. 81 a, 138 6. 

42. Suren, ^*aUM&9 2a,tAl^>» \*^9^ t^^* ^- ^^^ ^- 

43. Tatian's Diatessaron, »^><!&S^*3, f. 83 a. 

44. Te\varis(?) the monk (B.O. iii. 1, p. 164, note 1), I6sii0 

3atto^2o, f. 124 a. 

45. Theodore of Mopsuestia, ff. 22 6. 74 a, 75 6 (^vflgl^ 
:^3^3 2ao7oi ;X«^^), 83 a, 6 (;xtJL3i^50 ;3J30^ ^«03 a^^X 

88 6 (;.I\^aje>5o^? 3att«)^2), 98 a, 1016, 113 6, 136 a, 
140 a, 178 a, 193 a, 195 a, 199 a, 214 6. 

46. Theodore bar Khonai (B.O. iii. 1, p. 198), vi,i.» 
JkOA ia jS>ohoplis, ff. 85 a, 142 a. 

47. Thomas of Edessa (B.O. iii. 1, p. 86), ;^6l6s -359 
;*(7iao2, f. 846. 

48. Timothy the patriarch, ^ol^bOuV^ -a», f. 47 6. 

On f . 1 a are two notes of ownership, partially erased. The 
first owner was Rabban Jacob, son of Isaac, son of ccxioa, 
of Alkosh ; the second a priest named 'Abd al-Karim. 



Add. 1999 445 



Add. 1999 



Paper, about 7 inches by 5| ; 164 leaves, of which fif. 1, 2. 
163 (blank) and 164 are merely flyleaves; 16 quires of 10 
leaves, signed with Syriac letters, except the first two, which 
have Armenian signatures (there is Armenian writing also on 
f. 36 a) ; 25 lines in each page. The writing is a small, neat, 
regular Jacobite serta. The volume, which is dated A. Gr. 
1884 = A.D. 1573, contains 

I. The works of John Sabha or ' the Aged,' called Dalyaya, 
from his convent of Dalyatha (f. 130 a). See B.O. i. 433. Title, 
f. 86, 

•:• 1zLj|_yj_2) Uo; I m] ^k:o . \.>~mJ\ l-^-^v^o U1j-L 

i. Apology, showing how he at first refused to write this 
book at the urgent request of the brethren, but was afterwards 
constrained thereto by the Holy Spirit. F. 3 h, 

]^oh jSiDA r^::!^ I'cnj ..jisDjZ] |J ^^oA^li ,^- i V) j ro ]jcn 
w^ CLQon • •••l^r. P r^ ctijA-."! "jjoi Za\ Zu.1j-.^ ^d 

Z^^^ZIo ]^"-^mvn . . V)o 1 n > (TiZa4j_» VL^ IZZoir:: • ' ^^ 



446 Add. 1999 

ii. Hortatory discourse on the monastic life, showing that 
it perfects him who meditates therein to the best of his ability ; 
sent in the form of a letter to one of his companions. F. 3 h, 

, c^ . n 7n ^A\j.j^5 lZajj.j5> Vit.jLJjO IZoj-jZ^Loj ]1\V>V> 

First a prayer, f. 4 a, 

V\"^'-i ]lj^k) Ij-II^ ^ I V) I n ^Xj_»lr25 U^ I aV) . (711 'i 1 n 
^1^0 ZarjZZl j^Ji^? 'JAj_lJ3Zl«.Ld ]J ^ooiZoA^lo ^ooi i rn^i^ 

Then come the following sections. 

1. On guarding oneself against all the evil passions, f. 4 a, 
^mjo? ."iliib \m.'^ ^6c7i2io ^j IZoj^oiio "|Zor-»-4J ^ 

2. On wars, f. 7 a, 

Ix^P |j1 ^^^ Vk.5o1 1q-^J^o ]1n« j^^lo -IjI loon oi5,a^ 



Add. 1999 447 

3. On fornication, f. 7 h, 



-•j"! ]J •. w-i-L] ..^j^] j^£Dj lA-.tp2:^ .^TirD? "jA-.j ^ i sol 
Zooms? |jLOi ^ ^^j cnZoj; n i m V) ]J ^ ^ojnilo 
•jIdIjo ,_jJ.>o5 1^0^-!. '^ oiA^. Ij-^J ]J"| , w-ioiojalroj 

.^0 ..]j1 [td*^? lA^^iiD ^ Aj] |ri^5 |?;.k3 ^1 

4. On blasphemy, f. 9 a, 

l;nfY) .ncri^N J ^..j] ;Xcij!j ]J50 Ijls,_^LLd 1j"U ^ 

UIa U-2U :>Qi. ^^LIqLd :U^,.^ l^U Ijcn .]Z|j ]J 
..-•o .jjoi.!^ Ill) ^5 L. No g^o ]j2J'cL,.o ."jcnZ^ ^i.j 

5. On anger and wandering of mind, and on sadness and 
pride, f. 10 a, 



^ AjI T^t-^ >^ZoV)i mn ..j-oj .1^.3 ]] ^oAV)V)? ^cl^ 



448 Add. 1999 

."JAStlk. ..jV-*-^^ ^ocriJ? 'ALot^ •. ^..^A:^? 6] o^ri:^? ]j-;v,arD 

6. On the visitings (of the Spirit) which are bestowed on 
solitaries in the three grades, f. 11 a, 



]jO(TLO j^JoiQj o^Jjl .»^^ Icci^? >»Q-^]? cnZ]_K. ..I \oV>\ 

|o5ai ^JiD ..^_».k)"| ^1 \'^ 1 (J ]V)»o3o IZjo. Aj-^jZj ^ t \ ■] 

viIdA^Z ^] .ji I^U^? ]rA^ •>-*-^? lUo^^ IZon 1 ^ 

a. On the visiting of the first grade or novices, f 11a, 
A^l ."Uo'^? Aj^o] ^^n ]L^n ^V)? "jZoJo-iic ^ 

Aj_k.Z (i^l»q_k^ ]V>i rho cnn\n "IZojii-i.^ li^Ji ]Zoni nV)? 

6, On the second grade, f. 14 6, 
jj^o5 .g^Vv > ^v* iuzu]? ."jAj^J^ lA.KtO aV)? *^oZ 



Add. 1999 449 

c. On the grade of perfection, f. 15 a, 

IZoyj^? OCT! l3Z1 .]-K» i'n» ]i I \^ OCT! "|5Z1 .1v^ t I n\? 
]dcl«.>j vr^o?? I'cnojj 001 "IjZ] .^^ ]]? ocn l5Z"j .liojjo 

.ZJ6 .Mk3A.«i;D ]J ai£i 

7. On the love shown by the Angels to the strenuous, with 
warnings against the impure demons that seek to lead them 
astray, f. 18a: 

r^Llh ]^ .0 ■ s^ktX ,^-»-9^? 1]^ 1^? ^? V'OToi 

l^^^'-^ aT.«_2LJ »O01j0 .IZO-i^JO IZoi iV^Tlk? ^ V«-3;-S 

^\25A^"|o -l-i-i-il U^^o ] ^ " ^ ^ ^5 ]Lnn i m<=^n ."IZo-CuZj 
.Z»o ."U-^o iLlbj^ kil^ j^i^ZIo 1r-v^ 

8. On the contemplation (of God) that cuts off from all 
else, f 19 a : 



^. , >' v*^; ]Lm-£lijd y^'^r^ ^>-»-J?l .,J^^.i^ *^j^>j) »^a>.Jl^ 
B. c. 29 



450 Add. 1999 



.oiZoXXllD Zq_2i\ ^cruAjl? y»^] ^ootX Uv^o ] - ^^ 

.w^o ..^-^ALd IAjiV^? U^Q^Si .^^jAoi 

9 (marg. »^). On the guarding of the senses, external and 
internal, f. 216: 

"joTUj ]v>i V>iL. CTLoa^j , tn ^. i ..5? V»-»1 o] .^r^J^^ 
toQ-KKTii .ill Mnj •'^4-*:*-^ y? --'^^ 'Lilcno .loi-lLj "J^iid 

10. On voluntarily dying to the world, f. 24 a: 

] I 1 ni V-*-*^ ,^ c^ 001 A I V)]? ^JJD .]V>\s ^j-iLki:) 
. isQcabALoo ^jJj Iri'^^? -*^^ W i nV) ."iorXIrDj _ai 1^^.;^ 
lAlik) j^j] cnn\ ^ ]1.^ "jZojouj ]_.?) m^o j^id Po 

.^jo .] I 1 \on "twjj 

11 (marg. U). On the free intercourse with God which 
those acquire whose hearts are moved by the Spirit of Jesus, 
f. 24 a : 



Add. 1999 451 

(TLKiOJ) ^J^-»1 ^J-J.r5> ]ti2^ Lq.\-> ] . m m; g^ ^\i^ 
V^OTLLlD (sic) |j>5Q-L ] in .]o ,nm7n^V^ ].^vV> VJQ-*.^) 

V»r^? .-.en .^ZonW (Ti;.r:i) \^o'y 5,^j ^j ojcji .-"loilL 

12. On the new world, f. 25 a: 
■);^A£DiDj ^j] .Xi] io"to I^D.-n*") wj..«_2ij \\nna\ |j]o 

13 (marg. ^-»)- On the marvel of the revelation of God in 
the soul, etc., f. 26 a: 

\i mcTij^ ^o I * ^ ^' ^ l;:^-!^? m7o^ . V Avn^ "jjoiZ ^ 

»_i.j_iL. o] .]joA« n tkj"! ."loi^^? ctlkjO^X oiX A.»_o ^\V)V) 

29—2 



452 Add. 1999 

.^o^K^a.*) ]^g)o.a.n ^^..M-£L3-) oi.t^'j v^oi)!] .,..»..M-£Li 

14 (marg, y-.). Oa the knowledge of God, and on prayer, 
and on spiritual natures, etc., f. 27 a: 

15 (marg. OT-.). On the variety of the words of the Fathers, 
which, though different to hear, they all derived from one holy 
Spirit, etc., f. 31 6 : 



|.«_La_iibj ^Jiilji Zo] 1 ^. m Zq_2i\ otisZ^do oWV) otjdo 
i>aL ^cn-».r:i^Q-K.o ^tl»_*.^o ^oi i i i n » o ^oiA^jiZo 
(jiZojpKjO wjcnoi>l IZoTC)]? ^TLilo V ^ I Not j^^lj? "jZiL^j-To 

.A-i1j_k»o5 ^jT_i.k30 . WO^vn A^] . mi? loilk IZlHoj 

.Tib 

16. Reply to questions of the brethren regarding what 
happens to the soul after it quits the body, since the opinions 
of the Fathers vary, f. 32 6 : 

?Aii "|AJi_2LiA »-».r/i li V)? W? ]y\o^ ^^^ giXj? 



Add. 1999 453 

."|A\Ld ZoJQAVoo ^Aalrosiri v\V>> .wj_»^l yiZcAt ^^.12 
^ I \ai ,^ I \\V)Sd _cna\L> ooi IjZJ ooi j-k. jJ") .]■ VpO 

17. On the gifts of the Spirit, the various lives of the 
Fathers, etc., f. 33 a : 

lZi>j ^o .^oiqXl ^(TLLk) pK»ZLo ^Lpl ^j1?o .]Zaiib"|5 

Vkk i.a V)? C7iAj_^5Z '^O ^m i .' n^ "jZaj_2l_»0 ll^jlibj 

18 (wrongly numbered 17). On the peaceful sweetness of 
temper of the lovers of God when united with His glory, f. 36 6 : 

19. On fleeing from the world, f. 40 a : 



454 Add. 1999 

. 1 1 s'liZAioo "|tl\1^ ^^^j^o .-"UJ^^ ^AllDo ]^Vv 

20. On repentance, f. 41 6 : 

•lAV^i'mn ^LhiD ismjj oiLdo^ ."jjcnoi o] IZoju^Z '^siL^ 

.Z»0 .*-.OTOS'oV)«\ l_r>l!iDO ai;V?\ ]jTilbo 

21. The Vision that was shown to a certain man by God 
when he drew nigh to consecrate the Divine mysteries (the 
Eucharist), f. 43 6 : 

laj lov^j _l->j1 \\V)« ]J] -lij] . I 1 n lv-fp-»? l^^:^^ %pji] 

22. On the same mystery, f. 44 a : 

^lp]j j^li Z}ib"j ^1^5 ooi W .llj]? a\i» aiXa? 

• V^ llj"! ^ CTlX ^V»^Z]5 . • ]j^ I n • odi "lopKj . iV){-Q 
^jiDj Ol;-.^ fD ^Oio'jl.") ^ Oil. ^W>»Z1 ^li^oZj . .»»A jip") 
■jZokA ^j_.Q_it^5 oJlZl oi ^k)ALD ]]? Oa n .-^OlO ,^ I S(^ 



Add. 1999 465 

23. Ou novices, f. 48 6 : 

24. On the Vision of God, f. 50 a : 

]oai aiZ]-K>j2io :CTi£:i n . ooAvnV ,_,_30Ti\ otXcl* "ira_.5^5 

.-jiDjZ'lo iojl ZaLDyr:) 

25. On the contemplation and recollection of God, f. 55 6 : 

cjujTiQA ^ vl -y^^l ]^y W V ^ •?*^ ^A:::i£L^ ^^^ 

JOuZlj OOl W -mt^Vn .aUDJ "JJO*^ Aj] IL^ I^OjjZ Jo 
'^ OT-llD AjaAl^ »£1C1^0 •• (TLKKliQ_«5 "JZ^^k^-TD y»^J^ 

. «.j»0 .— >Q-KtZ 

26. Heads of knowledge or maxims, f. 56 6: 

oaul .'JL.ljLtoSo IjAX^ )1\V)V) lAi^j^j ]^^'i oil^j 

.w^o ..(Ti I m5oZ oiiV) Q-yj-ZiO 



456 Add. 1999 

27. Heads of knowledge, 
j>,k1d A ]±^] ]Jj "jjaioj .]nm? crv^} l^r?? V''-'' *^?^ 

iii. Letters to some of his friends, f. 60 a : 

■ ^ i ") ^^_j1J CTLliD wj)>A^1> tl^? OlXuJ UVmI »^°^ 

See Brit. Mus. Add. 14,729, f. 22 seq. (Catalogue, p. 861). 
a. First letter, f. 60 a : 

l^ifaSo ]j.si ^"jcn .*|.«.J'jjD> ]^]o , i\ ■? wj^lD .^^o •. ^>,».rs 

6. Second letter, f. 61a: 
•. "j-^^ ]'"^^^^ ^^Q.K»9 OT;^o • n o^k^jALoX .^jZjZj 

]J ^^lo .JjJZI 1p.yJ ]V)\s ^ ^1? obi ^ cn2i Zfj i]> 

^CTUr-* • ^M •]*- • *^ - .mn^g^nmn oiZ]-k» Zo i 1 m ]{jQjACQiD 
.0*0 .^2LL^Aj ]J OLSJ ]£ljjO;Zik CTLLlD 
c. Third letter, f. 62 a : 
^jAibo ]ocn oA^l cnm>.>V) ^^)? -•-jI Zal^ (sic)'jAXZj 

."U-jd-yj-Ti bl lp»L. »ii^ .ai\ l>>»^ 5^2)010 (■ I n\ mSdA^] 



Add. 1999 457 

d. Fourth letter, f. 62 a : 



e. Fifth letter, f. 63 6 : 

^5 



_»o .011 . nA, 



/. Sixth letter, f. 64 a : 

^. Seventh letter, f. 64 & : 
V^ ^2i\^ ^ ,]S\ U-i ]J ]lip ^ ]J1 VV.^^ .viBIio 

h. Eighth letter, f. 65 a: 



lAJi_2L30 ^aT-a-2U wjjiboib ,_lp ^j-K.") JOljll ]' iVo/^^ 
t. Ninth letter, f. 65 a : 






458 Add. 1999 

j. Tenth letter, f. 65 6 : 

._»o ."jorX]^? yOniViNcLKt 
A-". Eleventh letter, f. 65 b : 



]m^ ]AaV)\ Zq_»5 .-^a^OfX W s^GT^ ]r:a-^o .lAm. 
I. Twelfth letter, f. 66 6 : 



m. Thirteenth letter, f. 68 a : 



71. Fourteenth letter, f. 68 & : 



IAuVkkSD ^.nS ^(Tl\ ^CTIJ ^i\ i] .^OOTJlD Q^t-^? 1?^^ 



Add. 1999 459 

0. Fifteenth letter, f. 69 a : 



|). Sixteenth letter, f, 70 & : 



.*)}_*}.i uaj"! w-»-LD.^ ^Lplj iOfSD wj-*^] ^iSQj .mv7A-^ 

• Zuooi .n I n? c7i5Am^ ^Ld ]j1o -AN i No . iV)y.Q j^Xoi 
.v^o .(tiZi.>wk£: .-»_oA^"j . > 7 I s5o •. ^j^ > ' ^ g^] .^oid^] 

q. Seventeenth letter, f. 71 a: 
V*r^ \iSQ^ .^LcLL^ wjOIqXlj OCT! ^Sd] .(sic) ]»mv^ .^ 



.«.^0 . . I 1 ifjoO CJl\ t,n - > » g^ 1 
7*. Eighteenth letter, f. 716: 

^«Lj^ ^1 '^^ ^ If^o .^^1 I Nn ^« g^A (1) Ijk^JJ 

5. Nineteenth letter, f. 72 6: 
^oio •. {TLkk£) ^ jfi |4^^ •'l-'i ?1i? 1r-*i •'^ 



460 Add. 1999 

t Twentieth letter, f. 73 6 : 

OCT! "|;iDQ_L OinN? .lj2.1Q-.i ] -. - - ; ^ (JlXlo .^^^jmij 

.Z»o .oiZjiD ^Ld ]L^ ;>oo I Nno .Ijplj 

t<. Twenty-first letter, f. 73 & : 
|] ^1^? oon .ill' s> ^joioj ^A^^Sd _«-kj2. ]J .|d 

V. Twenty-second letter, f. 74 a : 
. i\s MjII -^^i-oX ^5 wi^Z]ip (sic) wjJAtd ^ .%;CiD 

. w^o .• Zooi 
«;. Twenty-third letter, f. 74 a : 

C7LOCU,»J2 JOlZo .pLoi U^ yiJOOl w.».j^1 IsOaJd] .1^Z5 
a;. Twenty-fourth letter, f. 74 6 : 

Olio n I (^ ^jA Z^(tl.j ]V)n') •. >,,^AmV> ]} »^OrS r^ 



Add. 1999 461 

•.^ pk_»j] |L.jL» Za.»Jij]j ]Zo t m6 ^ .• y^oJ^] ]LjcLLy 

y. Twenty-fifth letter, f. 75 6 : 
IjCTLQ •. »^Xj5 ^ > Vrn jAjolj w_»_liD ^v\|j) .ai5 

^•. Twenty-sixth letter, f. 76 a : 
^5 lijali .Xs] ^L.fL (ru> I aVin ]^]J ^j ]i") .qB 

a. Twenty-seventh letter, f. 76 a : 
^ wjL^ »ni nil, o] j^ *o6Ai3"j"> ^j_X A^l Uio .^ 

j3. Twenty-eighth letter, f. 76 a : 
.nnii? ^j] ti^ .]-*-Jr9 o] 1^7^^? y-»^] ]V)Nt .3^ 

7. Twenty-ninth letter, f. 76 6 : 
"jooio ."jjj^iaZvmLD P ].m.^ £\ I \V)Zlo ^A^i_.Ao Zujjb 



462 Add. 1999 

a. Thirtieth letter, f. 70 6 : 

6. Thirty-first letter, f. 77 a : 

^. Thirty-second letter, f. 77 a: 

7). Thirty-third letter, f. 77 6 : 



e. Thirty-fourth letter, f. 78 a : 
.Z U -locTiZ. Ijoij OTu"! .Vj^o] w*.ki:l«1o .-IV^No •■> 



VI 



t. Thirty-fifth letter, f. 78 a : 



Add. 1999 463 

K. Thirty-sixth letter, f. 79 a: 

X. Thirty-seventh letter, f. 79 6 : 

.'^o .LS\ ^l» l3pK. ]i-mk3 ^o t^] l*-^ 

fi. Thirty-eighth letter, f. 80 6 : 
- • ^ ' *-'^; ., wA-Kt] «^^Q„K» . I 1 SnZ; ^ 1 \ il .«>^A 

"I OOI ^o •. ^0T_iA_.] I^lLdi ^ocn » V);cJLO viQ-*.^? C7iZ\1cq_» 

.Zio .cn^^V-»-ii vjAli] IJo .V»> I aV) ^5 V»Ja ^V>ifn ^ 
V. Thirty-ninth letter, f. 82 a : 

^? )i iNnAk) |J Ui^ •.vib.a.j ]j_LyZASD ,^«V)> V.r-»-»-»-» 

.w»0 .^liCTl-iZ] vO^^^ OIJlID ^r^ 

^. Fortieth letter, f. 85 a: 
,^ai ^ W ]JZ U U^ ^j .a-K.1 tiolZ ^jj] .^ 



464 Add. 1999 

0. Forty-first letter, f. 85 a : 

TT. Forty-second letter, on repentance, f. 85 6 : 



Un^lj •. _-K.l tli^U TT'r'l -Uq^^Z ^? --^^^ 
^\oj^Z"|o - .m<^;i; ] ■ 1; n\ Ur-»^*^ Uam^Z VK>n«V> 

'ulo ]jID ,-iD? .•]j.!JDjJD 01J_DoZ w*)-KiO jTli. .lA-»..^uK».£i 
p. Forty-third letter, f. 89 a : 

0-. Forty-fourth letter, f. 89 6 : 
y j^i.j.2L3j ,_J_K» •. ^j-Kj] vZ-oIl? »^Q-KJ uJLzi] \l^ .jiO 

.w»o -lA^ ]i I \o ]n\ Zo s . g^ ■ n 



Add. 1999 465 

T. Forty-fifth letter, f. 89 6 : 

u. Forty-sixth letter, f. 90 a : 
<^. Forty-seventh letter, f. 90 6 : 

l;_iOTJ \^U^ QJ-O ._1c7L^]^ JOlZ ^OOUOCnj "|Za4j_21>jO 

.Z^ .]l!:£L» ^k5 ]Jo ..V»Jl5l 1o^>^ wjOTOIj] >g^\]V)^o 

^. Forty-eighth letter, of the workings of grace in the 
mind, f. 92 a : 

. .^5^Ak) jjj lid5o ]loj^ ^ I ■ ^ i -A i \V)Z')o -I t », ■'P 

yjr. Forty-ninth letter, f. 93 6 : 
OCT y»^-r^ . w^OTo 1 n ^Ik? ^ ^^>^1 »~«-j] Zo^ -4^5 

B. c. 30 



466 Add. 1999 

iv. Heads of Knowledge, 

] « -.r^ lincD? (tl1i_ij lAi^rJ? ] ■ .> *ooZ 

a. First discourse, f. 96 6 : 

U> ■ aV) vxcLfc.. ^V)\ ^Al^j IZ^iolA^ r^ -U^r^ ^t^ 

OCnj : ^1 . g^ >nAVr) ]l i D^tJD ]J (Tl\ i k>A : ,^ 1 i V) i m 

b. Second discourse, f. 102 a : 



joij :y]]-i otZo 1 g^ ■ n? Ijp] .lAi.y-.5 ].A^>) .»^? ^|k? 

c. Third discourse, f. 107 a : 
]LoyL] ,pai_.ZL.l ]A1Z ."jA:.,^? U^^h lAXZ? Uk)]lD 
.,\jA!Ld ] I V), o n ^5 Qjoi .A>!*jo .n\nn ^9"^^^? -"Ijodi) 
^ ^^:A ^5 ]_.A^Z .^oaT_.Ajl ]i in? .io5Z\SD ^3Z,rDo 

V. Heads of Knowledge, arranged alphabetically : 
^2l1^ ^^ ^^ i V) I fD? ]ALr-»? ] * •* l-J^iCDj otZijj »r2)oZ 



Add. 1999 467 

a. First discourse, from 1 to ^^, f. 113 6, beginning: 
] . mn]«-. '\ln i «-^vVo«-^ ■ » .^c^r^ ] i molo ._a_.;^ "JOT^^ 

Subscription, f. 120 a, 



.^j_D 1^5 lodij ^to i<i^J 

6. Second discourse, f. 120 a : 
lA:.^^ 1cnlU .^kA .^ .UoZI ^? ^5Z? I^IdIld 

vi. Various maxims, f. 127 6 : 

vii. To one Mar Yohannan, f, 129 6 : 

. ._»o . \Lr^^ on »Z ^lik *>.Kr:u"|'o 
Subscription, f. 129 6 : 
: ]j.aAj -JLKidj i.«~.r^ ]nco? ]^A\. .\ ]1\V)V> i<i2lj 

<; <j * ^ • ' • • • 

•:• ^-kiL oiZdlut .."|Zli.SJ5 I^j? ^ looi ^cnoAj]? 

30—2 



468 Add. 1999 

viii. Hymns in five-syllable metre, f. 130a: 
Aj]}_./l1 ^j ,^ > V>K»Ji .yX) icxCDj oiXj5 V»'r^ *C)o2. 

5cn2^Aj •. pD Ujo5j ILJjO "jZ^V ipso ]AjJLd Zo]_i.jai 
a. First hymn, f. 130 a : 



.]L.5 OOlll Q-» ."jA I 10 \ ^1 K>d-. >^i no 1^ .iOyjO 

]V)\s? .<jiQ_» ^ai\ ^qJ^o .oiZo I mn ^(TiQia>j|2i 
&. Second hymn, f. 130 a: 

c. Third hymn, f. 130 6 : 





ix. Apology addressed to the reader b}^ the author's 
brother concerning this book, f. 130 6 : 

A-.] I \ .1? ^dir:) .-"jj-rpAnytN \a Ioctu ]]? .. ]jcn Ir^Aoo 

l^l . I \ ■? ^Zal^J ^^L^ii^ ] . mm. g^ «-^n ]_»^o3 w^lj") ^^iio 



Add. 1999 469 

X. A letter of the author to his brother on the same sub- 
ject, f. 1316: 

]Zo,-K>0 aV) ^j ]-M-»^ ^ >^Zo|ji.nV>\ • ] 1 V>r. . \ ]S£),AO 

Subscription, f. 131 b : 
odi ] I I \'? ^J_K.Q_i Xm-^rDy 111. |Kd Ijoi I^dAi: :>clL» 

.a-» JjJLj ]cju^]Jo _kiL cnZd^.. ].^:iid - > ^^^1: 

II. Letter of Philoxenus of Mabbogh to a friend on the 
duties of the monastic life, f. 132 a. See Brit. Mus. Add. 17,262 
f. 42 a (Catalogue, p. 868, col. 1). 

^jiD yBj 1Z;_J ^^ 1 I nAi) ^ l^k) lai.1^ , i n »^oZ 

^^o .-'jA > \nn? loZoib ^^o : vQ_».^ciJ_Qr^5 1 ,ovn «. ^^o 
1Zov.>jO lAailo :]i '^\ip l^'^^o .•1Zq-'?Q-^N^? ]- ^» 



470 Add. 1999 

o"|, ^..-^-sulI^ aiA_ii^j W 1 ^cn ^\.^ .]j-^oi »^6Aiu5 .^jj» 

]g-^\|^ ]L] j^Zjo-.lZj "jjZai* y^ .>^i I \h or I 1 io^jj 

.^Zio .1 1. ' y ^m 
Subscription, f. 157 6: 

III. Select sayings from the teaching of Mar Jacob of 
Serugh, f. 1576: 

lA^il^^J^ 1Kb ^ ^lij ^^^Lo ^ l^k) ]c7iZ^ .-..rs 

The colophon, f. 162 a, states that this volume was finished 
on Saturday in the first week of Lent, A. Gr. 1884 = A.D. 1573, 
in the convent of Mar Hananya and Mar Eugenius near Maridin, 
when Ignatius was patriarch of Antioch and Basil maphrian of 
the East. 

]ion i n ]A.*.\^ -»r^l^ .^jio osn jjoi ^]k) ^\» 



^ ]i-*r^ vp-*? r^ZZ] Aj.^ 1^5 i^Ot? ^r^ 1^^^^:^? 1^^^^? 



Add. 1999 471 

. I V)0 I n "jZLLjySO 1?^!^? 1JjJ-»o|c5 r-^^"^ w»^k30 jj-JJ-K. ^^l05 

^Aoo J^lj I^j4^ -^U-VJ-"! —i^ IsAii^o^ ,Aj5 UcjLol 

On f. 162 6 is a note stating that the maphrian Basil George 
bought this book, in the year 2078 = A.D. 1767, from the priest 
'Abdallah ibn Simeon of Maridin, the witnesses being the 
matran Bisharah and rabban Matta, prior of the convent of 
az-Za'faran. 

.m . ' ;r) ' 0(71) jj-CDJODJ lr-»?o l>-»Jp^? . » n > \6Lo 
)>CL» ^] ai\I:L ^ »£Clo ^ ]i m'^^iN ai]j_i5A^l ,-oo 

.OT-t„K» t CnV) (sic) \YYi mi rr> . , .'|;g^S].Z^ j_,5 »CQj5 

Ff. 1, 2 are the first leaf of a copy of the Ansa?' Raze of 
Barhebraeus, about lOf in. by 7, 2 columns, 35 lines, apparently 
in the same hand as the rest of this volume. 

Ff. 163, 164 are an unfinished leaf from a hymn book. 

Neatly bound in wooden boards covered with leather. 



472 Add. 2000 



Add. 2000 



Paper, about 8f in. by 6^; 220 leaves, of which the first is 
blank ; 22 quires, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, except the 
first, which has 11, and the last, which has only 9 ; 25 lines in 
each page. Written in a good, regular, Jacobite serta, and 
dated (ff. 616, 115 a) A. Gr. 2014 = a.d. 1702 (water mark, 
3 crescents). This volume contains, 

The physico-theological work entitled '^^ii^ ^-*-'^\ l^'^ 
Iji.^? l^rf ^? ^ I V)V)\ but usually called ^1^ ^C)? 1A\l 

or " Causa omnium Causarum," composed by an anonymous 
Edessene author, certainly not Jacob of Edessa but a writer of 
later date. See Payne Smith's Gated., col. 585 seq. 

Title, f. 4 6 : 

\^ho >^AnV>\ ^i^;.>V) : ]Alj_.i!»jAk) ]Jo lAi 1 '.lUiAlD 
]l^r^ ^ vSiliSb ai^j :] I V7» Zli_k.Z5 ^ 1 V)V>s ^^JLJ l-'-J'^t 

1. Index of the discourses and their chapters, f. 4 b. 

2. Section setting forth the objects of this work, f. 6b : 

"|A^-;Jo V'? oN^'>Zl U^-^1? ]q-k>J? 1t-f-^ ^? *^ol 



Add. 2000 473 

*^) I'l v]?o •:• yooi 1 i n? ]mn(^ ooi ,_»-. .^ -.lA i i .ilK>Z\lo 
•:• vpcnZok)? »^1 ^ i g^\K> aV) ^oi ^6cjiA_._L)Zo ^ooii 1 n» 

^ASd]o ., ]vn\v^ ]^^'^ Qiao ]in .l?o •:• ^oiA i rn^'no 
IZoj'Z]? V^^r^ ]V)\sn omn^Z] ]iVi\(ySo?o . . ] i V>\ /)1do 
^ I I 1 nZ] ]iV)\.^o V IidqIqj _.kiLcDo ]jJ>o •. IAjlj^Idjo 
] ^ ^ " ^ ^ n<^\ I ]iV)\5^o V lyj-^ IZqjlqclkjo t-;r:o "IAjl.jId 
];■ ■■kkJA UaXlia omr^Zlo .UIirDj I^oAdZo ^vo 
Qj'oi •. ^_iAan lm£^ ^ r-K»\o\ »d>i ]jliu"J)o •:• "tcDj]iDo 
]mnVn^ . . V) ',' mo ]±ii?o ^J'^^r^o ]Zo-^o ]n\'V)? ^5 

]in i^o ]ir^ ^ ]^o<nv Q_»I^Z1 ]j.Sq\ D^}0 •:• oiA ■VcAoo 
]ino50 .^dkili^iDo ^jASd]o : "jA^iXil-ii^ ]Aj5oZ okiD 
]jJlo Ij'j] ]V)n\?o :]V)\sn? ]A i 1 fh 1 .. "lAiijoZ ^ctliA^] 

']{r^^ lAlijoZ ^(TLl:iJo ^1 'Nno'nro liin^jo •:• ^oirni .. 
."lA-t-jANi K>o ]AjAlk. Ij^lo •:• ^CL»o ^6] »i2>oZ liV^no 



^^- ]iV)\o ."jAiijoZ ^oiNnn ] I SOpQo ^>a^(7\ -'■«-* 



474 Add. 2000 

^OT^Zu"! ,^]o : ]ZaLJai25 ]ina^ cllLdo •:• ^_»-L5Cl*^ ]a1do 

UrLi"J0 .^ uib') ^^n^O .(luarg. mA l\n m, Kn .) cnA>,»J»QlD 

]V>\\'n ^^.idjAjj Ijotl^do "jAlSoZ - » > -yV (f. 7 a) ^oiX P6 
Q-ilDo .^onrhi vpV)\o •. ^qIdjAjj ^oilii jJb ^V)no .]jcn 

CTuA_i]j ,0; n MO <pn..a..K.Zj) ] « 1 i' 1 «-^ ^n-nK^X 3,i>LQ0 *D5l5 
^ \^i.u^Ll^O ]^ ^^OlO .^OCTl^J 1Z0i_*4J0 Ui aN 
isCLL JJOI ]oAD5 .-.010 ■ I 1 ^oai_.A-.] ^ ' V nn •:• v ^oi^ 
UL^ Aj-.^ ]4-^-»^? ]A2._r^? IaXSdo : jjjZoiD ]j-H^l lo-;^ 
;_»Jin^o 1i-.Ai joooTjj oiZo n ■ I, 'i}inn^o "Aoctl-.j j^^l ,_jAai 

pjZoj ^\^^ -I : . m . ]>n jl . . . Vp ]'^n An\ 17 n . \Vn«Vno 

.^-lAoir:) a^.oiAV>\o ^i^. "^^V^N ^y-.Ai.> "j] > ,. (""> Ijjotqjlo 
] ' N>^ :'|A:^fj0 UoZl.AjLkiij IoAd jjoi^ I^jd? ^o 
IJo Zu^ZIsdo |jZo .J£:ua>jO ]jocti Zo > 1 ^ no IZa^oioo 

4^0A.»lD0 .]5^^J lAij-i OtXhO ULdZ«V) (71^ ]j|k5 
—01 ]o5 ^]o • ;^n]Vr.\ "JAjZlkiJ _C7I0 : jIQ^AIDO JKASdO 

.cn?onsc) j-».j.jZ\1do cnjoon I^^Lml^^o IdjASdo aiX]Z\lD . ^1d]V)\ 

]J i^^jJiO]) ^OlllD ^ ' Vmn .(Jl.m-£l±^ 01?ons\ OlX IV-kjO 



Add. 2000 475 

.otJi ^--lj] ].4-»-» l;^s »^-»| : cnZo i t no oijZq-Lo .. oiZa^Jo 
^ (f. 7 6) ^fl^'^ p PI .oi\ *r:ijtX) p aX p] .oi-.o;n\ 

]LDj-L ^£L£1.£D ^-iAoiO V I ■ T i 1 n? ]l i 1 NO }^l£)OCn rn\n 



nv>. m 7Aij ^5^ "IlieuD 1Zl» v ]fnn^ r>j jAtd r^ Iri^]^ 



."^j^^dSD ^^o ^crn '^riX Ui^^o .^ iV)<hs ^j 
• IZo-^akii. OT-O A . \ n oi^bo-CD .n 1 ■ '=^0 •• |l.iO ^-.0T.J5 w.c7iri 

5 . ,_.».S£liQl. ^^i£i\ V»-JCL.. \^L£) .^OTaXi. ^? ;>Qj.J5 ^ 
Ol .^"^ ^ VXjOj^ .^CTLO? ]U-2LQ\o IvSDJkA ^N^^V ) 

|r:5CLKK£i ooZjo .j-icn-» I'Q-^ 1Zq_.5Q»k>Zio U-^* ^QJ-i-Zl? 



476 Add. 2000 

3. Preliminary prayer, f . 7 6 : 



,^5 dB-»Ali5 y»J\ V>6^r30 |ri6Ari)0 "JjqIdU' ]Aj_3>jiiD looiZj 

^nVV ^ loOl ^(TIOAj]? 001 "U^oASd (f. 8 a) |1A^1 .•.. l^lD 

•i. Occasion of the composition of the work, f. 8 6 : 
(JuAjI cuibjo •Zooi ]iV)\(\>Sd? ]>(ti "IZoj-oADSbj 1A\l 



"jA . i\«-^oV) "jA^'i^oJo "IaXjASd V*-2i.J ,^? ]Zcl23Zq_» 



Add. 2000 477 

^A^\^\ "JOOTJ ] . \v>lvr. ] 1 V)\aj^O .1r-i;-» ]^^«7 

."|5;_»5 cTiAi.,_i5 "J5cnQj.^5 "U-Kj Z6^-^_^o ]V)'.o n Lb; i ^^ •o 

Uq-»-^? j^oZo 1ZqX..55 ln« ki iJ] .] i\V)>V> ]iV)\a>^ IJo 
■jjcnoj-^o -^—^ ^^■'^^ ^^^ CTLLk)? ocn -IJr^l? IZaSioo 
Qla^-;^o cTiZa£iA_^ -r-^ y^mnAio ]-k»j l^r-*? aiAi.j_.j 

) 1 m 1; <^V)0 •. ^AJi_2U) )kljJil» "jj^^yiDO •,;^? t^ li^? 

]Aj5oZ CTiZio ^V^ ^ ]Ai .^n") a^^l ai2^5 .^^ i i k*? 1p-»Ai 
]j5 ^oiNnno ^1 VVno ")Aa_LK.o5o ")Zi-»r^ Urvj-CDO U^f '^ 
]5aLi ]lD5Cjio .^Q^ilbj ]'r->^ W V ^ iV>\\\ ]V>\s o 
]] I K>i^ - " i] .^anXij i>aL ] A > > i] "jZo I rim ^n ^aZo aV) 

] ■ iin .'t'JOJ IZojOTJ 'AljDjO -Z.;^? "jZojCJU '^^ 
0OT5 ^_n_.] ^QJDCLkj"! (f. 9 «) ]'r^f^ W? -IZ^^;^ ^ASQ^Lkk^O 

loiZ^j ]j_L^^ ^1 .]lni _*-ij^5 "jZolDO I n? I^t'r^ AJ^jdZ] 

^OIOJQ-kkXo 0015 0(TL^ Q^ ] « i I' i ^^ "jZoJ.nSV^n ^|o 
* Originally .n m\n and l.Vn 



478 Add. 2000 

]A^)o5 "IAqa ANnmo U] ' yi ^^ A i m iZlo .], i • ^jA\Z ^j] 
]v^Ns v^? cnnaooirii I^jjo^o lnlK>»*o "||.Lyj_£D |jJilo"|o 
^ I Nnrn ]ZaJL50 ]V)S - > « * ^,sV>? »^j") .] 1 n • kkIoo IjjOylsD 
A2L2LJ ^^-yj^ po .^6ail'r-»l Aj_k»Z) ]V)So 1Zli_l-^ ^ 

Al^Z] *OoZo A£i_K.5Z"|o ZIlD^JLO a . nn'i7]n ^.^.^^0 . Akioo 

^Ij An ■ ^Z]o -j^Vv^ ^^^ * : Vl * r^ ^^?ll -Anaoio 

]SfA)5 .A^^\'g^Zlo . » n»Q-KK^ AJumJZ] .iiioZo .l5r-»? U^ 
5A£i ]la^5 6] •!';-•? CTiN* >^ *^-.1 ]j(n jri^a^o oA_il |J 
^ 6] .]■ 1 'i m? ]:dq-k» ^ 6] "U] A]Ak) ^oZ jj] ]i.«.k?? 

AjOoi .no I g^Lpo .AjOoi ii-^Ak) . i .. rh ^ i \oi ]n«Q-K. 

^ . I n •'O-Kt 5;_i_35 •.(TlA_.V^ ^ Olli. ^\j_^J ]n^ ');V)\ 

] « ^^ V yjri^o .oil I ^f ^j] ^ai_iAj]o (Ji\ vr2i-»? ,_iActi 
^y-ibio -I'r-*? cnZ^,_.j ]5cnQjA .. i \ ,^\'n > V)o - » ^ -j 
^5 "jZoj-Qj^^ibo ] I no^L ^ . I n •a>j o55A^"| A .]iA\ . 1. 
"joiZ^ ^? LjhL»]o An'n\Zlo ZjaZ] . i ^rn *^oZo .]V)\\ 



Add. 2000 479 

• ]1 on n fin . . \ rnmn ^ . > ij Or^LZZlo ]g^V'.. i V)n \^'<p 
]LLr-' ^? ^ni/ni l^m<n \^ ^(J[\ AjOCJl Uj^? ^^#^ 

^(TLi_3-;i.arD ^ Aj1j^q_kj A^ocn .finn]ioo (f. 9 b) .15^5 
^Z^j Uoi.)? ]mn(^o "Ij.^ j^^l . ^(j\Laoajm.^o ]\ % n > 
, >,oo .^j_i_ci230 ^oij.Xl .n I kjZASd? »^j1 ]Vis\ ^^ t g^\V^o 
- . V ■ «'^ IJj t^A !>o^iZ'|o ]jdj.£DJ - ' ^*- ,-»_«_bZ*j ^Doi 
|ki\i ^5 ) 1 nQ-K»5o lAJc7L.tO V»-^Or^ 1^1 Ico^i Aj.^ ^riioZ 

'i;'^,^')0 ]_.0T-» IJQ-^^ Z\'i 1 •O Ar)i_LO "j ^ A1DCTI-.O -ZoOl 
Uv^NV' ^ ,SnV)0 1 I 1 . .0 : ] ■ 1 'i m ^Sd ^^lJ^) :]j5i 
Z;V)SO ] « ^ > 1 o^ l^lDQAj ]Zon »^Q CT1X2 ^O |li-CL»0 

_iLj(L» ]_.,I_»,Kj 1A\Z ^5Z Zon i;n*^ 1Zq_.5clkk1.o ] - V« «-' 
/Loan jcTLiAiiOO ]v>VvV Zuooi ^^jASdj ^ASd") ^o .'Jvr:)Oj.C) 
"J5q_i ^) 0(71 j^-ijo .^50 ZliOOI ^^Tl tOT^j ]j_.50 cnng^oai 
.?5AmV)o AjOoi *4J^ jjy^olDO ] • i ^ • ]Si3lo 1A^(tl:^jL1d 
^_Ld5 ]Zon t K>3o : ")Zq_i5Q_k»Ao ] i \»n Z.-n i m? |kii}0 

ri^LL^ZIo ^^jJjZIo ^ « ^^1 .OlZvllO ]V)\S> . .mn iV 1 v 

♦ 11 » ^rr) lllo^o lAniJ "jZoy^si . i \s )n\V>V) Zli;_»o ;. ■ i i s> 
^ yLci ^J^o .l';-*? oiJcjiQj . t \s ^1 Nl^o ^;-») »-icni:2 



480 Add. 2000 

Iq\ ;\cn? ]Aj_3A1^ASd ]]o lA^J (TiZo n i 5^1 ."Ml IjoSbo 

- c^V^> . g^ « nAV>n AjOOI ]JJ^0 .^ ^.i.^^ ..10. vVnn 

V\ I No lZaJ^_k^o (f. 10 a) ooi ]i\«n yiDo -Ij^^j oiJaioj 
."ijO^io IAj^JD ^> tiJ»Q_Kj -..ID ^^L^u .Z^^oZ\l»"| ii-oi 
^ylD .^oZo .IjjiL ^^-iv-^ bl •'^^ J.AVnn IjI ^OOl A^OCTIO 

."|5i_»5 (nAi.j-» ■ > V ^oTuZZj ]\] .. 1 \ locru) A^.5 |J ^^ib 
^^.^ :^ai ^ Am . ^]n L2lmJ:iI]o LL\, . I ^no po 
a2i ]n(^ "l^kj ocn ^^o »^ai-. .. tl:L1» ^-»-2l»j ^}1d 1k»? 
•jA > iWv^Av. p oil-.j (TiZaci^ ^^1 \1] .A^ocn 1q-» ii]? y»J\ 
iJui-jAlo "j Av . c^ « n "jA : ^\<J-) oiAooioib ^ ]n\v> »^jjo 
__.Q_» ]J ^1 anlaoiL^ |16 ]]> ♦ cnAj^o n •Z io^l Ijoio 
."1^1^ ^o ]iL^ ^ axitkL» *>ajy!i5> 1Vin| .loaccij 

VV >^ rn p .,nmi ^i^-a^o ; i g^ • . i . . nn toi-ilD ^V» ; » '^ •? 
|j_L£cu ^ V) '. cnZo n i fi^ w->Zo\ i K^kA i^^iD ; \ nn 



Add. 2000 481 

U^j l^n-.U^ Zllj-oZ] po .]An i n >L> oiA^;^ ^ 'ir->A:^ 

•. ^CTiii jooTJ? rjAi.5 l^lijaaj q_lLdo .^^^^J y^^^''^ 
As\n : ^OTiju^jo? A-..ri ]jot ]v>\i.? |ki^CL»o ]Li^ j^i^ 

^OlAkLKj?? UV^P^ 1'QJ -..^ A^l£DO .vpOlZoXj 1^5 |c3Q_K>.£i 

"jjjj ."jAi^yji "jjoiaj-o -j^jilo l5r-«-^ ..^Lq^j^ ]jAi.6p.o 

"|A£l^ ^'DI.Sd ;.jA_. •"«-y>-£D . I ■ ^J llOJO .,_^iALDO w_k.^\ 

.»-.ZcLl20 ^j';i:i>j ]j_i.ibaTiJQl^ U] ?!Tii.Ak) j^o .w_.Za\ l^ooij 

1^t!ib ^jA.^5 ^(tio ."JZq-ijL^j ]^oA^o .^J' "j^n ■ k>>^ 

oi^ Ur^o •■ . > n\ sj^^JL-^J^o .]S\ .o I i^ZASdo ]j] _»]_^ 
|]] 1Zql-.;.2o lAni ^^ A^IL ^oZ •.'jZo'^^ I^A ^u. ■ ^ iZi 
•|j_Ld5 ] « >> Zd^Zo ■ V)o . I nN? cjloId ,_k3o .jaj^^Xb "jjcn 
^(TlId Zalij "jA^^cnZ^ *|AkL»o5o .. iV^Soi ZaXj ]] - '. m]«-^n >.n 
i<iL ^_fcAai ^c^oA^dIj An ■ y^L] : ^ i m t ■ . . i 1 n ] « ^ V ^ '•^ 
.^-.Zqd]? ]t iV^oiLdo ] 1 1 n j^ . ■ i1 AjI? ^^i-.]? .]V)V)S ^6aiX:D 

B. c. 31 



482 Add. 2000 

: ]^ I 1 I V)> ')7on\<n 'Ai , Vn\ J4^^^0 -I'^^J IJOIOJ? 

cnZojiiXk) licidLDo .oir: ■ « n'l^ W-^V gt-LjZ »>.»^A£)5 
. I \s ^-»Vu'o .wjAjjoZ ^jj.1jo]o _ii^ . I in ^ ,_iAai 

]- V) i' ^ Kj _iA ^j-XjAO .^ZqjJ^jOIJ ]j_«^50 |j.LDyiD 
• vOOlZd^jZl |j"| >'=^«nAlOO ]S\ -m . g^Vn . |_.-;^QJ ]j.iiDX "i^Lli^i 

^6\^ . -.Zo^^ ^iiL^ ^aXyUo ^Zq4-»-» ^ v9^i-^ ^? 
Ij-l-^tjO IZajy^CLLLnr:) ]J] .^j.\ai Z.ns ...t.i i n^ oZi? 

]^jZvi» U^^p2llD OCT .^A^? ]V^ > n ^ V»Oi^O ]^ I^SC? 

5. First discourse in 10 chapters, f. 12 6: 

Aj_»aZj ^cnlb ZcAj "j5;_»5 lA:^,j ^j U^r9 "Ip^fc^ 

See Payne Smith's CataL, col. 586. Chap. 1, f. 12 6; ch. 2, 
f. 15 a ; ch. 3, f. 18 6 ; ch. 4, f. 19 6 ; ch. 5, f. 28 6 ; ch. 6, f. 35 b ; 
ch. 7, f. 41 a ; ch. 8, f. 47 a ; ch. 9, f. 49 a ; ch. 10, f. 55 a. 

6. Second discourse in 8 chapters, f. 62 a: 



Add. 2000 488 

See Payne Smith's CataL, col. 587. Ch. 1, f. 62 a; ch. 2, 
f. 63 b ; ch. 3, f. 66 6 ; ch. 4, f. 69 a ; ch. o, f. 71a; ch. 6, f. 73 6 ; 
ch. 7, f. 75 a ; ch. 8, f. 77 h. 

7. Third discourse in 9 chapters, f. 85 6 : 

V, ^LnlD oi^j ]){_•? ]L:^^ ^ tVvli? Ir^]!^ 

cnri A_.]5 : en ■ i io oimn^o otjlJ^o "[.a-J^iii? mt^-^ 

See Payne Smith's Gated., col. 588. Chap. 1, f. 85 6 ; ch. 2, 
f. 916; ch. 3, f. 95 6; ch. 4, f. 102 a; ch. 5, f. 107 6; ch. 6, 
f. 110a; ch. 7, f. 110 6; ch. 8, f. 112 a; ch. 9, f. 114a. 

8. Fourth discourse in 5 chapters, f. 115a: 

See Payne Smith's CataL, col. 589. Chap. 1, f. 115 a ; ch. 2, 
f. 116 6; ch. 8, f. 117 6; ch. 4, f. 122 a; ch. 5, f. 136 6. 

9. Fifth discourse in 7 chapters, f. 142 a: 

See Payne Smith's Catal, col. 590. Chap. 1, f. 142 a ; ch. 2, 
f. 146 6; ch. 3, f. 148 a; ch. 4, f. 148 6; ch. 5, f. 150 a; ch. 6, 
part 1, f. 151 6 ; part 2, f. 160 6 ; part 3, f. 167 a ; part 4, f. 169 a ; 
parts, f. 171a; ch. 7, f. 173 a. 

10. Sixth discourse in 7 chapters, f. 176 a : 

otJ\ ^h • lAXiaSJD Ao-^jZ? ,_jA(ti ^.l : ]L»-i ]-^]^ 

31—2 



484 Add. 2000 

See Payne Smith's Catal., col. 591. Chap. 1, f. 176 a; ch. 2, 
f. 177 h; ch. 3, f. 182 a; ch. 4, f. 183 a; ch. 5, f. 18Ga; ch. 6, 
f. 188 a; ch. 7, f. 194 6. 

11. Seventh discourse in 5 chapters (not 6), f. 199 a: 

'^.LO :!n£::5 "Hj-JItD ]g^\K>Q->0 :U>'1? b-»-2 ^O :] iV^n? 
r^^CDO ]ja_K>JO tolrOO ioOTj ^5 QJCTI : |1QjQ.-.5 "UiioZ 

V»5"|o ijj-^l? ]mi'.. ^O :)4^0 l^^Q-DO •]it^i^ 
lU^LD (Jl^ Aj"J5 : ];_L.1.£:)0 |Zq_Lk. ^O : jjQJij'lO Ijj^? 

See Payne Smith's Gated., col. 592. Chap. 1, f. 199 a ; ch. 2, 
f. 204a, ending with the section |.>^^Q_» ..^^1^)0 ]Jo^ ]^'^L, 
f. 215 a. Half of 215 6 is left blank. 

I extract the headings of the remaining chapters of the 
work, which are not given by Payne Smith, from the index, 
f. 6 a. 

•. lAj^Ofii A_."J5 ]v>i'V)iLt ] . V) ^otjA^I ]iV) ^Sd?o .^. 



Add. 2000 485 

^o .01 .lin.lo U^^4^o -IjclljI? IcclL^ ]nrnso 



'^ >n«>lAj? %oy\ ]in i]? :] :{sic) ]:l^2i^ "jji^LD oi^ 

^^ » \(Ti "i-iOOT ^^? lA:^,-* •--»c7i Ij-Kj v]?o .yj.SD]> ,_».liai ^ctiN^ 
]Ai._,jO Ir^oj i<iL Jo .^^oii \s? |_.5o"jZo U^acD ooi j_k.o 

]iV)?o .(J}Lq\ \^6cj\ ^6ai2i£) ^j U'oU ^ ]j.^Ak)o 

"jAj^olDo ]-ii>r^ oiX tnmV)o ]_«_3^5 cnjooili jli^? l-it'cno 
lA-KJioiD jVtnn^o -.^ •:• Aj'jZuAl. ^oiXs ^ i Not? "jAi^yj? 
.oNrn tu]J ]iDA?o :? voi;^Oj^ l-«-Jr^ ]iiAk)o *aX£o 
lAi^roA ]n£D LJ\ J>o :an '>]LLf^^ U-Jr^ UIdALdo 
■jaoIld v^NsNo cjijAj") j^ro Pj o") ."iSoo^Zo ]y-^y 
]Lnn\'^ oijAj") Uk)o .1 ]v^> llisLO oi^ A^]? ii^Zj 

-jyifik} |nJQ-*o ijcri-. ^oi ]iV)o .^ .^j.1Aj> ] >.vr> 
JLoroaoj ]Ajocl*.Ldo Una^ ooi ^^ Jjo .'^ "j A'! . «^ 



48G Add. 2000 

Z\-i ]i > V) ] ^1 ]mn(^ j.jlr:i Irudjio IkirDo^j ]g7>\ ."n « 
]^>*^5 |j-ijX ]Lq\q^ Zl.] Jjo .oi .^-j-siXjoZlaId 6] 
IIqd] ]x-.r^ iSn^Oji A_».X Jo .0 .OjX^idI ^ - - i]; ^^1 
jinonnn j^ ^r'^-f^ ^^^ vOo^jiZ Jo .n .Q_.Q_Ki ]j>j1> 

12. Tables for findiug the intercalary years, the golden 
number (^ji-J.m.lL ZItdItdI or ]Aj_*5 IA^dIAj), the first day 
of each month, the Dominical festivals, etc., with an introduc- 
tion in Arabic (Karshuni) and Syriac, f. 216 a: 

Cn^O ^..LD^mZL -.f^P! .-«-^l|J1 .-i-J^Z^ (sic) m^ Som*-^ 

.mV)«^ »^]Jo? r>-»lQ"^ .^_j_C5|]oj ^ ^^^iD ooi JD]n) kJ^ 

._»0 .^ 0010 ^.SOOZL *^]Jo? r^PIo .00^ 0010 

Foil. 2 6, 3 and 219 contain astronomical diagrams ; f 4 a. is 
ornamented with an elaborate cross. 

10 

of Tur-'Abhdin, appear from fif. 61 6, 115 a, 142 a, and 216 a, marg. 

F. 616: 
^ ItcijIjo jJljj :>QinrSAS£)o I^jd? ^b ^Ld o-Lriir:) 

r^j^] ]rcijoAj |rD->lLD> ...^^^5 (jAIdqIdo l:2Li..»^*i^ 

•i^Uj-D ^diio jibo-i '^ •• ^5 yj.^ Ai ■ n 
F. 115 a: 

^i .-. aJJI Jjfc.^) w-^^ j^JJI w>^*3toJI i^lalaJI ^Xc l>oAy.3l 

.«LJU^ jyu^ /^^b^ Ot}^' ^'^ 



Add. 2000, 2001 487 

F. 142 «,: 

On f. 220 a are recorded the names of two owners, qjlidj and 
the deacon QJ JT-ID (Behnam), sons of the priest Isho' : 

"joi.!^ Zf^ ^CTi lr-»-2? \oai^ ^^CTiJ ]Jo cn^ li-OJ ^j^] 

Subsequently the volume belonged to the deacon Ibrahim 
ibn Jurjis, f. 220 a: 

i>cuai1^^"i ^a» ^"Ns ^ (sic) AXi.j s^]Lo "ijcn ^b^!^ pO 



.»m^. 



On the inside of the cover, at the beginning, is a curious 
engraving with the date M v ^ . 



Add. 2001 

Paper, about 5^ in. by 3| ; 173 leaves, some of which arc 
much stained by water and otherwise injured. The quires, 
signed with letters, were originally 19 in number, of 10 leaves 
(except the last, which had only 6). Leaves are now wanting 
at the beginning and after ff. 3, 11, 19, and 169. There are 18 
lines in each page. The writing is a small, regulai-, Jticobite 
serta, except on ff. 1 b — 3 6, where a sort of Estrangela is used. 
It is dated A. Gr. 1792 = A.D. 1481, and contains 

I. The History of the blessed Virgin Mary in six books. 
Compare Wright's Contributions to tlie ApocrypJial Literature of 



488 Add. 2001 

the N.T. ; the Journal of Sacred Lit, 1865, vol. vi, p. 417, vol. 
vii, p. 129 ; and B. H. Cowper, Tlte Apocryphal Gospels etc. 

Book 1. Her Infancy and Youth, f. 1 a. Imperfect at the 
beginning and elsewhere. 

Book 2. The Nativity of our Lord, f. 6 6: 

Imperfect. 

Book 3. The Flight into Egypt, and the Revelation made 
to the patriarch Theophilus regarding her coming thither and 
the house in which she and her Son dwelt on Mount Kuskam, 
f. 13 6: 

»£DQ^^oAX C7L1 w^X^.Z]? |j_,.1^.0 ."UrDOjAj :1A1^Z5 "|;.£irD 

Z,!^ ^^5 Ur^? oiAjALd ^"^^ lU3yj.mrxlL? t;-.^As 

^01 OTO Z;V)S? ]Aj^ ^\^0 .^j5^> iL5y l>CLiiiD l(7l2^ 

.:>QorDoo? "|5q4^ ) - - • « ^ viQ_«.j ^lSd cn^o 
Imperfect. 

Book 4. The Youth and Education of our Lord Jesus 
Christ, f. 57 a: 

Book 5. Of lier Decease, and how the holy Apostles were 
present on the day of her death, both those of them that were 
alive and those that were dead, f. 65 a : 

.wjOioA^l :>Qj;iD loiZL ZjZ^j aiAa_i^Z? ] i ■ i V>to ]t.2LCD 
^aj.:D ]ji~.ilo "UKa.l£» o n t ^Z] U^Ij]? (tu..jq-» ^ 
.(sic) ^L^lhi ^1 \ ."jo ^^^K.? ^-*--^^ .oijrJQA 



Add. 2001 489 

Book 6, a. Of her Departure from this world, f. 123a: 
^ :>Q_.A£, "JOT-IL ^r^? aij_3Q_» ^5 "JAjJ \c^rr\ 

."Ijoi ]1qXl 
h. Of her Departure to the life in Paradise, f. 143 a : 

.]j_3'A II-»^X i>Q.a^k5 

II. A discourse by Jacob of Seriigh on the Decease or 
Obsequies of the Virgin Mary, f. 152 a: 

OTj-^oi. AajDo"! en I 10 • ^ s^nn\ i ^^i^oj l^k^lk? 

..-•O .,-.05 Z;.i2i ^ Xmj] ]oC7IO IrHfr-^ u.« nllO •. "^L j]J 

See Brit. Mus. Add. 12,165, f. SdSb (Catalogue, p. 849). 

III. A miracle wrought by the Blessed Virgin at Apamea, 
f. 160 a: 

.1Aj_.,1D ] tV)0^o]lD ](Jl.!^ Zr\j Z;_L£D5 "jZjQiDjZ 

IV. A discourse by Mar Ephraim on Mary and Joseph and 
the Malice of the Jews, f. 163 6 : 

^LD) lyTClj^O ^SlCDQ-iO i^lj^lD ^5 :>CU^^"| w^jlDj I^SD^D 

'L^4^ "IAXoAtd Ui^-^") .^]-r£CL^ A-».^ ]p]4 w.Q^J .:• "i-.5d_. 
•r-lAiD? ]La^i.:2i2> "jocno |.n>jq_.. OTj..>-»'Jo ,.2irDQ_, viki* .aiX 

The colophon, f. 172 6, states that this manuscript was 
written in the year 1792 = a.d. 1481, at the convent of S. Mary 



490 Add. 2001 

Deipara in the district of Hattakha (^\S,^\), near Shatah, by one 
Habbibb of Tur-'AbhdIn (see also ff. 122 6, 159 6): 

]j.nmlDO 1j.^>^ u^j] ^_r-»l^ l>Jr-> r->l^ l;m\rD ^iCL.^!^© loil^ 

To ^ijZo )]V)Sn »o 1.21.1L Ajlj» ] > i .,n\?a^ »n i n^i 

'^O .^>^^ r-^r,? k^^OT? Ui^r^ 1'ZU^? loi^ ^.rl^-.? 1;-«r^ 

lAj-LTDQ-K. Uo-^t («^c) oo5^ ]1 1 \n ,_j.\c7i Xl'in m n ^v-^? 

.^ZiTo .l5AjJ^ ]-.,^»,j ?o\mV) ^5 ._i.ri5 ]- - ^^n»-^ 

F. 173 a contains the half effaced names of some later 
owners : 
OTJ^l :>cl.^Sd IctlI^ Z,1-.) "jAj-^x*!? Ijoi |^A2 oA^l 

V*r^ ^ vP^^^J '-'OToZl.] ^oaili onZAj] (?) - - ''^» ^o 

On f. 173 6 is a Karsbiini note, stating that, in the year 
2008 = A.D. 1697, one 'Abd al-Ahad bought the book from one 
Isaac, a Nestorian of Maridin, at Alkosh, in the presence of Mar 
Gregory Simeon, matran of Jerusalem : 

.Ui^-^ ^L-^ cn^jjn.!^ <jT]t^^^L >^3]nV>.l^ ^lAiilk 



Add. 2001, 2002 41)1 

There are some attempts at oroament on ff. 122 b, 142 a, 
and 159 6. 

After ff. 122 and 142 woodcuts have been inserted, but sub- 
sequently mutilated. 



Add. 2002 

Paper, about 8^ in. by 6J ; 85 leaves, the last of which is 
blank ; 9 quires, 8 of 10 leaves and one of 5, signed with 
letters; 19 lines in a page. Written in a good, regular, Nesto- 
rian serta, and dated A. Gr. 1981 = A.D. 1669 (watermark, 
3 crescents). It contains 

The History of Mar Hormizd the Persian, composed by Mar 
Simeon, the disciple of Mar Yozadak, f, .3 6: 

The colophon, f. 84 a, states that this volume was written by 
one 'Abhd-isho' for the convent of Mar Hormizd, in the year 
above mentioned, when Elias was catholic patriarch. 

. ?ai{ai<.a^ tiou .239) ;^*sxK iS.'sooxo l^a ^^ 
^2 ^3^b .o|.3 .C77.A .:auxlj uS.x^ ;.9i.«i.'3 ^M^M.^ 
<* l.y.^y.'a ;.«.&ao ;.boo.t3l.<..iQ}.^ ^?-^9 ^^*-^^? Z2.ta^3:^o 



492 Ai)j). 2002 

^^ 3».M .l.*.^.m S^OXf^aSi ^^1 \$0e mXu2.3 .230} 

«^oabtlJk3 .23^0^3 ^2 op^^o .2x.o7^ 3f*boboa7 ^S 
^.S^o .^.30^.^ \^ ^'30m3 «^ouSj.io .^oi ^M2 07.3 

On f". 84 b is a cross, drawn by a deacon named Solomon : 

F. 3 a contains the following lines by a later hand. 
;lA3 %iSxO I^JAX -.U^-^ ^02L. v^dSOXO ^.m3 

.^MUA-X.^b O7.boa».>.3 JS.MtA.^b .^.M.i,^.& f.^30C77 5U«.3aV^ 

On f. 2 6 is written by the same hand, 
(sic) o\3.b ;^.^'Sq.3o ;^olS'^ ;^oxa\4 ^^-«-^-^ ^ 

. ucaotlAo^Jd oQ>^awii^4 ^^ ^x^o J^.m» 



Add. 2008 498 



Add. 2003 



Paper, about 9 in. by 4f , consisting of 101 leaves, of which 
the first and last are blank ; 10 quires, signed with letters, of 
10 leaves, except the first and last, which have nine (f. 99 is 
redundant); 27 to 81 lines in a page. The greater part of this 
manuscript, £f. 18 — 100, is written on rather thin oriental paper, 
and dated A. Gr. 1587 = a.d. 1276. Foil. 2—17 are a supply, 
written on a much thicker paper, apparently of European 
manufacture (watermark V D), in a hand of the xvith century. 
The same handwriting appears on f. 99 a, which is a transcript 
of the upper half of f. 100 a. The volume contains 

A work of Bar-hebraeus (Abu '1-Faraj Gregory bar Ahriin) 
entitled Teghrath Teghrdthd or Mercatura Mercatitrarum (see 
B.O. ii. 268), an epitome of his large encyclopaedia the Hewath 
Hekhmetha or Butyrum Sapientiae (see Renan, De Philosophia 
Peripatetica apud Si/7'os, pp. 66, 67), {.2b: 

Part I. comprises the Aristotelian Logic, in five chapters. 

1. After a brief preface, f. 1 b, l-^-i-J ocn "U^D? "• vQ-*.^0^^ 
12.11 "^AnVriy the introduction, "|j^50 w.x.n.»_^2l ^j-Dj IjZq-L 
(sic) OTJ-kJ? |j.j.JC71 (sic) OOI, f. 3 a. 

1 A . 1 Vn n . «V)K .^ of the five categories, f. 4 a. 

. g^oi IjoiX *^lqSdj ^j>.\ai ^o, f. 12rr. 
4. 12.aj53A.«i^5 U-.5Z ]r:i:Do5 ^ .]_.A^Z vo]i£i^, 



494 Add. 2003 

iiiarg. Ajlj^s-lj t^UiJI ^ ^)^l3 -j-4waJJ (^J^JI ^jUJI ws-%;UI, and 

Aj]jAj?, marg. . i n i ^n ■?aa'), f. 36 a. 

6. ]n I 5^ » g^cLcp oVnm . .. Vprn ^\v. ] « V)^ >> ^jlsLO 

•j/oi . v/\^ f 38 6. 

Part II, deals with the Physics, : --.ZjiZj ] . (\ V> .; g^^ ^^^cfi 
]j_12Z\Sd ]Aj_Lj3 ZoWViV)? ^di — in three chapters. 

1. Introduction, ]5ZaL, f. 40 a. 

2. :>OQ.*_.. ^"i\ ,_j_3cLm5 *£d"U>o1Z ^ U^fi^ ^jisUD, 

f. 41 a. 

jiiiDO? - 'V- <•" -', f. 50 a. 

4. ]t ; ^ 1 ? U'Jl ^ lASZ? ^ojl'^o, f. 57 6. 



Part III. treats of the Metaphysics, namely Philosophy and 
Theology, in three chapters, 5Ao5 AXZ.5 ] . ^V) ..; c^^ . Vm 

f. 67 a. 

1. Introduction, f. 67 a. 

2. wjOioZulj 0015 ^JiQ^ ^ ] i Vo,n vpjisLD, f. 67 a. 



Add. 2003 405 

8. /^o . in.]n IZoA-.") ^^^? ^^loi ^ ^^'il^ ^ojisLD 

CTiZajj.£:iiiD, f. 74<(t. 

4. IJoai ^Ld? IZa^j-iiiLD ^:^? 1A\Ld ]L'^^y ^ojiar) 

]v>m no f. 84 t. 

The colophon, f. 100 «, which is much damaged, states that 
this manuscript was finished on Tuesday, 20 lyar, A. Gr. 1587 
= A.D. 1276, that is, ten years before the death of the author of 
the work. The scribe was one John the son of Bacchus, from 
Bartella. 

. ]■ .yID ]^0h Iji.Oy I^DOJO "|ALq£j^5 t^iJO V^jj-D vP^]? 
jjoJJjiD Oll^) Ij^kT^^Ld jnj.l.oZ"ir) (sic) SDQ-^i^ —i^lD 

^-tOiNnn .^(Tiaj.^0 ■ 10 .oi^nj] "i^^So i^oj^^j .a^ 

]^^_. ^j"i^ ^-.r££^ ]^«^A\7 ^Oj .]Aj_i.j.kL»o lAi \\'Lo 

]«\>a ^-•.j'l ^fj]^ -tj-JaJj (sic) V2iJl Aj_» .] I 1 a^n^ 

IZjiQ^A^ oiki* o?(Ti\V>\ p .Ij^jIj 1r-•^^ •] ]ja^ 

..^.«.iD ;.0 V»^J.LD »£DanO ^^ ^.a O? 

.^!;*o ]_.;iiD ^Sd ^I^ p .oilDoi n\ l?pJO 
On f. 19 6 an owner has recorded his name : 



496 Add. 2003, 2004 

J.>*^' V.>»^^<JI ^-tl^-fll ^^'O-^' L3^^ 

that is, 

O^"*' t>!J*^><J' W»l^l ^^^OA. icJ^J 



Add. 2004 

Paper, about 6f in. by 4| ; 97 leaves ; quires of 10 leaves 
(except 1, which has only 7), signed with letters (the signatures 
] and fcO are misplaced, and a fresh series begins at f. 68). The 
first part. If. 1 — 67, is in double columns, the remainder in 
single columns, of 19 lines. The writing is a small, inelegant 
Jacobite serta. This manuscript is written on European paper 
(watermark, a crown with a cluster of grapes pendant from it), 
and dated a.d. 1703. It contains : — 

I. A work of Barhebraeus entitled Kethabha dha-Sewadh 
Sophia or 'the Book of the Speech of Wisdom' (see B.O. ii. 
269 ; Renan, De Philosophia Peripat. ap. Syros, p. 65), a com- 
pendium of logic, physics and theology, Syriac with an Arabic 
translation (written in Karshunl or Syriac characters, except on 
fif. 11 a, 16 h, and 34), f . 1 6 : 

^•J^L oiZoX. loiliio o^'lV) *U»J,iD> ]-K>n >V) )l .;<=^V> 



Add. 2004 497 

It is divided as follows. 

1. Introduction, f . 1 6 : 

ytLn I \ V V) 'ZoiioZ'Z'jo . ^ojD'i ^ ^_Ld »^Zq.o 5 *Arb;_* . ^oiiiLjO 

5^^5 ]Sd OOl ^\ ]Aj.iD .^SoiiLtoO (sir) Q-K>.2l£) ^^ _k5 

Aj]'^4Ld .^\ ]^a!i j^iipj ]ki^b ^±k) Uolo .^ ]Z\ . nV) 

In Arabic : 
.^j ^i) ^ Acot^Zo .^A^i] ^s ^tjilifZ^ A^]lZ 

liZlail .otIqii^^Z^o ^oosZL oo? •^Zj^o ._i.s Z5|j1o 

. O » ^oAZL »^iLDO (TuL^Z^O (s^c) »^;_^jj^ OOI Aj] yS^l 

•:• aT_.]5aiZ^o 

2. Chap. 1, on logic, f. 2a : 

.lAN.NV) 1 . 5V) ^^^ ^5 1A\Sd 3 yojl^o 

3. Chap. 2, on physics, f. 20 a : 

.]A.«_aj5 ]ZLjio ] I 1 m£a4£olo ]i iV?» ]v> «o .. 7A . iVnVn 

4. Chap. 3, f. 35 6 : 

_Zl^5 cnZajs^-uii* j?aj» ^j "JA^Lo lA^Zj ^J1.2ld 

.(Jl\ ^j-jAlliJ ] I 1 I \k)Q-» V»_3Q^o IZoA..] 
B. c. 32 



498 Add. 2004 

5. Chap. 4, f. 51 a : 

')7o > ^in "jIoZlo 0^055 "|Io]j_3aio V:uQ_»o ]lQrDa^o 1A.«_2U 

II. The Creed or Confession of Faith of Barhebraeus, 
f. 66 6 : 

Ij-jo .|j.j-DO ]_..£D0(.O ZUO* i>00ALD0 "JAj-jAj"! IAj;^ |] 

ocji ^o-wi ]sd]1 .^cn'JALD o'i'n\o ^^^ASdo ^AI^jZ^So ,_.Aai 
."|ZaoQ_2iJo 1Zo,jA^ jJo ?d.K>A ]Zo5qX1 l3t\L-> "JAXl 
lk)1 ]Zo?cL^ ]]o ohA^ -IAX:. ^? IjAXl ^? IjjzA 

]7no ngM ."JAXl ^k3j ]jA\i. ^oZ U^Oi^ . 1Zq-DCL2iJ 

]A . 1 V^ ]Aj.I.£do1 lA^^li? -Uo'CiX^ ol ]lo, I \ . a2io 

.Z»0 "jA . 1 g'^VJ.A «Vn ]Jo Aj^ 

III. The Isagoge, or ' Brief Introduction to the Science of 
Logic,' of Athir ad-din Mufacldal ibn 'Omar al-Abharl, f. 68 a : 

.CTLQj^^ aT-»l?01 '-n\]m in gi n i <^oZ . i \\ OlW ,V)»» ^ 



Add. 2004 499 

IV. A commentary on Al-Abhari's Isagoge by Shams ad- 
din Muhammad ibn Hamzah al-Fanari, f. 72 6 : 

]Ul^ . .-k.-.a-.|cci^l K>^'r-» w^jU^ s^]L2> *^tsi20 ^j^uCiJ 

_A^ Ik)] .^1^1^ ^^1q_l ^^Sd ^ ^^1^:20 ^'^]^]^] 
oal5ZuD"| ^ ^ini^o \\\\n ^^a1^ ..uJ-L^j.^ :^i2^ ]^n\^ 
C7LQ_.|J r-»lQ^ ^Z^^l J ^l^cik^o ^>jl^r, ^ -*-^ ^^ ^"t 

Jjl vilD Ak)ADO i>o]_.|Jl 5^1 ^ ^o-. OTOp^ oij^ /a^j 

The colophon, f. 97 h, states that this volume was written in 
1703, by a man from Amid, whose name has subsequently been 
erased, when in prison at Adana : 

The deacon Elias, nephew of the matran George, the son of 
Hanna, the son of Cyriacus, has recorded his name as owner on 
f. 1 a, in Karshuni and Arabic. 

32—2 



500 Add. 2004, 2005 

Ji>^ {sic) Od] ^] ]jul^ ^Q^ ^"jA^il^ "IjOl *^Xk.1,^ 

^o|]| ^QJ^D WJ.S 5;_Kj »miD]-»^jD ^_o"j Vlj^ ^] »m_._..5a^. 

j^^MA^Sj^^ ^tj.j£UO ^».t ^^t (•>A^t ^1.0^ w>l*^t tJwA ^^.A».l,0 
. . i \ 

^J^\ (sic) A.W (j^jl^ f^s jj.^ f^^sbj-s ^jj\ <U». ,jj| 

Another owner named Paul has scribbled his name at the 
foot of f. 97 6 : 



Add. 2005 

Paper, about 7^ in. by 6 ; 39 leaves, numbered at the foot of 
the recto with Syriac letters ; four quires (unsigned), three of 
10 leaves and one of 9 ; 23 lines in a page. Written in a good, 
regular, Jacobite serta, and dated A. Gr. 1870 = A.D. 1579. The 
paper is of European manufacture. Watermark 




It contains : — 

Works of Barhebraeus, viz. 

I. The Kethdhha dhe-Bhabhathd or ' Book of the Pupils of 
the Eyes,' a compendium of the Aristotelian logic (see B.O. 
ii. 269, Renan, De PhUosopliia Peripat. ap. Sijros, p. 65), f 1 6 : 



Add. 2005 501 

^ 1a\j.!^Ld U-^^-vj,!^? ^-"--cn ^Ld lA£irD5 ]^L:d 

1. Introduction, on the utility of logic, f . 1 6 : 

- ' ^ ' uf*^^ Cfil I 101 IjIq-L 

2. First chapter, on the Isagoge of Porphyry, f . 1 6 : 

. . n . fn ,]■* |r:)Aii^> ^Qjoi H^d^ ^^^ ]-»-^r^ lipoma 

3. Second chapter, on the Categories, f. 3 a : 

.^jZ ] ■ V 1 Aj] ot-oo 

4. Third chapter, on the irepl 6p/j,r]veLa<i, f . 4 6 : 

5. Fourth chapter, on the first book of the Analytics, f. *7 a: 

."jA^ ]^1^ A-i"! cn^o 

6. Fifth chapter, on the Topics, f. 11 a: 

.(sic) . > o . /n«=^^ toA^iiij li^dru ^^^4^ ]i ■ iVi-to jr^acnc^ 

.^iiZ ] ■ V 1 ZL] oiTDO 

7. Sixth chapter, on the second book of the Analytics, 
f. 12 a: 

• lAlZ ImJL^ Aj] ctuoo 



502 Add. 2005 

8. Seventh chapter, on the irepl (TO(j)iaTLKwv iXey^^v, 
f. 13 a: 

The colophon, f. 13 b, states that this manuscript was finished 
on the 14th Ab, A. Gr. 1890 = a.d. 1579, by Gregory, metro- 
politan of Jerusalem, Damascus and Tripolis, the son of Simeon, 
the son of Khidrshah, known as Beg Gawur, from the town of 
Gargar, in the house of the priest Joseph in the village of 'En- 
Halya : 

]-»_^j.r) \^i-> K^]^ l-»-JcL? ^ 1 s •Zo 1|Sd] 1 V^Zo .^^ Aj_» 
Uojo 1j-4-»-» -^j"! ^r*l^ (TL.^l:.s ^oioAj] p j-. !>oaj 

.^■i.k^] |a.r:)a!lj.£D I^oAd ^ |] ^ ]^^? j^o^ "U»l ^i) 
1A_*;„Q£:) ^g^coo-. w_»3aD Aj_^5 "(AjuNsn .oiX^j ^oil^r:^ 

II. The Kethdbha dhe-Yaund or ' Book of the Dove' {B.O. 
ii. 272, no. 22), an ascetic treatise, in the Arabic translation, 
f. 14 a: 

C7iZ]J ^ ]t Sg^io (jiXZk OTln^y ^-.; <=^V)1^ »CDaj3a^^t-i wj^Sd 
CTLoZ^D ^Ab "pp^o yi) CTu] .j^lJ] Icnl] y^Ns") .^-..SdI 



Add. 2005 503 

.i3?.nV) ^lo .]cn_».^ ^aOj.^ -a^r^o .|Lnni^ Zo'nNV) 

n nn .5'|,nV)\'i£) p-»-iit ocno .^a^] chljoj] _x.^ 

1. On the training of the body, when one becomes a novice, 
f. 14 6: 

2. On the training of the soul in the cell, f. 19 a: 

'j3-<ai (sic) Sj-^t dus^ (Tl_.]lnl^ ._».^ \\V)n7 

3. On the spiritual rest of the perfect, 

.^0^ aij-«.i. 01^.2)0 (sic) ^^likji^lL 

4. A sketch of his own mental and spiritual progress, with 
100 maxims, f. 29 b : 



504 Add. 2005 

•:• oil^ Z5(TL^ (sic) W.A2L Zisul'S^n^o (sic) 4JUI (sic) cflklKi5 

cjL£p,'nV)^ ^Aii2:L (sic) oZl^r? .i^oXiJ^ Ar^LK^k) ji^i^l wj.ri 

.au_CD ^ -: ^ ^ ;Vis^ ^ . i\ '^i lV)\^ .^j^L ^scAl:^ 

mSd ZLK»n\]rD (Ti5o5i-l:L ^j-iA^^^o oiojcni^ airoijj 

^ ^ . g^\]^VnV\ \iSDO .v^OS m ^ ^ (sic) ^^ i i ll;J2i^ 
Colophon, in Arabic characters, f. 36 a : 

cAaJU ^^^ ^JlaJ) ^3j SjUj) icAij U^JI w)ll^ -Z*,.oe^jJ Os^ 

A*' 1-^ (i^U^ I A'', . iw i-i ^3J«j1 jv"' Ch* ^^ 

III. The third section of the eighth chapter of the Kethdbha 
dhe-Hudddi/e a ' Nomocanon,' on the reasons prohibitive of 
marriage, in an Arabic translation, f. 36 6 : 

oi^i^iil^ c7LLj]lQ.lL >^]na^]]] ^1 ^ (sic) ]^{\gt3>. 

•:• cji » molo] 1 ^ 

On f. 38 6 is a rude drawing representing three doves on a 
tree in the form of a cross, emblematic of the Holy Spirit, the 
work of one 'Abdallah : 



Add. 2005, 2006 505 

On f. 39 6 is a drawing of a cross, with the usual device, 
^ I nn,\sn\ ^jJ ytd , and these verses : 

vjjZ Ij-sotd jkij-X "i^ok) en ■ I m? o] 
^i.^ (sic) "lAjLj-o ai 1 CT) Wnn? ^Xj-^^l.. ;^:A ^j^ 

.VJ,^ j^Zo;.LqX ] ■ in llrisd^j ]>(T1 ^ ^o 

Add. 2006 

Paper, about 8|in. by G| ; 152 leaves, in 15 quires (un- 
signed) of 10 leaves, except the last, which has 12; number of 
lines irregular, from 22 to 32. Written on coarse European 
paper, in a fairly good Jacobite serta of the xviiith or xixth 
cent. It contains — 

The Ecclesiastical History of Barhebraeus, f . 2 6 : 
^jZjZj (sic) Lq..^J^ Aj.£3o] : w-i-n^4^^ I m \ n] ? jr^As 

^5cn| r^ ^.^^1^ OJ^i] 0015 ]j^J,.SiD5 |jLj;.j2lk) d^^j^.. ^^il:JD 
Part I., f. 2 6 : 

.]A.n;SV) 



50G Add. 2006, 2007 

The supplement, f. 97 b, is the same as in Abbeloos and 
Lamy's edition, t. ii. pp. 781 — 845. 

Part II., f. 102 b : 
]j-;:^a£D ^5 . I n i^rdLm^ol? |oAi3> ,^'^? V^^]^ 
]i .;^V) ^j--»rM --«r^ lit^a^ ^im? ."i>.Kj,l05 Ij-jZa 

The supplement, f. 143 6, is the same as in Abbeloos and 
Lamy's edition, t. iii. pp. 487 — 563. 



Add. 2007 

Paper, about 7 in. by 5| ; 118 leaves, of which four are fly- 
leaves; 12 quires, signed with letters, of 10 leaves, except the 
last, which has only 4; 23 lines in a page. This manuscript is 
written in a small, neat, Jacobite serta, of the xv th cent., with 
the exception of ff. 1 — 10, 51 and 60, which are later supple- 
ments, dated A. Gr. 1914 = a.d. 1603. It contains : — 

The Kethdbha dhe-Zalge or ' Book of the Rays,' a compen- 
dium of Theological science, by Barhebraeus (see B.O. ii. 297), 
f. 16: 

] V> VVn ^ : IAjJ'Za I^DlZvJij "jj3Q_»o l-vj;-^i? l^Ab 
^i. ^acD .^^^£D r5aki.^£^ w^^^j : 5^^6i> Iro^i^ . i 1 "^^ 



Add. 2007 507 

: \ I n •Q-K> ^] W"^^ •. "-^1 o] ^^\(T\ ...]S\ o^n ■ V) 
]A ■' ^ 1 \ : "jAljAi IcdIA^'? U-r)a>o50 : IAJ^jZa IcdIA^j 

1. Discourse 1, of the Six Days of Creation, f . 1 6 : 

A-.1 oi^o .]iDcL AJLa^ lA^j.^ ^Ld Uk5r? Ij^l^ 

.U>«2>.» "IlisLoo "(jZcll 

2. Discourse 2, of Theology, f. 26 6: 

A^l cn^o -UocnZ^ ZcAXliiSD ^^^k) U-»'Z l^k^^lD 

3. Discourse 3, of the Incarnation of God the Word, f. 35 a : 

• lAlZ lUiir) A.1 

4. Discourse 4, of the Angels, f 46 a: 

.1A\Z IJIiLo A..] cn^o .bU^ ^Sd U>L^£i3 Ir^lk^ 

5. Discourse 5, of the Evil Spirits, f, 51 a : 

6. Discourse 6, of the Soul, f 54 a : 

.■U-ki^ lU^iD A_.l 00^0 ."U-^J ^^k: UAjA^ l^lk? 



508 Add. 2007 

7. Discourse 7, of the Priesthood, 

8. Discourse 8, of Free Will and of the End, f . 74 a : 
A^) air:)0 .]^r)o ]A^ i-o^.N* ^^k? i..^.LlDZ l^^jk) 

9. Discourse 9, of the Consummation of both Worlds, the 
small and the great, and the Beginning of the New World, 
f. 94 a : 

10. Discourse 10, of Paradise, f. 103 b : 

.^5Z IIISLD A..] Ol^O jfT) i?;.^ ^^^^iD ] ■; ■ f^ '^ Ir^]^ 
Subscription, £ 114 6, 

On f. 1 a is a note in Arabic and Syriac, stating that the 
priest Paul, son of Simeon, son of Farld, bought it in a dilapi- 
dated condition from one of the family of Latau-shah, of the 
village of Wank (or Wang), then called Dair Abi Ghalib, A. Gr. 
1914 = A.D. 1603. The then bishop of Karkar or Gargar (who 
does not give his name) arranged the volume, supplied the 
missing portion, and rebound it, in the convent of Mar Zac- 
chaeus in the diocese of Gargar. 

«iXjj ajij,s ,^j^ olw ^^^Jal3 (sic) ^ ^^j^ <*J JijUI i,^ dtjJLwl /j-JtJ 
oIuJao Ol.>jL-»« ^j>-jj\j£=> ^^.^j w^U j_jl J.JJU S^.'O^ og/ji^l 



Add. 2007 509 

jl^ ^_^~*aJI j.AlJaJlj (_^jtAJI jJi ijS jjjlj^l jjuiHw^U j-u^ **Jj'^ 

1;_.55 "jZu^jD ^ ^kiA U>-lSd Zx^n'> ]^±£ (.s/r) . »V)n]? 
."|AjCtu:L on i j oj:^! Lm.^ -Ajij (k) ^ aixoi ooij ^^^^anil? 

0015 ^^Vn oiV. oA_.lo ]j5(TIQ-L ^ k^oAd (TLC1O50 Ol-A-LDO 

^ocn .^j.^1 jA.»JLj.!iL. ^jcn\D oikiL jJlQ-^J "jcjil^ -Ib^ 

.^^•;-.5 liZjiiij wjL^l wjjlD J.-0 50-4^? J>Q-»p^ Icnl^ ■^r^-'? 

Another hand has added a ]lDZa>j or dimissory prayer at a 
funeral : 

1 . «-^. o<vn "|Z\^L«^Zo ]Zai^o |ZqZ^» ."jooi ^Ak) tj_£i_»5 

On f. 115 a two notes with names of later owners have been 
erased, probably by the writer of the third note, f, 115 6, which 
states that Matthew son of George bought it of Hanua Be- 
nawi(?), AH. 1245 = A.D. 1829—30. 



510 Add. 2007, 2008 

(TI;.a_.. ^05 mmcA i \ aiX]iD ^LD OiIJ^^^'I j_DO ^OP-Cl ]jLk» 

Foil. 1* and 2* are leaves from a Jacobite prayerbook of 
the xviith century. Fol. 116 is a leaf from a psalter of the 
XV th cent., containing Ps. Ixviii. 3 — 11. 

Add. 2008 

Paper, about llf in. by 7| ; 230 leaves, of which fF. 1 and 
226 — 230 are blank ; quires of 10 leaves, signed partly with 
letters, partly with Arabic arithmetical figures ; two columns of 
32 to 34 lines. The writing is a small, regular, Jacobite serta, 
of the fifteenth century. The volume contains 

The Me7idrath Kudhshe, or ' Candlestick of the Sanctuary 
concerning the Bases of the Church,' of Barhebraeus (see B.O. 
ii. 284 sqq.), f. 8 6 : 

The work is preceded by an index, f 2 6 : 

.^•VCLD "Z^JlLOj ioAsj .mn i?Q-Q 
1. Introduction, f . 8 6 : 



U»Or^o ."ilom'ZALo JjAXl ^ Zo^AXl aiZa.*jZo^^5 



Add. 2008 511 

]lnX.L V^j^TiXj ooi .^Lq^ctiAId lA-t-j-Io '. V) 'JAj.XJ.jdo 

2. First basis, of Knowledge simply, {.9b: 

."IA^.2. ]x)aiii^ 

3. Second basis, of the Nature of the Universe, f. 13 6: 

OTTDO .^ |jc7ij "jZoj-j-Id ^^4^ .]Aj.jJ5Z "JAidIA^ 

.IaXZ IJiaiJo IjZo^ A^l 
Map of the world as known to Barhebraeus, f. 30 a. 

4. Third basis, of Theology, f. 45 a : 

A^l oniio IZocTi^ Zo\\V>V) ^Ld ]L.LJ:^1 ]ArD]Aj 

.];fns lU-^-o 

5. Fourth basis, of the Incarnation of God the Word, 
f. 72 6: 

."IaILd loi^? m7ni « voAv^ ^"^ "jA^i^iDJ IAtd^A^ 

.]A^ 1U.2LO A^] CTiriSO 

6. Fifth basis, of the Knowledge of the heavenly Beings, 
that is the Angels in their different classes, f. 108 a : 

]A. 1 .<^> »£d|.u£do1j lA:^r-» ^^^ ]A-i.» .V)Kj ]L££,]L» 
Aj1 cnrDo . vOC7UiJJly.lZ5 "jZog^NKKai V^n iDJIk) ^tuAjIj 



512 Add. 2008 

7. Sixth basis, of the earthly Priestliood, f. 122 a: 

8. Seventh basis, of the evil spirits or Demons, f. 131 a: 

9. Eighth basis, of the rational soul, f. 137 a: 
.lAl-».,\V) ]>^i ^5 IAILd ^:4Ld ]A .' 1 . V^I IAidIZU 

10. Ninth basis, of Freewill and Liberty in the Nature of 
Man, of Fate and Destiny, and of the End, f. 168 a : 

in.»Ai. ^LDjDAjj *05l5 (.s^/c-) ]Ai>o ^4^0 • m-«-J1 P~*.:i-^ 
Zl.] oiTDo .]li: ^^^^0 ."to^o ialJ!. ^4Lp jjcji fAiIrij 

11. Tenth basis, of the Resurrection of the Body, f. 190 a: 

.]i^L ]]]^r) Aj] (jloo -l'^^? 1^^^^ 

12. Eleventh basis, of the End, the Judgement, and the 
Recompense of the Good and the Bad, f. 197 a : 

]il^5 ]j_L5a^o ]j_.50 Ur-»^ ^H^ ]Lu;n)\f^ ]L££i]L» 



Add. 2008, 2009 513 

13. Twelfth basis, of the GarJea of Eden, f. 214 a : 

.U>^'1 ]]i2uD La] (Ji^o .^^jAj-ib jjcn ].SDon\ ai\? 
Subscription, f. 225 h : 

»£dV.)o"|Z ^ J5A^")o ^5(TiJZ"j U-»-»^ Ln<=^\ air:? ocn .I^^kJ^Sdj 
]< >^] V*-»-^Q_» "jail^lJo .^crjAj]) y»J\ ^jOIjZliIj ^ i \oi? 

A note of ownership on f. 29 6 has been partly erased : 
^j_^Ja^ >«P-.r4^ ^ *^]^^ 1?OT 

At one time it belonged to the convent of Az-Za'faran, 
J^^LLV^ i^5 c£LDO, ff. 168 a, 190 «. 

Add. 2009 

Paper, about 12f in. by 81; 319 leaves, of which ff. 89, 99 
and 109 are injured by damp; 32 quires (signed with letters) 
of 10 leaves, except the first, which has only 9 ; two columns of 
33 lines. The writing is a good, regular, Jacobite serta of the 
XV th cent. Fol. 319 is a modern supply with an indistinct date, 
apparently A. Gr. 2145 = A.D. 1834. The volume contains: — 

The well known work of Barhebraeus entitled the Ausar 
Raze or ' Storehouse of Secrets,' a commentary on the whole 
Bible, f. 1 6 : 

B. c. 33 



514 Add. 2009 

I. Tlie Old Testament. 

1. The Pentateuch, viz. Genesis, f. 2a; Exodus, f. 25 « ; 
Leviticus, f. 87 b ; Numbers, f. 48 a ; Deuteronomy, f. 51 a. 

2. The Beth Mautebhe ; viz. Joshua, f. 59 b; Judges, f. 63 a, 
1 Samuel, f. 68 a ; 2 Samuel, f. 73 6 ; Psalms, f. 80 6 ; 2nd book, 
f. 101a; 8rd book, f. 116a; 4th book, f. 123a; 5th book, 
f. 129 6; Kings, f, 142 6; Proverbs, f. 1596; Jesus the son of 
Sirach, f. 165 a ; Koheleth, f. 168 6 ; the Song of Songs, f. 170 6; 
Wisdom, f. 173 b; Ruth, f. 174 6; Susanna, f 175 a; Job, f. 175 b. 

8. The Prophets; viz. Isaiah, f. 180 6; the twelve minor 
Prophets, f. 190 6 (Hosea, f. 190 6 ; Joel, f. 192 6 ; Amos, f. 193 6; 
Obadiah, f. 194 6 ; Jonah, ibid.; Micah, f. 195 a ; Nahum, f. 196 a; 
Habakkuk, f. 196 6; Zephaniah, f 197 6; Haggai, ibid.; Zecha- 
riah, f. 198 a; Malachi, f. 200 6); Jeremiah, f. 201a; Ezekiel, 
f 206 a; Daniel, f. 212 a (Bel, f 217 «; the Dragon, f. 217 6). 

II. The New Testament. 

1. The Gospels ; viz. S. Matthew, f. 220 a ; S. Mark, f. 250 6 ; 
S. Luke, f. 257 6 ; S. John, f. 277 a. 

2. The Acts of the Apostles, f. 287 a; with the three 
Catholic Epistles, viz. S. James, f. 295 6 ; S. Peter, f. 297 a ; 
S. John, f. 297 6. 

3. The Pauline Epistles ; viz. Romans, f, 298 a ; 1 Corin- 
thians, f. 302 6; 2 Corinthians, f. 307 6; Galatians, f. 809 6; 
Ephesians, f. 311 a; Philippians, f. 312a; Colossians, f. 313a; 
1 Thessalonians, f. 313 6 ; 2 Thessalonians, f. 314 6; 1 Timothy, 
ibid.; 2 Timothy, f. 316a; Titus, f. 817a; Philemon, ibid.; 
Hebrews, f. 317 6. 

Subscription, f. 319 6: 

oiIdIo ■ no »ica^a^ ^ ]->';^::^^ Zal.5 Uj-iiI AkA^ 



Add. 2009, 2010 515 

Ij^JjID (Ji\2i'> ]^^,n lj_.;-2lk5 ȣDaj5a.^;.^ wi^k) t^-'y-O 

On f. 1 a is a table connected with the calendar, constructed 
by the priest Mark, of the village of Ba-khudaida near Mosul, 

»ii2i.r5A!£ IjOT \\V)S OCT ^,2:^ ^^^qId r2i£D ^Sd ai,-.yDio 

Add. 2010 

Paper, about 12|in. by 8f ; 222 leaves, of which ff. 1, 221 
and 222 are blank ; 23 quires (signed with letters) of 10 leaves, 
except the first, which has 9, and the last, which has only 3 ; 24 
lines in a page, except fF. 214 h — 220 a, where the number 
varies from 26 to 40. The writing is a good, regular, Jacobite 
serta. The volume is dated A. Gr. 2061 = A.D. 1750; ff. 1—9 
are a later supply. It contains : — 

The Kethdhha dhe-Semhe or larger Syriac Grammar, of Bar- 
hebraeus, f. 2 6 : 

^i}JD ]jA'.L0j.J »^1.Sd l*~»t4i \Q-^1? Ir-*-*-*-^ IloItd 

33—2 



516 Add. 2010 

Ijcno (o'yL _»j6c7i1. ^j;.Ld Aj") .1 i i i (}ui.\ I V) ]1sd] 

See 5.0. ii. 307, no. 10, and Martin's edition in his (Euvres 
grammaticales d'Aboii 'l-Faradj dit Bar Hehreus, tome 1, Paris, 
1872. The subscription, f. 204 b, tells us that the MS. was 
written by the deacon Isaac, son of the Khur% Hanna, whose 
mother's name was Maran (compare f. 218 h), in the year above 
mentioned, when Ignatius or George was patriarch : 

I^JUjILD »cDcLi.^"tu^] ^^Sd ^^Ld w.LlDcL.ri ]c(J10 Jifco 

At the end are added these three pieces : 

1. A discourse in riming couplets of twelve syllables by 
Barhebraeus on Perfection, treated philosophically (see B.O. ii. 
308, no. 12), f 205 a: 

It was composed at Baghdadh in the year 1588 = A.D. 1277, 
and has been edited by Augustinus Scebabi in Gregorii Bar- 
Hehraei Carmina (Rome, 1877), pp. 1 — 35. The last two lines 
of Scebabi's text are not found in this manuscript. 



Add. 2010 517 

2, A discourse in rimed stanzas of four lines by Bar- 
hebraeus on the Divine Wisdom (see B.O. ii. 308, no. 12), 
beginning, f. 214 6: 

._»0 :CnOl.>^ 11^0 OljJL^il rri^i'^ oO^CJcLd IV. :C71Q_.l 

The metre is dodecasyllabic. It has been edited by Gabriel 
Sionita, Veteris philosophi Si/ri de sapientia divi'na poema 
aenigmaticwm, Paris, 1638; and Joannes Notayn Daiauni, Gar- 
men de divina sapientia, auctore .... Bar-Hehraeo, Rome, 1880. 

8. A poem in seven-syllable metre, entitled "the ninth 
discourse on the human passions, in the form of a dialogue 
between the Body and the Soul." Each stanza has four lines. 
Beginning, f 218 h : 

■ ] ■ g^lO ]'r-\*-^ ^oi;^ ^ ] » ii l] ]Ji_K» ^ ^ 1^^]ip 

•.\l»oLdl-> AsV)« 1^ ••.•Ui^-r£i] ^jlD? ]■ I ii:: .iljZ 
]\^]i ■.\j»6-rki ZolDyib A^oo .Vii-^LiAo ]f-.i '^\ loaij 

^a.x inNo oiA-xJ-ic? OU^^ . > \ ^^Kf ^^^° .IViOCirio 

.^OAji.^i:A ]I^1? :1U y? Ir-^ »^1^' -Ir-V^ vlU:^ 



o 



- - V^ "Zjj.ib :U^i ^ ^? •~»A jOliD .]ri^^ ]A l' rnn 



518 Add. 2010, 2011 



w-.'Aj1o :]n« 10 *U>^ OCT! »_fc.nJ|-.t' -Ij-^Jt^ ':]hy Vp'iJD 

Each verse, it will be noted, ends with the letter | , which is 
preceded by the letter that commenced the stanza. 



Add. 2011 

Paper, about llf in. by 8| ; 225 leaves; the quires are 
unsigned, except the first of the second part (f. 78 b, 
Jj^ill ,j«>|/^' ] I). The number of lines in each page is about 
29 in the first part, and 24 to 28 in the second. Part I, ff. 1 — 
67, is written in a good, regular, Jacobite serta, and dated A. Gr. 
2047 =A.D. 1736; part II, ff. 68—225, is not so well written 
and of somewhat later date. The contents are : — 

I. The smaller, metrical Grammar of Barhebraeus, ic2Al3 
w-k-Hj-^iOrtO , with copious glosses and annotations, some of 
them in Arabic, See B.O. ii. 308, no. 11, and the editions 
of Berth eau (Gottingen, 1843) and Martin {Qi^uvres grammati- 
cales, t ii., Paris, 1872). This copy contains the section (f. 33 6) — 

The subscription, f. 55 a, states that the scribe, the priest 
Rizk-allah (compare f. 60 b), son of Mattai, son of Rizk-allah, 
the brother of the patriarch George, sons of the periodeutes 
'Abd al-Karim, wrote this volume during his youth and 
finished it by the addition of the vowel points at the age of 
thirty-seven, in the year 2047 = A.D. 1736 : 

i^ _iAll p IvoQj^ cnZ\V)\ 90 wjZaj.li4 ^^ (jiL^Lo 



Add. 2011 519 

uj-Xl 1^^\ wK.;.mj U'Q-^ ^^XcTi [li-ii)]? ^ ^ l^1o 
'^ jJlj 5A!iO ]^i)o ^-vj^? -o^ojo r-Mh^? ».-»c7i£)"j ^i.o 

Then follow various pieces ; viz. : 

1. A philosophico-theological poem, in the metre of Mar 
Ephraim, in stanzas of four lines, abounding in hard words, with 
notes in Syriac and Arabic. It begins, f 55 h : 



: .m i \ ^a.4-gi-»5lJ «^o ]l ^-i^^l -ir^? l^^l^ ^oZ 
^tjo -.sa^i^-i pool uSi^a^^j .»mj...^^5 ]'^-^^ "U^\\P 

.Z^ •:• "l^ZZ 

2. Of the members of the soul, what they are as compared 
with those of the body, 



520 Add. 2011 

f. 60 h, beginning : 

^j^oi Ut^o .|« ^1^ i>Q-i.£D ].M^y LoOrC:i ^Lb Ijocti 

3. On ovala, ascribed to Jacob (of Edessa), 

>^lonV> ^ ^jjiD . I 1 n •l {sic) \^jfc\'^ 

y 

beginning, f. 61 a : 

{sic) IZoiV) .U-i-^ocn ]m'nQ-4£ol I>cll "jA i iViNs |.»j2)o] 1 

fcaT.As) ^\^£i^ .t^Q.£on\i g^ oV)mo Q-<fr4^ -"i-*?!© "U'^t? 

|i-L^ .taomoWi g^? "L/;^q_o ^i i > ■ \o .]n,> 5rn.i.^acD? 

5^ lai^ .]j>mbl ^ o^IdIo ^t^4^ »^oZ jlooi no Zl»^ 

• fcoliLrlX \:^^ A^oiJ) .'i-«-^oAk3 6] ."jAjjoZ *^Xo .o^ 

. ^^o .1Zaj.lk) ^^ I V) i rno 
The sections are alphabetical, from ] to Z. 

4. Divisions of the Categories, 

f. 62 6, beginning : 

^TOi. Y^} -ICCLL^ (TLliD ^*\i:A A^l^J 001 ^IXQJ... »CQJ-ii 



Add. 2011 521 

5. Another, Pf-o^ | PVO, f. 63 a, beginning : 

■ .n\rn »cD|_.ja^j_^ Za!l oXj ]v>\sn i>OjlD AjA 

.^n\m ^oiqXl ^cn.Xr:o .ujOioAj] ,j^ ^cQ^fjDQ.^ 

6. A third, Pp.>-»|, f. 63 a, namely : 

,ns isOj-TD Aj1 »_DarD ]:iul 

It is repeated by a later hand, with some variations, on 
f. 67 a. 

7. On ^o^, f. 63 6 : 

:")Ai 1 1 n iV)o lA'-i-irrn .. j U^51 ^o^td .^o^ VVl h,^] 






^ 



8. Definitions of words, Syriac and Arabic, f. 63 b, 
beginning : 



522 Add. 2011 

9. An extract from the Hexaemeron of (Jacob) of Edessa, 
f. 64 b, 

A^A^o ]^<b o-L^ Aj^ ii^l ."i^oiJol? ^a_. LLm 

.'ZmO .(JulD 

10. On TrpoaBiopca/jLOL or logical definitions, f. 64 b, 
beginning : 

11. Words of wisdom, "jAiori^ . t \'^o, f. 64 &, in twelve- 
syllable metre, beginning : 

^■\.? ^ ^^ID I^^oj ^b _i_3JX> .^Q-K. :>aL4^ >^« <^i? 
. iV) ^ Ul j^-^otI ^^ ^^o ]<y\l ]Jo -^^j-* *oo^^o 

12. A blessing on the Virgin Mary, f. 65 a : 

13. Extract from a discourse of Isaac (of Autioch) on the 
divisions of the natural mind, 



Add. 2011 523 

beginning, f. 05 a : 
] . v--, o .i>o;l :>CL^^i5 ]j_»)aso IZqjlLdo U^ ^ 

Imperfect at the end. 

14. Aajj'N)! -'Ijj I — o'' an Arabic rendering of no. 10, 
f. 65 a. 

15. The same extract from Isaac (of Antioch) as no. 13, 
but complete at the end. It is repeated on f. 66 a. 

16. Various definitions and divisions, f. 65 h ; repeated on 
f. 66 a. 

17. A riddle in twelve-syllable metre, f. 65 h : 



jj r-^ on!l 001 U^TDj^ A^ .A^Uoj^ r^ i>c^.'ZZl AZ^A^ 
.A-.1A^561 ^L'yL ^ i4£D ^Z^^ ^. sn«\ .A^^^Z^ 
Repeated on f. 66 a. 

18. A prayer to Christ, f G5 b, repeated on f. 66 a : 
&\iJO viQ_«„i l5oA ^ ^ooi lo"|> G^iJ^ viCL*.j v^o ■ . 

19. The letter | as a symbol of the Trinity, f. 65 6 ; 
repeated on f. 66 a. 

20. Verses in seven-syllable metre, .^^.kio ]'^] ^4^ 
!>Qj;^], f. 67 b, written by a later hand : 

^ ^jj Aj"i .^;.i) ]Jj ._;^ ^xk? >-».r:Zijo |j^a^ lino 



524 Add. 2011 

A_.Uo? .[5t ]yh ^ gl.] yh \d ^f IcnZ U J .;_^ 

•:• [5]^^ ]l\^ ^ gl] 5]^^ ^ MliDZ 
Four stanzas in all. 

II. Tlie larger gi-ammar of Barhebraeus, V»-»>^*? l^^, 

with marginal annotations in Syiiac and Arabic. See B.O. ii. 
307, no. 10, and Martin (CEuvres grammaticales, t. i. Paris, 1872). 
The section on the marks of interpimction and accentuation has 
been edited and translated by Phillips {A Letter by Mclr Jacob 
bisliojj of Edessa, on Syriac OrthoyrapJiy, etc., 1869). 

On f. 223 b are written the words : 

|riJ»Q_K. ^ailiD j^ji^ ^oqX^Ajo .j^\ (sic) ^^,.».^^ ] i \ ".o 
l-K.o5)0 Ij^jo t)l> ]V)> n .*|Aj.j_4cb UQj.nvV^o ] ■ i' o 

F. 224 a contains Exod. xxviii. 31 — 35 ; Levit. ix. 18 — 21, 
X. 9 — 11, XXV. 15, 16 ; Jerem. ix. 25, 26, xi. 18, 19, with glosses 
from the Ausar Raze and some notes in Arabic. 

On f. 224 b is an extract from the Ethics of Barhebraeus, 
^CLQjAj|5 I^Ad _1d, on the divisions of the sciences, beginning : 

.ooi "JAidIA^ 6"|) ^olo .OCT! Imi .. ^A^Z UjZa ooio 

._»0 .(JLi.£ClSi50)> ]^\- «^ o] .(Tl^^.L5 ]^ ' ^ "^ o] 

Below are glosses in Syriac and Arabic. 
On f. 225 b are sentences in Syriac and Arabic with gram- 
matical analysis. 



Add. 2012 525 



Add. 2012 



Paper, about 5| in. by 3f ; 187 leaves; 20 quires, signed 
with letters, of 10 leaves, except the first, Avhich has only 7, the 
sixteenth, which has 9, and the twentieth, which has only one ; 
leaves are wanting after ff. 7, 156 and 187 ; 15 to 19 lines in a 
page. The writing is an ordinary Jacobite serta of the xivth 
cent. The contents are as follows : 

I. The Kethabha dhe-Yauna or 'Book of tiie Dove', an 
ascetic treatise for the use of monks, by Barhebraeus, f. 2 6: 

"llolro ^ V^j-Ij^kjO Uv-"?? Ir^o? ^"^-^ V^Q-.? I^Lo 

1. Introduction, 1?ZaL, f . 2 6 : 
^ . . . n « Vn y^to (f. 3 a) ^a>j] 0*1 T^-vj-^? Uq-»-^1^? fc^^l 

]i\«-i mKn-% ^CTl lai_.",r)5 "lt.^05 ."|Zl«..2l35 "jZcLA-Ioto ^ ]±OGl 
)j\m . \Vn r)g^\Vn\ jJo ^CTLlk) *n-»Jj5 6"j .^OCTlX AjA 

0015 IjZlLo,-! ^-Sd ]Zaj.j3acD A^VuZ] oi^j .^j "Ijorr^i 

■ lIonNv^N Ur:5aIiDj U^Jo] Zo^.1^5 ]i i mi *nmi otIooi nn 
IjOI 1*5] OGI ^^ tjoio .0x1. WsV)? U»>Z Zo 1 I ^o 
|l^3]Jo .^j_3 oAj"! 1A4» ■^0 -lAn 1 ■ g^ IZo 1 ^\V)? 

17n .V>>no "JJQ-Il oAj]? .(jOl ]^L2i 001 .. V^AV. "IJl^lr) 
QJLQ^J ULQ2:> ZQJ.<^\Sb ^ U-l^pD (f. 3 6) .jLujl^ ^5 jlDJ 



526 Add. 2012 






Viji Zo I S t n;^0 ] . 'i . \^. i>Oj.SD IkL^tZv^O ]_l_2l!ldj.^ 

2. Chap. 1, of the training of the body in the convent, 
f 46: 

."JV^Cli. nccic^ A-.] 01.00 -loOT 

3. Chap. 2, of the training of the soul, f. 17 6: 

4. Chap. 8, of the Spiritual Rest of the Perfect, f. 42 6 : 
0100 ]; ^.^-u? ] » i-KtO? Ij^qj ^^k) ).jAj.2^Z ^olla^ 

5. Chap. 4, Sketch of the author's mental and spiritual 
progress, with 100 maxims, f. 53 a : 



Add. 2012 527 

Woo l; .^-».1« ^-.;fr>s ^jA -.^Lb? ]Sd AiiQJ» 1r-»-»-»>^ 
^•^1^ vjojl U^? ]A:::^cno U?,^? (f. 53 ^.) IZL.^^ w^Z^d 

J '7 P 

oiXo .^_.?q1d Ij-i-Dj ]lr:il.ar20 lj_,.iQiD ]j_4^aj^ r-^"-^^^ 
^j ]jdi .linV) ].i.ln ^ |joi lAjJo^42iJa£D "jZoiDjA 

Subscription, f. 72 h : 

.]jL..;g^V) (sic) ^_.^LD ]V) I m? jjOj? ]^Ld ^>Cl^^ 

11. Extracts from the KetJuibha dJte-Theghrath Teghratka 
of Barhebraeus (see Add. 2003), f. 72 6 : 

laiX]jo vkkIid ]i >-g^ v^ vP-^1? (Ti^? p oi2^j5 *^oZ 

1 501010 UV^U L-r^ ^ ]iV)Zu1LD "jjOlOJ ^Q^;-^}.^ ^jID 

]ooiZ J >^i I n? "taZo ■ V)0 »^j?5? ^j-hi ] i 'i'n\ .Ij^ZqId 
|£D^ ^.L j^LdAtdZ 61 .^qjZ ]] ]i ^om {sic) tr\\<^'-^ Z^^iAj 
(s/c) ZjSq-.Zo ^jA opi ^LdIZo Up°U )^A^r-»^ ^-vsr^ ■5^^^"vj-*-v\'? 



528 Add. 2012 

Subscription, f. 76 6: 
"1;^^. oil^ AjJ^ V (.sic) IjOj X^Ld ^^Ld ^5?n\n :>q\^ 

.%12iAo-i Uo? ^ oXi .JOlZ] Vh^^ ]_i_l.>^OJ 

III. A large collection of Prayers for various occasions, 
f. 7G 6 : 

^A ^^^i^ -*-j1 yi^? U^f ^ijLnAi3 ]c7l1^ j_*.^ 

."U^?© ]LqSo-.1? UX*.^ 
1. Prayer before the services of the canonical hours, f. 77 a : 



^\ ]S\ ho<D .]^jt-> ]L^ln^l ^,ny UcA^ U^.^o 

2. Prayer of Gregory [of Cyprus], f. 77 a: 
cn-^ Vk> » aV) .»CDaj;>^_.;_^l.«._.j.r55 ]l-r^] 1Za\. ^c^oZ 

Another prayer, f. 78 «. 

8. Of Isaiah of Scete, f. 78 & : 



Add. 2012 529 

Four other prayers, f. 79 a, the last eutitled ]yL(i£D}, of 
compline, f. 81 a. 

4. Of Gregory of Cyprus, f 816: 
]j> I aV* .Jj.LDj-0 ]■ i'y ,_Ld .) I \« n en ■ <=^i\ oil. LtJD 

as above. These extracts extend from the first to the thirty- 
seventh section of his book, f 89 a : 



5. Three prayers of Gregory of Cyprus, viz. : 

"joi^ »^li Xi] Ijolb -IZo^j ^r^? (sic) lA^jojo ]rr) i'^? 
^^ -l^'bo U.ki*5 l^k) .w.i.^1, f. 97 a. 

b. 5A^} IZon I (^ {sic) ^\^no ]lQ^f "l-a-jpOj ai!:^> 

f. 97 b. 

c. ]Zq-.AjAZ -^^ha? ^^-'l l^r^? lA-.j_K.o5 ]Ia\^ 
3o .vjyib ^ ^Loo .^^.i^ill ^rsJiSD Z\k)j ■jAjiL-.j-D, f. 98 6. 

6. Prayer ascribed to S. John the Baptist, (. 90 a : 
l^s. .]j,VisV) ^>ja_.5 {sic) ]^j ]-«~ir-C)? Uo-^r^ *^o- 

B. c. o4 



530 Add. 2012 

7. Of Macarius of Alexandria, f. 99 6 : 

.*^Zilyj5 '(JaiQJLO .^lijlD joulo .. 1 n\> ]r^Gi2 ]_.VjL» »-»A 

8. Of Philoxenus of Mabbogh, f. 100 h : 

9. Prayer for any hour, f. 102 a : 

10. Of John the dwarf, f 102 6 : 

■^ ]^ ■ aV) viQ_«_. ^^iD .^I-mAdj Uo^r ]'Q-^1 ^^Q-»? 

11. Of Isaiah of Scete, f 102 6 : 
^-».JQ_»1 .w^A-.] (sic) y^r^ \^-^ •l-»-^-»l 1^1? ]^o\* 



O .j^J-i-^D 



^ 



12. Of Paul bishop of ^a4--l-0, f. 103 a : 



Add. 2012 o^l 

13. Of Philoxenus of Mabbogh, f. 108 a : 

. jjfc.j'j'r) liiAc? b-*^ ^r^? oTmnW^^ --»r^? l-^Q^t 

cnZoj^ySD? U5a£a.o .^^i.jlb :>QrQ£bAj5 ^j-jq-*] ]ai2^ 

14. Of Severus of Antioch, f. 103 b : 

i>Q^ 0T_.;^1j5 *ojl »:^i)Z (s/'o) Aj] .al^O ,;^-i 001? ]j_i] 

^.^5 001 .l^jjlo UaXj-J^j "joilk Jj^Ld .l^nli. Zq_Qj.>,k^ 
.w30 .A^j^^'Zlo ZiJurSZ] ^j? U-Oja^ 

15. From the prayer of Jeremiah the prophet, f. 104 « : 
.^^A^l :>q\l1 Ur^ Aj] .UiiL3 U^'l? Uo-^r, T^^ 

l^.-tQj ^j.2^Zo .^on »Z :>q\.l\ ]] .^_.??3_^ j^jjDJaco 

.w^o ."JALod^j 

16. From the Iviii th psahn of Solomon the son of David, 
f 104 b : 

(sic) tn.j.>j3Z ]J .p»oj ^^ ^^oioXjj 3^? iJalDiiD ^Ld 
.. 1 n\ ^k5 (sic) ^j.j^£)05 pi-Lj jJo .wj.JiiD "jcnZ^ j,.j.ki>^5 

.uio" ."jZokA |lD_A 

17. Prayers of Dionysius of Athens, viz. : 

a. AjAiik) IZa^AjAZ ..nni..Zl? >coo i mi lo-.?? IZoX^ 

• U^^' ^kD A.ju\.sk)o .IZoTu^ ^ AjA:^Sdo .-UrDol ^ 

^^O, f. lOn a. 

34—2 



532 Add. 2012 

b. f-.A-.J ,m n > m 1 i n >^ "|.«_,,r35 ot\ »? (sic) ]Lq\* *OoZ 
^A^Zuj, seven in number. The first begins, f, 105 b : 

18. Prayers suitable for monks, f. 108 a : 

19. Pravers suitable for the vigils of solitary brethren, 
f llo6: 

] . V« ]]5j 1 . 1 \oai ]J ]■ i^no ."IA-jl^'jIdo ]A-»_i_k.o> 

20. Three prayers of Isaac of Nineveh, f. 118 a : 

JiO-i V»r»-»-^ -loJ-i-J? *CL»m .] vj^k)5 IZaX* ^ooZ 

^ ^v\'->«-> ^ ><^. oVn "IjOlZiO yLoLJ\ ^-^Q-*? .ji^l? OiniQA 

21. Of Isaac of Nineveh, meditation with prayer and com- 
munion with God, f 119 a : 

Uii? ]i I 1 SO "IZoZi.^? Kc*^ .n »>m ■") ^^lo? cnXj? 
Aj| .'Ul^'jId) IZonN^ cTi^aiQj ^v^ll? U>-»"*^ -loiZ^ 
.w^o - A^] I \V) ■ V> ]Zon .Z? iljZ . iV)pO o^A^ 



Add. 2012 633 

22. Prayers of John the Monk and Seer ; viz. : 

Z^, f. 127 6. 

]lsns\ ^AV)\ {sic) A^"|,^A:^5 ]Zao> ^-.diX >^Zo n i ^-^ 
wisO .Uj^ v'V^Ns^, f- 131 6. 

23. Prayer of John Sabha, f. 140 a : 

24. Prayers of Jacob of Serugh ; viz. : 

b. V»Aj1 W ««n''i ^>v>Ki>? IljZo -Ur-*^! U^i 

w»o -Ul*! iJoioj-r:: :^vy f. 142 6, 

25. Prayer suitable for one who has sinned and repented, 
f. 143 a : 

.]Laciul^ y^(Tio X^o t4-»? ^V)\ V»,Kju^5 Ua\^ *ooZ 

^Zo ■ I S .ill VO;^Z )]o w^CTL^ y»^] «^kll^ ,ns/ )j V>^ 



534 Add. 2012 

26. Prayers, f. 145 a : 

.._»o ."UWlbAk) ]]o ]m i nm 

27. Prayer of Ignatius, f. 1.50 a : 

]S\ >^,ns ^^Ld .*|j3qj ^CDa^-^W-^l? "i-Q^r '^oL 

\\^ }_i.£D_kjO .\±^\ JQAIO "joi^jD 1r^-ii -^ALdIj CTl^riJO 

28. Of S. Thomas the Apostle, f. 150 6 : 

]a£> ]^1 IS\ o^jcl.^^ .Vk> >\ji ^^oU? IA^^ocl*! 

See Wright's Apocryphal Acts, vol. i. p. "^J, ii. p. 245. 

29. Of Serapion, f. 1546: 

Subscription, f. 157 a : 

\^6-> ^ a^^ w^j^] ,omV? gsnn .^^SdIo ^] —.(TiqIjcuj) 

.,_a.Xai |^3om\ ^oAolj I^-l^o 

IV. Questions addressed by tlie Queen of Sheba to King 
Solomon, f. 157 6 : 

oA^l U^ ."blSo ^V)\«\ l^j Zn\V) A\"U5 ]JoQ_» 



Add. 2012 535 

V. Question addressed b}' Mar Severus the patriarch to 
Jacob of Serugh, f. 158 a : 

. |i^-»c7iAk)o ]-.i.j^Ak)o Icur^j lA I 1 in "JA^clkiAjd - - ^ jio") 

VI. Of the Celestial Hierarchy and their dwelling places, 
f. 158 6: 

..-».^)0 "i^jlib ^t V) I n (sic) ]_,AjL»Z ^^ odio •:• ^fn\o 

VII. Creeds ; viz. : 

a. Of Severus, patriarch of Antioch, f. 159 a : 

.1^ .'USdoAId \uL^] oA_.1j .1r-»i-» 
6. Of Philoxenus of Mabbogh, f. 165 a : 

.tjau^r^ l-KiOSjO I^TilijO l^lj .] I V)0A1d ]±1o jJoJ "|Aj50A^ 
c. Of Barhebraeus, f. 167 a : 



536 Add. 2012 

')2.Q-iZ\ I \L .]j*-.jJD U^o^TiO ];nno liD^i ^^ 1 I 1 Vl iCTlk? 

l^JDol^O Zu.Q-i lAjJiDoAkJO {sic) l^-iA^l jA^K^ P ."jA-^^j-O 

VIII. On the oneness of the Body of the Messiah, f. 170 6 : 
12.aj,-.«K»w. ^ vjjokj? ]. imn] wjuj|] , i n:^? "[^^^ *ooZ 

■ ] ■ 1;n? oil i n ]■ g^lO ^j^. Ir-Oh^ -Vta I aV)? C7l^.yj_2JJ 

,_S£>) IL^o lZQ_,'j.>,Kr:i jj] ]i '. "^■^ ^5 a\ .:>ajiiD ^> 

IX. Sayings of the Philosophers, f. 172 6: jlkiSp »^oZ. 
Plato, f. 172 6, 

Theophrastus, f. 173 a, 

]Ln 1 I VjotId (sic) ^ ^ ]}] .]Ln\ . K>iiD dil^ Uis^is 

.w^o .cfii I no 
Demosthenes, f. 173 a, 



Add. 2012 537 

Pindar, f. 173 6, 
]-;jDQ_. ailV> ].m.^Li l-.rJ»? w_iALd] ^ -i^] *CQ03o, 1 i g^ 



Timonides, f. 173 6, 
au_i_ijD ^ "UA^jj os>n»V) mV) .^Lo") (sic) »£d^q1jcu_^ 

^ PI .]; I 5^'^ OIlV) (sic) ^ I ^<^K»Ak) ]Jo .^Ajl1D5 ]a g^l? 

wip^i] 6] .&i\ }-2i-»5 ^JibX 'L^Tu (JulD wacn .Ar^Li-.. 

.chX^yT:) (jii in ooi 
Deraocritus, f. 174 a, 

Sophocles, f. 174 a, 
)j5]J ]V)i nK>? "jAXk> Ul^? »^-»1 -r^l (sic) .mNng^m 

? f. 174 6, 

]] -lAkiiijo? ] 1 I 1 so l^JOT 001 ; t g^ • .^Lbl ^ i rno\Z 

■ch I lonno CTiVmn ^a] ]J1 ;Q-»»\n . ^V> 'i' m no oi-.iL.^ looi 

Anaxagoras, f. 175 a, 
]m\ I i'n\ ^j^5 ;^AaQiD5 "|Zq^ -t^l (sic) .CDo^-^^-omjl 



538 Add. 2012 

Milesius (?), f. 175 6, 
.Iqj^xd jKns ^ ]j] »nsV) . i ^nn .^Lb"| (sic) sdc 

IZojlcJO "|Zi>j50l5 {sic) ]jcn m n .] ■ 1 'i' 1"^ ^J]Jo ^ >\V^s> 

Gorgias, f. 176 a, 
ViiDj ^r^? -Q-Jch "U-SU? I^ija^ .^Ld] »mj_,.5Q_.. 

Ijoicb :]l iV)] ^TLOjo^O ;-*.^. (sic) ^^.klL . ^01-iuJ05 ^_1 

._»o .cnZo I mnn wKKa_!iu 1^^? I^ i . v> 7 ocn 

Pericles, f. 176 6, 
"i^O*;^ ^ U-»AlO ]1 i\n l3Q_K» .'^] .moVnn ..e^ 

Theodore, f. 177 a, 

X. Sayings of the Egyptian Fathers, f. 177a: 
Vir-i-jsL. ^ pK. .jjb IZcTiiDlj ]1V)V) ^ ^^1 1 nth *^oZ 
j^o .^pjo "!;_.> ^ ;^2i2i »DQ_2u l^.jQg^N? ^j]? "looi ]r:2. 
."jViNs ]j3xo l»l.-j .-i^ U^Z |J .c7i\ ^kj] ]nm ^oi^Vf^ 
•lA^jpC IZo^ZuAZj |L-»-»-^ ,_ccikLKjo >^^ I \n\ ^o^ ]]] 



Add. 2012, 2013 539 

XI. Extracts from John Climacos of Mount Sinai, f. 178 a : 

.{sic) ^]i ]Jo j^^chALd Vil^jo \iQ.i rhn I^A.^o? U-.1 

XII. Further extracts from the Egyptian Fathers, f. 185 b : 
• IrDQ^ ^> V\ . Vr^ ]_.5.1d "IZTiib]? ]li£ilD ^ »^oZ 
^-Xoanlijo ^i.j_3»o <5,\\n . i n i n k» ;_!_.• ooi ,-iDol 



.w^O 



XIII. Extract from S. Thomas the Apostle, f 187 a : 

.Z*o ."jA-iJ-jviO-;^ 

Add. 2013 

Paper, about 12^ in. by 8^; 205 leaves; 21 quires, signed 
with letters, of 10 leaves, except I (9 leaves), f (8), and ^ (7) ; 
26 lines in a page. Written in a good, regular, Nestorian 
serta, and dated A. Gr. 2045 = A.D. 1734 This manuscript 
contains 

A collection of grammatical tracts, compiled by John bar 
Zu'bi (see f 199 a) ; namely : — 

1. The Grammar of Elias of Nislbis, f 2 6 : 



540 Add. 2013 

See B.O. iii. 1, pp. 266—7, p. 307, note 2, no. i., and the edi- 
tion commenced by Gottheil, A Treatise on Syriac Orammar 
hy Mar{i) Elid of Sobhd (Leipzig, 1886); the portion published 
extends only to f. 7 a of this MS, 

2. The Grammar of John bar Zu'bi, f. 24 & : 

See B.O. iii. 1, p. 807, note 2, no. ir. 

3. On the seven parts of speech, a metrical discourse by 
John bar Zu'bi, being an epitome of no. 2 : 

See B.O. iii. 1, p. 308, no. vii. 

4. A metrical discourse of John bar Zu'bi on the four prin- 
cipal marks of interpunction, f 180 6: 

.^1^33 l^c^ JOaio^ oiV? "^^^ 

See B.O. iii. 1, p. 308, no. x. 

5. A metrical enumeration of the conjunctions, 

.^Sia 2>Ajoa lyJbisioo .I'iioi ^oa Xi* 
See Brit. Mus. Add. 25,876, no. 5 (Catalogue, p. 1177). 

6. A metrical tract on the distinction between Ji«A and 
UooiJb^ and between ^OmS^ ^^^ ^\, ^- ^^^ ^'- 



Add. 2013 541 

See Br. Mus. Add. 25,876, no. 6 (Catal, p. 1177). 

7. A metrical treatise on the noun and verb, entitled " an 
enigma," f. 185 a : 

See Br. Mus. Add. 25,876, no. 7 (Catal, p. 1177). 

8. A metrical treatise by Joseph bar Malkon, bishop of 
Maridin, on the various marks of interpunction, f. 189 a : 

.233^3 ^ofiLol^i Atool ^itxsS >i.nyp .230^9 2aibo2bo 
jQX3».S^.»o .^.ii2.'ioail l%l^'^'^ ^^ ;^.tii.y.jQ}.^.3 ^bo.^3 

.^isaisa 2is*3^ 

See B.O. iii. 1, p. 308, no. viii, and Br. Mus. Add. 25,876, 
no. 8 (Catal, p. 1177). Subscription, f. 199 a : 

A^eu ^i-^oA x^jL^d .;f.ijOL& \s<3 2>.tt2.» ^Ax 
^0073 OCT? .«.Q5\bb ia ^i..!fk^.b03 .2'di»3 ^oJQJOl^l 

.;I.ooiQ> ^i.3L^3 X^babp ^30^ ^*^ o2 -yttliyyttia^a ^oi 
.2a^ix ;a.bA* 7^.^90 .2au.x.^ ^«Xi..M.A :zi.^A.b90 j:.si)k.b93 



542 Add. 2013 

The colophon, f. 199 6, states that this vohime was written 
by the deacon Simeon, son of the priest Israel, son of George, 
son of Israel, of Alkosh, and finished on Thursday, 9th of Ilol, 
A. Gr. 2045 = A.D. 1734, when Elias was catholic patriarch of 
the East, in the village of Alkosh. It belonged (f. 200 a) 
to the priest Horiniz and his son the deacon Giwo, of the village 

of Aradan (♦..^abi) in the district of Sapna (see Hoffmann's 

Auszilge, p. 193). 

^A^i ^«3:s ^ajca . ^sd'.t&^.'tt^ 'poja .oj.3 .^^ AoS^2 
iMo .^^c^.32p ;.'32 JseHj .^i.'o.»^ cn-is-^o ^.u'^j^hlo 

^ouaa o^XuXti ccoCi^i ;£sa3aboo ^^Syiia ;^«iA3 ddoM 

^iA9 .>XO .^Oi^ 3f.^.»30ai ^3 >3-3^V. '^-^? ?-<<-3-l 

^Jt.*JUi ia .JsxX^^a\ Ix^.Q ia .\/^a>« U^xJb ;AJ.ao 

;.y.f.T.tJ .U^.i* ^^lo -;.\.tjis l.\a^.^ . ^h.\,^ao3\a 
.oObV^ ?iit^,t» .^j\iho ^30 .^C7]f iikoS a]'^ao .^sphoo] 
^^93 .ofJi ^'yJtiip ^2 .^al^^p )23>.to ^>3p u07Q.3^.a2o 

.>xo .^(7^\^ ^sa loa^ -H^^p Uy**o:ap 

Then follows 



Add. 2013, 2014 543 

9. The Paradigm of the verb fa, f. 200 b. See Brit. Mus. 
Add. 25,876, no. 9 (Catal., p. 1178). 

On f. 2 a is written by a later hand a poem in honour of the 
patriarch Elias, beginning : 



Add. 2014 

Paper, about 8| in. by 6| ; 72 leaves, of which the first 
is blank ; quires without signatures ; ff. 1 — 61 have 18 lines in 
a full page, ff. 62—66 from 18 to 24, ff. 67—72 (of which 
tf. 67 — 70 are in double columns) 20 lines. Leaves are want- 
ing after ff. 3, 26, and 61 (but not after f, 65). The writing is 
Jacobite serta of the xviiith cent., but there are three hands, ff. 
2—61, 62—66, and 67—70. 

This volume contains 

1. The elementary Syriac Grammar of Timothy or Isaac 
bar 'Ebhedh-Haiya, metropolitan of Amid, f . 2 6 : 

]V)i m ^k} V!.di5o1 ^1. oA_.lj l-»6-;j» 5aiQJ5 ]r:DAD 
See Brit. Mus. Add. 21,211 {Catalogue, p. 1180). 



544 Add. 2014 

2. Verbal paradigms with Arabic glosses, f. 56 6 : 



]mn . . ^n ]nn ^iDcn l^r:) U. fjo "jZ] v^i) i^]j ]^] "U*qj 

8. The Dominical Feasts and the Feasts of the Martyrs for 
the whole year, as arranged by Jacob of Edessa, f. 60 6 : 

•:• )1jAj_» ]1^o;^5 lJ»->r^? l-3;-2o? •'• V»?<:J^^o ]-»-JV^ 

•:• (sic) ^lo ]_.cn5o"| >^6 n s > ^-^^ ]fTino |^ 
Imperfect at the end, concluding with Nisan, f. 61 b. 

4. The ten commandments, f. 62 a; the seven command- 
ments of the Church, ibid. ; the six sins opposed to the Holy 
Spirit, ibid. ; the seven mysteries or sacraments of the Church, 
ibid., and similar items ; short prayers for different occasions, 
f. 63 b ; all Kdrshunl. 

The four following pieces are in Syriac with an Arabic trans- 
lation {Kdrshunl) in parallel columns. 

5. The Lord's Prayer, f. 67 a : 

6. The Nicene Creed, f. 67 a : 

. > Vn n . o "jZa^ylD ] - '-^ ; ^'-^ 'tln^Ll]y 12.0 1 V) lOT 



Add. 2014 545 

7. The Song of the Angels on the Day of our Lord's 
Nativity, completed by S. Athanasius, f 68 a : 

8. The Song of the Angels at the Burial of our Lord, com- 
pleted by the Fathers, f 69 6 : 

rnn . \Vn '».■% ^Xq) CJlj-ilQ-L j_*t? I^I^D? 1-r-»-»l IAj^O*^ •^ 

.._»o .^ZoaT_^> 

9. Prayers in Syriac for the canonical hours, f. 70 a: 

(a) Morning prayer by Philoxenus, f 70 a: 

(b) A morning prayer to be used by monks, f 70 6 : 
.{sic) vOX ^^k) l^jyJDj HQ^t ^-^JV^OTD ^O ^,V)\n isOpD 

.>-iZ6v>(^' ,_ip .r^Vfr ?Or^o 5onso . I \s UiljyL] ^j^k> 

(c) There should have followed a Prayer by Philoxenus, 
but only the title is given, (sic) ^jioj |.«.jpD5 "|2.Q-^t 
w^mnnW I g^, and the Ms. ends abruptly, f. 72 a, 

B. c. 35 



546 Add. 2015 



Add. 2015 



Paper, about 6^ in. by 4i ; 67 leaves ; seven quires (un- 
signed), the last of which has only 7 leaves; 15 to 17 lines in a 
page. Written in an inelegant Nestorian serta of the xviith 
€ent. 

The Lexicon of Honain and 'Anan-isho', as the work is here 
called, that is to say, the " Liber Canonum de aequilitteris," 
edited by Hoffmann in his Opuscula Nestoriana, pp. 2 — 49. The 
text differs however very considerably from Hoffmann's, being 
at times shorter, but often fuller, and with explanations in 
modern Syriac. It begins, f. 16: 

«^afiLjQ>aA9 ;3^A ^^^ ?^.t» A«ox* «^&b03 ai^ \St 

cia\ .3^2 <* (■s^c) >^ot»Uv< Jxioo ^ioui ^3^ ^^«>3^,? 
.3^2 •:• ^33 Jiio .a] -oisiol •:* [orig. iSbo] J^ .^3 

<• isJ.^3^2 .>>xa4^2 <* ^ftoJi Ul ^XbO .{sic) u^x»2 

^ ^^^^^ {sic) <sfio^2 <* ^^^ • *^^$^;^ <* o^^^ 

.aaiis^2 <*2'33m si^3 Zso^ais ^^^^» Qxis3^2 <* ^'>m 
.;Lf.3 a^ ^f?9 >^i^^ii <' "f^^? *\?^^^^ *** ^'??^ 
<« %A M^3o oa«^^2 <* 22.'«l^fi3 ^^9-? '^f?? ^f^^i^ 
«> ^S^^ 'p^ x^; (f. 2 a) ^a^^^2 <* ;.iaw.*i3 5^^_^2 



Add. 2015 547 

As a further specimen taken from the letter f , f. 16 a: 

<*^aM ^aSo ^cS^ aa >^a.T » vis* ^^p ^93 2^?^ 

btisf <* ;£i30f .on -^,?f <* (-s^tc) 2^Q^3£s3 ;Ioif .01 

i^o^ <* ^oS^ .a] .23^9 *:* 2i^ .97 .2>^o JQMOf 

♦ Kj$h -CTl ^^ii30u*9 (so far Hoffmann's text, p. 16) <♦ 2'S3.V^ 
23^0fO (f 16 6) <* ^oS2 .^b,p .07 .2aAis^ ^,?^09 
^.Sf <* J.^^-^?"^,'? ^-^-'■^ *** /& * mS ^.Af *> ^*^3 . 97 
;&^jjQ» .07 4^-^9 <*;.iJliw ^"^-^ ^.i..Ao2 ^auQ».3^2 

<* 290^f .07 .^Otif <* O^ .07 .O^O^f <* ^iSoS\ 

.^^bfiN^ .07 .c^iu rK^f *> lisiJciS^ .07 .^^ijfi^f 

3090 ^^=^ -^ -3o9 •23oak» .07 -2?4>^9 <* "i^^ 

*:* ^^^o ^S^ .07 -^^9 ^^9 .30^93^ 2id 

and so od, as far as f, 17 b, line 14. 



548 Add. 2015 

On f. 57 6 the letter fts ends with ♦:♦ ^a^s J^i^S ♦> ;L2 jiafts, 
and then begins a new but short series : 

«^a» *:* lis'^ ifj^o \Sa>?o .o) .Xoaii a^ ^.*1 
This ends on f. 60 b with 

.;fioyjc> ;^a^ ;bOMa 

Next come excerpts of a different kind, f. 61 a: 

They are explanations of foreign words, mostly Greek ; e.g. 
..l^sopa^Ja .o] . 2ao\,aM ..2ao7A> ^ jQx.aftVy%y 



.;'f\^aao2 *:*;ao^a Xis*ssk .2a^'o2 <* onaoo^ oM3Uq»^ 
m070N*2 yjooa*\y»\o2 {sic) \ol . .Jl*bAX ^ oQ>OL^att^^o2 

Imperfect at the end, terminating with 6smAP oh) ^fOaoil 

♦ 2'a*-ji, f. 67 b. 

In the original wooden boards. 



CAMBRIDGE: PRINTED BY J. AND C. F. CLAY, AT THE UNIVERSITY PRESS. 



University of California 

SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 

305 De Neve Drive - Parking Lot 17 • Box 951388 

LOS ANGELES, CALIFORNIA 90095-1388 

Return this material to the library from which It was borrowed. 




UC SOUTHERN REGIONAL LIBRARY FACILITY 



AA 000 853 657 5 



L 005 33, 89?* 



I 



V s 



* v^'' 



lis